Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 19, 2004

Registration No. 333-            


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933


DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware   6794, 3861, 3663, 7819   90-0199783

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

(415) 558-0200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)


N. W. (Bill) Jasper, Jr.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

(415) 558-0200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Please send copies of all communications to:

Larry W. Sonsini, Esq.

Thomas C. DeFilipps, Esq.

Herbert P. Fockler, Esq.

Mark B. Baudler, Esq.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1050

(650) 493-9300

  

Mark S. Anderson, Esq.

Phyllis T. Solomon, Esq.

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

(415) 558-0200

  

Paul C. Pringle, Esq.

Eric S. Haueter, Esq.

Sidley Austin Brown & Wood LLP

555 California Street

San Francisco, CA 94104-1715

(415) 772-1200


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.   ¨


Calculation of Registration Fee


Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered   

Proposed Maximum Aggregate

Offering Price

   Amount of Registration Fee

Class A common stock, $0.001 par value

   $460,000,000    $58,282

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Prospectus (Subject to Completion)

Issued November 19, 2004

 

                     Shares

 

LOGO

 

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 


 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc. is offering                      shares of its Class A common stock, and the selling stockholders are offering                      shares of Class A common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share.

 


 

Following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share and is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock.

 


 

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DLB.”

 


 

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 8.

 


 

PRICE $              A SHARE

 


 

     Price to Public

  

Underwriting

Discounts and

Commissions


  

Proceeds to

Dolby

Laboratories


  

Proceeds to

Selling

Stockholders


Per Share

   $                $                $                $            

Total

   $                    $                    $                    $                

 

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional              shares to cover over-allotments.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares to purchasers on             , 2005.

 


 

MORGAN STANLEY   GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

 

    JPMORGAN    

 

ADAMS HARKNESS   WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY

 

                    , 2005


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   8

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data

   31

Use of Proceeds

   32

Dividend Policy

   32

Capitalization

   33

Dilution

   34

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   35

Pro Forma Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

   37

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   38
     Page

Business

   60

Management

   87

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   100

Principal and Selling Stockholders

   102

Description of Capital Stock

   104

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   108

Underwriters

   110

Legal Matters

   113

Experts

   113

Where You Can Find Additional Information

   113

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

 


 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our Class A common stock. Except where the context requires otherwise, in this prospectus the “Company,” “Dolby,” “Dolby Laboratories,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries.

 

This offering is only being made to persons in the United Kingdom whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995 or the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”), and each underwriter has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of Class A common stock in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to us. Each of the underwriters agrees and acknowledges that it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of Class A common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

The shares of Class A common stock may not be offered, transferred, sold or delivered to any individual or legal entity other than to persons who trade or invest in securities in the conduct of their profession or trade (which includes banks, securities intermediaries (including dealers and brokers), insurance companies, pension funds, other institutional investors and commercial enterprises which as an ancillary activity regularly invest in securities) in the Netherlands.

 

Until                     , 2005 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read this summary together with the more detailed information, including our financial statements and the related notes, elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed in “Risk Factors.”

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

Dolby Laboratories develops and delivers innovative products and technologies that make the entertainment experience more realistic and immersive in theatres, homes, cars and elsewhere. Since Ray Dolby founded Dolby Laboratories nearly 40 years ago, we have been at the forefront of developing sound technologies that enhance the entertainment experience for audiences and consumers. Our objective is to be an essential element in the best entertainment technology by delivering to both professionals and consumers innovative and enduring technologies that enrich the entertainment experience. Our technologies are used in sound recording, distribution and playback to faithfully recreate the original audio experience and enable digital audio and surround sound in applications such as movie soundtracks, DVDs, television, satellite and cable broadcasts, video games and personal computers. Our technologies have been adopted as standards throughout the entertainment industry. For example, virtually all major movie soundtracks throughout the world are encoded using our technologies, and virtually all DVD players incorporate our technologies.

 

Our products, services and technologies are used throughout the entertainment chain—from content creation, to distribution for large-scale playback, such as movie theatres, to repackaging and distribution for consumer media, such as DVDs, to consumer playback, such as DVD players and home theatre systems. We have built strong, long-lasting relationships with industry professionals at every link in the entertainment chain, including filmmakers, motion picture studios, broadcasters, film distributors, cinema operators, DVD producers, manufacturers of a broad array of consumer electronics products and software developers. Industry professionals and consumers rely on Dolby to ensure consistent quality as content moves through the chain. Moreover, we believe that the use of our technologies by professionals in the creation and distribution of content increases demand for the adoption of our technologies for use in consumer applications. We believe that we are a trusted vendor for professionals and consumers alike, and that the Dolby brand is recognized globally for quality, excellence and innovation.

 

The following graphic illustrates our participation in this entertainment chain with respect to content for movies:

 

LOGO

 

1


Table of Contents

We develop technologies for both professional and consumer applications.

 

On the professional side, we derive revenue from sales of products and production services to filmmakers, broadcasters, music producers, video game designers and cinema operators. Our products and production services are used by artists and content creators to help them record and reproduce the sound they envision. For large-scale playback in theatres, cinema operators use our products to play back to audiences rich, realistic soundtracks the way the filmmakers intended. Television, satellite and cable broadcasters use our encoders and decoders to transmit audio encoded with our technologies throughout the broadcast infrastructure and into consumers’ homes. Our professional products are distributed in over 50 countries and we have sold over 73,000 cinema processors worldwide. Our products and technologies have been used in the production of over 16,000 movies, tens of thousands of DVD titles and hundreds of video game titles worldwide. Virtually all movies made by major studios include soundtracks encoded with Dolby SR or Dolby Digital technologies. In addition, over 40 television shows are currently produced using our sound encoding technologies. We manufacture our professional products in our Brisbane, California and Wootton Bassett, England manufacturing facilities, where our own manufacturing techniques and rigorous test procedures help ensure our products meet customer requirements. Sales of professional products and production services accounted for $77.6 million, or 27% of our total revenue, in fiscal 2004.

 

On the consumer side, we derive revenue from royalties collected from licensees who manufacture consumer electronics products that include our technologies. When entertainment content is produced for playback on consumer media, DVD producers use our professional encoders to capture the source audio, so that the original soundtrack can be delivered to the consumer as faithfully as possible. To enable consumers to experience the realistic entertainment intended by the content creators, we license our sound technologies to manufacturers of a wide range of consumer electronics products, including DVD players, home theatre systems, television sets, set-top boxes, video game consoles, portable audio and video players, personal computers and in-car entertainment systems, comprising substantially all of the consumer playback devices for surround sound. We work with over 40 semiconductor manufacturers, helping them incorporate our technologies into their integrated circuits, or ICs. These manufacturers then sell their ICs to our approved licensees for incorporation into consumer electronics products. We also license our technologies to software developers who implement our technologies for use in personal computer software DVD players. Our licensing arrangements typically entitle us to receive a royalty for every product incorporating our technologies sold by approximately 500 consumer electronics product manufacturers and software developer licensees located in nearly 30 countries. Over 1.6 billion consumer electronics product units sold worldwide have incorporated our licensed technologies, including over 500 million consumer electronics product units since the beginning of fiscal 2002. Our Dolby Digital technologies alone have been incorporated in over 240 million DVD players and over 50 million audio/video receivers and set-top boxes. Our licensing engineers and support staff work closely with our licensees throughout the world to ensure that their products meet our technical and quality standards. Licensing revenue accounted for $211.4 million, or 73% of our total revenue, in fiscal 2004.

 

While we initially focused on sound technologies, in recent years we have expanded our business to include other technologies that facilitate the delivery of digital entertainment, such as technologies that process digital moving images or protect content from piracy. We are also developing and providing products and services to facilitate the change in the cinema industry from 35 mm film projection to digital cinema, an all digital medium for the distribution and exhibition of movies. In addition, we are continually exploring areas where we may be able to develop and deliver technology solutions that enhance the entertainment experience in other ways.

 

Key Dolby Strengths

 

We believe that the following key strengths uniquely position Dolby to develop and deliver innovative technologies to both professionals and consumers to enrich the entertainment experience:

 

  ·   Our culture of innovation .    We address technology challenges and create and deliver practical technology solutions for the entertainment industry that make a perceptible difference to audiences and consumers, and have done so repeatedly throughout our nearly 40 year history.

 

2


Table of Contents
  ·   Our longstanding relationships with industry participants throughout the entertainment chain .    Our longstanding relationships enable us to collaborate closely with entertainment industry participants, ensuring our products and technologies are designed and used to deliver consistent, high quality sound to audiences and consumers throughout the entertainment chain.

 

  ·   Adoption of our technologies as industry standards .    Our technologies are worldwide explicit or de facto industry standards for many types of professional and consumer applications. Industry standards are “explicit” when technologies are mandated by an industry standards-setting body, and “de facto” when technologies are widely adopted even though not specifically mandated by a standards-setting body.

 

  ·   Our global market leadership .    We believe we are the global market leader for the delivery of surround sound technologies for both professional products and consumer applications.

 

  ·   Our neutrality .    We believe that by not aligning ourselves exclusively with any particular industry participant we have become a trusted participant in the entertainment industry, promoting the adoption of our technologies and enabling us to maintain strong relationships with a variety of companies that often compete against one another.

 

  ·   The strength of our brand .    We believe the Dolby brand is recognized globally and is synonymous with quality, excellence and innovation.

 

  ·   Our high quality management team and employee base .    We have assembled a strong, experienced management team and a highly skilled engineering team with technical knowledge in a broad range of scientific disciplines that are focused on developing innovative and enduring technologies for the entertainment industry.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our objective is to be an essential element in the best entertainment technology. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

  ·   Expanding markets for surround sound .    We intend to continue to promote the expansion of markets for surround sound.

 

  ·   Continuing to address the needs of industry professionals .    We intend to continue to collaborate with industry professionals at each link in the entertainment chain to develop new technologies that facilitate and improve content recording, distribution and playback, and, where possible, we intend to adapt these technologies for use in consumer applications.

 

  ·   Developing system solutions for digital cinema .    We are committed to developing and delivering sound and image technologies for digital cinema.

 

  ·   Developing technologies for the entertainment industry beyond sound .    We intend to develop and deliver technology solutions that enrich the entertainment experience in areas beyond sound, including technologies that process digital moving images and protect content from piracy.

 

  ·   Continuing to promote adoption of our technologies as industry standards .    We intend to continue to develop, maintain and strengthen our relationships with entertainment industry participants, professional organizations and standards-setting bodies throughout the world to help facilitate the adoption of our technologies as industry standards.

 

  ·   Building on the strength of the Dolby brand .    We intend to continue to enhance and build on the strength of the Dolby brand and our reputation as a trusted provider of entertainment technologies for use in both professional and consumer products.

 

3


Table of Contents

Industry

 

The global entertainment industry is in the midst of a transition from analog to digital technologies. Advancements in digital technologies have led to enhanced consumer entertainment experiences through higher fidelity sound; more dynamic sound effects; discrete surround sound; higher resolution video images; smaller file sizes and reduced storage costs; greater portability; simpler, faster and higher capacity means to distribute content; and greater interoperability across a variety of playback devices. New digital media formats and products, such as DVD players, DVD recorders, HDTV, digital cable and personal computer-based video, music and game systems, have been introduced over the past several years. These technological advances have affected a broad range of entertainment formats, including movies, broadcasts, music, video games, personal computers and personal audio and video players, as well as a wide variety of playback environments, including theatres, homes and automobiles.

 

Consumers are helping to drive the transition to digital entertainment through their rapid adoption of new digital consumer electronics products that allow them to play back audio and video in their homes, cars and elsewhere. Growth in sales of digital-based consumer electronics products has increased significantly in recent years. According to the October 2004 report “Worldwide and U.S. DVD Player Forecast and Analysis, 2004-2008” and the December 2001 report “U.S. DVD Player Market Forecast, 2000-2005” of independent market research firm International Data Corporation, or IDC, worldwide DVD player shipments increased from approximately 13.5 million in 2000 to approximately 89.9 million in 2003, resulting in a compound annual growth rate of approximately 88%. In its October 2004 report, IDC expects worldwide DVD player shipments to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 16.4% from 2003 through 2008, with such growth coming primarily from DVD recorders, home-theatre-in-a-box systems and portable DVD players. The large installed base of digital-based home theatre systems with surround sound capabilities enables television broadcasters to offer programming with digital audio that is comparable to or exceeds the quality available on DVDs. Governments worldwide are playing an important role in driving digital broadcasting by mandating that broadcasters transition to digital signals. Currently, all local terrestrial, or over-the-air, television stations in the United States are supposed to broadcast with a digital signal. According to IDC’s May 2004 report, “Worldwide and U.S. Digital TV 2004-2008 Forecast,” there are approximately 275 million television sets in the United States, 9.2 million of which are digital. Personal computers have also been an important factor driving the adoption of digital technology for multi-media applications. This growth in sales of digital-based consumer electronics products has coincided with increased consumer spending on electronic entertainment generally. According to the Consumer Electronics Association, or CEA, the average annual spending on consumer electronics per household in the United States has increased from approximately $600 in 1990 to approximately $1,100 in 2003. CEA defines consumer electronics to include consumer video products, home audio products and computers, peripherals and software, as well as video game hardware and software, portable audio products, mobile electronics, telephone and home office products, and blank media and accessories.

 

Corporate Information

 

We were founded in London, England in 1965 and incorporated as a New York corporation in 1967. We reincorporated in California in 1976 and reincorporated in Delaware in September 2004. Our principal executive offices are located at 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California 94103, and our telephone number is (415) 558-0200. Our web site address is www.dolby.com. The information on our web site is not part of this prospectus.

 

Dolby, Dolby Digital, Dolby Headphone, Dolby SR, Dolby Surround, EQ Assist, MLP, Surround EX and the double-D symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories in the United States and other countries. This prospectus also includes other registered and unregistered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories and trademarks of other persons.

 

4


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Shares of Class A common stock offered:

         

By us

                        shares     

By the selling stockholders

                        shares     

Total

                        shares     

Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering:

         

Class A

                        shares     

Class B

                        shares     

Total

                        shares     

Use of proceeds

   General corporate purposes, including working capital, and possible acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Proposed NYSE symbol

   DLB     

 

The number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding at September 24, 2004, and excludes:

 

  ·   12,599,820 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at September 24, 2004, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.61 per share;

 

  ·   780,750 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after September 24, 2004, at an exercise price of $6.28 per share; and

 

  ·   6,000,000 shares of Class A common stock available for future issuance under our 2005 Stock Plan.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

  ·   A five-for-one split of our common stock that will occur prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  ·   That all currently outstanding shares of our common stock are converted into shares of Class B common stock prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

  ·   That the underwriters do not exercise the over-allotment option to purchase                      additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering.

 

5


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following tables summarize consolidated financial data regarding our business and should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our fiscal year is a 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Friday in September. The fiscal years presented include the 52-week periods ended September 27, 2002, September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004, respectively. Ray Dolby, our founder, will contribute to us prior to the completion of this offering all of the rights he holds in intellectual property related to our business, which he currently licenses to us in exchange for royalty payments. Upon the completion of this asset contribution, all of our licensing arrangements with, and related royalty obligations to, Ray Dolby will terminate. The following summary pro forma unaudited consolidated statements of operations data give effect to the asset contribution to be made by Ray Dolby, as well as the effects of a previous change in certain licensing arrangements with Ray Dolby in June 2002, as though such transactions had been completed prior to the beginning of fiscal 2002. There will be no material change to our balance sheet as a result of the asset contribution. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Pro Forma Presentation.”

 

    Actual

    Pro Forma

 
    Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
    Sep 27,
2002


    Sep 26,
2003


    Sep 24,
2004


    Sep 27,
2002


    Sep 26,
2003


    Sep 24,
2004


 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                               

Revenue:

                                               

Licensing

  $ 106,640     $ 157,922     $ 211,395     $ 113,361     $ 157,922     $ 211,395  

Product sales

    41,377       44,403       57,981       41,377       44,403       57,981  

Production services

    13,851       15,147       19,665       13,851       15,147       19,665  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Total revenue

    161,868       217,472       289,041       168,589       217,472       289,041  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Cost of revenue:

                                               

Cost of licensing

    25,063       40,001       53,838       8,685       14,875       20,070  

Cost of product sales (includes $0.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004, actual and pro forma)(1)

    26,694       26,684       30,096       24,281       24,190       27,007  

Cost of production services (includes $0.1 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004, actual and pro forma)(1)

    5,960       6,958       7,643       5,960       6,958       7,643  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Total cost of revenue

    57,717       73,643       91,577       38,926       46,023       54,720  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Gross margin

    104,151       143,829       197,464       129,663       171,449       234,321  

Operating expenses:

                                               

Selling, general and administrative (includes $12.7 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004, actual and pro forma)(1)

    64,269       76,590       113,477       70,297       76,590       113,477  

Research and development (includes $1.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004, actual and pro forma)(1)

    15,128       18,262       23,884       15,128       18,262       23,884  

Settlements

    24,205             (2,000 )     24,205             (2,000 )

In-process research and development

          1,310       1,738             1,310       1,738  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

    103,602       96,162       137,099       109,630       96,162       137,099  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income

    549       47,667       60,365       20,033       75,287       97,222  

Other income (expenses), net

    (747 )     (57 )     229       (747 )     (57 )     229  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

    (198 )     47,610       60,594       19,286       75,230       97,451  

Provision for income taxes

    11       16,079       25,039       7,884       26,714       39,267  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before controlling interest

    (209 )     31,531       35,555       11,402       48,516       58,184  

Controlling interest in net (income) loss

    104       (562 )     (929 )     104       (562 )     (929 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

  $ (105 )   $ 30,969     $ 34,626     $ 11,506     $ 47,954     $ 57,255  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Basic net income (loss) per common share

  $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.40     $ 0.14     $ 0.56     $ 0.67  

Diluted net income (loss) per common share

  $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.36     $ 0.14     $ 0.56     $ 0.59  

Shares used in the calculation of basic net income (loss) per share

    85,008       85,009       85,556       85,008       85,009       85,556  

Shares used in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share

    85,008       85,983       96,525       85,010       85,983       96,525  

 

6


Table of Contents

(1) Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

 

    Actual and Pro Forma

    Fiscal Year Ended
September 24, 2004


Cost of product sales

  $ 157

Cost of production services

    55

Selling, general and administrative

    12,711

Research and development

    1,215
   

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 14,138
   

 

The consolidated balance sheet data table below presents a summary of our balance sheet as of September 24, 2004, on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the receipt of net proceeds from the sale of              shares of Class A common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” and “Capitalization.”

 

     As of September 24, 2004

     Actual

   As Adjusted

     (in thousands)

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 78,711    $             

Working capital

     82,450       

Total assets

     261,897       

Total debt

     14,870       

Total stockholders’ equity

     145,374       

 

7


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial. The trading price of our Class A common stock could decline due to any of these risks and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing the risks described below, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Our business and prospects depend on the strength of our brand, and if we do not maintain and strengthen our brand, our business will be materially harmed.

 

Maintaining and strengthening the “Dolby” brand is critical to maintaining and expanding both our products and services business and our technology licensing business because our continued success is due, in part, to our reputation for providing high quality products, services and technologies across a wide range of entertainment industries, which we define to include the consumer electronics product industry. If we fail to promote and maintain the Dolby brand successfully on either the professional products and production services or the licensing sides of our business, our overall business and prospects will suffer. Moreover, we believe that the likelihood that our technologies will be adopted as an industry standard in various markets and for various applications depends, in part, upon the strength of our brand, because professional organizations and industry participants are more likely to accept as an industry standard technologies developed by a well-respected and well-known brand. In addition, if we fail to maintain high quality standards for our professional products, and if we fail to maintain high quality standards for the products that incorporate our technologies through the quality-control certification process that we require of our licensees, our brand could be adversely affected. Furthermore, we believe that our ability to enter new markets as we expand our business beyond sound technologies is dependent, in part, upon the strength of our brand and our reputation as a trusted provider of entertainment technologies for use in both professional and consumer products. Maintaining and strengthening our brand will depend heavily on our ability to continue to develop innovative technologies for the entertainment industry and to continue to provide high quality products and services, which we may not do successfully.

 

We are dependent on the sale by our licensees of consumer electronics products that incorporate our technologies, and a reduction in those sales would adversely affect our licensing revenue.

 

We derive most of our revenue from the license of our technologies to consumer electronics product manufacturers. We derived 66%, 73% and 73% of our total revenue from our technology licensing business in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. We do not manufacture consumer electronics products ourselves. Our licensing revenue from these manufacturers results primarily from royalties paid to us on shipments of their consumer electronic products, such as DVD players, DVD recorders, home theatre systems, video game consoles, personal audio and video players and in-car entertainment systems that incorporate our licensed technologies. We cannot control these manufacturers’ product development or commercialization efforts or predict their success. In addition, our license agreements, which typically require manufacturers of consumer electronics product and software developers to pay us a specified royalty for every consumer electronics product shipped that incorporates our technologies, do not require these manufacturers to include our technologies in any specific number or percentage of units, and only a few of these agreements guarantee us a minimum aggregate licensing fee. Moreover, we have a widespread presence in certain markets for consumer electronics products, such as the markets for DVD players, audio/video receivers and other home theatre consumer electronics products, and, as a result, there is little room for us to further penetrate such markets. Accordingly, if our licensees sell fewer products incorporating our technologies, or otherwise face significant economic difficulties, our revenue will decline. Lower sales of products incorporating our technologies could occur for a number of reasons. Changes in consumer tastes or trends, or changes in industry standards, may adversely affect our licensing revenue. Demand for new consumer electronics products could also be adversely affected by increasing market saturation, durability of products in the marketplace, new competing products and alternate consumer entertainment options. In addition, our licensees, for whatever reason, may not choose to or may not be able to incorporate our future technologies into their products.

 

8


Table of Contents

We do not expect sales of DVD players to continue to grow as quickly as they have in the past. To the extent that sales of DVD players and home theatre systems level off or decline, or alternative technologies in which we do not participate replace DVDs as a dominant medium for consumer video entertainment, our licensing revenue will be adversely affected.

 

Growth in our revenue over the past several years has been the result, in large part, of the rapid growth in sales of DVD players and home theatre systems incorporating our technologies. However, as the markets for DVD players mature, we do not expect sales of DVD players to continue to grow as quickly as they have in the past. To the extent that sales of DVD players and home theatre systems level off or decline, our licensing revenue will be adversely affected. In addition, if new technologies are developed for use with DVDs or new technologies are developed that substantially compete with or replace DVDs as a dominant medium for consumer video entertainment, and if we are unable to develop and successfully market technologies that are incorporated into or compatible with such new technologies, our revenue will be adversely affected.

 

If we fail to develop and deliver innovative technologies in response to changes in the entertainment industry, our business could decline.

 

The markets for our professional products and the markets for consumer electronics products utilizing our licensed technologies are characterized by rapid change and technological evolution. We will need to expend considerable resources on research and development in the future in order to continue to design and deliver enduring, innovative entertainment products and technologies. Despite our efforts, we may not be able to develop and effectively market new products, technologies and services that adequately or competitively address the needs of the changing marketplace. In addition, we may not correctly identify new or changing market trends at an early enough stage to capitalize on market opportunities. At times such changes can be dramatic, such as the shift from VHS tapes to DVDs for consumer playback of movies in homes and elsewhere. Our future success depends to a great extent on our ability to develop and deliver innovative technologies that are widely adopted in response to changes in the entertainment industry and that are compatible with the technologies or products introduced by other entertainment industry participants.

 

If our products and technologies fail to be adopted as industry standards, our business prospects could be limited and our operating results could be adversely affected.

 

The entertainment industry depends upon industry standards to ensure the compatibility of its content across a wide variety of entertainment systems and products. Accordingly, we expend significant efforts to ensure that our products and technologies either meet, or, more importantly, are adopted as, industry standards across the broad range of entertainment industry markets in which we participate, as well as the markets in which we hope to compete in the future, including digital cinema. It is important to our business and prospects that we continue to develop products and technologies that have the necessary capabilities and are of sufficient quality and acceptable cost such that the entertainment industry adopts them as industry standards. It is also important that those of our technologies that have already been adopted as industry standards continue to have that status. To have our products and technologies adopted as industry standards, we must convince a broad spectrum of professional organizations throughout the world to adopt them as such and to ensure that other industry standards are consistent with our products and technologies. In this regard, maintaining our long-standing relationships with our major customers and licensees is critical to our ability to have our technologies adopted as industry standards. If our technologies are not adopted or do not remain as industry standards, our business, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. We expect that meeting, maintaining and establishing industry standard technologies will continue to be critical to our business in the future. For example, we expect that the development of the market for digital cinema will be based upon industry standards. In addition, the market for broadcast technologies has traditionally been heavily based upon industry standards and we expect this to continue to be the case in the future. In the broadcast industry, governments or other regulatory bodies often set industry standards. If our technologies are not chosen as industry standards for broadcasting in a geographic area, this could adversely affect our ability to compete in these markets.

 

9


Table of Contents

Increasingly, standards-setting organizations are adopting or establishing technology standards for use in a wide-range of consumer electronics products. As a result, it is more difficult for individual companies to have their technologies adopted wholesale as an informal industry standard. We call this type of standard a “de facto” industry standard, meaning that the standard is not explicitly mandated by any industry standards-setting body but is nonetheless widely adopted. In addition, increasingly there are a large number of companies, including ones that typically compete against one another, involved in the development of new technologies for use in consumer entertainment products. As a result, these companies often license their collective intellectual property rights as a group, making it more difficult for any single company to have its technologies adopted widely as a de facto industry standard or to have its technologies adopted as an exclusive, explicit industry standard for consumer electronic products.

 

Even when our technologies are mandated for a particular market by a standards-setting body, which we call an “explicit” industry standard, our technologies may not be the sole technologies adopted for that market as an industry standard. Accordingly, our operating results depend upon participants in that market choosing to adopt our technologies instead of competitive technologies that also may be acceptable under such standard. The continued growth of our revenue from the broadcast market will depend upon both the continued adoption of digital television generally and the choice to use our technologies where it is an optional industry standard.

 

The licensing of patents constitutes a significant source of our revenue. If we are unable to replace expiring patents with new patents or proprietary technologies, our revenue could decline.

 

We hold patents covering much of the technology that we license to consumer electronics product manufacturers. Our licensing revenue is tied in large part to the life of those patents. Our right to receive royalties related to our patents terminates with the expiration of the last patent covering the relevant technologies. However, many of our licensees choose to continue to pay royalties for use of our trademarks and know-how after our patents have expired, but at a reduced royalty rate. Accordingly, to the extent that we do not continue to replace licensing revenue from technologies covered by expiring patents with licensing revenue based on new patents and proprietary technologies, our revenue could decline.

 

The 775 patents we currently hold are scheduled to expire at various times through April 2023. Of these, ten patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2005, 66 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2006, and 44 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2007. Patents relating to our Dolby Digital technologies expire between 2008 and 2017, and patents relating to our Dolby Digital Plus technologies, an extension of Dolby Digital, expire between 2019 and 2020.

 

In addition, we have relatively few or no issued patents in certain countries, including China and India. For example, in China we have only limited patent protection, especially with respect to our Dolby Digital technologies. In India, we have no issued patents. As such, growing our licensing revenue in developing countries such as China and India will depend on our ability to obtain patent rights in these counties for existing and new technologies, which is uncertain. Moreover, because of the limitations of the legal systems in many of these countries, the effectiveness of patents obtained or that may in the future be obtained, if any, is likewise uncertain.

 

We are, and may in the future be, subject to intellectual property rights claims, which are costly to defend, could require us to pay damages and could limit our ability to use certain technologies in the future.

 

Companies in the technology and entertainment industries own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We have faced such claims in the past, we currently face such claims and we expect to face similar claims in the future. For example, Lucent has asserted that we infringe certain patents held by them, prompting us to file a complaint for declaratory judgment of non-infringement and invalidity of such Lucent patents. These patents generally involve a process and means for encoding and decoding audio signals. Lucent contends that products incorporating our AC-3 technology infringe those patents. A determination against us in the Lucent litigation could materially impact our technology licensing business, which may seriously harm our financial condition and results of operations. As we face increasing competition and as we attempt to enter new markets, the possibility of new intellectual property rights claims against us grows. Our technologies may be vulnerable to third-party rights or claims against their use. Any intellectual

 

10


Table of Contents

property claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, expensive to litigate or settle and could divert management resources and attention. For example, in the past we have settled claims relating to infringement allegations and agreed to make payments in connection with such settlements. An adverse determination could require that we pay damages or stop using technologies found to be in violation of a third party’s rights and could prevent us from offering our products and services to others. In order to avoid these restrictions, we may have to seek a license for the technology. This license may not be available on reasonable terms, could require us to pay significant royalties and may significantly increase our operating expenses. The technologies also may not be available for license to us at all. As a result, we may be required to develop alternative non-infringing technologies, which could require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop technology for the infringing aspects of our business, we may be forced to limit our product and service offerings and may be unable to compete effectively. In addition, at times in the past, we have chosen to defend our licensees from third-party intellectual property infringement claims even where such defense was not contractually required, and we may choose to take on such defense in the future. Any of these results could harm our brand, our operating results and our financial condition.

 

Primarily in connection with the licensing of our Dolby Digital technologies, in certain cases we license to our customers intellectual property such as patents that we have licensed from third parties in addition to our own intellectual property. Under our agreements with these third parties, in many cases we are required to pay them a royalty based on a percentage of the portion of the licensing revenue we receive from our customers related to their intellectual property. We believe we properly allocate these parties’ respective shares of the licensing revenue we receive from our customers. However, these third parties could challenge the basis on which we share our licensing revenue with them. Any successful challenge could increase the amount of royalties we have to pay to these third parties, decrease our gross margins and adversely affect our operating results. Such challenges could also impair our ability to continue to re-license the intellectual property of such third parties, which could adversely affect our business and prospects.

 

Our relationships with entertainment industry participants are particularly important to our professional products and production services and our technology licensing businesses, and if we fail to maintain such relationships our business could be materially harmed.

 

If we fail to maintain and expand our relationships with a broad range of participants throughout the entertainment chain, including motion picture studios, broadcasters, video game designers, music producers and manufacturers of consumer electronics products, our business and prospects could be materially harmed. Relationships have historically played an important role in the entertainment industries that we serve, both on the professional and consumer sides of our business. For example, our products and services business is particularly dependent upon our relationships with the major motion picture studios and broadcasters, and our technology licensing business is particularly dependent upon our relationships with consumer electronics product manufacturers, software developers and integrated circuit, or IC, manufacturers. If we fail to maintain and strengthen these relationships, these entertainment industry participants may be more likely not to purchase and use our products, services and technologies, which could materially harm our business and prospects. In addition to directly providing substantially all of our revenue, these relationships are critical to our ability to have our technologies adopted as industry standards. Moreover, if we fail to maintain our relationships, or if we are not able to develop relationships in new markets in which we intend to compete in the future, including markets for new technologies and expanding geographic markets such as China and India, our business, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, if major industry participants form strategic relationships that exclude us, whether on the professional products and production services side or the licensing side of our business, our business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

 

We rely on the timeliness and accuracy of our licensees’ royalty reports for reporting and collecting our licensing revenue, and if these reports are untimely or inaccurate, our revenue could be delayed, inaccurately reported or materially adversely affected.

 

Our licensing revenue is generated primarily from consumer electronics product manufacturers and software developers who license and incorporate our technologies in their products. Under our existing arrangements,

 

11


Table of Contents

these licensees typically pay us a specified royalty for every consumer electronics product they ship that incorporates our technologies. We rely on our licensees to accurately report the number of units shipped as we calculate our license fees, prepare our financial reports, projections and budgets, and direct our sales and product development efforts based on these reports. However, it is often difficult for us to independently determine whether or not our licensees are reporting shipments accurately. This is especially true with respect to software incorporating our technologies because software can be copied relatively easily and we oftentimes do not have easy ways to determine how many copies have been made. Most of our license agreements permit us to audit our licensees’ records, but audits are generally expensive and time consuming and could harm our customer relationships. In particular, we have experienced in the past, and expect to continue to experience, problems with Chinese consumer electronics product manufacturers failing to report or underreporting shipments of their products that incorporate our technologies. To the extent that our licensees understate or fail to report the number of products incorporating our technologies that they ship, we will not collect and recognize revenue to which we are entitled, which would adversely affect our operating results. In addition, because we recognize license revenue only after we receive royalty reports from our licensees regarding the shipment of their products that incorporate our technologies, the timing of our revenue is dependent upon the timing of our receipt of those reports. Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate as a result of inaccurate royalty reports we receive from licensees that are ultimately corrected, or as a result of late or sporadic royalty reports we receive from licensees. Our licensees are required to report to us within 30 to 60 days following the end of the quarter in which they ship the product incorporating our technologies. Accordingly, even in the best of circumstances, there is a time lag between when our licensees ship their products and when they report those shipments, and pay the related royalties, for those products. Sometimes this time lag can be significant. In the past we have experienced lags greater than one year in certain cases. In addition, it is not uncommon for royalty reports to include corrective or retroactive royalties that cover extended periods of time. Also, there have been times in the past when we have recognized an unusually large amount of licensing revenue from a licensee in a given quarter because not all of our revenue recognition criteria were met in prior periods. This can result in a large amount of licensing revenue from a licensee being recorded in a given quarter that is not necessarily indicative of the amounts of licensing revenue to be received from that licensee in future quarters, thus causing fluctuations in our operating results.

 

Our licensing revenue depends in large part upon IC manufacturers incorporating our technologies into ICs for sale to our consumer electronics product licensees and if, for any reason, our technologies are not incorporated in these ICs or fewer ICs are sold that incorporate our technologies, our operating results would be adversely affected.

 

Our licensing revenue from consumer electronics product manufacturers depends in large part upon the availability of ICs that implement our technologies. IC manufacturers incorporate our technologies into these ICs, which are then incorporated in consumer electronics products that utilize our technologies. We do not manufacture these ICs, but rather depend on IC manufacturers to develop, produce and then sell them to licensed consumer electronics product manufacturers. We cannot control the IC manufacturers’ decision whether or not to incorporate our technologies into their ICs, and we cannot control their product development or commercialization efforts nor predict their success. As a result, if these IC manufacturers are unable or unwilling, for any reason, to implement our technologies into their ICs, or if, for any reason, they sell fewer ICs incorporating our technologies, our operating results will be adversely affected.

 

Our future success depends, in part, upon the growth of new markets for surround sound technologies and our ability to develop and adapt our technologies for those new markets. If such markets fail to grow or we are unable to develop successful products for them, our business prospects could be limited.

 

We expect that future growth of our licensing revenue will depend, in part, upon the growth of, and our successful participation in, new markets for surround sound technologies, including:

 

  ·   Digital broadcasting;

 

  ·   HDTV;

 

  ·   Broadband Internet;

 

  ·   Home DVD recording;

 

12


Table of Contents
  ·   DVD-Audio;

 

  ·   Video games;

 

  ·   Personal audio and video players, including Internet music applications; and

 

  ·   In-car entertainment systems.

 

The development of these markets depends on increased consumer demand for surround sound products, which may not occur. Any failure of such markets to develop or consumer demand to grow would have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects. For example, only a small number of automobile manufacturers currently offer in-car entertainment systems incorporating our surround sound technologies, and those that do typically limit those systems only to certain models. Additional manufacturers may not offer surround sound entertainment systems, and, even if they do, the car models on which surround sound may be offered are likely to be, at least initially, limited to the high end of these manufacturers’ lines. Similarly, whether our revenue from digital broadcast networks and broadband Internet services increases depends upon the expansion of digital broadcast technologies and broadband Internet as a medium of entertainment, which may not occur. In addition, even when our technologies are adopted as industry standards for a particular market, such market may not be fully developed. In such case, our success depends not only on whether our technology is adopted as an industry standard for such market, but also on the development of that market, which may not occur. For example, while our technologies have been adopted in many countries as a mandatory or optional industry standard for broadcast audio for digital television, many television broadcasters around the world do not yet broadcast digital television. Demand for our technologies in any of these developing markets may not continue to grow, and a sufficiently broad base of consumers and professionals may not adopt or continue to use these technologies. Demand and market acceptance for recently introduced services and products are subject to a high level of uncertainty. Our business could be limited if demand for products and services such as those described above do not expand as we expect, or if our technologies are not adopted by licensees for use with such products and services. In addition, our ability to generate revenue from these markets may be limited to the extent that service providers in these markets choose to provide certain technologies and entertainment for little or no cost, such as many of the services provided in connection with broadband Internet services. Moreover, some of these markets are ones in which we have not previously participated and, because of our limited experience, we may not be able to adequately adapt our business and our technologies to the needs of customers in these fields.

 

We also expect that growth in our licensing revenue will depend, in part, upon the growth of sales of consumer electronics products incorporating our technologies in other countries, including China and India, as consumers in these markets have more disposable income and are increasingly purchasing entertainment products with surround sound capabilities. However, if our licensing revenue from the use of our technologies in these new markets or geographic areas does not expand, our prospects could be adversely affected.

 

We face significant competition in various markets, and if we are unable to compete successfully, our business will suffer.

 

The markets for entertainment industry technologies are highly competitive, and we face competitive threats and pricing pressure in all of these industries. Our competitors on the professional side of our business include Avica, Digital Theater Systems, EVS, GDC, Kodak, Microsoft, NEC, Panastereo, Sony and UltraStereo. Competitors on the consumer side of our business include Coding Technologies, Digital Theater Systems, Fraunhofer Institute for Integrated Circuits, Microsoft, Philips, RealNetworks, Sony, SRS Labs and Thomson. In addition, other companies may become competitors in the future. The quality of sound produced by some of our competitors’ technologies may be perceived by some people as equivalent or superior to that produced by ours. In addition, some of our current and/or future competitors may have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do, or may have more experience or advantages in the markets in which they compete. For example, Microsoft and RealNetworks may have an advantage over us in the market for Internet technologies because of their greater experience and presence in that market. In addition, some of our current or potential competitors, such as Microsoft and RealNetworks, may be able to offer integrated system solutions in certain markets for sound or non-sound entertainment technologies, including audio, video and rights management

 

13


Table of Contents

technologies related to personal computers or the Internet, which could make competing technologies that we develop unnecessary. By offering an integrated system solution, these potential competitors also may be able to offer competing technologies at lower prices than our technologies, which could adversely affect our operating results. We also face competitive risks in situations where our customers are also current or potential competitors. For example, Sony is a significant licensee customer and is a significant purchaser of our professional products and production services, but Sony is also a competitor with respect to certain of our professional and consumer technologies. Sony’s plan to acquire Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, which is also a significant purchaser of our professional products and production services, is expected to increase this potential competitive risk. In addition, Universal, which is a purchaser of our professional products and production services, also has had an ownership interest in Digital Theater Systems, one of our competitors. Further, many of the consumer electronics products that include our sound technology also include sound technologies developed by our competitors. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources in research and development in order to enhance our technologies and our existing products and services and introduce new high-quality products and services to meet the wide variety of such competitive pressures. Our business will suffer if we fail to do so successfully.

 

In addition, the market for the consumer electronics products in which our technologies are incorporated is intensely competitive and price sensitive. Retail prices for consumer electronics products that include our sound technology, such as DVD players and home theatre systems, have decreased significantly, and we expect prices to continue to decrease for the foreseeable future. In response, manufacturers have sought to reduce their product costs, which can result in downward pressure on the licensing fees we charge our customers who incorporate our technologies into the consumer electronics products that they sell. A decline in the licensing fees we charge would materially and adversely affect our operating results.

 

We believe that the success we have had licensing our surround sound technologies to consumer electronics product manufacturers is due, in part, to the strength of our brand and the perception that our technologies provide a high-quality solution for surround sound. However, as applications that incorporate surround sound technologies become increasingly prevalent, we expect more competitors to enter this field with other solutions. Furthermore, to the extent that these solutions are perceived, accurately or not, to provide the same advantages as our technologies, at a lower or comparable price, there is a risk that sound encoding technology such as ours will be treated as a commodity, resulting in loss of status of our technologies, decline in their use, and significant pricing pressure. To the extent that our audio technologies become a commodity, rather than a premium solution, our business, operating results and prospects could be adversely affected.

 

Awareness of our brand depends to a significant extent upon a decision by our customers to display our trademarks on their products, and if our customers do not display our trademarks on their products, our ability to increase our brand awareness may be harmed.

 

We engage in relatively little direct brand advertising, and we do not currently plan to increase our direct brand advertising activities in the future. Instead, the promotion of our brand depends upon entertainment industry participants displaying our trademarks on their products that incorporate our technologies. Although we do not require our customers to place our brand on their products, we actively encourage them to do so. For example, we license our trademarks to motion picture studios, broadcasters and distributors for placement in film prints, television programming, DVD packaging and promotional materials, such as movie posters, to signify that the content has been made utilizing high-quality Dolby Laboratories sound technologies, which we believe is very important to consumers. We also rely on consumer electronics product manufacturers that license our technologies to display our trademarks on their products in order to promote our brand. If our customers choose for any reason not to display our trademarks, our ability to maintain or increase our brand awareness may be harmed, which would have an adverse affect on our business and prospects.

 

We face a number of risks in conducting business in China.

 

The percentage of our licensing revenue from Chinese consumer electronics product manufacturers grew from 11% in fiscal 2002 to 16% in fiscal 2004. We expect this trend to continue in the future, as consumer electronics product manufacturing in China continues to increase due to the lower manufacturing cost structure

 

14


Table of Contents

there as compared to other industrial countries. We also expect that our sales of professional products and production services in China will expand in the future to the extent that the use of digital surround sound technologies increases in China, including in movies, broadcast television and video games. We further expect that the sale of consumer electronics products incorporating our technologies will increase in China to the extent that Chinese consumers become more affluent. However, we face many risks in China, in large part due to China’s historically limited recognition and enforcement of intellectual property and contractual rights. In particular, we have many times experienced, and expect to continue to experience, problems with Chinese consumer electronics product manufacturers failing to report or underreporting shipments of their products that incorporate our technologies or incorporating our technologies and trademarks into their products without our authorization and without paying us any licensing fees, which adversely affects our operating results. We may also experience difficulties in enforcing our intellectual property rights in China, where intellectual property rights are not as respected as they are in the United States, Japan and Europe. In addition, we have only limited patent protection in China, especially with respect to our Dolby Digital technologies, which may make it more difficult for us to enforce our intellectual property rights in China. We believe that it is critical that we strengthen existing relationships and develop new relationships with entertainment industry participants in China to increase our ability to enforce our intellectual property and contractual rights in China without relying solely on the Chinese legal system. If we are unable to develop, maintain and strengthen these relationships, our revenue from China could be adversely affected. However, developing, maintaining and strengthening relationships in China is especially difficult because of the multiple Chinese cultures and resulting fragmented nature of the Chinese economy. As a result, we must develop, maintain and strengthen relationships at each step of the entertainment chain in many different regions of China in order to successfully enforce our intellectual property and contractual rights in China.

 

We face diverse risks in our international business, which could adversely affect our operating results.

 

We are dependent on international sales for a substantial amount of our total revenue. For fiscal years ended 2002, 2003 and 2004, our sales outside the United States were 64%, 60% and 59%, respectively, of our professional products and production services revenue, and royalties from licensees outside the United States were 76%, 80% and 80%, respectively, of our licensing revenue. We expect that international and export sales will continue to represent a substantial portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future. This future revenue will depend to a large extent on the continued use and expansion of our technologies in entertainment industries worldwide. Increased worldwide use of our technologies is also an important factor in our future growth.

 

Due to our reliance on sales to customers outside the United States, we are subject to the risks of conducting business internationally, including:

 

  ·   Our ability to enforce our contractual and intellectual property rights, especially in those foreign countries that do not respect and protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the United States, Japan and European countries, which increases the risk of unauthorized, and uncompensated, use of our technology;

 

  ·   United States and foreign government trade restrictions, including those which may impose restrictions on importation of programming, technology or components to or from the United States;

 

  ·   Foreign government taxes, regulations and permit requirements, including foreign taxes that we may not be able to offset against taxes imposed upon us in the United States, and foreign tax and other laws limiting our ability to repatriate funds to the United States;

 

  ·   Foreign labor laws, regulations and restrictions;

 

  ·   Changes in diplomatic and trade relationships;

 

  ·   Difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

  ·   Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, including risks related to any hedging activities we undertake;

 

  ·   Political instability, natural disasters, war and/or events of terrorism; and

 

  ·   The strength of international economies.

 

15


Table of Contents

We expect that the percentage of our licensing revenue from consumer electronics product manufacturers in China and other developing countries, such as India, will continue to grow due to the lower cost structure in those countries as compared to other industrialized countries. As with consumer electronic product manufacturers in China, we expect to experience problems in these countries with manufacturers failing to report or underreporting shipments of their products that incorporate our technologies or incorporating our technologies into their products without our authorization. If we are unable to successfully identify and stop unauthorized use of our intellectual property and ensure compliance and accurate reporting by these manufacturers, we could experience increased operational and enforcement costs, and our revenue could be impaired. Moreover, because of the limitations of the legal systems in many developing countries, our ability to enforce claims based upon failures to pay royalties is limited. In this regard, we believe that it is critical that we strengthen existing relationships and develop new relationships with manufactures and distributors in developing countries, as well as other participants in the product distribution chain, to increase our ability to enforce our intellectual property and contractual rights. If we are unable to develop, maintain and strengthen these relationships, our revenue from developing countries could be adversely affected. In addition, we have relatively few or no issued patents in certain developing countries, which could prevent or substantially limit our ability to enforce intellectual property claims in those countries.

 

A loss of one or more of our key customers or licensees in any of our markets could adversely affect our operating results.

 

From time to time, one or a small number of our customers or licenses may represent a significant percentage of our professional or licensing revenue. Although we have agreements with many of these customers, these agreements typically do not require any minimum purchases or minimum royalty fees and do not prohibit customers from purchasing products and services from competitors. A decision by any of our major customers or licensees not to use our technologies, or their failure or inability to pay amounts owed to us in a timely manner, or at all, whether due to strategic redirections or adverse changes in their businesses or for other reasons, could have a significant effect on our operating results.

 

Our licensing of industry standard technologies can be subject to limitations that could adversely affect our business and prospects.

 

When our technologies are adopted as explicit industry standards by a standards-setting organization, we generally must agree to license such technologies on a fair, reasonable and non-discriminatory basis, which could limit our control over the use of these technologies. In these situations, we must often limit the royalty rates we charge for these technologies, which could adversely affect our gross margins. Furthermore, we may be unable to limit to whom we license such technologies, and may be unable to restrict many terms of the license. From time to time we may be subject to claims that our licenses of our industry standard technologies may not conform to the requirements of the standards-setting body. Private parties have raised this type of issue with us in the past. Allegations such as these could be asserted in private actions seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief, or in regulatory actions. Claimants in such cases could seek to restrict or change our licensing practices or our ability to license our technologies in ways that could injure our reputation and otherwise materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and prospects.

 

In fiscal 2002, we began licensing some of our patents through our wholly-owned subsidiary Via Licensing Corporation in “patent pools” with other companies in an effort to ensure that our technologies are compatible with other technologies in the entertainment industry and to promote our technologies as industry standards. These patent pools are comprised of a group of patents held by a number of companies, including us in some cases, and administered by Via Licensing, that allow product manufacturers streamlined access to certain foundational technologies. This is a different business model for us and we cannot predict all of the challenges we may face or whether we will be successful. For instance, Via Licensing licenses patents into areas such as wireless markets in which we have not competed previously. As a result, our control over the license of our technologies from these patent pools may be limited as compared to our traditional business model in which we license our patents as bundles of technologies and interact directly with our customers. In addition, our control over the application and quality control of our technologies that are included in these pools may be limited.

 

16


Table of Contents

In addition, standards setting bodies may require the use of so-called “open standards,” meaning that the technologies necessary to meet those standards are freely available without the payment of a licensing fee or royalty. The industry standards developed for digital cinema will be open standards. The use of open standards may reduce our opportunity to generate revenue by licensing our proprietary technologies and may also reduce, perhaps substantially, barriers to entry for our competitors, both of which could adversely affect our business and prospects.

 

We may be unable to significantly expand our current professional product sales in the cinema industry because our professional products are already used by the vast majority of major cinema operators and major motion picture studios in the United States and much of the rest of the world. If the cinema industry does not expand, or if it contracts, the demand for our professional products will be adversely affected.

 

Our ability to further penetrate the market for motion picture sound technologies is limited because of the widespread use of our current professional products by major motion picture content creators, distributors and cinema operators. As a result, our future revenue from our professional products for the cinema industry will depend, in part, upon events and conditions in that industry—specifically, the continued production and distribution of motion pictures, and the construction of new theatres and the renovation of existing theatres, using our products and services. For example, in the late 1990s cinema operators in the United States built a large number of new cinema megaplexes. This initially resulted in increased sales of our cinema processors, but also resulted in an oversupply of screens in some markets. This oversupply led to significant declines in new theatre construction in the United States in the early 2000s, resulting in a corresponding decline in sales of our cinema processors. As a result, future growth in sales of our existing cinema products may be limited, and may decrease in the future, as the number of new cinemas being built and the number of existing cinemas without our products continues to decline.

 

Events and conditions in the motion picture industry may affect sales of our professional products and production services.

 

Sales of our professional products and production services tend to fluctuate based on the underlying trends in the motion picture industry. In part, this is because our products have been so widely adopted in this industry. When box office receipts for the motion picture industry increase, we have typically seen sales of our professional products increase as well, as cinema owners are more likely to build new theatres and upgrade existing theatres with our more advanced cinema products when they are doing well financially. On the other hand, our production services revenue, both in the United States and internationally, is tied to the number of films being made by studios and independent filmmakers. The number of films that are produced can be affected by a number of factors, including strikes and work-stoppages within the motion picture industry as well as by the tax incentive arrangements that many foreign governments provide filmmakers to promote local filmmaking.

 

The construction of new screens and the renovation of existing theatres, as well as the continued production of new motion pictures, are also adversely impacted by the growth in piracy of motion pictures. Technological advances and the conversion of motion pictures into digital formats have made it easier to create, transmit and “share” high-quality unauthorized copies of motion pictures, including on pirated DVDs and on the Internet. If cinema operators decide to close a significant number of screens in the future or cut their capital spending as a result of piracy, demand for our playback systems and cinema processors will decline, which could negatively impact our operating results.

 

If the market for digital cinema does not develop, or if we are unable to compete successfully in this market, our future prospects could be limited and our business could be adversely affected.

 

Digital cinema is a term used to describe movies that are delivered to and stored in movie theatres in electronic form rather than on film, and that are projected on theatre screens using digital projectors. The cinema industry is in the early stages of the adoption of digital cinema for the distribution and exhibition of movies. We are committed to helping the motion picture industry develop system solutions for digital cinema; this is our major initiative in our products and services segment. However, the conversion of movie theatres from film to digital cinema will be a

 

17


Table of Contents

significant expense, and we cannot predict how quickly digital cinema will become widely adopted, if at all. There are at present only a very limited number of movie theatres that have been converted to digital cinema and we expect that the conversion of theatres to digital cinema technologies, if it occurs, will be a long-term process due to both technological and financial obstacles. Digital cinema may require a significant investment per screen by cinema operators. If the market for digital cinema fails to develop, or develops more slowly than expected, or if there is significant and sustained resistance by the motion picture industry or cinema operators to this technology or the cost of implementation, we may not realize significant returns on our investment in this area, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, because the conversion from film-based to digital cinema is in the early stages, it is impossible to predict accurately how the roles and allocation of costs among various industry participants may develop, if or how quickly digital cinema will be adopted and what, if any, industry standards may be adopted. In addition, it is possible that if a large number of cinema owners decide to convert their theatres to digital cinema over a relatively short period of time and our products are selected for these conversions, we may see an initial increase in professional product sales that will not likely be sustained over time.

 

Even if the market develops, we may not be successful in selling our products, technologies and services in this market. Our effort with respect to digital cinema is one of the areas where we are expanding our business beyond sound technology. As a result, our relative lack of experience in this area may harm our ability to compete successfully. A number of competitors and potential competitors, including Avica, EVS, GDC, Kodak, NEC, QuVis and Sony, are developing similar or alternative solutions for digital cinema, some of which may provide technological or cost advantages over our products, technologies and services. In addition, our products, technologies and services may not be compatible with the products and technologies developed by other companies for digital cinema. Moreover, it is possible that we will be selling components or technologies that will be incorporated into products sold by other companies, which would be a departure from our traditional business of manufacturing our own professional products and could limit our ability to control the distribution and use of our professional products. In addition, we are building components of the digital cinema delivery solution that are not solely related to sound and we do not have a long track record of providing these types of products, which may adversely affect our ability to compete in the digital cinema market. In this regard, our competitors may develop entire system solutions for digital cinema, which could make the technologies that we develop for incorporation in digital cinema systems unnecessary. It is also possible that the professional products used for digital cinema will be sold pursuant to large, long-term contracts at a fixed price, which will be bid upon by potential suppliers. This would be a departure from our traditional model of selling our professional products pursuant to one-time contracts, and could expose us to various risks we have not faced in the past, including an inability to adjust the prices we charge for such services if our costs were to increase. This model also could subject us to potentially higher warranty and intellectual property rights claims.

 

Furthermore, digital cinema will be based upon non-proprietary technology platforms, or “open standards,” in which no one company maintains ownership over the dominant technologies that develop. The use of open standards may reduce our opportunity to generate revenue by licensing our proprietary technologies and may also reduce, perhaps substantially, barriers to entry for our competitors, both of which could adversely affect our business and prospects. The products, technologies and services we expect to market may not achieve or sustain market acceptance, may not meet the needs of the movie industry, and may not be widely adopted. In addition, we expect that our digital cinema products, technologies and services may not be priced as low as those of our competitors, which may make it more difficult for us to compete or have our products and technologies become widely adopted. If we are unsuccessful in selling our products, technologies and services in the market for digital cinema, our business could be materially adversely affected. In addition, although we believe that many of the technological advances we may develop for digital cinema may have applicability in other areas, such as broadcasting or consumer electronics products, we may not ever be able to achieve these anticipated benefits in these other markets.

 

If the film industry broadly adopts digital cinema, the demand for our current professional products and production services could decline. Such a decline in our products and services business could also adversely affect our technology licensing business, because the strength of our brand and our ability to use professional

 

18


Table of Contents

developments to advance our consumer licensing technologies would be impaired. If, in such circumstances, we are unable to adapt our professional products and production services or introduce new products for the market for digital cinema successfully, our business could be materially adversely affected.

 

If we are unable to expand our business into non-sound technologies, our future growth could be limited.

 

Our future growth will depend, in part, upon our expansion into areas beyond sound technologies. For example, in addition to our digital cinema initiative, we are exploring other areas that facilitate delivery of digital entertainment, such as technologies for processing digital moving images and content protection. We will need to spend considerable resources on research and development in the future in order to deliver innovative non-sound technologies. However, we have limited experience in these markets and, despite our efforts, we cannot predict whether we will be successful in developing and marketing non-sound products, technologies and services. In addition, many of these markets are relatively new and may not grow as we currently anticipate. A number of competitors and potential competitors may develop non-sound technologies similar to those that we develop, some of which may provide advantages over our products, technologies and services. Some of these competitors have much greater experience and expertise in the non-sound fields we may enter. The non-sound products, technologies and services we expect to market may not achieve or sustain market acceptance, may not meet the needs of the movie industry, and may not be accepted as industry standards or as an industry standard. If we are unsuccessful in selling non-sound products, technologies and services, the future growth of our business may be limited. In addition, our efforts to enter or strengthen our positions in non-sound markets may be tied to the success of specific programs. For instance, our subsidiary, Cinea, is currently involved in a program to provide DVD players incorporating technologies intended to prevent the copying of DVDs to members of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences for screening of Oscar nominated motion pictures before these DVDs are released to the general public. However, due to delays in our delivery of these DVD players to Academy members, we have received, and expect that we may continue to receive, negative publicity related to this program. If this program is not successful or there is continued adverse publicity associated with it, our reputation may be harmed and our ability to enter the market for content protection technologies, or markets for other non-sound technologies, could be adversely affected.

 

Fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results may adversely affect the value of our stock.

 

A number of factors, many of which are outside our control, may cause or contribute to significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual revenue and operating results. These fluctuations may make financial planning and forecasting more difficult. In addition, these fluctuations may result in unanticipated decreases in our available cash, which could negatively impact our operations. As discussed more fully below, these fluctuations also could increase the volatility of our stock price. Factors that may cause or contribute to fluctuations in our operating results and revenue include:

 

  ·   Fluctuations in demand for our products and for the consumer electronics products of our licensees;

 

  ·   Fluctuations in the timing of royalty reports we receive from our licensees, including late, sporadic or inaccurate reports;

 

  ·   Sporadic payments we may be able to recover from companies utilizing our technologies without a license;

 

  ·   Introduction or enhancement of products, services and technologies by us and our competitors, and market acceptance of these new or enhanced products, services and technologies;

 

  ·   Rapid, wholesale changes in technology in the entertainment industries in which we compete;

 

  ·   Events and conditions in the motion picture industry that affect the number of theatres constructed and the number of movies produced and exhibited, including box office receipts, the popularity of motion pictures generally and strikes by motion picture industry participants;

 

  ·   The financial resources of cinema operators available to buy our products or to equip their theatres to accommodate upgraded or new technologies;

 

19


Table of Contents
  ·   Consolidation by participants in the markets in which we compete, which could result among other things in pricing pressure;

 

  ·   The amount and timing of our operating costs and capital expenditures, including those related to the expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

  ·   Variations in the time-to-market of our technologies in the entertainment industries in which we operate;

 

  ·   Seasonal product purchasing patterns by customers of our professional products and seasonal product sales patterns by our consumer electronics product licensees;

 

  ·   The impact of, and our ability to react to, political instability, natural disasters, war and/or events of terrorism;

 

  ·   The impact of, and our ability to react to, interruptions in the entertainment distribution chain, including as a result of work stoppages at our facilities, our customers’ facilities and other points throughout the entertainment distribution chain;

 

  ·   Widespread illnesses such as the SARS illness and Avian Influenza, or Asian Bird Flu, in Asia that could impact our operations, or that could impact the operations of our professional products and production services customers or our consumer electronics product manufacturer licensees—for example, in the past our ability to visit our consumer electronics product manufacturer licensees in Asia was limited by travel restrictions imposed in response to SARS;

 

  ·   Changes in business cycles that affect the markets in which we sell our products and services or the markets for consumer electronics products incorporating our technologies;

 

  ·   Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or our ability to hedge foreign currency risks;

 

  ·   Adverse outcomes of litigation or governmental proceedings, including any foreign, federal, state or local tax assessments or audits; and

 

  ·   Costs of litigation and intellectual property protection.

 

One or more of the foregoing or other factors may cause our operating expenses to be disproportionately higher or lower or may cause our revenue and operating results to fluctuate significantly in any particular quarterly or annual period. Results from prior periods are thus not necessarily indicative of the results of future periods.

 

The loss of or interruption in operations of one or more of our key suppliers could materially delay or stop the production of our professional products and impair our ability to generate revenue.

 

Our reliance on outside suppliers for some of the key materials and components we use in the manufacture of our professional products involves risks, including limited control over the price, timely delivery and quality of such components. We have no agreements with our suppliers to ensure continued supply of materials and components. Although we have identified alternate suppliers for most of our key materials and components, any required changes in our suppliers could cause material delays in our production operations and increase our production costs. In addition, our suppliers may not be able to meet our future production demands as to volume, quality or timeliness. Moreover, we rely on sole source suppliers for some of the components that we use to manufacture our professional products, including certain charged coupled devices, light emitting diodes and digital signal processors. These sole source suppliers may become unable or unwilling to deliver these components to us at an acceptable cost or at all, which could force us to redesign certain of our products. Our inability to obtain timely delivery of key components of acceptable quality, any significant increases in the prices of components, or the redesign of our professional products could result in material production delays, increased costs and reductions in shipments of our products, any of which could increase our operating costs, harm our customer relationships or materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

20


Table of Contents

Revenue from our professional products may suffer if our production processes encounter problems or if we are not able to match our production capacity to fluctuating levels of demand.

 

Our professional products are highly complex, and production difficulties or inefficiencies can interrupt production, resulting in our inability to deliver products on time in a cost effective, competitive manner. If production is interrupted at one of our two manufacturing facilities, we may not be able to shift production to the other facility on a timely basis, and customers may purchase products from our competitors. Likewise, we may be unable to respond to fluctuations in customer demand. A shortage of manufacturing capacity for our professional products could adversely affect our operating results and damage our customer relationships. In addition, because we cannot quickly adapt our manufacturing capacity to rapidly changing market conditions, at times we underutilize our manufacturing facilities as a result of reduced demand for certain of our professional products, which may adversely affect our gross margins.

 

Our professional products, from time to time, experience quality problems that can result in decreased sales and higher operating expenses.

 

Our professional products are complex and sometimes contain undetected software or hardware errors, particularly when first introduced or when new versions are released. In addition, our professional products are sometimes combined with or incorporated into products from other vendors, sometimes making it difficult to identify the source of a problem. These errors could result in a loss of or delay in market acceptance of our professional products or cause delays in delivering them and meeting customer demands, any of which could reduce our revenue and raise significant customer relations issues. In addition, if our professional products contain errors we could be required to replace or reengineer them, which could increase our costs. Moreover, if any such errors cause unintended consequences, we could face claims for product liability. Although we generally attempt to contractually limit liability for defective products to the cost of repairing or replacing these products, if these contract provisions are not enforced or are unenforceable for any reason, or if liabilities arise that are not effectively limited, we could incur substantial costs in defending and settling product liability claims.

 

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations that could impose substantial costs upon us and may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Some of our operations use substances regulated under various federal, state, local and international laws governing the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management, disposal and labeling of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. Certain of our products are subject to various federal, state and international laws governing chemical substances in electronic products. We could incur costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims, or could be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. Liability under environmental laws can be joint and several and without regard to comparative fault. The ultimate costs under environmental laws and the timing of these costs are difficult to predict.

 

The European Parliament has recently finalized the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, or WEEE Directive, which makes producers of electrical goods financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products. As a producer of electronic equipment, we will incur financial responsibility for the collection, recycling, treatment or disposal of products covered under the WEEE Directive. In addition, the European Parliament has enacted the Restriction on Use of Hazardous Substances Directive, or RoHS Directive, which restricts the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment that are vital components in products we manufacture, including mercury, lead, cadmium and hexavalent chromium. We may need to redesign or reformulate products containing hazardous substances regulated under the RoHS Directive to reduce or eliminate those regulated hazardous substances in our products. For some products, substitutions for regulated hazardous substances may be difficult or costly to obtain or redesign efforts could result in production delays. Individual European member states are required to enact

 

21


Table of Contents

legislation to implement the two Directives. Although the United Kingdom has not yet enacted legislation to implement these two Directives, we are continuing to review the applicability and impact of both Directives on the manufacturing of our professional products in our Wootton Bassett, England facility. We expect to incur increased manufacturing costs or production delays to comply with future legislation which implements these Directives, but we cannot currently estimate the extent of such increased costs or production delays. However, to the extent that such cost increases or delays are substantial, our operating results could be materially adversely affected. In addition, similar legislation may be enacted in other countries, including federal and state legislation in the United States, the cumulative impact of which could significantly increase our operating costs and adversely affect our operating results.

 

The WEEE Directive and the RoHS Directive likely will impact some customers who license our technology and pay us royalties upon the sale of electronic products. If the Directives result in fewer licensed consumer electronics products being sold, whether due to price increases, production delays, compromised product performance due to reformulation or redesign, or for other reasons, then we will receive less revenue in royalties. If the Directives materially impair or inhibit such sales, the reduction in licensing revenue could adversely affect our operating results.

 

We also expect that our operations, whether manufacturing or licensing, will be affected by other new environmental laws and regulations on an ongoing basis. Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any such new laws and regulations, they will likely result in additional costs, or decreased licensing revenue, and could require that we redesign or change how we manufacture our products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Any inability to protect our intellectual property rights could reduce the value of our products, services and brand.

 

Our business is dependent upon our patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights and other intellectual property rights. We derived 66%, 73% and 73% of our total revenue from licensing revenue in fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Effective intellectual property rights protection, however, may not be available under the laws of every country in which our products and services and those of our licensees are distributed. Also, the efforts we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective. Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights could harm our business or our ability to compete. In addition, protecting our intellectual property rights is costly and time consuming. We have taken steps in the past to enforce our intellectual property rights and expect to continue to do so in the future. However, it may not be practicable or cost effective for us to enforce our intellectual property rights fully, particularly in certain developing countries or where the initiation of a claim might harm our business relationships. For example, we have many times experienced, and expect to continue to experience, problems with Chinese consumer electronics product manufacturers incorporating our technologies into their products without our authorization. If we are unable to successfully identify and stop unauthorized use of our intellectual property, we could experience increased operational and enforcement costs both inside and outside China, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We generally seek patent protection for our innovations. It is possible, however, that some of these innovations may not be protectable. In addition, given the costs of obtaining patent protection, we may choose not to protect certain innovations that later turn out to be important. Moreover, we have limited or no patent protection in certain foreign jurisdictions. For example, in China we have only limited patent protection, especially with respect to our Dolby Digital technologies, and in India we have no issued patents. Furthermore, there is always the possibility, despite our efforts, that the scope of the protection gained will be insufficient or that an issued patent may later be found to be invalid or unenforceable. We also seek to maintain certain intellectual property as trade secrets. These trade secrets could be compromised by third parties, or intentionally or accidentally by our employees, which would cause us to lose the competitive advantage resulting from them.

 

22


Table of Contents

We may become subject to a personal holding company tax, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

For United States federal income tax purposes, a corporation is generally considered to be a “personal holding company” under the United States Internal Revenue Code if (i) at any time during the last half of its taxable year more than 50% of its stock by value is owned, directly or indirectly, by virtue of the application of certain stock ownership attribution rules set forth in the Internal Revenue Code for purposes of applying the personal holding company rules, by five or fewer individuals and (ii) at least 60% of its adjusted ordinary gross income, as defined for United States federal income tax purposes, is “personal holding company income.” Personal holding company income is generally passive income, including royalty income, subject to certain exceptions such as qualifying software royalties. A personal holding company is subject to an additional tax on its undistributed after-tax income, equal to a statutory tax rate, which is currently 15%. Since the personal holding company tax is imposed only on undistributed income, a personal holding company can avoid or mitigate liability for the tax by paying a dividend to its stockholders.

 

Before this offering, more than 50% of the value of our stock was held by Ray Dolby and stockholders considered affiliated with him pursuant to the stock ownership attribution rules applicable to personal holding companies. We expect this will continue to be the case immediately after this offering. In addition, a significant portion of our income is from licensing fees, which may constitute personal holding company income. We believe, however, that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries are currently subject to, or liable for, the personal holding company tax. Moreover, we do not believe that we or any of our subsidiaries have previously been subject to, or liable for, the personal holding company tax.

 

However, the Internal Revenue Service may assert that we and any of our subsidiaries are currently, or previously have been, subject to, or liable for, the personal holding company tax. In addition, we and our subsidiaries may be subject to, or liable for, the personal holding company tax in the future. The treatment of certain items of our income, and the income of our subsidiaries, for purposes of the personal holding company tax may be subject to challenge. In the event that we or any of our subsidiaries were determined to be a personal holding company, or for prior taxable years, to have been a personal holding company, we could be liable for substantial additional taxes. In addition, we believe that there exists a meaningful risk that in the relatively near future the mix of our revenue will change so that more of our adjusted ordinary gross income may be classified as personal holding company income. In such event, it is possible that we or one of our subsidiaries could become subject to the personal holding company tax, assuming the ownership test continues to be met. In that case, we or our subsidiary, as the case may be, may be required to pay additional tax or, alternatively, we may choose to declare a dividend to our stockholders to avoid or mitigate liability for the tax. We are currently exploring options to reduce our exposure, and the exposure of our subsidiaries, to the personal holding company tax in the future.

 

If we or any of our subsidiaries were to pay personal holding company tax, this could significantly increase our consolidated tax expense and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if the statutory tax rate increases in the future, the amount of any personal holding company tax we or any of our subsidiaries may have to pay could increase significantly, further impairing our operating results. In that regard, the statutory tax rate, which is currently 15%, is scheduled to return to ordinary income tax rate levels for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2009. If we are deemed to be a personal holding company and, instead of paying the personal holding company tax, we elect to pay a dividend to our stockholders in an amount equal to all or a significant part of our undistributed personal holding company income, we may consume a significant amount of cash resources and be unable to retain or generate working capital. This would adversely affect our financial condition. As a result, if we pay such a dividend, we may decide to seek additional financing, although that financing may not be available to us when and as required on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

 

Failure to comply with applicable current and future government regulations could have a negative effect on our business.

 

Our operations and business practices are subject to federal, state and local government laws and regulations, as well as international laws and regulations, including those relating to consumer and other safety-

 

23


Table of Contents

related compliance for electronic equipment, as well as compulsory license requirements as a prerequisite to being included as part of the industry standards, such as the United States HDTV standard. Any failure by us to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to us or our products could result in our inability to sell those products, additional costs to redesign products to meet such laws and regulations, fines or other administrative actions by the agencies charged with enforcing compliance and, possibly, damages awarded to persons claiming injury as the result of our non-compliance. Changes in or enactment of new statutes, rules or regulations applicable to us could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Acquisitions could result in operating difficulties, dilution to our stockholders and other harmful consequences.

 

We have evaluated, and expect to continue to evaluate, a wide array of possible strategic transactions and acquisitions. For example, we consider these types of transactions in connection with our efforts to expand our business beyond sound technologies, such as in digital cinema and other technologies related to the delivery of digital entertainment. Although we cannot predict whether or not we will complete any such acquisition or other transactions in the future, any of these transactions could be material in relation to our financial condition and results of operations. The process of integrating an acquired company, business or technology may create unforeseen difficulties and expenditures. The areas where we may face risks include:

 

  ·   The need to implement or improve internal controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a public company at businesses that prior to the acquisition lacked these controls, procedures and policies;

 

  ·   Diversion of management time and focus from operating our business to acquisition integration challenges;

 

  ·   Cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from acquired businesses into our organization;

 

  ·   Retaining employees from businesses we acquire;

 

  ·   Possible write-offs or impairment charges resulting from acquisitions;

 

  ·   Unanticipated or unknown liabilities relating to acquired businesses; and

 

  ·   The need to integrate acquired businesses’ accounting, management information, manufacturing, human resources and other administrative systems to permit effective management.

 

Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different geographies, cultures and languages, currency risks and risks associated with the particular economic, political and regulatory environment in specific countries. Also, the anticipated benefit of our acquisitions may not materialize. Future acquisitions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses, or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our operating results or financial condition. Future acquisitions may also require us to obtain additional equity or debt financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

 

The loss of members of our management team could substantially disrupt our business operations.

 

Our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued individual and collective contributions of our management team. A limited number of individuals have primary responsibility for managing our business, including our relationships with key customers and licensees. We have a number of key executives and senior technical people who have been with us for a number of years, including over 150 employees who have been with us for over 10 years. These individuals, as well as the rest of our management team and key employees, are at-will employees, and we do not maintain any key-person life insurance policies. Losing the services of any key member of our team, whether from retirement, competing offers or other causes, could prevent us from executing our business strategy, cause us to lose key customer or licensee relationships, or otherwise materially affect our operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

We rely on highly skilled personnel, and if we are unable to retain or motivate key personnel or hire qualified personnel, we may not be able to maintain our operations or grow effectively.

 

Our performance is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled personnel for all areas of our organization. In this regard, we currently plan to hire a significant number of employees prior to the end of calendar 2005 in response to our growth and our current initiatives and if we are unable to hire and train a sufficient number of qualified employees for any reason, we may not be able to implement our current initiatives or grow effectively. However, competition in our industry for qualified employees is intense, and we are aware that certain of our competitors have directly targeted our employees. We have in the past maintained a rigorous, highly selective and time-consuming hiring process. We believe that our approach to hiring has significantly contributed to our success to date. However, our highly selective hiring process has made it more difficult for us to hire a sufficient number of qualified employees, and, as we grow, our hiring process may prevent us from hiring the personnel we need in a timely manner. In addition, the high cost of living in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our corporate headquarters and a significant portion of our operations are located, has been an impediment in attracting new employees and retaining existing employees in the past, and we expect that this high cost of living will continue to impair our ability to attract and retain employees in the future. Furthermore, for much of our history we have relied upon cash compensation arrangements, such as cash bonuses, rather than option grants, to motivate our employees. In recent years, we have granted options to key employees. Nonetheless, there is no assurance that either of these approaches will provide adequate incentives to attract, retain and motivate employees in the future. If we do not succeed in attracting excellent personnel and retaining and motivating existing personnel, our existing operations may suffer and we may be unable to grow effectively.

 

If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork and focus that we believe our culture fosters, and our business may be harmed.

 

We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, teamwork and a focus both on developing and strengthening long-term relationships with entertainment industry participants and on developing practical, enduring technology solutions for the entertainment industry. As we grow and change in response to the requirements of being a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain important aspects of our corporate culture, which could negatively affect our future success. We intend to continue to focus on developing technologies for the entertainment industries that provide long-term benefits, and we intend to keep our focus on long-term results.

 

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could affect our operating results.

 

As a public company we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with recently adopted corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as new rules implemented by the SEC and the NYSE. In addition, our management team will also have to adapt to the requirements of being a public company, as none of our senior executive officers has significant experience in the public company environment. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage than used to be available. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.

 

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our operating results, our ability to operate our business and investors’ views of us.

 

We have a complex business organization that is international in scope. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to help ensure that we can produce accurate

 

25


Table of Contents

financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. We are in the process of documenting, reviewing and, if appropriate, improving our internal controls and procedures in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments. Both we and our independent auditors will be testing our internal controls in connection with the Section 404 requirements and could, as part of that documentation and testing, identify areas for further attention or improvement. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors, officers and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. In addition, investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable to produce accurate financial statements may seriously affect our stock price.

 

Issues arising from the implementation of our new enterprise resource planning system could affect our operating results and ability to manage our business effectively.

 

We are currently implementing a PeopleSoft enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system over a three-year period ending in 2007 that is critical to our accounting, financial, operating and manufacturing functions. Implementing a new ERP system raises costs and risks inherent in the conversion to a new computer system, including disruption to our normal accounting procedures and problems achieving accuracy in the conversion of electronic data. Failure to properly or adequately address these issues could result in increased costs, the diversion of management’s attention and resources and could materially adversely affect our operating results and ability to manage our business effectively. In addition, we do not know whether or not the pending Oracle acquisition bid for PeopleSoft will affect the implementation and future use of our ERP system. To the extent that this acquisition delays, complicates or prevents the full implementation, future use or service of our ERP system, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

Calamities, power shortages or power interruptions at our San Francisco and Burbank offices or our Brisbane manufacturing facilities could disrupt our business and adversely affect our operations, and could disrupt the businesses of our major professional products and production services customers.

 

Our principal operations are located in Northern California, including our corporate headquarters in San Francisco and one of our manufacturing facilities in Brisbane, California. Many of our motion picture production services operations are located in Burbank, California. In addition, many of our major professional products and production services customers in the motion picture and broadcast industries are located in Burbank and other Southern California locations. All of these locations are in areas of seismic activity near active earthquake faults. Any earthquake, terrorist attack, fire, power shortage or other calamity affecting our facilities or our customers’ facilities may disrupt our business and substantially affect our operations.

 

Accounting for employee stock options using the fair value method could significantly reduce our net income.

 

There has been ongoing public debate whether stock options granted to employees should be treated as a compensation expense and, if so, how to properly value such charges. Currently, we account for options using the intrinsic value method, which, given that we have generally granted employee options with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock at the time of grant, results in no compensation expense. If, however, we had used the fair value method of accounting for stock options granted to employees using a Black-Scholes option valuation formula, our net income would have been reduced to $31.9 million, rather than the $34.6 million reported, for the fiscal year ended September 24, 2004. If in the future we elect or are required to record expenses for our stock-based compensation plans using the fair value method, we could have on-going accounting charges significantly greater than those we would have recorded under our current method of accounting for stock options, which could have a material adverse affect on our operating results.

 

26


Table of Contents

We are exposed to foreign currency and interest rate risks.

 

We maintain sales, marketing and business operations in foreign countries, most significantly in the United Kingdom, and have exposure to adverse changes in exchange rates associated with operating expenses of our foreign operations. We are also exposed to interest rate risks on our facility debt obligations. We use various strategies to manage these risks. For example, our profit margins and competitive position in foreign markets are affected by the strength of the United States dollar versus the strength of the currencies in those countries where we manufacture and sell our products and services. From time to time we review our foreign currency exposure and evaluate whether we should enter into hedging transactions. Additionally, our investment portfolio is diversified and consists primarily of investment grade securities with maturities less than 90 days in order to minimize credit risk; we also use interest rate swap agreements to hedge our interest rate risks in the event of unexpected increases in interest rates. Nevertheless, we cannot completely hedge the foreign currency and interest rate risks we face. Adverse results with respect to these risks could therefore harm our financial condition and operating results.

 

Holders of our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are selling in this offering, are entitled to one vote per share, and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. The lower voting power of the Class A common stock may negatively affect the attractiveness of our Class A common stock to investors and, as a result, its market value.

 

Upon consummation of this offering, we will have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock, which is the stock we are selling in this offering and which is entitled to one vote per share, and Class B common stock, which is held primarily by Ray Dolby and persons and entities affiliated with Ray Dolby and which is entitled to ten votes per share. Except in certain limited circumstances required by applicable law, holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters to be voted on by our stockholders. As of September 24, 2004, 86,547,910 shares of Class B common stock are outstanding, and 12,599,820 shares of Class B common stock are issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options. Therefore, assuming the exercise of all outstanding options as of September 24, 2004, after completion of this offering approximately     % of the total voting power of our outstanding shares will be held by the Class B common stockholders. Accordingly, our Class B common stockholders constitute, and are expected to continue to constitute, a significant portion of the shares entitled to vote on all matters requiring approval by our stockholders. The difference in the voting power of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock could diminish the market value of our Class A common stock if investors attribute value to the superior voting rights of our Class B common stock and the power those rights confer. There is no threshold or time deadline at which the shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock.

 

For the foreseeable future, Ray Dolby or his affiliates will be able to control the selection of all members of our board of directors, as well as virtually every other matter that requires stockholder approval, which will severely limit the ability of other stockholders to influence corporate matters.

 

Immediately following the completion of this offering, Ray Dolby and persons and entities affiliated with Ray Dolby will own approximately         % of our Class B common stock, representing         % of the combined voting power of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock. Under our charter, holders of shares of Class B common stock may generally transfer such shares to family members, including spouses and domestic partners, and descendants without having the shares automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock. Because of this dual class structure, Ray Dolby, his affiliates, and his family members and descendents will, for the foreseeable future, have significant influence over our management and affairs, and will be able to control virtually all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions such as mergers or other sales of our company or assets, even if they come to own considerably less than 50% of the total number of outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock. Moreover, these persons may take actions in their own interests that you or our other stockholders do not view as beneficial. There is no threshold or time deadline at which the shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock. Assuming conversion of all shares of Class B common stock held by persons not affiliated with Ray Dolby, so long as Ray Dolby and his affiliates continue to hold shares of Class B

 

27


Table of Contents

common stock representing approximately 9% or more of the total number of outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, they will hold a majority of the combined voting power of the Class A and Class B common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. We and the representatives of the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock through negotiation. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. In addition, the trading price of our Class A common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

 

  ·   Quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of our competitors;

 

  ·   Our ability to develop and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

 

  ·   Announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, new products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

 

  ·   The emergence of new markets, such as digital cinema, that may affect our existing business or in which we may not be able to compete effectively;

 

  ·   Whether we are successful in establishing our technologies as part of industry standards in new markets;

 

  ·   Commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

 

  ·   Changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals;

 

  ·   Changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

  ·   Any major change in our board or management;

 

  ·   General economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets; and

 

  ·   Political instability, natural disasters, war and/or events of terrorism.

 

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of companies’ stock, including ours, regardless of actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

 

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable.

 

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as in effect upon the completion of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following:

 

  ·   Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a dual class common stock structure. As a result of this structure, Ray Dolby and his affiliates will have control for the foreseeable future over virtually all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentrated control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that our other stockholders may view as beneficial.

 

28


Table of Contents
  ·   Our board of directors has the sole right to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors.

 

  ·   After such time as the holders of our Class B common stock hold less than a majority of the combined voting power of our outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock, our stockholders may not act by written consent. As a result, a holder or holders controlling a majority of the combined voting power of our outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock at such time would not be able to take certain actions without the convening of a stockholders’ meeting.

 

  ·   Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation prohibits cumulative voting in the election of directors. This limits the ability of holders of Class A common stock and minority stockholders to elect director candidates.

 

  ·   Stockholders must provide advance notice to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting. These provisions may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to certain Delaware anti-takeover provisions. Under Delaware law, a corporation may, in general, not engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other things, the board of directors has approved the transaction.

 

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

 

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $              in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $              per share. The exercise of outstanding options and warrants will result in further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

 

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

 

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our Class A common stock, including shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Class B common stock, in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline. Based on shares outstanding as of September 24, 2004, upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of                      shares of Class A and Class B common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares, only the                      shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering by us and the selling stockholders will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market. Our underwriters, however, may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other current stockholders who are subject to the contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

 

We expect that the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus, although those lock-up agreements may be extended for up to an additional 35 days under certain circumstances. After the lock-up agreements expire, up to an additional                      shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market,                      of which shares of Class B common stock are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and various vesting agreements. In addition,                      shares of Class A or Class B common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our employee benefit plans will become eligible for

 

29


Table of Contents

sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline.

 

30


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

 

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short term and long term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in “Risk Factors.” In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

 

This prospectus contains statistical data regarding the consumer electronics product industry that we obtained from industry reports generated by Arbitron, the Consumer Electronics Association and International Data Corporation. These reports generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. Although we believe that the reports are reliable, we have not independently verified their data.

 

31


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of $             from our sale of the                      shares of Class A common stock offered by us in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the net proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling stockholders.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our Class A common stock, to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets and to obtain additional capital. We currently have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds of this offering. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds received by us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds of this offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. We have no current agreements or commitments with respect to any material acquisitions. Pending such uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds in highly liquid, investment grade securities.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. However, if we are deemed to be a personal holding company for tax purposes, we may elect to pay a dividend to our stockholders in an amount equal to all or a significant part of our undistributed personal holding company income (which could be significant), rather than paying personal holding company tax on such undistributed personal holding company income, if any. See “Risk Factors—We may become subject to a personal holding company tax, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.”

 

32


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 24, 2004, as follows:

 

  ·   On an actual basis;

 

  ·   On an as adjusted basis to give effect to the issuance by us of                      shares of Class A common stock in this offering and the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of these shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and pro forma consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 24, 2004

     Actual

     As Adjusted

     (in thousands, except share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 78,711      $             
    


  

Total debt

   $ 14,870      $  

Stockholders’ equity:

               

Class A common stock, $0.001 par value, one vote per share, 500,000,000 shares authorized: no shares issued and outstanding, actual;                      shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted.

             

Class B common stock, $0.001 par value, ten votes per share, 500,000,000 shares authorized: 86,547,910 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                      shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     87         

Additional paid-in capital

     73,942         

Deferred stock-based compensation

     (51,594 )       

Retained earnings

     119,860         

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     3,079         
    


  

Total stockholders’ equity

     145,374         
    


  

Total capitalization

   $ 160,244      $             
    


  

 

The table above excludes the following shares:

 

  ·   12,599,820 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at September 24, 2004, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.61 per share;

 

  ·   780,750 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after September 24, 2004, at an exercise price of $6.28 per share; and

 

  ·   6,000,000 shares of Class A common stock available for future issuance under our 2005 Stock Plan.

 

33


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A and Class B common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding at September 24, 2004.

 

Our net tangible book value was $116.6 million, computed as total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and other intangible assets, or $1.35 per share of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding, at September 24, 2004. Assuming the sale by us of              shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering at an initial public offering price of $             per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value at September 24, 2004 would have been $             million, or $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to the new investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock

          $             

Net tangible book value per share of Class A and Class B common stock at September 24, 2004

   $                    

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

             
    

      

As adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering

             
           

Dilution per share to new investors

          $             
           

 

The following table sets forth on an as adjusted basis, as of September 24, 2004, the number of shares of common stock purchased or to be purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing holders of common stock and by the new investors, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased

  Total Consideration

 

Average

Price Per

Share


     Number

   Percent

  Amount

   Percent

 

Existing stockholders

                %   $                         %   $             

New investors

                          
    
  
 

  
     

Total

                %   $                         %      
    
  
 

  
     

 

The discussion and tables above are based on the number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding at September 24, 2004. The discussion and tables above exclude the following shares:

 

  ·   12,599,820 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at September 24, 2004, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.61 per share;

 

  ·   780,750 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after September 24, 2004, at an exercise price of $6.28 per share; and

 

  ·   6,000,000 shares of Class A common stock available for future issuance under our 2005 Stock Plan.

 

To the extent outstanding options are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

 

34


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended September 27, 2002, September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004 and balance sheet data as of such dates were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended September 29, 2000 and September 28, 2001 and balance sheet data as of such dates were derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information contained in those statements. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
    September 29,
2000


    September 28,
2001


    September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)                    
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                       

Revenue:

                                       

Licensing

  $ 49,489     $ 73,277     $ 106,640     $ 157,922     $ 211,395  

Product sales

    50,538       39,300       41,377       44,403       57,981  

Production services

    11,088       12,076       13,851       15,147       19,665  
   


 


 


 


 


Total revenue

    111,115       124,653       161,868       217,472       289,041  
   


 


 


 


 


Cost of revenue:

                                       

Cost of licensing

    10,520       19,644       25,063       40,001       53,838  

Cost of product sales (includes $0.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

    30,219       25,754       26,694       26,684       30,096  

Cost of production services (includes $0.1 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

    4,604       5,044       5,960       6,958       7,643  
   


 


 


 


 


Total cost of revenue

    45,343       50,442       57,717       73,643       91,577  
   


 


 


 


 


Gross margin

    65,772       74,211       104,151       143,829       197,464  

Operating expenses:

                                       

Selling, general and administrative (includes $12.7 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

    44,714       48,244       64,269       76,590       113,477  

Research and development (includes $1.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

    16,744       16,106       15,128       18,262       23,884  

Settlements

                24,205             (2,000 )

In-process research and development

                      1,310       1,738  
   


 


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

    61,458       64,350       103,602       96,162       137,099  
   


 


 


 


 


Operating income

    4,314       9,861       549       47,667       60,365  

Other income (expenses), net

    (356 )     (3,369 )     (747 )     (57 )     229  
   


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

    3,958       6,492       (198 )     47,610       60,594  

Provision for income taxes

    621       1,230       11       16,079       25,039  
   


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before controlling interest

    3,337       5,262       (209 )     31,531       35,555  

Controlling interest in net (income) loss

    (371 )     389       104       (562 )     (929 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

  $ 2,966     $ 5,651     $ (105 )   $ 30,969     $ 34,626  
   


 


 


 


 


Basic net income (loss) per common share

  $ 0.03     $ 0.07     $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.40  

Diluted net income (loss) per common share

  $ 0.03     $ 0.07     $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.36  

Shares used in the calculation of basic net income (loss) per share

    85,000       85,000       85,008       85,009       85,556  

Shares used in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share

    85,000       85,000       85,008       85,983       96,525  

(1)    Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

      

                       

Cost of product sales

                                  $ 157  

Cost of production services

                                    55  

Selling, general and administrative

                                    12,711  

Research and development

                                    1,215  
                                   


Total stock-based compensation

                                  $ 14,138  
                                   


 

35


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended

     September 29,
2000


   September 28,
2001


   September 27,
2002


   September 26,
2003


   September 24,
2004


     (unaudited)    (unaudited)               
     (in thousands)

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,675    $ 22,602    $ 37,394    $ 61,922    $ 78,711

Working capital

     17,918      23,484      35,854      54,213      82,450

Total assets

     115,030      125,635      157,313      202,707      261,897

Total debt

     21,461      19,510      16,775      15,598      14,870

Total stockholders’ equity

     54,508      60,645      61,742      93,775      145,374

 

36


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA

 

The following selected pro forma unaudited consolidated statements of operations data give effect to the asset contribution to be made by Ray Dolby, which will occur prior to this offering, as well as the effects of a previous change in certain licensing arrangements with Ray Dolby in June 2002, as though such transactions had been completed prior to the beginning of fiscal 2002. Ray Dolby has licensed certain intellectual property rights to us in exchange for royalty payments. All of our licensing arrangements with, and royalty obligations to, Ray Dolby will terminate at the time the asset contribution is completed. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Pro Forma Presentation.” The selected pro forma unaudited consolidated statements of operations data should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. There will be no material change to our balance sheet as a result of the asset contribution. The pro forma results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

     Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                        

Revenue:

                        

Licensing

   $ 113,361     $ 157,922     $ 211,395  

Product sales

     41,377       44,403       57,981  

Production services

     13,851       15,147       19,665  
    


 


 


Total revenue

     168,589       217,472       289,041  
    


 


 


Cost of revenue:

                        

Cost of licensing

     8,685       14,875       20,070  

Cost of product sales (includes $0.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

     24,281       24,190       27,007  

Cost of production services (includes $0.1 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

     5,960       6,958       7,643  
    


 


 


Total cost of revenue

     38,926       46,023       54,720  
    


 


 


Gross margin

     129,663       171,449       234,321  

Operating expenses:

                        

Selling, general and administrative (includes $12.7 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

     70,297       76,590       113,477  

Research and development (includes $1.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

     15,128       18,262       23,884  

Settlements

     24,205             (2,000 )

In-process research and development

           1,310       1,738  
    


 


 


Total operating expenses

     109,630       96,162       137,099  
    


 


 


Operating income

     20,033       75,287       97,222  

Other income (expenses), net

     (747 )     (57 )     229  
    


 


 


Income before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

     19,286       75,230       97,451  

Provision for income taxes

     7,884       26,714       39,267  
    


 


 


Income before controlling interest

     11,402       48,516       58,184  

Controlling interest in net (income) loss

     104       (562 )     (929 )
    


 


 


Net income

   $ 11,506     $ 47,954     $ 57,255  
    


 


 


Basic net income per common share

   $ 0.14     $ 0.56     $ 0.67  

Diluted net income per common share

   $ 0.14     $ 0.56     $ 0.59  

Shares used in the calculation of basic net income per share

     85,008       85,009       85,556  

Shares used in the calculation of diluted net income per share

     85,010       85,983       96,525  

(1)    Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

                        

Cost of product sales

                   $ 157  

Cost of production services

                     55  

Selling, general and administrative

                     12,711  

Research and development

                     1,215  
                    


Total stock-based compensation

                   $ 14,138  
                    


 

37


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Our fiscal year is a 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Friday in September. The fiscal years presented herein include the 52-week periods ended September 27, 2002, September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004.

 

Overview

 

Dolby Laboratories develops and delivers innovative products and technologies that enrich the entertainment experience in theatres, homes, cars and elsewhere. Ray Dolby founded Dolby Laboratories in 1965 to develop noise reduction technologies. Today, we deliver a broad range of sound technologies for use in both professional and consumer applications. In addition, in recent years we have expanded our focus to include other technologies that facilitate the delivery of digital entertainment.

 

We conduct our business in two segments: our products and services segment and our technology licensing segment.

 

In our products and services segment, we sell professional products and related production services to filmmakers, broadcasters, music producers, video game designers, cinema operators and DVD producers. These products are used in sound recording, distribution and playback to improve sound quality, provide surround sound and increase the efficiency of sound storage and distribution. Our production services engineers work alongside artists and content producers throughout the world to help them record and reproduce the high quality sound they envision. Our engineers also work with cinema operators to help ensure that movie soundtracks are replayed with consistent high quality sound in their theatres.

 

In our technology licensing segment, we work with manufacturers of integrated circuits, or ICs, to help them incorporate our technologies into their ICs. These manufacturers then sell ICs to consumer electronics product manufacturers that license our technologies for incorporation in products such as DVD players, DVD recorders, audio/video receivers, television sets, set-top boxes, video game consoles, portable audio and video players, personal computers and in-car entertainment systems. We also license our technologies to software developers who implement our technologies for use in personal computer software DVD players. Our licensing arrangements typically entitle us to receive a royalty for every product that incorporates our technology shipped by our manufacturer and software developer licensees. We do not receive royalties from IC manufacturers.

 

We are a global organization. We sell our professional products and production services in over 50 countries. In fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, revenue from sales outside the United States represented 64%, 60% and 59% of our professional products sales and production services revenue, respectively. We have licensed our technologies to manufacturers of consumer electronics products in nearly 30 countries, including countries in North America, Europe and Asia. In fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, revenue from licensees outside the United States represented 76%, 80% and 80% of our licensing revenue, respectively. Our licensees distribute consumer electronics products incorporating our technologies throughout the world. Nearly all of our revenue is derived from transactions denominated in United States dollars.

 

Pro Forma Presentation

 

Throughout our history, Ray Dolby has retained ownership of the intellectual property rights he created relating to our business. We have licensed these intellectual property rights from him and paid him royalties in return. Prior to June 2002, we also administered the licensing of certain intellectual property rights for Ray Dolby, remitting to him the revenue derived from licensing these rights, net of the related administrative

 

38


Table of Contents

costs we incurred. As a result, prior to June 2002 these revenues were not recorded in our consolidated financial statements and Ray Dolby’s reimbursement to us of the administrative costs was reported as a reduction in selling, general and administrative expense in our consolidated statements of operations. In June 2002, we terminated this licensing administration arrangement and amended our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby to license from him the intellectual property rights we had previously administered on his behalf. In exchange, we agreed to pay him royalties in an amount that was intended to approximate the net revenue he would have received under our prior licensing administration arrangement.

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, Ray Dolby will contribute all intellectual property rights he holds related to our business so that Dolby Laboratories will have full ownership rights in this intellectual property once we are a public company. Upon completion of this asset contribution, all of our licensing arrangements with, and royalty obligations to, Ray Dolby will terminate.

 

The pro forma unaudited consolidated statements of operations and other pro forma data contained in this prospectus were prepared on the basis that both the June 2002 amendment to our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby and his asset contribution occurred prior to the beginning of fiscal 2002. The results of giving effect to the June 2002 amendment as though that amendment had occurred prior to the beginning of fiscal 2002 are a $6.7 million increase in our pro forma licensing revenue, representing the payment to us rather than to Ray Dolby of the royalties described above, and a $6.0 million increase in our selling, general and administrative expense in fiscal 2002, reflecting the absence of the reimbursement of administrative costs by Ray Dolby described above, in each case as compared to our actual results. In the absence of the asset contribution, the pro forma effect of the June 2002 amendment would also have resulted in an increase in our cost of licensing, representing the royalties we would have paid Ray Dolby under the amended licensing agreements. This increase, however, is not reflected in the pro forma unaudited consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2002 because the pro forma effect of the asset contribution extinguishes all royalty payments to Ray Dolby.

 

The results of giving effect to the asset contribution as though that transaction had occurred prior to the beginning of fiscal 2002 was to adjust our pro forma consolidated results of operations to reverse the effects of $18.8 million, $27.6 million and $36.9 million in royalties payable to Ray Dolby that we recorded in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. There will be no material change to our balance sheet as a result of the asset contribution.

 

Management Discussion Regarding Opportunities, Challenges and Risks

 

Our Technology Licensing Segment

 

Revenue from our technology licensing segment constitutes the majority of our total revenue, representing 66%, 73% and 73% of total revenue in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Our licensing revenue has grown from $49.5 million in fiscal 2000 to $211.4 million in fiscal 2004, principally as a result of the increase in sales of DVD players and in-home theatre systems that incorporate our surround sound technologies. Our licensing revenue is primarily dependent upon our licensees’ sales of DVD players, audio/video receivers and home theatre systems. We anticipate that the DVD player, recordable DVD player and home theatre system markets will continue to grow in fiscal 2005 and 2006. However, we do not expect our licensing revenue growth rates attributable to DVD player sales to remain as high as they have been in recent years, as the markets for DVD players mature. Because our technology is so widely adopted in DVD players, audio/video receivers and other home theatre consumer electronics products, our licensing revenue is subject to fluctuations based on consumer demand for these products. We are continuing to actively promote the incorporation of our surround sound technologies for use in other consumer products such as video game consoles, personal audio and video players, personal computers and in-car entertainment systems.

 

We license our sound technologies to consumer electronics product manufacturers throughout the world. Under our revenue recognition policy, we generally book licensing revenue upon receipt of our licensees’ royalty statements. As a result, our recognition of licensing revenue is dependent upon our receipt of royalty reports from our licensees, and our operating results can fluctuate based on the timing of our receipt of those reports. Moreover, our licensees are required to report to us within 30 to 60 days following the end of the quarter in

 

39


Table of Contents

which they ship the product incorporating our technologies, resulting in a time lag between when our licensees ship their products and when they report those shipments to us. Sometimes this time lag can be significant. In the past we have experienced lags of greater than one year. In addition, it is not uncommon for royalty reports to include corrective or retroactive royalties that cover extended periods of time. Also, there have been times in the past when we have recognized an unusually large amount of licensing revenue from a licensee in a given quarter because not all of our revenue recognition criteria were met in prior periods. This can result in a large amount of licensing revenue from a licensee being recorded in a given quarter that is not necessarily indicative of the amounts of licensing revenue to be received from that licensee in future quarters, thus causing fluctuations in our operating results.

 

We expect that sales of consumer electronics products incorporating our technologies in China and India will increase in the future, as consumers in these markets have more disposable income and are increasingly purchasing entertainment products with surround sound capabilities for use in homes, cars and elsewhere, although there can be no assurance that this will in fact occur. The percentage of our revenue derived from licenses to consumer electronics product manufacturers located in China has increased from 11% in fiscal 2002 to 16% in fiscal 2004. We expect that the percentage of our licensing revenue from Chinese consumer electronics product manufacturers will increase in fiscal 2005 as a result of the increased percentage of consumer electronics products being produced in China due to the lower manufacturing cost structure there as compared to other industrial countries. Doing business in China involves unique risks that have and will continue to affect our operating results. For example, we have experienced problems in the past with Chinese consumer electronics product manufacturers failing to report or underreporting shipments of their products that incorporate our technologies, and we expect to continue to experience such problems in the future. In addition, we may experience similar problems in other countries where intellectual property rights are not as respected as they are in the United States, Europe and Japan. We actively attempt to enforce our intellectual property rights and also focus on strengthening existing relationships and developing new ones with entertainment industry participants in these countries to increase our ability to enforce our intellectual property and contractual rights without relying solely on the legal systems in such countries. We do not recognize revenue until royalties are reported and are deemed collectible. See “Critical Accounting Policies—Revenue Recognition.”

 

We must continue to develop and deliver enduring, innovative entertainment technologies for use in consumer electronics products. As technologies for DVD players and other consumer electronics products with surround sound capabilities evolve, we must continue to design and deliver sound technologies that are sought by manufacturers and consumers alike. In addition, the widespread adoption of alternative formats to DVDs, or our inability to develop sound technology for these new formats successfully, could adversely affect our licensing revenue. We must also continue to strive to have our entertainment technologies adopted either as explicit or de facto industry standards for use in consumer electronics products. Increasingly, standards-setting organizations are adopting or establishing technology standards for use in a wide range of consumer electronics products. As a result, it is more difficult for individual companies to have their technologies adopted wholesale as an informal industry standard. We call this type of standard a “de facto” industry standard, meaning that the standard is not explicitly mandated by any industry standards-setting body but is nonetheless widely adopted. In addition, increasingly there are a large number of companies, including ones that typically compete against one another, involved in the development of new technologies for use in consumer entertainment products. As a result, these companies often end up licensing their collective intellectual property rights as a group, making it more difficult for any single company to have its technologies adopted widely as a de facto industry standard or to have its technologies adopted as an exclusive, explicit industry standard for consumer electronic products. Generally, in order for a technology to be chosen as an industry standard, the royalty rates that can be charged for that technology will be limited, either explicitly or implicitly, because industry standards will be adopted only if they are not excessively costly as compared to other potential alternatives. As a result, the royalty rates we can charge for our technologies that have been adopted as industry standards or that are adopted as industry standards in the future will likely be lower than the royalty rates received for technologies not adopted as industry standards, and our ability to raise these rates will likewise be limited. However, having technologies adopted as explicit industry standards may help increase the volume of products sold that incorporate these technologies. Furthermore, as we continue to expand our focus to include entertainment technologies that are not solely related to sound, such as

 

40


Table of Contents

technologies that process digital moving images and that protect content from piracy, we will be competing with many companies with longer experience and greater expertise in these areas, and there is a risk that we will not be able to develop technology innovations that are widely adopted in these markets.

 

Our Products and Services Segment

 

Revenue from our products and services segment represented 34%, 27% and 27% of total revenue in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. We remain committed to developing technologies for use by professionals in the entertainment industry. We believe that filmmakers, broadcasters, music producers and video game designers will continue to push for technology solutions to help create, distribute and play back rich, high quality sounds and images. As a result, we believe that major advances in sound, imaging and other technologies for the recording, delivery and playback of entertainment will likely first be introduced in products designed for use by professionals.

 

Sales of our professional products and production services tend to fluctuate based on the underlying trends in the motion picture industry. In part, this is because our products have been so widely adopted in this industry. When box office receipts for the motion picture industry increase, we have typically seen sales of our professional products increase as well, as cinema owners are more likely to build new theatres and upgrade existing theatres with our more advanced cinema products when they are doing well financially. Our professional product sales are also subject to fluctuations based on events and conditions in the theatre industry generally that may or may not be tied to box office receipts in particular periods. For example, in the late 1990s cinema operators in the United States built a large number of new cinema megaplexes. This initially resulted in increased sales of our cinema processors, but also resulted in an oversupply of screens in some markets. This oversupply led to significant declines in new theatre construction in the United States in the early 2000s, resulting in a corresponding decline in sales of our cinema processors. Our production services revenue, both in the United States and internationally, is also tied to the strength of the motion picture production industry and, in particular, to the number of films being made by studios and independent filmmakers. The number of films that are produced can be affected by a number of factors, including strikes and work-stoppages within the motion picture industry as well as by the tax incentive arrangements that many foreign governments provide filmmakers to promote local filmmaking.

 

We are committed to helping the motion picture industry develop system solutions for digital cinema; this is our major initiative in our products and services segment. We believe that our experience and expertise developing and delivering technology solutions for both the motion picture and broadcast industries position us well to deliver technologies for digital cinema. Digital cinema offers the motion picture industry possible means to achieve substantial cost savings in printing and distributing movies, to combat piracy, and to enable movies to be played repeatedly without degradation in image quality. It also provides additional revenue opportunities for cinema operators, as concerts and sporting events already in digital format could be broadcast live via satellite to digitally equipped theatres. However, digital cinema may require a significant investment per screen by cinema operators. If the market for digital cinema develops more slowly than we anticipate, or if our technologies, products and services for this market are not widely adopted, our significant investment in developing digital cinema technology may not yield the returns we anticipate. In addition, if a large number of cinema owners decide to convert their theatres to digital cinema over a relatively short period of time and our products are selected for these conversions, we may see an initial increase in professional product sales that will not likely be sustained over time.

 

In recent years, our products and services segment has grown more slowly than our technology licensing segment. From fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2004, our annual revenue from professional product sales and production services grew at a compound annual growth rate of 19%, compared to a compound annual growth rate of 41% for our licensing revenue over that period. In addition, the profit margin for our products and services segment has been lower than our technology licensing segment. Our gross margin for our products and services segment was 41%, 44% and 51% in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, compared to a gross margin of 76%, 75% and 75% for our technology licensing segment in those periods. On a pro forma basis, our gross margin for our products and services segment was 45%, 48% and 55% in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, compared to a gross margin of 92%, 91% and 91% for our technology licensing segment in those periods.

 

41


Table of Contents

Transition to Being a Public Company

 

Since Ray Dolby founded Dolby Laboratories in 1965, we have been a privately held company and Ray Dolby has owned nearly all of our outstanding capital stock. As a privately held company with a highly concentrated ownership base, we have always run Dolby Laboratories with a view to the long term, consistent with the goals of our founder. We intend to keep our focus on long-term results.

 

We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, teamwork and a focus both on developing and strengthening long-term relationships with entertainment industry participants and on developing practical, enduring technology solutions for the entertainment industry. As we grow and change in response to the requirements of being a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain important aspects of our corporate culture, which could negatively affect our future success. We intend to continue to focus on developing technologies for entertainment industries that provide long-term benefits.

 

Our management team will also have to adapt to the requirements of being a public company, as none of our senior executive officers has significant experience in the public company environment. In addition, as part of our transition to being a public company, we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase, as we respond to the requirements of being a public company, including increased expenses associated with comprehensively documenting and analyzing our system of internal controls and maintaining our disclosure controls and procedures as a result of the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Furthermore, we are converting all of our systems to a new enterprise resource planning platform over a three-year period, and we expect to incur increased general and administrative expenses during this transition.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to utilize accounting policies and make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingencies as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during a fiscal period. The SEC considers an accounting policy to be critical if it is important to a company’s financial condition and results of operations, and if it requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in its application. We have discussed the selection and development of the critical accounting policies with the audit committee of our board of directors, and the audit committee has reviewed our related disclosures in this prospectus. Although we believe that our judgments and estimates are appropriate and correct, actual results may differ from those estimates.

 

We believe the following to be our critical accounting policies because they are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and they require critical management judgments and estimates about matters that are uncertain. If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported financial condition and results of operation for future periods could be materially affected. See “Risk Factors” for certain matters bearing risks on our future results of operations.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We evaluate revenue recognition for transactions to sell products and services and to license technology, trademarks and know-how using the criteria set forth by the SEC in Staff Accounting Bulletin 104, “Revenue Recognition,” or SAB 104. SAB 104 states that revenue is recognized when each of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed and determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.

 

Licensing.     Our licensing revenue is primarily derived from royalties paid to us by licensees of our intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks and know-how . Royalties are recorded at their gross

 

42


Table of Contents

amounts, prior to the deduction of foreign withholding taxes. We make judgments as to whether collectibility can be reasonably assured based on the licensee’s recent payment history or the existence of a standby letter-of-credit between the licensee’s financial institution and our financial institution. In the absence of a favorable collection history or a letter-of-credit, we recognize revenue upon receipt of cash, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

 

Product Sales and Production Services.     Our revenue from the sale of products is recognized when the risk of ownership has transferred to our customer as provided under the terms of the governing purchase agreement, typically the invoice we deliver to the customer, and all the other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Generally, these purchase agreements provide that the risk of ownership is transferred to the customer when the product is shipped. Production services revenue is recognized as the services related to a given project are performed and all the other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

We continually monitor customer payments and maintain a reserve for estimated losses resulting from our customers’ inability to make required payments. In determining the reserve, we evaluate the collectibility of our accounts receivable based upon a variety of factors. In cases where we are aware of circumstances that may impair a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations, we record a specific allowance against amounts due, and thereby reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably believed to be collectible. For all other customers, we recognize allowances for doubtful accounts based on our actual historical write-off experience in conjunction with the length of time the receivables are past due, customer creditworthiness, geographic risk and the current business environment. Actual future losses from uncollectible accounts may differ from our estimates and may have a material effect on our consolidated statements of operations and our financial condition. Our allowance for doubtful accounts totaled $2.1 million at September 24, 2004. An incremental change of 1% in our allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of accounts receivable would have a $0.2 million increase or decrease in our operating results.

 

Goodwill

 

In September 2002, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” or SFAS 142, which, among other things, establishes new standards for goodwill acquired in a business combination, eliminates the amortization of goodwill and requires the carrying value of goodwill and certain non-amortizing intangibles to be evaluated for impairment on an annual basis. As required by SFAS 142, we perform an impairment test on recorded goodwill by comparing the estimated fair value of each of our reporting units to the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of each unit, including goodwill. We determine the fair value of the reporting units principally based upon the valuation analysis of Dolby Laboratories as a whole. This analysis is prepared by an independent third party each year and in consideration of a number of other factors, including our historical and projected financial results, risks facing us and the liquidity of our common stock. If the carrying value of the assets and liabilities, including goodwill, exceeded our estimation of the fair value of the reporting units, we would record an impairment charge in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its estimated fair value. Our fiscal 2004 impairment test of goodwill, which was performed in the third fiscal quarter, resulted in no impairment charge. Fluctuations in our fair value, which may result from changes in economic conditions, our results of operations and other factors, relative to the carrying value, could result in impairment charges in future periods. As of the last test for impairment, our estimated fair value would need to have decreased by approximately 65% in order for goodwill impairment to have been recognized.

 

Accounting for Income Taxes

 

In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make estimates and judgments that affect our accounting for income taxes. This process includes estimating actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes.

 

43


Table of Contents

These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheets. We also assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent that we believe that recovery is not likely, we have established a valuation allowance.

 

Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, personal holding company tax, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. Our financial position and results of operations may be materially impacted if actual results significantly differ from these estimates or the estimates are adjusted in future periods.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We have granted options to purchase Class B common stock to our employees with exercise prices equal to the value of the underlying stock, as determined by our board of directors on the date the equity award was granted. Our board of directors determined this value principally based upon valuation analyses prepared by an independent third party valuation firm each year and in consideration of a number of factors, including our historical and projected financial results, risks facing us and the liquidity of our common stock. In connection with the preparation of the financial statements for our initial public offering and solely for purposes of accounting for employee stock-based compensation, we have applied hindsight to reassess the fair value of our common stock for the equity awards granted during fiscal 2004. These reassessed values were determined based on a number of factors and methodologies, including an evaluation of our updated historical and projected financial results and a re-evaluation of our fair value based upon more recent valuation analyses provided by an independent third party valuation firm.

 

Based upon this reassessment of the fair value of our Class B common stock, we have recorded deferred stock-based compensation to the extent that the reassessed value of our Class B common stock at the date of grant exceeded the exercise price of the equity awards. Reassessed values are inherently uncertain and highly subjective. If we had made different assumptions, the amount of our deferred stock-based compensation, stock-based compensation expense, gross margin, net income and net income per share amounts could have been significantly different. We recorded deferred compensation of $58.8 million during fiscal 2004. The deferred stock-based compensation expense is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the stock option vesting period of four years. In fiscal 2004, we recognized $7.2 million in stock-based compensation expense related to Class B common stock options granted to employees based upon the reassessed values of the Class B common stock underlying the stock option awards. We also issued shares of fully vested Class B common stock to an executive officer in fiscal 2004. We recorded stock-based compensation expense in connection with the award calculated based on the reassessed value of our Class B common stock at the date the shares were issued, which resulted in $6.9 million expense recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in fiscal 2004.

 

In October 2004, subsequent to our 2004 fiscal year end, we granted additional options to purchase Class B common stock to our employees at exercise prices that were below the reassessed fair value at the date of grant. We expect to record deferred compensation of $7.3 million related to these equity awards, which will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting schedule of the awards.

 

The amount of stock-based compensation expense expected to be recorded in future periods related to the October 2004 awards and awards previously issued to employees is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Expense by Fiscal Year

     2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

   2009

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to employees

   $ 16,366    $ 16,517    $ 16,517    $ 9,315    $ 152
    

  

  

  

  

 

Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included as part of this prospectus describes what the effect would have been had we accounted for stock-based awards under the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.”

 

44


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

 

Fiscal Years Ended September 27, 2002, September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004

 

The following table presents our audited actual and pro forma unaudited operating results as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:

 

     Actual

    Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
     Sep 27,
2002


    Sep 26,
2003


    Sep 24,
2004


    Sep 27,
2002


    Sep 26,
2003


    Sep 24,
2004


 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                    

Revenue:

                                    

Licensing

   66 %   73 %   73 %   67 %   73 %   73 %

Product sales

   25     20     20     25     20     20  

Production services

   9     7     7     8     7     7  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

   100     100     100     100     100     100  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                                    

Cost of licensing

   16     19     19     5     7     7  

Cost of product sales (1)

   16     12     10     14     11     9  

Cost of production services (1)

   4     3     3     4     3     3  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

   36     34     32     23     21     19  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

   64     66     68     77     79     81  

Operating expenses:

                                    

Selling, general and administrative (includes 4% in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

   40     35     39     42     35     39  

Research and development (includes 1% in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

   9     8     8     9     8     8  

Settlements

   15         (1 )   14         (1 )

In-process research and development

       1     1         1     1  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   64     44     47     65     44     47  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

   0     22     21     12     35     34  

Other income (expenses), net

   0     0     0     0     0     0  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

   0     22     21     12     35     34  

Provision for income taxes

   0     8     9     5     13     14  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before controlling interest

   0     14     12     7     22     20  

Controlling interest in net (income) loss

   0     0     0     0     0     0  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   0 %   14 %   12 %   7 %   22 %   20 %
    

 

 

 

 

 


(1)    Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

      

Cost of product sales

               0 %               0 %

Cost of production services

               0                 0  

Selling, general and administrative

               4                 4  

Research and development

               1                 1  
                

             

Total stock-based compensation

               5 %               5 %
                

             

 

45


Table of Contents

Fiscal Years Ended September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004

 

Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    Change

 
     September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


    In Dollars

   Percentage

 
     ($ in thousands)  

Revenue:

                             

Licensing

   $ 157,922     $ 211,395     $ 53,473    34 %

Percentage of total revenue

     73 %     73 %             

Product sales

     44,403       57,981       13,578    31 %

Percentage of total revenue

     20 %     20 %             

Production services

     15,147       19,665       4,518    30 %

Percentage of total revenue

     7 %     7 %             
    


 


 

  

Total revenue

   $ 217,472     $ 289,041     $ 71,569    33 %
    


 


 

  

 

Licensing .    The $53.5 million, or 34%, increase in licensing revenue from fiscal 2003 to fiscal 2004 resulted from increased sales by our licensees of their consumer electronics products that incorporate our technologies, principally attributable to the growth in sales of DVD players worldwide. Virtually all DVD players incorporate our Dolby Digital technologies. Aside from the growth in sales of DVD players, the increase in our licensing revenue was also attributable to growth in sales of personal computer software DVD players and, to a lesser extent, home theatre systems, set-top boxes and recordable DVD players. Sales of products such as home- theatre-in-a-box and audio/video receivers that incorporate multiple Dolby technologies also helped increase our licensing revenue, as we typically receive royalties for each of our technologies incorporated into a licensee’s product. We do not expect our licensees’ sales of DVD players, and thus our licensing revenue related to these products, to grow as rapidly in future periods as they have in the past.

 

Product Sales .    The $13.6 million, or 31%, increase in our revenue from product sales from fiscal 2003 to fiscal 2004 was principally attributable to a $10.0 million increase in sales of our cinema products, primarily related to new theatre construction and the decisions by cinema operators to retrofit their existing theatres to include our cinema processors. To a lesser extent, the increase in product sales revenue was also attributable to $2.0 million in sales of sound reinforcement products by one of our consolidated subsidiaries, which was acquired in fiscal 2004 and was therefore not included in prior periods, and a $1.6 million increase in sales of our broadcast products to local television stations, cable networks and European satellite broadcasters. We believe that the growth in sales of our broadcast products to terrestrial, or over-the-air, broadcasters in the United States was principally attributable to their efforts to comply with the requirement of the FCC that such stations broadcast digital signals. We also believe that sales of our broadcast products have increased throughout the world as terrestrial, cable and satellite broadcasters seek to deliver programming that can utilize the capabilities of viewers’ home theatre systems.

 

Production Services .    The $4.5 million, or 30%, increase in production services revenue from fiscal 2003 to fiscal 2004 was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of films made using our technologies, particularly in Korea, Scandinavia and Spain, as well as an increase in additional services such as print checking and screening services. To a lesser extent, our technical support services for digital cinema screenings have also contributed to the increase in production services revenue, as we did not offer these services previously.

 

46


Table of Contents

Gross Margin

 

     Actual

    Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
    

September 26,

2003


   

September 24,

2004


   

September 26,

2003


   

September 24,

2004


 
     ($ in thousands)  

Gross margin:

                                

Licensing gross margin

   $ 117,921     $ 157,557     $ 143,047     $ 191,325  

Licensing gross margin percentage

     75 %     75 %     91 %     91 %

Product sales gross margin (includes $0.2 million in stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2004)

     17,719       27,885       20,213       30,974  

Product sales gross margin percentage

     40 %     48 %     46 %     53 %

Production services gross margin (includes $0.1 million in stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2004)

     8,189       12,022       8,189       12,022  

Production services gross margin percentage

     54 %     61 %     54 %     61 %
    


 


 


 


Total gross margin

   $ 143,829     $ 197,464     $ 171,449     $ 234,321  

Total gross margin percentage

     66 %     68 %     79 %     81 %
    


 


 


 


 

Licensing Gross Margin .    We license intellectual property rights that may be internally developed, acquired by us or licensed from other parties. Our cost of licensing consists principally of royalty payments we make to Ray Dolby and to other third parties for the licensing of intellectual property rights that we sublicense as part of our licensing arrangements with our customers. Our cost of licensing also includes amortization expenses associated with purchased intangibles. Our pro forma licensing gross margin for fiscal 2003 and 2004 excludes $25.1 million and $33.8 million, respectively, of expenses we recorded for sublicensing royalty payments we made to Ray Dolby.

 

Product Sales Gross Margin.     Cost of product sales primarily consists of material costs related to the products sold, applied labor and manufacturing overhead and, to a lesser extent, royalty obligations for technologies we license from Ray Dolby. The increase in our product sales gross margin in fiscal 2004 was the result of increased production levels, but was partially offset by a $0.2 million stock-based compensation expense recorded in fiscal 2004. The increased production levels led to increased gross margins, as the higher production volumes were able to absorb greater amounts of relatively fixed labor and overhead costs due to the high level of automation in our manufacturing processes. Pro forma product sales gross margin excludes $2.5 million and $3.1 million for fiscal 2003 and 2004, respectively, in expenses we recorded for royalty payments we made to Ray Dolby.

 

Production Services Gross Margin .    Cost of production services consists of the payroll and benefit costs of employees performing our professional services, the cost of outside consultants and reimbursable expenses incurred on behalf of the customer. The increase in production services gross margin in fiscal 2004 resulted primarily from an increase in the amount of engineering services provided by our professional services organization during the fiscal year, which was partially offset by a $0.1 million charge in stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004.

 

47


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    Change

 
    

September 26,

2003


   

September 24,

2004


    In Dollars

    Percentage

 
     ($ in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

                              

Selling, general and administrative (includes $12.7 million in stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2004)

   $ 76,590     $ 113,477     $ 36,887     48 %

Percentage of total revenue

     35 %     39 %              

Research and development (includes $1.2 million in stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2004)

     18,262       23,884       5,622     31 %

Percentage of total revenue

     8 %     8 %              

Settlements

           (2,000 )     (2,000 )    

Percentage of total revenue

           (1 )%              

In-process research and development

     1,310       1,738       428     33 %

Percentage of total revenue

     1 %     1 %              
    


 


 


 

Total operating expenses

   $ 96,162     $ 137,099     $ 40,937     43 %
    


 


 


 

 

Selling, General and Administrative .    Selling, general and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel and personnel related expenses, facility costs and professional service fees for our sales, marketing and administrative functions. The $36.9 million, or 48%, increase in selling, general and administrative expense from fiscal 2003 to 2004 was primarily due to a $13.8 million increase in payroll and benefits costs as a result of increased headcount and performance-based awards and a $12.7 million increase in stock-based compensation expense. To a lesser extent, our selling, general and administrative expense also increased in fiscal 2004 as compared to fiscal 2003 due to an increase of $7.1 million of expenses incurred in connection with professional and consulting fees related primarily to our preparations for being a public company. These professional and consulting fees included costs incurred in connection with the implementation of a new enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system, the augmentation of our internal controls related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, a reengineering project related to our royalty reporting processes, and additional tax and audit services. We expect that our selling, general and administrative expense will increase in absolute dollars in fiscal 2005, as we continue to build our infrastructure in order to accommodate growth and to meet the requirements of being a public company. We expect to continue to incur additional costs associated with Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance efforts, royalty reporting reengineering projects and ancillary ERP implementations.

 

Research and Development .    Research and development expense consists primarily of salary and related costs for personnel responsible for the research and development of new technologies. The $5.6 million, or 31%, increase in research and development expense from fiscal 2003 to 2004 was primarily due to a $3.3 million increase in payroll and benefit costs as a result of increased headcount and, to a lesser extent, to a $1.2 million charge related to stock-based compensation expense incurred in fiscal 2004. We anticipate that research and development expense will increase in absolute dollars in fiscal 2005, as we expect to hire additional personnel to support the development of new technologies.

 

Settlements .    Settlements include interest and penalties related to the collection of royalties and resolution of disputes in our favor or against us. Settlements of royalty disputes from licensees that specifically represent unpaid royalties are recorded as licensing revenue in the period payment is received, if all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Settlements of other disputes, such as disputes with implementation licensees from which we typically do not receive royalties, are recorded in settlements. In fiscal 2004, we received a $2.0 million payment in connection with the settlement of a dispute with one of our semiconductor manufacturing implementation licensees regarding violation of the terms of their implementation licensing agreement with us.

 

48


Table of Contents

In-process Research and Development .    In fiscal 2004, we recorded a $1.7 million charge related to purchased in-process research and development that had no alternative uses and had not reached technological feasibility. See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included as part of this prospectus for information on in-process research and development we acquired in connection with our acquisition transactions.

 

Other Income (Expenses), Net

 

Other income (expenses), net primarily consists of gains and losses on interest rate swap agreements and interest expense on outstanding balances on our facility debt obligations, offset by interest income earned on cash and cash equivalent balances. Other income, net was $0.2 million in fiscal 2004 compared to $0.1 million in other expenses, net in fiscal 2003. The fluctuation from fiscal 2003 was due to an increase in interest income as a result of higher average cash and cash equivalent balances for fiscal 2004.

 

Income Taxes

 

     Actual

    Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 26, 2003

    September 24, 2004

    September 26, 2003

    September 24, 2004

 
     ($ in thousands)  

Income taxes:

                                

Provision for income taxes

   $ 16,079     $ 25,039     $ 26,714     $ 39,267  

Effective tax rate

     34 %     42 %     36 %     41 %

 

Our fiscal 2004 effective tax rate was higher than in fiscal 2003 primarily due to the impact of incentive stock-based compensation expense, which is nondeductible, and losses from our foreign subsidiaries that we incurred in fiscal 2004. Excluding the effect of incentive stock-based compensation expense, our effective tax rate for fiscal 2004 would have been 39%. For fiscal 2003, the effective tax rate was below the statutory tax rate of 35% primarily due to the impact of extraterritorial income exclusion and research and experimentation credits. Our pro forma provision for income taxes and effective tax rate for fiscal 2003 and 2004 reflect the increase in operating income due to the exclusion of $27.6 million and $36.9 million, respectively, in royalty expense payable to Ray Dolby.

 

Fiscal Years Ended September 27, 2002 and September 26, 2003

 

Revenue

 

     Actual

    Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


 
     ($ in thousands)  

Revenue:

                                

Licensing

   $ 106,640     $ 157,922     $ 113,361     $ 157,922  

Percentage of total revenue

     66 %     73 %     67 %     73 %

Product sales

     41,377       44,403       41,377       44,403  

Percentage of total revenue

     25 %     20 %     25 %     20 %

Production services

     13,851       15,147       13,851       15,147  

Percentage of total revenue

     9 %     7 %     8 %     7 %
    


 


 


 


Total revenue

   $ 161,868     $ 217,472     $ 168,589     $ 217,472  
    


 


 


 


 

Licensing .    Licensing revenue increased $51.3 million, or 48%, from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003 principally due to increased sales by our licensees of their consumer electronics products that incorporate our technologies, reflecting the growth in sales of DVD players worldwide. Aside from the growth in sales of DVD players, the

 

49


Table of Contents

increase in our licensing revenue was also attributable to growth in sales of personal computer software DVD players and, to a lesser extent, home theatre systems and set-top boxes. Sales of products such as home-theatre-in-a-box and audio/video receivers that incorporate multiple Dolby technologies also helped increase our licensing revenue. In addition, a portion of the increase in licensing revenue was due to an amendment to our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby in the fourth quarter of 2002. Prior to June 2002, we administered the licensing of certain intellectual property rights for Ray Dolby, remitting to him the revenue derived from licensing these rights, net of the related administrative costs we incurred. These revenues were not recorded in our consolidated financial statements. In June 2002, we terminated this licensing administration arrangement and amended our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby to license from him the intellectual property rights we had previously administered on his behalf. In exchange, we agreed to pay him royalties in an amount that was intended to approximate the net revenue he would have received under our prior licensing administration arrangement. As a result, our fiscal 2003 licensing revenue reflects a full year of royalty revenue resulting from the June 2002 amendment of our licensing agreements, whereas our licensing revenue in fiscal 2002 reflects only one quarter of this additional royalty revenue stream. On a pro forma basis, our licensing revenue in fiscal 2002 increased by $6.7 million as compared to our actual results due to the amendments to our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby described above.

 

Product Sales .    The $3.0 million, or 7%, increase in our revenue from product sales in absolute dollars from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003 was principally attributable to a $2.5 million increase in sales of our broadcast products to local television stations, cable networks and European satellite broadcasters. We believe this is principally attributable to the efforts of terrestrial broadcasters in the United States to comply with the requirement of the FCC that those stations broadcast digital signals and the desire of terrestrial, cable and satellite broadcasters throughout the world to deliver programming that can utilize the capabilities of viewers’ home theatre systems. To a lesser extent, the increase in product sales revenue was also attributable to a $0.5 million increase in sales of our cinema products. The decrease in product sales revenue as a percentage of revenue was attributable to increases in licensing revenue both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenue.

 

Production Services .    The $1.3 million, or 9%, increase in production services revenue in absolute dollars from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003 was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of billable service calls made as a result of an increase in the number of films released during this period. To a lesser extent, the increase in production services revenue was also attributable to an increase in the number of billable service calls made related to foreign language versions of films and commercial and trailer services. The decrease in production services revenue as a percentage of revenue was attributable to increases in licensing revenue both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenue.

 

Gross Margin

 

     Actual

    Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
    

September 27,

2002


   

September 26,

2003


   

September 27,

2002


   

September 26,

2003


 
     ($ in thousands)  

Gross margin:

                                

Licensing gross margin

   $ 81,577     $ 117,921     $ 104,676     $ 143,047  

Licensing gross margin percentage

     76 %     75 %     92 %     91 %

Product sales gross margin

     14,683       17,719       17,096       20,213  

Product sales gross margin percentage

     35 %     40 %     41 %     46 %

Production services gross margin

     7,891       8,189       7,891       8,189  

Production services gross margin percentage

     57 %     54 %     57 %     54 %
    


 


 


 


Total gross margin

   $ 104,151     $ 143,829     $ 129,663     $ 171,449  

Total gross margin percentage

     64 %     66 %     77 %     79 %
    


 


 


 


 

50


Table of Contents

Licensing Gross Margin.     The decrease in licensing gross margin from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003 was due to the increase in licensing revenue derived from royalties from product sales that incorporate technologies we license from third parties. Our pro forma licensing gross margin for fiscal 2002 and 2003 excludes $16.4 million and $25.1 million, respectively, in expenses we recorded for sublicensing royalty payments we made to Ray Dolby. Our fiscal 2002 pro forma licensing gross margin was also affected by the $6.7 million increase in our fiscal 2002 pro forma licensing revenue described above due to the June 2002 amendments to our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby.

 

Product Sales Gross Margin.     The increase in product sales gross margin from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003 was the result of higher production levels as compared to fiscal 2002, as the higher production volumes were able to absorb greater amounts of relatively fixed labor and overhead costs. Pro forma product sales gross margin excludes expenses for royalties payable to Ray Dolby of $2.4 million and $2.5 million for fiscal 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

Production Services Gross Margin .    The decrease in production services gross margin was principally attributable to a $0.9 million increase in costs associated with higher staff and related expenses.

 

Operating Expenses

 

     Actual

    Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


 
     ($ in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

                                

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 64,269     $ 76,590     $ 70,297     $ 76,590  

Percentage of total revenue

     40 %     35 %     42 %     35 %

Research and development

     15,128       18,262       15,128       18,262  

Percentage of total revenue

     9 %     8 %     9 %     8 %

Settlements

     24,205             24,205        

Percentage of total revenue

     15 %           14 %      

In-process research and development

           1,310             1,310  

Percentage of total revenue

           1 %           1 %
    


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

   $ 103,602     $ 96,162     $ 109,630     $ 96,162  
    


 


 


 


 

Selling, General and Administrative .    Selling, general and administrative expense increased $12.3 million, or 19%, from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003, primarily due to a change in our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby. Prior to June 2002, Ray Dolby reimbursed us for expenses we incurred in connection with administering licenses covering certain of his intellectual property rights. Ray Dolby reimbursed us $6.0 million in fiscal 2002 for these administrative services, which we recorded as a reduction in selling, general and administrative expense. In July 2002, we terminated this licensing administration arrangement and amended our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby to license from him the intellectual property rights we had previously administered on his behalf. As a result, selling, general and administrative expense for fiscal 2003 did not include any reimbursements by Ray Dolby. The increase in selling, general and administrative expense was also due to a $1.7 million increase in legal expenses incurred to address intellectual property and licensing revenue collection issues and to a $1.7 million increase in bad debt expense based on a reassessment of our allowance for doubtful accounts. To a lesser extent, selling, general and administrative expense was also affected by a $1.2 million increase in payroll and benefits costs resulting from an increase in headcount and $0.8 million in expenses related to our senior executive supplemental retirement plan in fiscal 2003. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue was due primarily to our total revenue growing at a higher rate than our selling, general and administrative expense during such period. On a pro forma basis, our selling, general and administrative expense in fiscal 2002 increased $6.0 million as compared to our actual results due to the June 2002 amendments to our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby described above.

 

51


Table of Contents

Research and Development .    Research and development expense increased $3.1 million, or 21%, from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003, primarily attributable to a $2.4 million increase in payroll and benefits costs due to increased headcount. The decrease in research and development expense as a percentage of total revenue was due primarily to our total revenue growing at a higher rate than our research and development expenses during such period.

 

Settlements .    In fiscal 2002, we entered into a settlement agreement with a third party regarding an intellectual property dispute and agreed to pay a total of $30.0 million in ten equal annual installments of $3.0 million beginning in June 2002. We recorded this settlement liability in fiscal 2002 at its net present value of $24.2 million with a corresponding charge to our results of operations.

 

In-process Research and Development .    In fiscal 2003, we recorded a $1.3 million charge related to purchased in-process research and development that had no alternative uses and had not reached technological feasibility. See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included as part of this prospectus for information on in-process research and development we acquired in connection with our acquisition transactions.

 

Other Income (Expenses), Net

 

Other expenses, net decreased to $0.1 million in fiscal 2003 compared to $0.7 million in fiscal 2002, primarily due to a gain in the market value of our interest rate swap agreements, offset by an increase in interest expense as a result of the imputed interest on the intellectual property dispute settlement payment made in June 2003.

 

Income Taxes

 

     Actual

    Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27, 2002

    September 26, 2003

    September 27, 2002

    September 26, 2003

 
     ($ in thousands)  

Income taxes:

                                

Provision for income taxes

   $ 11     $ 16,079     $ 7,884     $ 26,714  

Effective tax rate

     6 %     34 %     39 %     36 %

 

The fiscal 2003 increase to the effective tax rate was attributable to lower taxable income in fiscal 2002 due to the charge associated with the settlement of the intellectual property dispute. For fiscal 2003, the effective tax rate was below the statutory tax rate of 35% primarily due to the impact of extraterritorial income exclusion and research and experimentation tax credits. Our pro forma provision for income taxes and effective tax rate for fiscal 2002 and 2003 reflect the increase in operating income due to the exclusion of the $18.8 million and $27.6 million, respectively, in royalty expense payable to Ray Dolby.

 

Quarterly Consolidated Results of Operations

 

Actual

 

The following tables present our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations and our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations as a percentage of revenue for the eight quarters ended September 24, 2004. The unaudited quarterly consolidated information has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements for our full fiscal years. You should read the following tables presenting our quarterly consolidated results of operations in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements for our full fiscal years and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This table includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for the fair presentation of our consolidated financial position and operating results for the quarters presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period.

 

52


Table of Contents
    Actual

 
    Fiscal Quarter Ended

 
   

Dec 27,

2002


   

Mar 28,

2003


   

Jun 27,

2003


   

Sep 26,

2003


   

Dec 26,

2003


   

Mar 26,

2004


   

Jun 25,

2004


   

Sep 24,

2004


 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                                               

Revenue:

                                                               

Licensing

  $ 35,670     $ 40,580     $ 40,032     $ 41,640     $ 47,799     $ 58,948     $ 55,487     $ 49,161  

Product sales

    11,111       11,344       9,593       12,355       13,392       14,386       15,355       14,848  

Production services

    3,493       3,871       3,670       4,113       4,232       5,357       5,208       4,868  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total revenue

    50,274       55,795       53,295       58,108       65,423       78,691       76,050       68,877  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Cost of revenue (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                                               

Cost of licensing

    9,659       9,864       9,980       10,498       12,781       15,105       13,441       12,511  

Cost of product sales (1)

    6,401       7,035       6,173       7,075       6,896       7,717       7,848       7,635  

Cost of production services (1)

    1,466       1,532       1,632       2,328       1,587       1,931       1,945       2,180  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total cost of revenue

    17,526       18,431       17,785       19,901       21,264       24,753       23,234       22,326  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Gross margin

    32,748       37,364       35,510       38,207       44,159       53,938       52,816       46,551  

Operating expenses (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                                               

Selling, general and administrative (1)

    17,662       19,043       19,462       20,423       20,303       31,075       29,167       32,932  

Research and development (1)

    3,952       4,535       4,835       4,940       4,934       5,700       6,388       6,862  

Settlements

                                        (2,000 )      

In-process research and development

                      1,310             1,540             198  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

    21,614       23,578       24,297       26,673       25,237       38,315       33,555       39,992  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income

    11,134       13,786       11,213       11,534       18,922       15,623       19,261       6,559  

Other income (expenses), net

    (130 )     (351 )     46       378       224       156       370       (521 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

    11,004       13,435       11,259       11,912       19,146       15,779       19,631       6,038  

Provision for income taxes

    3,973       4,899       3,443       3,764       6,840       5,877       8,633       3,689  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income before controlling interest

    7,031       8,536       7,816       8,148       12,306       9,902       10,998       2,349  

Controlling interest in net income

    (89 )     (102 )     (24 )     (347 )     (286 )     (70 )     (494 )     (79 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

  $ 6,942     $ 8,434     $ 7,792     $ 7,801     $ 12,020     $ 9,832     $ 10,504     $ 2,270  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Basic net income per common share

  $ 0.08     $ 0.10     $ 0.09     $ 0.09     $ 0.14     $ 0.12     $ 0.12     $ 0.03  

Diluted net income per common share

  $ 0.08     $ 0.10     $ 0.09     $ 0.09     $ 0.13     $ 0.11     $ 0.11     $ 0.02  

Shares used in the calculation of basic net income per share

    85,014       85,008       85,006       85,006       85,010       85,432       85,707       86,072  

Shares used in the calculation of diluted net income per share

    85,017       85,010       85,009       87,899       92,531       92,928       97,371       97,236  

(1)    Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

      

                               

Cost of product sales

 

  $     $     $ 78     $ 79  

Cost of production services

 

                28       27  

Selling, general and administrative

 

    23       7,005       2,772       2,911  

Research and development

 

                607       608  
                                   


 


 


 


Total stock-based compensation

 

  $ 23     $ 7,005     $ 3,485     $ 3,625  
                                   


 


 


 


 

53


Table of Contents
    Actual

 
    Fiscal Quarter Ended

 
    Dec 27,
2002


    Mar 28,
2003


    Jun 27,
2003


    Sep 26,
2003


    Dec 26,
2003


    Mar 26,
2004


    Jun 25,
2004


    Sep 24,
2004


 

As a percentage of revenue:

                                               

Revenue:

                                               

Licensing

  71 %   73 %   75 %   72 %   73 %   75 %   73 %   71 %

Product sales

  22     20     18     21     20     18     20     22  

Production services

  7     7     7     7     7     7     7     7  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

  100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                               

Cost of licensing

  19     18     18     18     20     19     18     18  

Cost of product sales (1)

  13     13     12     12     11     10     10     11  

Cost of production services (1)

  3     3     3     4     2     2     3     3  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

  35     34     33     34     33     31     31     32  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

  65     66     67     66     67     69     69     68  

Operating expenses (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                               

Selling, general and administrative (1)

  35     34     37     35     31     40     38     48  

Research and development (1)

  8     8     9     9     8     7     8     10  

Settlements

                          (2 )    

In-process research and development

              2         2         0  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  43     42     46     46     39     49     44     58  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

  22     24     21     20     28     20     25     10  

Other income (expenses), net

  0     0     0     0     0     0     0     (1 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

  22     24     21     20     28     20     25     9  

Provision for income taxes

  8     9     6     7     10     8     11     6  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before controlling interest

  14     15     15     13     18     12     14     3  

Controlling interest in net income

  0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

  14 %   15 %   15 %   13 %   18 %   12 %   14 %   3 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)    Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

      

                       

Cost of product sales

 

  %   %   0 %   0 %

Cost of production services

 

          0     0  

Selling, general and administrative

 

  0     9     4     4  

Research and development

 

          1     1  
                           

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

 

  0 %   9 %   5 %   5 %
                           

 

 

 

 

Pro Forma

 

The following tables present our pro forma unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations, and our pro forma unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations as a percentage of revenue, for the eight quarters ended September 24, 2004. The unaudited quarterly consolidated financial information has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements for our full fiscal years. You should read the following tables presenting our pro forma quarterly consolidated results of operations in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements for our full fiscal years and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as our pro forma unaudited consolidated statements of operations for full fiscal years set forth elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period.

 

54


Table of Contents
    Pro Forma

 
    Fiscal Quarter Ended

 
    Dec 27,
2002


    Mar 28,
2003


    Jun 27,
2003


    Sep 26,
2003


    Dec 26,
2003


    Mar 26,
2004


    Jun 25,
2004


    Sep 24,
2004


 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                                               

Revenue:

                                                               

Licensing

  $ 35,670     $ 40,580     $ 40,032     $ 41,640     $ 47,799     $ 58,948     $ 55,487     $ 49,161  

Product sales

    11,111       11,344       9,593       12,355       13,392       14,386       15,355       14,848  

Production services

    3,493       3,871       3,670       4,113       4,232       5,357       5,208       4,868  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total revenue

    50,274       55,795       53,295       58,108       65,423       78,691       76,050       68,877  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Cost of revenue (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                                               

Cost of licensing

    3,751       3,861       3,630       3,633       4,668       5,917       5,106       4,379  

Cost of product sales (1)

    5,774       6,390       5,662       6,364       6,139       6,946       7,029       6,893  

Cost of production services (1)

    1,466       1,532       1,632       2,328       1,587       1,931       1,945       2,180  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total cost of revenue

    10,991       11,783       10,924       12,325       12,394       14,794       14,080       13,452  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Gross margin

    39,283       44,012       42,371       45,783       53,029       63,897       61,970       55,425  

Operating expenses (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                                               

Selling, general and administrative (1)

    17,662       19,043       19,462       20,423       20,303       31,075       29,167       32,932  

Research and development (1)

    3,952       4,535       4,835       4,940       4,934       5,700       6,388       6,862  

Settlements

                                        (2,000 )      

In-process research and development, net

                      1,310             1,540             198  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

    21,614       23,578       24,297       26,673       25,237       38,315       33,555       39,992  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income

    17,669       20,434       18,074       19,110       27,792       25,582       28,415       15,433  

Other income (expenses), net

    (130 )     (351 )     46       378       224       156       370       (521 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

    17,539       20,083       18,120       19,488       28,016       25,738       28,785       14,912  

Provision for income taxes

    6,352       7,344       5,556       7,462       10,257       9,714       12,180       7,116  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income before controlling interest

    11,187       12,739       12,564       12,026       17,759       16,024       16,605       7,796  

Controlling interest in net income

    (89 )     (102 )     (24 )     (347 )     (286 )     (70 )     (494 )     (79 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

  $ 11,098     $ 12,637     $ 12,540     $ 11,679     $ 17,473     $ 15,954     $ 16,111     $ 7,717  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Basic net income per common share

  $ 0.13     $ 0.15     $ 0.15     $ 0.14     $ 0.21     $ 0.19     $ 0.19     $ 0.09  

Diluted net income per common share

  $ 0.13     $ 0.15     $ 0.15     $ 0.13     $ 0.19     $ 0.17     $ 0.17     $ 0.08  

Shares used in the calculation of basic net income per share

    85,014       85,008       85,006       85,006       85,010       85,432       85,707       86,072  

Shares used in the calculation of diluted net income per share

    85,017       85,010       85,009       87,899       92,531       92,928       97,371       97,236  

(1)    Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

      

                               

Cost of product sales

 

  $     $     $ 78     $ 79  

Cost of production services

 

                28       27  

Selling, general and administrative

 

    23       7,005       2,772       2,911  

Research and development

 

                607       608  
                                   


 


 


 


Total stock-based compensation

 

  $ 23     $ 7,005     $ 3,485     $ 3,625  
                                   


 


 


 


 

55


Table of Contents
    Pro Forma

 
    Fiscal Quarter Ended

 
   

Dec 27,

2002


   

Mar 28,

2003


   

Jun 27,

2003


   

Sep 26,

2003


   

Dec 26,

2003


   

Mar 26,

2004


   

Jun 25,

2004


   

Sep 24,

2004


 

As a percentage of revenue:

                                               

Revenue:

                                               

Licensing

  71 %   73 %   75 %   72 %   73 %   74 %   73 %   71 %

Product sales

  22     20     18     21     20     19     20     22  

Production services

  7     7     7     7     7     7     7     7  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

  100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                               

Cost of licensing

  7     7     7     6     7     7     7     7  

Cost of product sales (1)

  11     11     10     11     9     9     9     10  

Cost of production services (1)

  4     3     3     4     3     3     3     3  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

  22     21     20     21     19     19     19     20  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

  78     79     80     79     81     81     81     80  

Operating expenses (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                               

Selling, general and administrative (1)

  35     34     37     35     30     40     38     48  

Research and development (1)

  8     8     9     9     8     7     9     10  

Settlements

                          (3 )    

In-process research and development, net

              2         2         0  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  43     42     46     46     38     49     44     58  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

  35     37     34     33     43     32     37     22  

Other income (expenses), net

  0     (1 )   0     1     0     0     1     0  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

  35     36     34     34     43     32     38     22  

Provision for income taxes

  13     13     10     13     16     12     16     11  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before controlling interest

  22     23     24     21     27     20     22     11  

Controlling interest in net income

  0     0     0     (1 )   0     0     (1 )   0  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

  22 %   23 %   24 %   20 %   27 %   20 %   21 %   11 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)    Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

      

                       

Cost of product sales

 

  %   %   0 %   0 %

Cost of production services

 

               

Selling, general and administrative

 

  0     9     4     4  

Research and development

 

          1     1  
                           

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

 

  0 %   9 %   5 %   5 %
                           

 

 

 

 

Our recognition of licensing revenue is dependent upon our receipt of royalty reports from our licensees, and our quarterly operating results can fluctuate based on the timing of our receipt of those reports. We generally experience seasonality in our licensing business, and we expect that business to continue to be affected by seasonality in the future. Because our licensees are required to deliver to us royalty reports based on their shipment of consumer electronics products that incorporate our technologies in the quarter following shipment, we have typically experienced higher licensing revenue in the second quarter of each fiscal year, principally due to the holiday sales of consumer electronics products in the preceding quarter. The growth in licensing revenue during the past few fiscal years has masked some of the seasonality we experience and expect to continue to experience in our licensing revenue.

 

56


Table of Contents

In addition to seasonality, we have experienced and expect to continue to experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results as a result of the time lag between when our licensees ship their products and when they report those shipments to us, a lag that can sometimes be significant. In addition, it is not uncommon for royalty reports to include corrective or retroactive royalties that cover extended periods of time. In the past, we have experienced lags greater than one year. Also, there have been times in the past when we have recognized an unusually large amount of licensing revenue from a licensee in a given quarter because not all of our revenue recognition criteria were met in prior periods. This can result in a large amount of licensing revenue from a licensee being recorded in a given quarter that is not necessarily indicative of the amounts of licensing revenue to be received from that licensee in future quarters, thus causing fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.

 

In fiscal 2004, our licensing revenue for the quarters ended March 26, 2004, June 25, 2004, and September 24, 2004 were all affected by various factors relating to the royalty reports we received from licensees during such periods, including seasonality and, in certain cases, significant lag times between when licensees shipped products and when they delivered royalty reports to us. In addition, our quarterly operating results in fiscal 2004, both on an actual and pro forma basis, were significantly affected by stock-based compensation charges resulting from our decision, in connection with the preparation of the financial statements for our initial public offering, to reassess the fair value of our Class B common stock for purposes of accounting for employee stock-based compensation. These stock-based compensation charges affected our cost of product sales, cost of production services, total cost of revenue, selling, general and administrative expense, research and development expense, total operating expenses, and operating income in these periods. We expect that these stock-based compensation expenses, which are amortized over the four-year vesting periods of the related equity awards, will continue to affect our quarterly financial results through the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.

 

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Financial Condition

 

Our financial position includes cash and cash equivalents of $61.9 million and $78.7 million at September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004, respectively. We believe that our cash, cash equivalents and potential cash flow from operations will be sufficient to satisfy our cash requirements through at least the next 12 months.

 

Operating Activities

 

Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash and cash equivalents as well as the cash flow we generate from our operations. Our operating activities generated cash of $22.9 million, $39.6 million and $46.9 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The increase in cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal 2004 as compared to fiscal 2003 was due primarily to an increase in net income, excluding the non-cash charge for stock-based compensation recorded during fiscal 2004.

 

Under licensing and royalty agreements with Ray Dolby, we recorded expenses for the use of certain patent and trademark rights in the amounts of $18.8 million, $27.6 million and $36.9 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. In connection with the asset contribution by Ray Dolby, which will occur prior to the completion of this offering, these licensing and royalty agreements will terminate, and we will have no further obligation to pay royalties, or incur any costs or expenses, under these agreements.

 

Investing Activities

 

Our investing activities are primarily related to capital expenditures associated with the purchases of office equipment, building fixtures, computer hardware and software, leasehold improvements and production and test equipment. In fiscal 2002, we received $1.8 million in proceeds from the sale of a facility and recorded a gain of $0.5 million related to this property sale. Capital expenditures for fiscal 2004 increased as compared to fiscal 2003 principally due to additional costs associated with the implementation of a new ERP system and for increased leasehold improvement costs made to our various facilities.

 

57


Table of Contents

In both fiscal 2003 and 2004, we acquired complementary businesses related primarily to technologies that facilitate the delivery of digital entertainment, such as technologies that process digital moving images, digital signal processing technologies or technologies that protect content from piracy. We paid $7.1 million and $18.4 million in fiscal 2003 and 2004, respectively, in connection with these acquisition transactions. Under the terms of one of the acquisition agreements, we will pay approximately $3.0 million in September 2005, and we have future payment obligations equal to approximately 5% to 8% of revenue generated from products incorporating technologies we acquired in the transaction.

 

Financing Activities

 

Our financing activities consist primarily of principal payments made on our facility debt obligations. In fiscal 2004, we also received proceeds from the exercises of employee stock options, which were offset by the payments on our debt obligations. Our financing activities in fiscal 2002 were also affected by the retirement of an outstanding facility debt obligation in the amount of $1.3 million prior to its scheduled maturity date.

 

While we have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock and currently intend to retain any future earnings, if we are deemed to be a personal holding company for tax purposes, we may elect to pay a dividend to our stockholders in an amount equal to all or a significant part of our undistributed personal holding company income (which could be significant), rather than paying personal holding company tax on undistributed personal holding company income. See “Risk Factors—We may become subject to a personal holding company tax, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.”

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

The following table presents a summary of our contractual obligations and commitments as of September 24, 2004.

 

     Payments Due Within

     1 Year

   2-3
Years


   4-5
Years


   More than
5 Years


   Total

     (in thousands)

Litigation settlement

   $ 3,000    $ 6,000    $ 6,000    $ 6,000    $ 21,000

Mortgages

     1,290      2,785      3,098      7,697      14,870

Operating leases

     4,483      1,857      436      957      7,733

Acquisition consideration

     2,979                     2,979
    

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 11,752    $ 10,642    $ 9,534    $ 14,654    $ 46,582
    

  

  

  

  

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents.     As of September 24, 2004, we had cash and cash equivalents of $78.7 million, which consisted of highly liquid money market instruments with original maturities of three months or less. Because of the short-term nature of these instruments, a sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial condition and/or results of operations.

 

Interest Rate Swap Agreements.     We have entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage our exposure to interest rate changes on our facility debt obligations. The swap agreements involve the exchange of fixed and variable interest rate payments without exchanging the notional principal amount. Gains and losses associated with the swap agreements are included in other income (expenses), net in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

We do not utilize financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes, nor do we utilize leveraged financial instruments.

 

58


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

Nearly all of our revenue is derived from transactions denominated in United States dollars, even though we maintain sales, marketing and business operations in foreign countries, most significantly in the United Kingdom. As such, we have exposure to adverse changes in exchange rates associated with operating expenses of our foreign operations, but we believe this exposure to be limited.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity,” or SFAS 150. SFAS 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures in its statements of financial position certain financial instruments of both liabilities and equity. SFAS 150 requires issuers to classify as liabilities, or assets in some circumstances, three classes of freestanding instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 for all existing financial instruments. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have an effect on our financial position, results of operation or cash flows. As of September 24, 2004, we did not have financial instruments within the scope of SFAS 150.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” or FIN 46. FIN 46 requires that if a company is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, or VIE, the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the VIE should be included in our consolidated financial statements. In December 2003, the FASB published a revision to FIN 46, or FIN 46R, to clarify some of the provisions of FIN 46 and to exempt certain entities from its requirements. The adoption of FIN 46R required us to consolidate certain affiliated VIEs into our consolidated financial statements. Previously, we had been consolidating our VIEs under the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force 90-15, “Impact of Nonsubstantive Lessors, Residual Value Guarantees, and Other Provisions in Leasing Transactions Abstract,” or EITF 90-15, and Emerging Issues Task Force Topic D-14, “Transactions Involving Special Purpose Entities,” or Topic D-14. Given our contemplation of an initial public offering, we adopted FIN 46R early, which rescinded the provisions of EITF 90-15 and Topic D-14. However, the adoption of FIN 46R did not have an effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

59


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

Dolby Laboratories develops and delivers innovative products and technologies that make the entertainment experience more realistic and immersive in theatres, homes, cars and elsewhere. Since Ray Dolby founded Dolby Laboratories nearly 40 years ago, we have been at the forefront of developing sound technologies that enhance the entertainment experience for audiences and consumers. Our objective is to be an essential element in the best entertainment technology by delivering to both professionals and consumers innovative and enduring technologies that enrich the entertainment experience. Our technologies are used in sound recording, distribution and playback to faithfully recreate the original audio experience and enable digital audio and surround sound in applications such as movie soundtracks, DVDs, television, satellite and cable broadcasts, video games and personal computers. Our technologies have been adopted as standards throughout the entertainment industry. For example, virtually all major movie soundtracks throughout the world are encoded using our technologies and virtually all DVD players incorporate our technologies.

 

We develop technologies for both professional and consumer applications. On the professional side, we derive revenue from sales of products and production services to filmmakers, television broadcasters, music producers, video game designers and cinema operators. On the consumer side, we derive revenue from royalties collected from licensees who manufacture consumer electronics products that include our technologies, such as DVD players, home theatre systems, set-top boxes, video game consoles and personal computers.

 

Our products, services and technologies are used throughout the entertainment chain—from content creation, to distribution for large-scale playback, such as movie theatres, to repackaging and distribution for consumer media such as DVDs, to consumer playback, such as DVD players and home theatre systems. We have built strong, long-lasting relationships with industry professionals at every link in the entertainment chain, including filmmakers, motion picture studios, broadcasters, film distributors, cinema operators, DVD producers, manufacturers of a broad array of consumer electronics products and software developers. Industry professionals and consumers rely on Dolby to ensure consistent quality as content moves through the chain. Moreover, we believe that the use of our technologies by professionals in the creation and distribution of content increases demand for the adoption of our technologies for use in consumer applications. We believe that we are a trusted vendor for professionals and consumers alike, and that the Dolby brand is recognized globally for quality, excellence and innovation.

 

Key Dolby Strengths

 

We believe that the following key strengths uniquely position Dolby to develop and deliver innovative technologies to both professionals and consumers to enrich the entertainment experience.

 

Our culture of innovation

 

Since our inception, we have been at the forefront in addressing technology challenges for the entertainment industry. We create and deliver practical technology solutions for the entertainment industry that make a perceptible difference to audiences and consumers and have done so repeatedly throughout our nearly 40 year history. Our technologies are designed to provide outstanding quality while addressing the limitations inherent in a playback environment, such as cost, size, storage capacity or transmission bandwidth, power availability and portability constraints. We have repeatedly developed technologies that meet the needs of the ever-changing entertainment industry, and this has helped us develop, maintain and strengthen our relationships with a broad array of entertainment industry professionals. In the 1960s, we developed noise reduction technologies for use in professional recording studios and for consumer playback of music cassettes. In the 1970s, we worked with filmmakers to develop surround sound for their films by modifying Dolby Stereo to add a surround channel, which was first used in A Star is Born in 1976 and Star Wars in 1977. In the 1980s, we worked with consumer electronic product manufacturers to introduce surround sound in the home. In the 1990s, we worked with motion picture professionals to incorporate digital sound in movies by developing Dolby Digital, which was first introduced in a major motion picture with Batman Returns in 1992. Also in the 1990s, we worked with movie studios to incorporate

 

60


Table of Contents

multi-channel surround sound on DVDs within the limited space available for soundtracks, adapting Dolby Digital to accomplish this. As a result of our continuous innovation, Dolby Laboratories and our employees and products have received numerous industry awards related to our sound technologies. Dolby Laboratories or its employees have been recognized six times by the Academy of Television Arts and Sciences. In addition, the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences has presented Dolby Laboratories or its employees nine Scientific and Technical Awards, including one Oscar. We believe our track record of innovation is a good foundation for our ability to address future technology challenges and requirements for the entertainment industry.

 

Our longstanding relationships with industry participants throughout the entertainment chain

 

We collaborate closely on a global basis with entertainment industry participants throughout the entertainment chain, including filmmakers, music producers, broadcasters, video game designers, motion picture studios, DVD producers, manufacturers of consumer electronics products and professional organizations and standards setting bodies. We work with virtually all major motion picture studios, and many of our relationships with professionals in the motion picture industry date back more than 30 years. In addition, we have licensee relationships with approximately 500 consumer electronics product manufacturers, many dating back nearly 35 years. Our relationships with industry professionals at each link of the chain help us ensure that our products and technologies are designed and used throughout the sound recording, distribution and playback processes to deliver consistent, high quality sound to audiences and consumers as the content creators intended. Our longstanding relationships also help us determine our own product and technology development directions and play an important role in having our technologies adopted as industry standards.

 

Adoption of our technologies as industry standards

 

Throughout our history, we have repeatedly introduced technologies that have become industry standards in a wide range of entertainment industries and consumer electronics products. Industry standards can either be “explicit” when technologies are mandated by an industry standards-setting body, and “de facto” when technologies are widely adopted even though not specifically mandated by a standards-setting body. Our technologies are worldwide explicit or de facto industry standards for many types of professional and consumer applications. For example, Dolby Digital is one of the two global standard formats, along with PCM, or pulse code modulation, for encoding soundtracks on DVD-Video discs approved by the DVD Forum and, as a result, virtually all DVD players incorporate our Dolby Digital decoding technology. In the motion picture industry, Dolby SR and Dolby Digital have become de facto industry standards, in that virtually all major movie soundtracks throughout the world are encoded using one or both of these technologies. In broadcasting, Dolby Digital technologies have been selected as an explicit industry standard for terrestrial, or over-the-air, digital television in North America. Earlier examples of our industry standard technologies include: Dolby A, Dolby B and Dolby SR noise reduction technologies, which we introduced in 1965, 1968 and 1986, respectively; Dolby Stereo and Pro Logic technologies, which we introduced in 1976 and 1987, respectively; and our Dolby Digital technologies, which we introduced in 1991.

 

Our global market leadership

 

We have a broad, geographically diverse market presence on both the professional and consumer sides of our business, and we believe we are the global market leader for the delivery of surround sound technologies for professional products, including cinema products, as well as for consumer applications. Our professional products are distributed in over 50 countries, and we have sold over 73,000 cinema processors worldwide. Our products and technologies have been used in the production of over 16,000 movies, tens of thousands of DVD titles and hundreds of video game titles worldwide. Virtually all movies made by major studios include soundtracks encoded with Dolby SR or Dolby Digital technologies. In addition, over 40 television shows are currently produced using our sound encoding technologies. We license our sound technologies to approximately 500 consumer electronics product manufacturers in nearly 30 countries, and over 1.6 billion consumer electronics product units sold worldwide have incorporated our licensed technologies, including over 500 million consumer electronics product units since the beginning of fiscal 2002. Our Dolby Digital technologies alone have been

 

61


Table of Contents

incorporated in over 240 million DVD players and in over 50 million audio/video receivers and set-top boxes. We believe the large installed base of consumer electronics products with our surround sound capabilities ensures that content creators will continue to use our technologies to encode audio for their DVD, broadcast, video game and Internet entertainment.

 

Our neutrality

 

We do not align ourselves exclusively with any studio, manufacturer or other participant in the entertainment industry. We believe our neutrality encourages filmmakers, motion picture studios, broadcasters, film distributors, cinema operators, home media companies and consumer electronics product manufacturers to adopt our technologies more readily than if we had preferred relationships with other companies that these entities may compete against. We believe that our neutrality has helped us become a trusted participant in the entertainment industry, promoting the adoption of our technologies and enabling us to maintain strong relationships with a variety of companies that often compete against one another. For example, motion picture studios and cinema operators often call on our expertise to resolve technical problems between them, in part because we are not aligned primarily with either industry. We believe that our neutrality also helps us license our technologies to a broad range of consumer electronics product manufacturers because they do not face us as a competitor in their markets, nor are we aligned with their competitors.

 

The strength of our brand

 

We believe the Dolby brand is recognized globally and is synonymous with quality, excellence and innovation for content producers, consumer electronics product manufacturers and consumers alike. We also believe that a number of factors, including our history of developing and delivering innovative technology solutions, our commitment to quality and superior customer service, our broad, deep and long-standing industry relationships, and our broad market presence all contribute to the strength of our brand. Even though not required by contract to do so, our customers put the Dolby trademarks on their movie prints, posters, promotional materials, broadcasts, DVD packaging and consumer electronics products, demonstrating their belief that audiences and consumers associate the Dolby brand with qualities that help differentiate and sell their products.

 

Our high quality management team and employee base

 

Over the years, Ray Dolby, our founder, has assembled a strong, experienced management team that is focused on developing innovative and enduring technologies for the entertainment industry. In addition, we have a highly skilled engineering team with technical knowledge in a broad range of scientific disciplines. Many members of our management team and employee base have been with Dolby Laboratories for over 20 years. During this time, members of our management and engineering teams have developed many strong, long-term relationships with industry professionals throughout the entertainment chain, including filmmakers, motion picture studios, broadcasters, film distributors, cinema operators, home media companies, manufacturers of a broad array of consumer electronic products and software developers. Members of our management team and engineers also participate in professional organizations and industry standards bodies throughout the world.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our objective is to be an essential element in the best entertainment technology. We intend to capitalize on our innovative culture, our strong industry relationships, our global market presence and our strong brand to continue developing and delivering innovative, enduring technologies for both professionals and consumers that help make entertainment more realistic, intense and immersive in theatres, at home, in cars and elsewhere. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

Expanding markets for surround sound

 

Dolby Stereo, Dolby Surround and Dolby Digital have created a consumer expectation for surround sound in high-quality entertainment. We intend to continue to promote the expansion of markets for surround sound. In addition to home theatre systems, we are promoting the continued adoption of our surround sound technologies

 

62


Table of Contents

in video game consoles, personal audio and video players, personal computers, in-car entertainment systems and other consumer electronics products. We also believe that the large and growing installed base of surround sound systems offers attractive opportunities for content providers to deliver surround sound in new applications, regardless of whether the content is played back from a recording, such as a DVD, broadcast by television, satellite or cable, or streamed over the Internet. In particular, we intend to broaden our presence in the broadcast industry, as this industry increasingly produces live and recorded programming in surround sound. As the entertainment industry increasingly delivers content directly to consumers over broadband networks, we are working with content providers to include surround sound technologies in their Internet entertainment, including audio-only entertainment, movie downloads and on-line games.

 

Continuing to address the needs of industry professionals

 

We believe that technology innovations for entertainment will likely continue to be adopted first for professional use as filmmakers, music producers, broadcasters and video game designers look for ways to excite their audiences. We intend to continue to collaborate with industry professionals at each link in the entertainment chain to develop new technologies that facilitate and improve content recording, distribution and playback. Our professional-level technology solutions often have applicability to the consumer arena. When they do, we intend to continue to adapt these technologies for use in consumer applications. Our noise reduction, surround sound and digital audio technologies were all initially developed for professional use and later adapted for use in consumer electronics products. We believe that our success in developing technologies for professional use contributes greatly to the capabilities and attractiveness of our technologies in the consumer arena and also to the strength of our brand. We also believe that the use of our technologies by professionals in the creation and distribution of content creates demand for the adoption of our technologies for use in consumer applications.

 

Developing system solutions for digital cinema

 

The cinema industry is in the early stages of adopting digital cinema, an all digital medium for the distribution and exhibition of movies. Digital cinema offers the industry possible means to achieve substantial cost savings in printing and distributing movies, to combat piracy and to enable movies to be played repeatedly without degradation in image or sound quality. We are committed to this transition, and we believe that our experience and expertise in providing technology solutions for both the motion picture and broadcast industries position us well to develop and deliver sound and image technologies for digital cinema. Motion picture studios currently use our digital cinema mastering services at our facilities in Southern California to prepare movies for digital release, and filmmakers can review sound and image quality in our digital cinema screening rooms. In addition, our engineers assist motion picture studios and cinema operators with distributing and presenting digital movies, from site surveys and equipment installations to content loading and verification. Regardless of how quickly digital cinema is adopted, we believe that digital cinema also provides opportunities for the development of innovations to enhance the theatrical experience further, innovations that may also have applicability to broadcasting and the consumer arena.

 

Developing technologies for the entertainment industry beyond sound

 

We believe that our long history of developing innovative technology solutions for the entertainment industry and our well-established relationships with industry participants provide us with opportunities to deliver technology solutions in areas beyond sound. In recent years we have expanded our business to offer technologies to facilitate delivery of digital entertainment, including digital cinema technologies for processing digital moving images and content protection. We intend to apply the technologies for digital cinema to the broadcast and consumer arenas, as we believe they have the potential to provide significant benefits beyond the motion picture industry. In addition, we are exploring other areas where we may be able to develop and deliver technologies that enrich the entertainment experience, including technologies for home networking and wireless connectivity and technologies that facilitate ease of use of products and product features.

 

Continuing to promote adoption of our technologies as industry standards

 

We believe that the entertainment industry evolves toward an improved entertainment experience through the adoption of global technical standards, and we intend to continue to actively seek to have our technologies

 

63


Table of Contents

adopted as industry standards. We intend to continue to develop, maintain and strengthen our relationships with a broad spectrum of entertainment industry participants, professional organizations and standards-setting bodies throughout the world to help guide the development of new industry standards, as well as the direction of our own technologies to meet those standards. When appropriate, we intend to continue to be active in standards-setting bodies. We also intend to maintain our neutrality and not align ourselves exclusively with other industry participants in order to facilitate the adoption of our technologies as industry standards.

 

Building on the strength of the Dolby brand

 

We intend to continue to enhance and build on the strength of the Dolby brand and our reputation as a trusted provider of entertainment technologies for professional and consumer applications. We actively encourage our customers to place our trademarks on their products. In particular, we provide marketing materials such as posters, trailers and plaques to cinema operators for exhibition in their theatres to help them promote the quality of experience that is associated with our brand. We also have been working with personal computer and car manufacturers to incorporate our technologies in and display our trademark on their personal computers and in-car entertainment systems. The inclusion of the Dolby trademark on a product informs audiences and consumers that the product incorporates our technologies and meets our quality standards, and we believe this helps manufacturers sell their products. We intend to continue to increase the use of our trademarks throughout the entertainment chain so that entertainment industry professionals and consumers alike will know that we have helped ensure consistent quality as content moves through the chain. We believe that the strength of our brand in the entertainment industry also assists us in expanding our business to include technologies that are not solely related to sound. For example, we believe that the likelihood of succeeding with our digital cinema initiative is increased because the Dolby brand is already well known and well respected in the motion picture industry, as is our history of delivering innovative, yet practical, solutions in response to technology challenges.

 

Industry Background

 

The global entertainment industry is in the midst of a transition from analog to digital technologies. Advancements in digital entertainment technologies have led to enhanced consumer entertainment experiences through higher fidelity sound; more dynamic sound effects; discrete surround sound; higher resolution video images; smaller file sizes and reduced storage costs; greater portability; simpler, faster and higher capacity means to distribute content; and greater interoperability across a variety of playback devices. New digital media formats and products, such as DVD players, DVD recorders, HDTV, digital cable and personal computer-based video, music and game systems, have been introduced over the past several years. These technological advances have affected a broad range of entertainment formats, including movies, broadcasts, music, video games, personal computers and personal audio and video players, as well as a wide variety of playback environments, including theatres, homes and automobiles.

 

Consumers are helping to drive the transition to digital entertainment through their rapid adoption of new digital consumer electronics products that allow them to play back audio and video in their homes, cars and elsewhere. Growth in sales of digital-based consumer electronics products has increased significantly in recent years. For example, according to the October 2004 report “Worldwide and U.S. DVD Player Forecast and Analysis, 2004-2008” and the December 2001 report “U.S. DVD Player Market Forecast, 2000-2005” of independent market research firm International Data Corporation, or IDC, worldwide DVD player shipments increased from approximately 13.5 million in 2000 to approximately 89.9 million in 2003, resulting in a compound annual growth rate of approximately 88%. This growth in sales of digital-based consumer electronics products has coincided with increased consumer spending on electronic entertainment generally. According to the Consumer Electronics Association, or CEA, the average annual spending on consumer electronics per household in the United States has increased from approximately $600 in 1990 to approximately $1,100 in 2003. CEA defines consumer electronics to include consumer video products, home audio products and computers, peripherals and software, as well as video game hardware and software, portable audio products, mobile electronics, telephone and home office products, and blank media and accessories.

 

64


Table of Contents

Traditional Analog Entertainment

 

All recorded and broadcast sound—movie soundtracks, phonograph records, radio and TV—was originally delivered in a single-channel, or mono, format. Then, in the early 1950s, multichannel, or stereophonic, film sound was introduced in cinemas by means of a costly new magnetic soundtrack technology. This was followed in 1958 by the introduction to consumers of two-channel stereo via LP phonograph records. FM and television broadcasting, and later videocassettes, ultimately followed suit with two-channel stereo, which became the standard for home entertainment media.

 

In the mid-1960s through the early 1990s, we introduced analog noise reduction technologies that improved the fidelity of master tapes used in the making of phonograph records. Our noise reduction technologies also enabled high-quality professional multitrack music recording and helped turn the audio tape cassette into a high-fidelity medium. In the mid 1970s, we also applied noise reduction and other technologies to movie soundtracks, enabling a practical four-channel surround sound format for cinemas that soon became virtually standard worldwide. These same technologies brought surround sound into the home in the early 1980s via specially encoded stereo video cassettes and TV broadcasts, creating a new category of consumer entertainment product, home theatre.

 

Evolution to Digital Entertainment

 

In 1982, the consumer music-listening experience was revolutionized by digital audio technology with the introduction of the compact disc, or CD. The CD brought higher audio quality, virtual immunity to wear and tear and other advantages that underscored the limitations of analog audio technology, as refined as it had become. The CD soon overtook analog phonograph records and audio cassettes, and spurred the conversion of other entertainment media from analog to digital, beginning with motion picture sound.

 

In 1991, we introduced a digital film sound format that provides high-quality sound delivered via five separate, full-range audio channels: left, center and right front channels; independent left and right surround channels; and a sixth channel for low-frequency effects, often referred to as the “.1” channel. Dolby Digital 5.1 surround enabled filmmakers and cinema operators to deliver a more dramatic and involving entertainment experience, such that today virtually all major film studios worldwide release their feature films with 5.1 digital soundtracks, and most major cinema operators have installed digital surround sound playback systems.

 

The 5.1-channel digital revolution then spread to consumer video and home theatre via the DVD-Video disc, for which Dolby Digital is one of two global standard formats, the other being PCM, approved by the DVD Forum for encoding soundtracks on DVD-Video discs. DVD-Video was adopted by consumers in part because of the rich, realistic home theatre experience provided by its high-quality picture and 5.1 surround sound. And today the digital revolution, complete with Dolby Digital 5.1 surround sound, has spread to digital television, digital cable, and direct broadcast satellite as well.

 

The transition to digital technologies for the motion picture industry is now going beyond sound. The cinema industry is in the early stages of transitioning to digital cinema, where movies can be distributed and exhibited in an all digital format. Digital cinema delivers higher resolution images and enables movies to be played repeatedly without degradation in image or sound quality. Digital cinema also offers the motion picture industry a possible means to achieve substantial cost savings by eliminating the need to physically print and distribute multiple reels of celluloid film for each movie, as digital movies can be distributed to cinemas by satellite broadcast. Digital cinema also may offer means to combat piracy through watermarking, interference and other techniques. Digital cinema is in the early stages of adoption, but it is expected that many cinema operators will adopt digital cinema technologies both for their newly constructed theatres as well as for retrofitting their existing theatres.

 

Consumers at home in recent years have also been seeking an immersive entertainment experience similar to the cinema. The commercialization of the DVD in 1997, which provides a feature-rich media format with high image picture quality and 5.1 digital audio soundtracks, helps deliver to consumers a cinematic experience in their homes. In the 1990s and early 2000s, movies and other content became widely available on DVDs. DVD

 

65


Table of Contents

players quickly supplanted VCRs as the preferred home video player, with annual sales for DVDs surpassing videocassettes in 2001, helped in part by the ever decreasing prices of DVD players. More recently, there has been widespread adoption of digital-based home theatre systems. According to its October 2004 report, “Worldwide and U.S. DVD Player Forecast and Analysis, 2004-2008,” IDC expects worldwide DVD player shipments to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 16.4% from 2003 through 2008, with such growth coming primarily from DVD recorders, home-theatre-in-a-box systems and portable DVD players. The following chart details IDC’s estimates of total DVD player shipments worldwide through 2008.

 

LOGO

 

The large installed base of digital-based home theatre systems with surround sound capabilities also enables television broadcasters to offer to a large audience programming with digital audio that is comparable to or exceeds the quality available on DVDs. As a result, broadcasters can compete more effectively with DVD entertainment. Through digital cable and digital satellite television systems, broadcasters can deliver consumers improved image quality as well as digital audio surround sound, enabling audiences to experience a more realistic, immersive broadcast entertainment through their home theatre systems. Broadcasters, including ABC, CBS, ESPN, FOX, HBO, NBC and Showtime, currently offer high-definition video or surround sound for selected programming.

 

Governments worldwide are playing an important role in driving digital broadcasting by mandating that broadcasters transition to digital signals. Currently, all local terrestrial television stations in the United States are supposed to broadcast with digital signals. According to IDC’s May 2004 report, “Worldwide and U.S. Digital TV 2004-2008 Forecast,” there are approximately 275 million television sets in the United States, 9.2 million of which are digital. International markets are also planning to convert television signals to digital, although many are converting at a pace slower than the United States. For instance, analog broadcasts are expected to end by 2008 in Germany and 2012 in the United Kingdom. The following chart details IDC’s estimates of Digital TV shipments worldwide through 2008.

 

LOGO

 

66


Table of Contents

An important factor driving the adoption of digital technologies for multimedia applications has been the proliferation of the personal computer. The affordability of personal computers, coupled with increases in processing power, functionality and storage, have enabled personal computers to become powerful and versatile multimedia devices. In recent years, people have increasingly used their computers to listen to music, view movies, play games and download content. In its March 2004 report, “U.S. Home Networking 2004-2008 Forecast,” IDC estimates that the number of households that have personal computers that store multimedia files and that are accessed by televisions, stereos or other devices will grow by over 70% in 2004 and is expected to be more than 10 million households in 2008. Personal computers can provide centralized management of DVDs, CDs, MP3s and other digital content. The following chart details IDC’s estimates of DVD drive shipments for personal computers worldwide through 2008.

 

LOGO

 

In addition, video game designers are incorporating surround sound technologies into their games to create a more immersive entertainment experience through the connection of the game console with a surround sound system. Video game designers who currently incorporate surround sound formats in their games include Electronic Arts, Microsoft Game Studio, Nintendo and SCEA. In addition, manufacturers of video game consoles have configured their consoles with outputs that enable consumers to enjoy their video games in surround sound.

 

The market for digital entertainment applications for use in factory installed automobile sound systems is also growing. Opportunities for entertainment technologies in this market include upgrading sound systems through the incorporation of satellite radio, digital audio and surround sound technologies, taking advantage of the multiple audio speakers already found in most cars, as well as additional growth and improvement in rear seat DVD entertainment systems. Currently Acura, Aston Martin, Cadillac, Infiniti, Maybach, Toyota and Volvo offer surround sound systems in some of their models, and many manufacturers already feature rear seat DVD entertainment systems as an option in some of their models, such as minivans or SUVs. Furthermore, manufacturers of factory installed entertainment systems such as Alpine, Eclipse, Kenwood, Panasonic and Pioneer also offer aftermarket multimedia systems for existing vehicle upgrades. According to Arbitron’s 2003 National In-Car Study, Americans report spending an average of 15 hours a week in their cars, either as a driver or a passenger. In addition, Arbitron reports that 39% of Americans say they are spending more time in their cars than one year ago. We believe that, as consumers spend more time in their cars, they will be more likely to seek high quality entertainment experiences for this environment.

 

Dolby Entertainment Chain

 

We deliver products, services and technologies throughout the entertainment chain, including to filmmakers, television producers, music producers, video game designers, movie distributors, cinema operators, DVD producers, television broadcasters, software developers and manufacturers of consumer electronic products. We participate in every link in the entertainment chain through the products we manufacture, the production services

 

67


Table of Contents

we provide and the technologies we license. In addition, the Dolby brand is recognized and used at each link in the chain.

 

LOGO

 

Content creation

 

Our products and services help artists and content producers create realistic and intense sound. Our technologies also help maintain sound quality while simultaneously enabling it to fit within the storage capacity and distribution limitations of the particular recording medium. Our products and technologies have been used in the production of over 16,000 movies, tens of thousands of DVD titles and hundreds of video game titles worldwide.

 

Filmmakers use our proprietary encoding products and services during post-production to help ensure that their movie soundtracks are recorded properly and will play back in theatres as the filmmaker envisions. Our encoders are used by filmmakers and studios in nearly 50 countries in making their movies. We do not sell encoders to filmmakers, but rather provide them for use in movie production under our production services agreements. Our global presence enables us to work closely with filmmakers and studios throughout the world to help accurately capture the filmmaker’s vision on the recorded soundtrack. We have longstanding relationships with filmmakers and virtually all major motion picture studios. Dolby SR, an analog technology, and Dolby Digital are de facto industry standards in motion picture production, meaning that virtually all major movie titles throughout the world are released with one or both soundtrack formats.

 

Television producers and broadcasters throughout the world purchase and use our professional encoders, decoders and processors to record and transmit both recorded and live television programming with surround sound. Over 40 television shows are currently produced using Dolby encoding technologies. Examples of recorded television shows broadcast with Dolby technologies include HBO’s The Sopranos , ABC’s Desperate Housewives , PBS’s Austin City Limits and NBC’s American Dreams . Examples of live programming broadcast with Dolby technologies include the Super Bowl, ABC’s broadcast of The Academy Awards , CBS’s broadcast of The Grammy Awards , FOX’s broadcast of The NFL on FOX , Athens Olympic Broadcasting’s broadcasts of certain events in the XXVIII Summer Games, Sat.1’s (Germany) broadcast of Champions League Football, ORF’s (Austria) broadcast of the Vienna New Year’s Day concert and NHK’s (Japan) broadcast of the Nodo Giman sing-along show.

 

With the advent of DVD technologies, music content is increasingly being produced in digital surround sound through the use of our encoding products. In addition, with the proliferation of home theatre systems with surround sound capabilities, video game designers are increasingly using our encoding products to produce games with surround sound. Our technologies are used to enhance the video game experience by making real-time sounds and cinematic clips more realistic and immersive, putting the player “inside the action.”

 

68


Table of Contents

Distribution of content for large-scale playback

 

We sell products that modify optical recording equipment to allow the Dolby Digital soundtrack from the film master to be recorded onto film prints for distribution to theatres worldwide. Film distributors use our engineering services to check prints for both sound and picture quality before distribution. Once the original film has been completed, distributors use our products and services to create foreign language versions. This process essentially involves replacing the original dialogue with the local languages and is usually done in the local country. We also license our trademarks to motion picture studios and distributors for placement in film prints and promotional materials, such as movie posters, to signify that a movie has been made utilizing our technologies.

 

Large-scale public playback

 

Cinema operators purchase and use our cinema processors, cinema adapters and sound readers to decode movie soundtracks encoded in Dolby SR or Dolby Digital, delivering to audiences the high quality sound the filmmaker intended them to hear. We have sold over 73,000 cinema processors worldwide. Our cinema processors can decode both analog and digital soundtracks on the film and separate the different sound channels for distribution to the specific speakers in the theatre. The sound characteristic and level of each loudspeaker are also vital elements of a theatre’s sound system that are controlled by our cinema processors. We can also provide training, system design expertise and on-site technical expertise to cinema operators throughout the world to help them configure their theatres and sound equipment to ensure that movie soundtracks are replayed with consistent high sound quality. Our engineers are often hired by the film’s distributor to check the calibration of a theatre’s sound system for important screenings, such as premieres and press screenings. In addition, our engineers can help optimize a theatre’s on-screen image using specialized test equipment and expertise. Our cinema operator customers include virtually all major theatre chains in the world.

 

Consumer media production

 

Movies and other types of entertainment such as television programs are often repackaged for viewing on DVDs. DVD producers purchase and use our professional encoders to encode the source audio on a DVD so that the soundtrack can be replayed as originally recorded on the master copy. Our digital audio coding technologies enable sound to be stored efficiently within the limited storage capacity of the DVD, allowing high picture quality while saving space on the disc for foreign language soundtracks, directors’ commentaries and other bonus material. Dolby Digital is one of the two global standard formats, along with PCM, approved by the DVD Forum for encoding soundtracks on DVD-Video discs, and as a result virtually all DVD players incorporate our Dolby Digital decoding technology.

 

Consumer media distribution

 

Just as we license film distributors the right to use the Dolby trademark on film prints and related promotional materials, we license motion picture studios and other DVD distributors the right to place the Dolby trademark on packaging of their DVDs. This enables consumers to identify the sound format of a DVD, and the motion picture studios and other distributors of DVDs to inform consumers that a DVD soundtrack meets our quality standards. Over the years, tens of thousands of DVD titles have been produced with Dolby Digital encoded soundtracks. Packaged media that incorporate our technologies, including video games and DVD-Audio, also generally carry our trademarks.

 

Broadcasters purchase and use our professional broadcasting products to encode program content for television, cable and satellite broadcast transmissions to deliver to their audiences high quality surround sound. Our digital audio compression technologies also enable sound to be recorded and transmitted efficiently, which is especially important in the broadcast industry because transmission bandwidth is limited. Our broadcasting products also can facilitate the editing and routing of surround sound in transmission facilities originally designed for stereo audio. Our decoding and monitoring products help content creators evaluate accurately how their soundtracks will be reproduced in broadcast transmissions. Our sound engineers can provide training, broadcast system design expertise and on-site technical expertise to broadcasters throughout the world. We also

 

69


Table of Contents

license the Dolby trademark to broadcasters who frequently include the Dolby trademarks in their broadcasts to signify that a program has been broadcast using our Dolby Surround or Dolby Digital technologies.

 

Dolby Digital audio is the sound format standard for digital terrestrial and cable television in North America. In addition, in Europe, Australia and Asia, broadcasters have the option of including Dolby Digital audio with their digital broadcasts services under the digital video broadcasting or the Advanced Television Systems Committee standards.

 

Our broadcasting technologies have also been used in North America and Europe in connection with radio services that are delivered through satellite and cable systems.

 

Consumer playback

 

We license our surround sound decoding technologies to manufacturers of DVD players, DVD recorders, home theatre systems, television sets, set-top boxes, video game consoles, portable audio and video players, personal computers, in-car entertainment systems and other consumer electronics products, as well as developers of software for personal computer software DVD players. Our licensees manufacture and distribute consumer electronics products incorporating our technology throughout the world, and are located in nearly 30 countries. Software developers typically design personal computer software DVD players to include a variety of sound capabilities, including basic stereo decoding, surround sound decoding and advanced rendering. In addition, we license our trademarks so that consumer electronics product manufacturers can indicate to consumers that their products meet the quality standards we have set. To date, manufacturers of consumer electronics products have sold over 1.6 billion units that have incorporated our technologies.

 

For many types of consumer electronics products, our technologies are included in explicit industry standards. Examples include DVD-Audio players and Digital Radio Mondiale digital radio service for short wave radio transmission worldwide, digital television receivers and set-top boxes in North America and high definition televisions in Australia. In addition, Dolby technologies are de facto industry standards in many consumer electronics products. For example, virtually all DVD players incorporate our Dolby Digital decoding technologies.

 

How We Derive Revenue

 

We conduct our business in two segments: selling professional products and related production services and licensing our technologies to manufacturers of consumer electronics products and software developers.

 

In our products and services segment, we design, manufacture and distribute audio products for the motion picture, broadcast, music and video game industries to improve sound quality, provide surround sound and increase the efficiency of sound storage and distribution. The majority of our professional product revenue is derived from sales of cinema processors, which theatres use to decode digital and analog film soundtracks that have been encoded using Dolby SR or Dolby Digital technologies. Our sound engineers work alongside filmmakers, television broadcasters, music producers and video game designers to help them use our products to create and reproduce the sound they envision. Our sound engineers provide training, system design expertise and on-site technical expertise to cinema operators to help them configure their theatres and sound equipment to ensure that movie soundtracks are replayed with consistent high sound quality. In fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, our professional products and services revenue represented 34%, 27% and 27% of our total revenue, respectively.

 

In our technology licensing segment, we license our technologies to manufacturers of DVD players, DVD recorders, audio/video receivers, television sets, set-top boxes, video game consoles, personal audio and video players, personal computers, in-car entertainment systems and other consumer electronics products, as well as to developers of software for personal computer software DVD players. Our licensing arrangements typically entitle us to receive a specified royalty for every consumer electronics product shipped by our licensees that incorporates our technologies. In fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, our licensing revenue represented 66%, 73% and 73% of our total revenue, respectively.

 

70


Table of Contents

Technology

 

Our core technologies are signal processing systems that improve basic sound quality or enable surround sound in movie soundtracks, DVDs, video games, television, satellite and cable broadcasts, and audio and videotapes. Many of our technologies are incorporated into professional audio products that we manufacture, including cinema sound processors and digital audio encoders and decoders. These products are used worldwide in recording and postproduction studios, broadcast facilities and theatres. We also license our technologies to manufacturers of consumer electronics products for incorporation into their products, including DVD players, audio/video receivers, television sets, set-top boxes, video game consoles, personal audio players, personal computers, in-car entertainment systems and other consumer electronics products.

 

Film Sound

 

The following table describes our film sound technologies:

 

    Technology        


  

Date First
Publicly
Introduced


  

First Feature
Film To Use
Technology


  

Description/Use


Dolby System

(mono)

   February 1972    Callan , 1974    The first use of Dolby A-type noise reduction on analog optical film soundtracks. This technology increased the frequency response, lowered the noise level and lowered distortion.

Dolby Stereo

  

November

1974

   Lisztomania , 1975    Our original multi-channel analog optical soundtrack. Dolby Stereo prints have two soundtracks encoded with four sound channels: left, center and right for speakers behind the screen, and a fourth surround channel for ambient sound and special effects heard over speakers to the sides and rear of the cinema (added for A Star Is Born in 1976 and Star Wars in 1977). This format also uses Dolby A-type noise reduction to improve the fidelity of the optical track. The Dolby Stereo track was designed so that the print could be played in any theatre in the world that processes 35 mm film, even if the theatre did not have our decoding equipment.

Dolby SR

   March 1986    Innerspace and Robocop , 1987    Enhancement to Dolby Stereo, utilizing Dolby SR signal processing instead of A-type noise reduction. Dolby SR soundtracks feature a significantly improved dynamic range, and are found today on almost all major 35 mm release prints.

Dolby Digital

(for cinema)

   February 1991    Batman Returns , 1992    Features a digital optical soundtrack located between the sprocket holes on one side of 35 mm release prints. Dolby Digital provides 5.1 digital audio surround sound. A Dolby Digital print also carries a Dolby SR analog soundtrack to make the print compatible with any theatre in the world that processes 35 mm film, even if it does not have Dolby Digital decoding equipment.
Dolby Digital Surround EX    October 1998    Star Wars: Episode 1—The Phantom Menace , 1999    Adds a third surround channel to the Dolby Digital format. The third channel is reproduced by rear-wall surround speakers, while the left and right surround channels are reproduced by speakers on the side walls.

 

71


Table of Contents

Digital Audio Coding

 

We have developed digital audio coding technologies for use in a wide range of entertainment industries. Based on research into the characteristics of human hearing, the sophisticated algorithms used in our digital audio technologies make it possible to store or transmit digital audio using less data than would otherwise be necessary, without noticeable loss of sound quality. The following table describes the digital audio coding technologies that we use or license:

 

    Technology


  

Date First
Publicly
Introduced


  

Description/Use


Dolby AC-2

   October 1989    Provides professional audio quality digital sound using less data and lower bandwidth, reducing the data capacity required in applications such as satellite and terrestrial transmissions.

Dolby Digital

(AC-3)

   February 1991    Used to provide surround sound in theatres from 35 mm film, and in the home from DVDs, digital broadcast television, cable and satellite systems, and laser discs. Enables the storage and transmission of up to five full-range audio channels, plus a low-frequency effects channel, using less data bandwidth than is required for just one channel of music on a compact disc.

MLP Lossless

   June 1998    A “lossless” coding system specified for DVD-Audio that compacts data with bit-for-bit accuracy. MLP, or Meridian Lossless Packing, effectively doubles disc space without affecting the quality of high-resolution PCM audio.

Dolby E

   April 1999    A professional digital audio coding system developed to assist the conversion of two-channel broadcast facilities to multi-channel audio.

Advanced Audio Coding

(AAC)

   January 2001    A high-quality audio coding technology appropriate for many broadcast and electronic music-distribution applications. Dolby Laboratories was one of the four developers of this technology. Although we have developed versions of AAC technology that also incorporate our proprietary technologies, we generally participate in licensing of AAC technology through patent pools comprised of groups of patents held by us and other companies and administered by Via Licensing, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. See “Technology Licensing Segment” for a further description of our patent pool licensing activities through Via Licensing.

Dolby Digital Plus

   October 2004    Dolby Digital Plus is a new digital audio coding technology, built as an extension to Dolby Digital technologies. With the addition of new coding techniques and an expanded bitstream structure, Dolby Digital Plus offers greater efficiency for lower bitrates, as well as the option for more channels and higher bitrates. Dolby Digital Plus can support a wide range of current and emerging applications such as digital television, Internet delivered audio for interactive programs and high definition video disc formats. Dolby Digital Plus is compatible with all existing Dolby Digital decoders.

 

72


Table of Contents

Analog Signal Processing Technologies

 

The following table describes our analog signal processing technologies, including our noise reduction technologies:

 

    Technology


  

Date First

Publicly
Introduced


  

Description/Use


A-type

Noise Reduction

   May 1966    Used by professional recording studios and film studios to improve master tape and film sound.

B-type and C-type

Noise Reduction

  

B-type:

June 1968

 

C-type:

October 1980

   Designed for consumer tape recording and playback to reduce background noise. B-type is included in cassette recorders and players designed for use in home audio systems, and is also used in the preparation of almost all prerecorded cassettes. C-type is included along with B-type in many mid-price cassette units designed for use in home audio systems.
HX Pro    January 1982    A technology for improving the ability of cassette tapes to record high-level, high frequency signals.

Spectral Recording

(SR)

   March 1986    Extends the overall dynamic range of analog media to rival that of digital formats. The analog soundtracks on virtually all 35 mm movie release prints from major motion picture studios worldwide are recorded with Dolby SR.

S-type Noise

Reduction

   October 1989    Our highest-performance system for analog cassette recording. It is included, along with B- and C-type noise reduction, in many mid-range to high-end cassette decks designed for use in home audio systems.

 

Consumer Surround Sound

 

The following table describes our consumer surround sound technologies:

 

    Technology


  

Date First

Publicly
Introduced


  

Description/Use


Dolby Surround    December 1982    The consumer version of our original analog film surround sound format. When a Dolby Surround soundtrack is produced, four channels of audio information—left, center, right and surround—are encoded onto two audio tracks. These two tracks are then carried on stereo programs such as videotapes and television broadcasts into the home, where they can be decoded to recreate the original four channels and the surround sound experience. Thousands of feature films on home video, as well as dozens of television shows and specials, are encoded in Dolby Surround.

Dolby Surround

Pro Logic

   January 1987    An improved decoder for Dolby Surround. Like the professional decoder units used in cinemas, Dolby Surround Pro Logic reconstructs the original four channels—left, center, right and surround—that were encoded onto the program material’s two channel soundtracks.

Dolby Digital

( for consumer

electronics

products )

   August 1992    Technologies for digital audio encoding and decoding of consumer formats such as DVDs and DTV. As with film sound, Dolby Digital can provide up to five full-range channels for left, center and right channels and independent left and right surround channels, and a sixth channel for low-frequency effects.

 

73


Table of Contents

    Technology


  

Date First

Publicly
Introduced


  

Description/Use


Virtual Dolby

Surround and

Virtual Dolby

Digital

   January 1997    Enables a surround-sound experience using just two speakers in, for example, a stereo-capable TV set or other two channel playback system.
Dolby Headphone    January 2000    A signal processing system that enables conventional stereo headphones to portray the sound of a multispeaker surround sound system found in actual listening rooms.

Dolby Surround

Pro Logic II

   April 2001    A further improved decoding technology that provides better spatiality and directionality on Dolby Surround program material.

Dolby Virtual

Speaker

   October 2002    Simulates 5.1 surround sound from both multi-channel and two channel programs over as few as two speakers.

 

Content Protection Technologies

 

We intend to offer content protection technologies and services to the entertainment industry under the Cinea brand name. The following table describes our content protection technologies:

 

    Technology


  

Description/Use


Closed-Loop Key Management    Manages keys used for encrypting and decrypting content through automatic key generation, secure key transport, recipient authentication and validation, and auditing and logging feedback allowing for the detection of tampering.
Forensic Watermarking    Deters piracy by enabling content owners to track pirated material back to its source by placing identifying data in copyrighted material. Our patented watermarking technologies determine mark placement, message creation and insertion while preserving image quality.
Optical Technology    Inhibits movie piracy by degrading the quality of images made by hand-held camcorders in the theatre. Our optical technologies are designed to modulate light to create flicker patterns, which are embedded in the image, ultimately distorting the camcorder recording without impacting the audience.

 

Products and Services Segment

 

Professional Products

 

We design and manufacture professional audio products for a broad array of entertainment industries, including the motion picture, music, video game, home video and broadcast industries. Our professional products, which are distributed in over 50 countries, are used in content creation, distribution and playback to provide surround sound, improve sound quality and increase the efficiency of sound storage and distribution. We manufacture our professional products in our two manufacturing facilities, located in Brisbane, California and Wootton Bassett, England.

 

Content creators, distributors and broadcasters.     Filmmakers, music producers, video game designers, broadcasters and DVD producers use our professional products to produce and distribute entertainment incorporating our sound technologies. We typically enter into service agreements with motion picture studios or filmmakers in connection with the production of a particular film. Under these agreements, we provide our encoders to the studio for use during sound mixing, enabling them to create films with Dolby soundtracks using

 

74


Table of Contents

our proprietary technologies. We sell products to the digital television, music, video game and home video industries. The professional products used by these content creators and distributors include the following:

 

    Product Category


      

Products


  

Description/Use


Dolby Digital       

·         DP569 Multi-channel Encoder

   Utilized to encode and decode multi-channel audio in a variety of media, including cinema sound, DVDs, DTV, HDTV, music, video games and digital radio.
        

·         DP564 Multi-channel Audio Decoder

  
        

·         Surround EX Encoder

  
        

·         Surround EX Decoder

  
        

·         DP570 Multi-channel Audio Tool

  
Dolby E       

·         DP571 Encoder

   Developed for DTV and HDTV program producers and broadcasters. Enables the distribution of up to eight channels of high-quality digital audio plus Dolby Digital metadata — high-level descriptive information about the audio, video and other elements of a stored or transmitted entertainment program — through two-channel postproduction and broadcasting infrastructures.
        

·         DP572 Decoder

  
        

·         DP570 Multi-channel Audio Tool

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  
Test and Measurement       

·         LM100 Broadcast Loudness Meter

   Used for applications in postproduction and television broadcast facilities.
        

·         DM100 Bitstream Analyzer

  
        

·         Model 737 Film Soundtrack Loudness Meter

  
Dolby Surround and Dolby Pro Logic II       

·         DP563 Dolby Surround and Pro Logic II Encoder

   Enables any two-channel audio medium to carry four-channel sound. Used for applications in postproduction, television broadcast, video-game creation and recording facilities.
        

·         DP564 Multi-channel Audio Decoder

  
        

·         Model SEU4 Dolby Surround Encoder

  
        

·         Model SDU4 Dolby Surround Decoder

  
Dolby SR and A-type       

·         Model 363 noise reduction unit

   Improves the dynamic range and reduces noise of analog recordings and transmissions in professional audio production.
Signal Processing       

·         Model 585 Time Scaling Processor

   Used for recording and film production applications.
        

·         Model 740 Spectral Processor

  
ISDN, Cable and Satellite Audio       

·         DP503 Digital Audio Encoder

   Designed for transmission systems requiring high-quality audio with spectrum-efficient data rates.
      

·         DP524 Digital Audio Decoder

 

  
Tape Duplication       

·         Models 422 and 422B processors

   Enables Dolby B-type and C-type noise reduction for audio and videotape duplication.

 

75


Table of Contents

Cinema Operators.     Cinema operators use our professional products to play motion picture soundtracks that have been produced using our sound technologies. The professional products we sell to cinema operators include the following:

 

    Product Category


      

Products


  

Description/Use


Cinema Processors       

·         CP650XO, CP650, CP650D and CP650SR Digital Cinema Processors

   Used to decode a film’s soundtrack and calibrate the sound system in a movie theatre.
        

·         CP45, CP65 and CP200 Cinema Processors

    
Cinema Adapters       

·         Digital Media Adapter Model DMA 8

   Used to adapt existing cinema sound systems to the latest sound formats.
        

·         DA20 Digital Film Sound Processor

  
        

·         SA10 Surround Adapter

  
Cinema Subtitle       

·         ScreenTalk

   Provides full-color digital subtitles and audio commentary for the hearing and visually impaired.
Sound Readers       

·         Dolby 702 Digital Soundhead

   Attaches directly to many current and older cinema projectors, enabling playback of Dolby Digital and Dolby Digital Surround EX soundtracks.

 

Digital Cinema.     We have designed professional products which will enable cinemas to store and playback films released in an all digital format. Our digital cinema products include the following:

 

    Products


  

Description of Products


Dolby Show Store    Loads and stores encrypted digital film files.
Dolby Show Player    Decrypts and decodes digital film files for presentation on a digital projector.

 

Professional Services

 

We offer a variety of production services to support the motion picture, broadcast, recording and video game industries. Our sound engineers work alongside filmmakers, television broadcasters, music producers and video game designers to help them use our products to create and reproduce the sound they envision. We enter into service agreements with filmmakers on a film-by-film basis to provide them with sound production services related to the preparation of a Dolby soundtrack, such as equipment calibration, mixing room alignment and equalization. Under these service agreements, we also provide a Dolby encoder to the filmmaker for use during sound mixing. We sometimes also provide additional services under these service agreements, for an additional charge, such as print checking and theatre alignment for special screenings.

 

Our engineers can also provide training, system design expertise and on-site technical expertise to cinema operators throughout the world to help them configure their theatres and sound equipment to ensure that movie soundtracks are replayed with consistent high sound quality. In addition, our engineers can also check the calibration of a theatre’s sound system for important screenings, such as premieres, film festivals and press screenings. Our engineers can also help optimize a theatre’s on-screen image using specialized test equipment and expertise.

 

Technology Licensing Segment

 

We license our technologies to manufacturers of consumer electronics products. We utilize two models in our licensing business—a two-tier model and an integrated model. We also license some of our patents as well as patents owned by other entities through patent pools.

 

76


Table of Contents

Two-Tier Licensing Model

 

Most of our licensing business consists of a two-tier licensing model whereby our technology algorithms, embodied in C-language reference software code, are first provided under license to a semiconductor manufacturer who incorporates our technologies in a semiconductor chip such as an integrated circuit, or IC. Our licensed semiconductor manufacturers, which we refer to as “implementation licensees,” then sell their ICs to manufacturers of consumer electronics products which also hold licenses to use our technologies and which we refer to as “system licensees.” Our system licensees are separately licensed by us to make and sell end-user consumer electronics products, such as cassette decks, DVD players, DVD recorders, audio/video receivers, television sets, set-top boxes, video game consoles, personal audio and video players, personal computers and in-car entertainment systems, that incorporate ICs purchased from our implementation licensees.

 

Our implementation licensees may use our reference software and other licensed know-how directly, building and selling core technologies, such as ICs or software library modules. The implementation licensees pay us only a modest, one-time, up-front administrative fee, typically between $10,000 and $20,000, per license. In exchange, the licensee receives a licensing package, which includes certain information useful to build their implementation. Once the licensee has built its implementation, it sends us a sample for quality-control certification. If we certify the implementation, the licensee is permitted to sell the approved implementation to system licensees. We do not receive any royalties from implementation licensees. We work with over 40 semiconductor manufacturers, helping them incorporate our technologies into their ICs. Representative semiconductor manufacturers who are implementation licensees include Cirrus Logic, Industrial Technology Research Institute, Matsushita Electrical, MediaTek, Sony, Yamaha and Zoran.

 

Our system licensees pay us an initial fee for the technologies they choose to license from us, typically between $10,000 and $20,000. We deliver system licensees a licensing package that includes information useful in utilizing our technologies in their products. Once a system licensee has built a prototype of a product that incorporates our technologies, they send us a sample for quality-control certification. If certified, the licensee is permitted to buy approved implementations from any implementation licensee and to sell approved products to consumers. Unlike sales of ICs by implementation licensees, sales of consumer electronics products incorporating our technologies by system licensees are royalty bearing, generally based upon the number of units shipped by the system licensees that incorporate our technologies. We have licensing arrangements with approximately 500 consumer electronics product manufacturers and software developer licensees located in nearly 30 countries, which typically entitle us to receive a royalty for every product incorporating our technologies shipped by them.

 

Integrated Licensing Model

 

In addition to our two-tier licensing model, we also license our technologies, again as embodied in C-language reference software code, to independent software vendors, or ISVs. These ISVs act as combined implementation and system licensees, and incorporate our technologies in software applications such as personal computer software DVD players used in desktop or notebook computers. In these cases, the “implementation” and the “system” are one and the same, typically a software program compiled directly from our reference code. As with the two-tier licensing model, the ISV pays us an initial administrative fee, typically between $10,000 and $20,000. In exchange, the ISV receives a licensing package, which includes information useful in order to incorporate our technologies into the ISV’s software program. Once the ISV has built their software product, they send us a sample for quality-control certification. If certified by us, the ISV is permitted to sell the certified product to consumers, subject to the payment of royalties to us for each unit shipped.

 

Licensing of Patent Pools

 

Through our wholly owned subsidiary, Via Licensing, we administer the licensing of some of our patents in “patent pools” with patents owned by other companies. These patent pools allow product manufacturers streamlined access to certain foundational technologies, including aspects of audio coding, video coding, digital radio and wireless Ethernet technologies, among other technologies.

 

77


Table of Contents

Customers

 

We have customers in a wide range of entertainment industries, on both the professional products and production services and the technology licensing sides of our business.

 

Professional Products and Services Customers

 

We have a broad market presence on the professional products and services side of our business. Our professional products, including cinema processors, are distributed in over 50 countries and our products and technologies have been used in the production of over 16,000 movies, tens of thousands of DVDs and hundreds of video games worldwide. We have sold over 73,000 cinema processors to cinema operators in over 50 countries. We sell our professional products either directly to the end-user customer or, more commonly, through dealers and distributors. The table below lists some of the movie studios, cinema operators, film distributors, broadcasters, and video game designers that use our professional products and production services.

 

    Category


 

Representative End-Users


Movie Studios

 

·         DreamWorks

·         New Line Cinema

·         Paramount

·         Sony Pictures Entertainment

 

·         Universal Studios

·         Walt Disney

·         Warner Brothers

Cinema Operators

 

·         AMC Entertainment

·         Cinemark USA

·         EuroPalaces

·         Loews-Cineplex

·         National Amusements

 

·         Regal Cinemas

·         UCI

·         UGC Cinemas Group

·         Warner Brothers International Theaters

Film Distributors

 

·         Buena Vista International

·         Columbia Tristar

·         Pathé

 

·         20 th Century Fox

·         United International Pictures

·         Warner Brothers

Broadcasters:

       

Television Networks

 

·         ABC

·         CBS

·         FOX

 

·         NBC

·         PBS

Cable Network Channels

 

·         HBO

·         Showtime

 

·         Starz! Encore

·         Turner Broadcasting System

U.S. Direct Satellite Television Broadcasters and Broadcast Services

 

·         DirectTV

·         Echostar’s Dish Network

 

·         Cablevision’s VOOM

European Satellite Services

 

·         BBC, Sky (UK)

·         ORF (Austria)

·         Premiere, ProSieben, ZDF and Sat.1 (Germany)

·         RAI, Mediaset (Italy)

 

·         SVT and Canal Plus (Sweden)

·         TF1, TPS, Canal Plus (France)

Asia-Pacific Broadcasting Networks and Satellite Broadcasters

 

·         ABC, Nine Network, Channel Seven, Channel Ten, Foxtel (Australia)

 

·         CCTV (China)

·         SkyLife (Korea)

Video Game Designers

 

·         Electronic Arts

·         Microsoft Game Studio

 

·         Nintendo

·         SCEA

 

78


Table of Contents

Licensing Customers

 

We also have a broad market presence on the licensing side of our business. We have licensed our sound technologies to consumer electronics product manufacturers in nearly 30 countries. Over 1.6 billion consumer electronics product units sold worldwide have incorporated our licensed technologies. The table below lists our major licensing customers by category based on those customers that generated the greatest portion of our licensing revenue by product category in fiscal 2004:

 

    Category


  

Representative Customers/Brands


Home Audio/Video Products ( e.g., DVD players, DVD recorders, high-definition televisions, audio/video receivers and cassette decks )   

·         LG Electronics

·         Mitsubishi

·         Onkyo

·         Panasonic

·         Philips

  

·         Pioneer

·         Samsung

·         Sony

·         Thomson

Set-top Boxes   

·         Matsushita Pace

·         Motorola

·         Pioneer

  

·         Scientific-Atlanta

·         Thomson

Personal Audio Players   

·         Apple (iPod)

  

·         Sony

Personal Computers   

·         Hewlett Packard

  

·         IBM

Video Game Consoles   

·         Microsoft X-Box

  

·         Sony PS2

In-Car Entertainment Systems   

·         Alpine

  

·         Matsushita/Panasonic

Personal Computer Software DVD Developers   

·         Cyberlink

  

·         InterVideo

 

Industry Standards

 

We believe that the entertainment industry evolves toward an improved entertainment experience through the adoption of global technological standards. Industry standards may be created through formal “negotiated” standards processes, whereby governmental entities, industry standards bodies, trade associations and others evaluate and then select technology standards, which are then prescribed or, in certain cases, required for use by industry companies. We sometimes refer to these as “explicit” standards. In addition, industry standards may be created through a “de facto” process, whereby a technology is introduced directly in the marketplace and becomes widely used by industry participants.

 

We actively participate in a broad spectrum of professional organizations and industry standards boards worldwide that establish explicit industry standards, including the following organizations, among others:

 

·         Advanced Television Systems Committee, or ATSC

  

·         International Telecommunications Union, or ITU

·         Consumer Electronics Association, or CEA

  

·         Moving Pictures Experts Group, or MPEG

·         Digital Living Network Alliance, or DLNA

·         Digital Video Broadcasting, or DVB, Project

  

·         Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers, or SCTE

·         DVD Forum

·         International Electrotechnical Commission, or IEC

  

·         Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers, or SMPTE.

 

Certain of our technologies have been adopted as the explicit or de facto industry standards on both the professional and consumer sides of our business, including the following:

 

  ·   DVD .    Dolby Digital is one of two global standard formats, along with PCM, approved by the DVD Forum for encoding movie soundtracks on DVD discs. As a result, virtually all DVD players incorporate our Dolby Digital decoding technologies. In addition, the DVD Forum has mandated the use of Dolby Digital Plus and MLP Lossless as audio formats for High-Definition DVD, and the Blu-ray Disc Association has mandated the use of Dolby Digital as an audio standard on its new Blu-ray Disc format.

 

79


Table of Contents
  ·   Movie soundtracks.     Dolby SR and Dolby Digital are de facto industry standards in that virtually all major movie soundtracks throughout the world are encoded using one or both of these technologies.

 

  ·   Broadcasting .

 

  ·   Digital terrestrial television.     Our digital AC-3 technology has been designated as an explicit industry standard by the ATSC as the audio system for digital terrestrial television, or DTV. In addition, the Federal Communications Commission has mandated the use of the ATSC specification for terrestrial DTV broadcasting in the United States. Government regulators in Canada, Mexico and Korea have also specified that the ATSC specification be used for DTV in those countries.

 

  ·   Digital cable.     The Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers has mandated the use of Dolby Digital for digital cable television in North America.

 

  ·   Music Recording .    Our Dolby A-, B-, C-, SR- and S-type noise reduction technologies have been de facto industry standards both for professional analog tape music recordings and for consumer playback of tape cassettes, including in mid-range and high-end cassette players, portable cassette players and car stereos.

 

Another example of our participation in industry standards institution is the loudness initiative, where we are active with the ATSC, European Broadcasting Union, ITU and SCTE industry groups, among others, to assist the industry in developing standards for measurement and control of program loudness for television broadcasts.

 

We also spearhead efforts to create standards in industries where historically there has been a lack of standardization. When we entered the film industry, there was no standard for the reproduction of stereo soundtracks and so each film sounded different as did each theatre. We led efforts to establish some standard playback characteristics still in use today. Currently, the lack of standardization for cinema advertising has led to many loud commercials. To address the loudness problem, we brought together companies selling advertising space on cinema screens around the world and established with them a technical specification for the audio of the commercials. Similarly, we worked with Hollywood film studios to standardize the loudness of film trailers following complaints from theatres. Our combined efforts resulted in the formation of the Trailer Audio Standards Association, or TASA. TASA and its equivalent international counterparts now monitor the levels of loudness in all trailers. In the United States, all film trailers must comply with the standards in order to receive a rating. We have also been a key participant in the Dye Track program to change the physical structure of analog soundtracks from a water-wasteful and ecologically unsound technique into a more environmentally friendly pure dye track. We developed the technology and have donated the patent to the industry. We have held the chairmanship of the driving committee since its inception in 1998. Other key companies in the Dye Track program include Kodak, Fuji, Technicolor and DeLuxe. Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, Disney and Dreamworks all have recently announced their intention to release their films with the new process.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Professional Products and Production Services

 

We sell our professional products through sales channels dedicated to specific industries. For cinema products, we sell to a combination of dealers, distributors and original equipment manufacturers, as well as directly to theatres themselves. Larger theatre chains, such as AMC and Regal, have their own purchasing departments and buy our products directly. Smaller chains and independents typically make their purchases through distributors. We also sell our professional products through cinema projector manufacturers that also act as distributors for other cinema equipment so that they can put together packages. Companies to whom we sell our equipment must typically first attend a training course in installation and alignment in order to ensure that our equipment is correctly installed and aligned, thus assuring a high quality experience for the audience.

 

80


Table of Contents

Our professional broadcast products are sold to companies specializing in broadcast equipment, as well as some system integrators who design and equip complete broadcast installations. We also sell circuit boards incorporating our broadcast technologies to other manufacturers to integrate into their own broadcast products. For large purchases, we also sell directly to the end-user.

 

Marketing for both our cinema and broadcast products is largely done at industry trade shows such as the Audio Engineering Society exhibitions, CineAsia, Cinema Expo, International Broadcasters Convention, National Association of Broadcasters, ShowEast and ShoWest. We also advertise in trade magazines on a limited basis.

 

For production services, we deal directly with the film production company, which typically enters into a service contract with us for a specific film. Under the terms of our licensing agreements, we provide the equipment required to perform the mastering to the film production companies. Any additional services provided, usually in the printing laboratory or in theatres, are then charged at our current engineering rates.

 

Consumer Licensing

 

We sell and market our licensed technologies to a wide range of consumer electronics product manufacturers through our account management team. This team markets our technologies to potential licensees on a worldwide basis from our headquarters in San Francisco and is supported by our liaison offices in Beijing, Hong Kong, London, Shanghai and Tokyo. We divide our sales and marketing efforts for our licensed technologies into different market segments: consumer electronics, broadcast, in-car entertainment systems, personal computers and video games. In the consumer electronics market, we focus our sales and marketing efforts on manufacturers of consumer electronics products such as DVD players, DVD recorders, home theatre systems, audio/video receivers, and personal audio and video players. In the broadcast market, we market our technologies to makers of digital televisions and set-top boxes. In the automotive market, we market our technologies directly to automotive manufacturers, as well as manufacturers of after-market in-car entertainment systems. In the personal computer market, we focus our marketing efforts on software developers, but also have begun to market our technologies directly to personal computer manufacturers. In the video game market, we have a dedicated team of marketers who focus their efforts on game developers and publishers.

 

Research and Development

 

For almost 40 years, we have concentrated research and development on audio signal processing technologies. However, we have recently expanded our research and development efforts into other areas important for future entertainment systems, including technologies for processing digital moving images and protecting content.

 

The research division conducts applied research in sound, image and related signal processing technologies. By focusing on creation, proof of feasibility and early-stage prototyping of patentable new sound, image and related technologies, the research division serves as a source of new technologies for the engineering and technology development teams in the professional and consumer divisions. The research division also helps identify, investigate and analyze new long-term opportunities, helps shape our technology strategy, and provides support for internally developed and externally acquired technologies.

 

Engineering and technology development teams in the professional and consumer divisions take the technologies developed by the research division and further implement such technologies in our professional products and licensed applications. Engineers in our professional division design and develop software and hardware products and systems that we manufacture and sell for professional applications. Engineers and technology development teams in the consumer division primarily focus on the development of reference designs, typically software, for the technology implementations that we license for consumer, and some professional, applications. In addition, our professional and consumer divisions are also involved in the commercialization of technologies created by third parties that may be of interest to us.

 

81


Table of Contents

In recent years, we have expanded our research and development efforts to include technologies that are not solely related to sound. These technologies include digital image signal processing and content protection technologies that facilitate the delivery of digital entertainment. In addition, we are continuing to explore other areas where we may be able to develop and deliver technologies that enrich the entertainment experience.

 

We conduct our research and development activities at a number of locations worldwide, including Burbank, California, San Francisco, California, Richmond, Virginia and Sydney, Australia. As of September 24, 2004, we had approximately 158 employees involved in research and development. Our research and development expenses were $15.1 million, $18.3 million and $23.9 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

Manufacturing

 

Our professional product manufacturing process is a low volume, material intense, low labor business operation, with core competencies of automation, quick set ups, experienced personnel and product testing. Due to the complex nature of most of our professional products as well as the low-volume nature, we believe that we can best ensure product quality by keeping our manufacturing processes entirely in-house and not outsourcing assembly or testing procedures.

 

We manufacture our professional products in our two manufacturing facilities located in Brisbane, California and Wootton Bassett, England. While both facilities manufacture our main cinema processors, the Brisbane facility also manufactures most of the professional and broadcast products, while Wootton Bassett manufactures lower volume and specialty cinema products. By having the same types of equipment, as well as assembly and testing, in both locations, we are able to balance production output between locations to meet customer demands.

 

Our manufacturing process is a circuit board assembly operation, meaning we do not manufacture circuit boards nor do we fabricate metal products in-house as those activities are outsourced to multiple suppliers in the United States and in Europe. Our product quality is ensured by a high level of automation to eliminate manual assembly as much as possible and provide for an efficient and consistent manufacturing process. Automated assembly capabilities include surface mount, through-hole and odd-form insertion. Our product testing includes in-circuit testing of finished circuit boards, functional testing of all parameters in the engineering specifications, and final testing to ensure that the product meets the published specifications. We utilize Teradyne in-circuit test systems and automated functional test equipment, such as Audio Precision.

 

We purchase components and fabricated parts from multiple suppliers in the United States and Europe. We rely on sole source suppliers for some of the components that we use to manufacture our professional products, including certain charged coupled devices, light emitting diodes and digital signal processors. If these sole source suppliers become unable or unwilling to deliver these components to us at an acceptable cost or at all, we could be forced to redesign certain of our products, which could result in material production delays, increased costs and reductions in shipments of our products, any of which could increase our operating costs, harm our customer relationships or materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. We source components and fabricated parts locally, but we also buy globally in order to ensure continued supply.

 

Competition

 

The markets for entertainment industry technologies, including motion picture, broadcasting, consumer electronics, computer, gaming and Internet technologies, are highly competitive, and we face competitive threats and pricing pressure in all of these industries. Our competitors in our products and services business include, among other companies, Avica, EVS, GDC, Kodak, Microsoft, NEC, Panastereo, Sony, Digital Theater Systems and UltraStereo. On the technology licensing side of our business, our competitors include Coding Technologies, Digital Theater Systems, Fraunhofer Institute for Integrated Circuits, Microsoft, Philips, RealNetworks, Sony, SRS Labs and Thomson. Other companies may become competitors in the future.

 

82


Table of Contents

Some of our current and future competitors may have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do, or may have more experience or advantages in the markets in which they compete. For example, Microsoft and RealNetworks may have an advantage over us in the market for Internet technologies because of their greater experience in that market. In addition, some of our current or potential competitors, such as Microsoft and RealNetworks, may be able to offer integrated system solutions in certain markets for sound or non-sound entertainment technologies, including audio, video and rights management technologies related to personal computers or the Internet, which could make competing technologies that we develop unnecessary. By offering an integrated system solution, these potential competitors also may be able to offer competing technologies at lower prices than our technologies, which could adversely affect our operating results.

 

We also face competitive risks in situations where our customers are also current or potential competitors. For example, Sony is a significant customer and is also a competitor with respect to certain of our professional and consumer technologies. Sony’s announcement in September 2004 that it plans to acquire Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, which is also a significant purchaser of our professional products and production services, is expected to increase this potential competitive risk. In addition, Universal, which is a purchaser of our professional products and production services, also has had an ownership interest in Digital Theater Systems, one of our competitors.

 

In addition, many of the consumer electronics products that include our sound technologies also include sound technologies developed by our competitors.

 

We believe that the principal competitive factors in each of our markets include some or all of the following:

 

  ·   Inclusion in explicit industry standards;

 

  ·   Adoption as de facto industry standards;

 

  ·   Brand recognition and reputation;

 

  ·   Quality and reliability of products and services;

 

  ·   Technology performance, flexibility and range of application;

 

  ·   Relationships with film producers and distributors and with semiconductor and consumer electronics product manufacturers;

 

  ·   Availability of compatible high-quality audio content and the inclusion of Dolby Digital soundtracks on DVDs;

 

  ·   Price; and

 

  ·   Timeliness and relevance of new product introductions.

 

We believe we compete favorably with respect to many of these factors.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to protect our proprietary technologies and our brand. We have a substantial base of intellectual property assets, including patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets such as know-how.

 

We have over 770 individual issued patents and over 700 pending patent applications in nearly 30 jurisdictions throughout the world. Our issued patents are scheduled to expire at various times through April 2023. Of these, ten patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2005, 66 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2006, and 44 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2007. Patents relating to our Dolby Digital technologies expire between 2008 and 2017, and patents relating to our Dolby Digital Plus technologies

 

83


Table of Contents

expire between 2019 and 2020. We pursue a general practice of filing patent applications for our technology in the United States and various foreign countries where our customers manufacture, distribute, or sell licensed products. We actively pursue new applications to expand our patent portfolio to address new technology innovations. We have multiple patents covering unique aspects and improvements for many of our technologies.

 

We have over 800 trademark registrations throughout the world for a variety of word marks, logos and slogans. Our marks cover our various products, technologies, improvements and features, as well as the services that we provide. Our trademarks are an integral part of our licensing program and licensees typically elect to place our trademarks on their products to inform consumers that their products incorporate our technology and meet our quality specifications. Our trademarks include the following:

 

Examples of our Word Trademarks

 

·         Dolby

·         Dolby Digital

·         Dolby Headphone

·         Dolby SR

 

·         Dolby Surround

·         EQ Assist

·         MLP

·         Surround EX

 

Examples of our Logo Trademarks

 

LOGO

 

We have a significant amount of copyright protected materials including software, textual materials and master audio materials. In addition, we also seek to maintain certain intellectual property as trade secrets.

 

Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property rights, or our technologies may be alleged to infringe or misappropriate existing patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties. We may enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, expensive to litigate or settle and could divert management resources and attention. An adverse determination could require that we pay damages, pay royalties or stop using technologies found to be in violation of a third party’s rights, which could prevent us from offering our products and services to others. We may be required to enter into royalty or license agreements to use a third party’s technologies, which may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. Alternatively, we may have to develop non-infringing technologies, at significant expense and effort. If we cannot license or develop technologies for the infringing aspects of our business, we may be forced to limit our product and service offerings and may be unable to compete effectively.

 

We also actively attempt to enforce our intellectual property rights in foreign countries. However, we have experienced problems in the past with consumer electronics product manufacturers, particularly in China, failing to report or underreporting shipments of their products that incorporate our technologies, and we expect to continue to experience such problems in the future. In addition, we may experience similar problems in other countries where intellectual property rights are not as respected as they are in the United States, Japan and Europe.

 

In addition, we have relatively few or no issued patents in certain countries. For example, in China we have only limited patent protection, especially with respect to our Dolby Digital technologies. In India, we have no

 

84


Table of Contents

issued patents. As such, growing our licensing revenue in developing countries such as China and India will depend on our ability to obtain patent rights in these counties for existing and new technologies, which is uncertain. Moreover, because of the limitations of the legal systems in many of these countries, the effectiveness of patents obtained or that may in the future be obtained, if any, is likewise uncertain.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

In May 2001, we filed a lawsuit against Lucent Technologies, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Guardian I, LLC, together “Lucent,” in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. We seek a declaration that U.S. patents 5,627,938 and 5,341,457 are invalid and that we have not infringed, induced others to infringe or contributed to infringement of any of the claims of these patents. These patents generally involve a process and means for encoding and decoding audio signals. Lucent twice moved to dismiss our complaint. After its second motion was denied, Lucent filed an application with the United States Patent and Trademark Office to reissue one of these patents. The outcome of that proceeding is currently not determinable. In August 2002, Lucent filed counterclaims alleging that we have infringed the two patents-in-suit directly and by inducing or contributing to the infringement of those patents by others. Lucent contends that products incorporating our AC-3 technology infringe those patents. Lucent seeks injunctive relief and unspecified damages. The case is now set for jury trial in San Jose, California in April 2005. We believe Lucent’s claims are without merit, and we are vigorously litigating this matter. However, as with any litigation, the outcome is uncertain. A determination against us in the Lucent litigation could materially impact our technology licensing business, which may seriously harm our financial condition and results operations. Even if we prevail in this dispute, the litigation will be expensive and time-consuming and may distract our management from operating our business.

 

Employees

 

As of September 24, 2004, we had 750 employees worldwide consisting of 158 employees in product research and development, 319 employees in sales, marketing and support, 121 employees in manufacturing and distribution, and 152 employees in finance and administration. As of September 24, 2004, approximately 184 of our 750 employees were working outside of the United States. None of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our employee relations are good.

 

Facilities

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California, occupying approximately 78,000 square feet of space. The lease for these offices expires on December 31, 2005, and we have an option to extend the term for an additional five years. We lease our principal executive offices from Ray Dolby. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Real Estate Transactions—Lease for 100 Potrero Avenue.”

 

Ray and Dagmar Dolby, the Ray Dolby Trust or the Dolby Family Trust owns a majority financial interest in real estate entities that own and lease to us certain of our other facilities in California and the United Kingdom. We own the remaining financial interests in these real estate entities. We lease from these real estate entities approximately 140,000 square feet of space at 999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California for our principal administrative offices, approximately 45,000 square feet of space in Brisbane, California for manufacturing facilities, approximately 75,000 square feet of space in Wootton Bassett, England for manufacturing, sales, services and administrative facilities and approximately 19,000 square feet of space in Burbank, California for research and development, sales, services and administrative facilities. The leases for these facilities expire at various times through 2015. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Real Estate Transactions—Jointly Owned Real Estate Entities.”

 

We also lease additional research and development, sales and administrative facilities from third parties in California, New York and Virginia, and internationally, in Beijing, London, Hong Kong, Shanghai, Sydney, and Tokyo. The leases for these facilities expire at various times through 2017.

 

85


Table of Contents

We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future, and that suitable additional or alternative space will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate our foreseeable future operations.

 

86


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of October 31, 2004:

 

Executive Officers and Directors


   Age

  

Position(s)


Ray Dolby

   71    Founder and Chairman of the Board

Bill Jasper

   56    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Mark Anderson

   46    Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Janet Daly

   55    Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Steve Forshay

   50    Senior Vice President, Research

Marty Jaffe

   51    Executive Vice President, Business and Finance

Tim Partridge

   42    Senior Vice President and General Manager, Professional Division

Ed Schummer

   55    Senior Vice President and General Manager, Consumer Division

David Watts

   52    Vice President and Managing Director, United Kingdom branch

Peter Gotcher

   45    Director

Sanford Robertson

   73    Director

Roger Siboni

   49    Director

 

Ray Dolby , founder and chairman of Dolby Laboratories, was born in Portland, Oregon and grew up on the San Francisco peninsula. From 1949 through 1952 he worked on audio and instrumentation projects at Ampex Corporation, where from 1952 through 1957, as a student, he was mainly responsible for the development of the electronic aspects of the Ampex video tape recording system. He received his B.S. in electrical engineering from Stanford University in 1957 and, as a Marshall Scholar, left Ampex to pursue further studies at Cambridge University in England. He received a Ph.D. degree in physics from Cambridge in 1961.

 

In 1963, Dolby took up a two-year appointment as a United Nations technical advisor in India, then returned to England in 1965 to found Dolby Laboratories in London. In 1976 he established further offices, laboratories and manufacturing facilities in California. He holds more than 50 United States patents and has written papers on video tape recording, long wavelength X-ray analysis and noise reduction. Ray Dolby makes his home in San Francisco with his wife, Dagmar. He enjoys skiing, boating and flying.

 

Honors and Awards—Audio Engineering Society: Fellow and Past President; Silver Medal; Gold Medal. British Kinematograph Sound and Television Society: Fellow; Science and Technology Award. Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers: Fellow; Samuel L. Warner Memorial Award; Alexander M. Poniatoff Gold Medal; Progress Medal; Honorary Member. Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences: Science and Engineering Award; “Oscar” Award. National Academy of Television Arts and Sciences: “Emmy” Award. National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences: “Grammy” Award. United States: National Medal of Technology. United Kingdom: Honorary O.B.E.

 

Bill Jasper , our president and chief executive officer, joined Dolby Laboratories in February 1979 and has also served as a director since June 2003. Mr. Jasper served in a variety of positions prior to becoming president in May 1983, including as our vice president, finance and administration and executive vice president. Mr. Jasper is a member of the Audio Engineering Society and the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers and an at-large member of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences. He serves as chairman of the board of directors of FOCUS Enhancements and as a member of the board of trustees of Saint Mary’s College of California. Mr. Jasper holds a B.S. degree in industrial engineering from Stanford University and a M.B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley.

 

Mark Anderson has served as our vice president, general counsel since November 2003 and was also appointed our corporate secretary in March 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Anderson was an associate and then a partner at the law firm of Farella Braun & Martel LLP, from August 1989 to November 2003, and directed the

 

87


Table of Contents

firm’s commercial law department and business transactions practice group. Mr. Anderson is a certified public accountant and holds a B.S. degree in business administration from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a J.D. from Golden Gate University School of Law.

 

Janet Daly has served as our vice president and chief financial officer since June 1991. Prior to joining us, Ms. Daly held various positions in financial management, including chief financial officer for a retail software developer and controller of a major United States movie theatre exhibitor. Ms. Daly is a member of Financial Executives International, serves as a member of the board of Sunny Hills Children’s Garden Childrens’ Services and has been a certified public accountant in California since 1980. Ms. Daly has a B.A. degree in business from San Francisco State University.

 

Steve Forshay has served as our senior vice president, research since November 2004. Previously, Mr. Forshay served in a variety of other positions since joining us in 1982, including as our vice president, research and vice president, engineering. Mr. Forshay is a member of the Audio Engineering Society, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers and the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers. Mr. Forshay holds a B.S.E.E. degree in electrical engineering from the New Jersey Institute of Technology and a M.B.A. from Saint Mary’s College of California.

 

Marty Jaffe has served as our executive vice president, business and finance since March 2004. Previously, Mr. Jaffe served as our vice president, business affairs since joining us in November 2000 to March 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Jaffe served in a variety of positions at the Chronicle Publishing Company, a diversified media company, from June 1986 to October 2000, most recently as the vice president and chief financial officer. Mr. Jaffe is a certified public accountant and holds an A.B. degree in political and social behavior from Occidental College, a J.D. from the University of California Hastings College of Law and a M.B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley.

 

Tim Partridge has served as the senior vice president and general manager of our professional division since March 2004. Previously, Mr. Partridge served in a variety of other positions since joining us in 1984, including as the vice president and general manager of our professional division and vice president, marketing. Mr. Partridge holds a bachelor’s of music and electronics honors degree from the Tonmeister program at the University of Surrey.

 

Ed Schummer has served as the senior vice president and general manager of our consumer division since October 2001. Previously, Mr. Schummer served in a variety of other positions since joining us in 1978, including as the vice president and general manager of our consumer division, vice president, licensing and vice president, marketing. Mr. Schummer is a member of the Audio Engineering Society and the Licensing Executive Society. Mr. Schummer holds a B.S.E.E. degree in electrical engineering from the Illinois Institute of Technology.

 

David Watts has served as the vice president and managing director of our United Kingdom branch since January 2000. Previously, Mr. Watts served in a variety of other positions since joining us in 1977, including as our vice president, marketing. Mr. Watts holds a B.Sc. degree in mathematics from the University of Sussex.

 

Peter Gotcher has served as a director since June 2003. Mr. Gotcher is an independent investor. Mr. Gotcher was a venture partner with Redpoint Ventures, a private investment firm, from September 1999 to January 2003. Prior to joining Redpoint Ventures, Mr. Gotcher was a venture partner with Institutional Venture Partners, a private investment firm, from 1997 to September 1999. Prior to joining Institutional Venture Partners, Mr. Gotcher founded and served as the president, chief executive officer and chairman of the board of Digidesign from 1984 to 1995. Digidesign was acquired by Avid Technology, a media software company, in 1995 and Mr. Gotcher served as the general manager of Digidesign and executive vice president of Avid Technology from January 1995 to May 1996. Mr. Gotcher serves on the boards of directors of several private companies. Mr. Gotcher holds a B.A. degree in English literature from the University of California at Berkeley.

 

88


Table of Contents

Sanford Robertson has served as a director since June 2003. Mr. Robertson has been a partner of Francisco Partners, a technology buyout fund, since 1999. Prior to founding Francisco Partners, Mr. Robertson was the founder and chairman of Robertson, Stephens & Co., a technology investment bank formed in 1978 and sold to BankBoston in 1998. Since the sale, Mr. Robertson has been a technology investor and advisor to several technology companies. Mr. Robertson was also the founder of Robertson, Colman, Siebel & Weisel, later renamed Montgomery Securities, another technology investment bank. Mr. Robertson also serves on the board of directors of Pain Therapeutics and salesforce.com. Mr. Robertson holds a B.B.A. and a M.B.A. from the University of Michigan.

 

Roger Siboni has served as a director since July 2004. Mr. Siboni is chairman of the board of directors of E.piphany, Inc., a provider of customer interaction software, and served as president and chief executive officer of E.piphany from August 1998 to July 2003. From July 1996 to August 1998, Mr. Siboni was deputy chairman and chief operating officer of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, a member firm of KPMG International, an accounting and consulting firm. From July 1993 to June 1996, Mr. Siboni was managing partner of the KPMG Peat Marwick LLP’s information, communication and entertainment practice. Mr. Siboni also serves on the boards of directors of Cadence Design Systems and FileNET. Mr. Siboni holds a B.S. degree in business administration from the University of California at Berkeley.

 

Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors currently consists of five members. Our amended and restated bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors, and five directors are currently authorized.

 

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and governance committee and an outside director compensation committee, each of which have the composition and responsibilities described below as of the completion of this offering.

 

Audit Committee

 

Peter Gotcher, Sanford Robertson and Roger Siboni, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our audit committee. Mr. Siboni is the chairman of our audit committee. Our board has determined that each member of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. The board of directors has also determined that each of Messrs. Gotcher, Robertson and Siboni are “audit committee financial experts” as defined in SEC rules. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  ·   Selecting and hiring our independent auditors, and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;

 

  ·   Evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;

 

  ·   Monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

 

  ·   Reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures;

 

  ·   Acting as our qualified legal compliance committee; and

 

  ·   Preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

 

89


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

 

Peter Gotcher, Sanford Robertson and Roger Siboni, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our compensation committee. Mr. Gotcher is the chairman of our compensation committee. Our board has determined that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  ·   Reviewing and recommending to the board for our chief executive officer and other executive officers: annual base salary, annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and amount, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control agreements/provisions, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

  ·   Evaluating and recommending to the board compensation plans, policies and programs for our chief executive officer and other executive officers; and

 

  ·   Preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

 

Nominating and Governance Committee

 

Peter Gotcher, Sanford Robertson and Roger Siboni, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our nominating and governance committee. Mr. Robertson is the chairman of our nominating and governance committee. Our board has determined that each member of our nominating and governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. The nominating and governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  ·   Assisting the board in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending to the board director nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders;

 

  ·   Developing and recommending to the board governance principles applicable to us;

 

  ·   Overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and management; and

 

  ·   Recommending to the board members for each board committee.

 

Outside Director Compensation Committee

 

Ray Dolby and Bill Jasper comprise our outside director compensation committee. The outside director compensation committee is responsible for reviewing and recommending the form and amount of compensation awarded to our non-employee directors.

 

Director Compensation

 

Our non-employee directors have received options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock under our amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. In June 2003, we granted options to purchase 60,000 shares of Class B common stock at an exercise price of $1.26 per share to each of Peter Gotcher and Sanford Robertson. In April 2004, we granted options to purchase 60,000 shares of Class B common stock at an exercise price of $2.07 to each of Messrs. Gotcher and Robertson. In August 2004, we granted options to purchase 100,000 shares of Class B common stock to Roger Siboni and 30,000 shares of Class B common stock to each of Messrs. Gotcher and Robertson at an exercise price of $2.07 per share. These options vest over three years at a rate of 1/3 rd upon each anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

 

We also pay each of our non-employee directors $30,000 per year for their services as members of our board of directors. In addition, Mr. Siboni receives $20,000 for his services as chairman of our audit committee. We also reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable travel expenses in connection with attendance at board and committee meetings.

 

90


Table of Contents

Effective upon the completion of this offering, our non-employee directors will receive $30,000 per year for their service on the board of directors, and the chairman of the audit committee will receive an additional $20,000 per year. Our non-employee directors will also receive automatic grants of options under our 2005 Stock Plan. Each non-employee director appointed to the board after the completion of this offering will receive an initial option to purchase 20,000 shares of our Class A common stock, which will vest over three years at a rate of 1/3 rd upon each anniversary of the vesting commencement date. In addition, on July 15, 2005, and following each annual meeting of our stockholders beginning in 2006, non-employee directors who have been directors for at least six months will receive a subsequent option to purchase 10,000 shares of our Class A common stock, which will vest over three years at a rate of 1/3 rd upon each anniversary of the vesting commencement date. These options will become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to a change of control of us. See “Employee Benefit Plans—2005 Stock Plan.”

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Executive Compensation

 

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our chief executive officer and the four other most highly compensated executive officers during the fiscal year ended September 24, 2004. We refer to these executive officers as our named executive officers.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position


   Annual Compensation

    Long-Term
Compensation
Awards


  

All Other
Compensation ($) (2)


 
   Salary ($)

   Bonus ($) (1)

   

Securities Underlying

Options


  

Bill Jasper

   592,949    1,618,165  (3)   900,000    220,316  (4)

President and Chief Executive Officer

                      

Mark Anderson

   237,500    157,191  (5)   157,500    610  (6)

Vice President, General Counsel

and Secretary

                      

Marty Jaffe

   334,395    180,408     180,000    57,276  (7)

Executive Vice President,

Business and Finance

                      

Ed Schummer

   326,445    167,064     180,000    173,411  (8)

Senior Vice President and

General Manager, Consumer Division

                      

David Watts (9)

   311,034    153,209     180,000    56,753  (10)

Vice President and Managing Director,

United Kingdom branch

                      

(1) We generally pay bonuses in the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which they were earned. Unless otherwise noted, bonus amounts presented were earned in fiscal 2004 and paid in fiscal 2005, and include a nondiscretionary bonus based on financial performance targets for fiscal 2004. A discretionary bonus earned in fiscal 2004, but payable in fiscal 2005, is not calculable as of the date of this prospectus.

 

(2)

We previously paid premiums for split-dollar life insurance polices for certain of our executive officers. We ceased these payments in fiscal 2004 and transferred the full value of those policies to the executive officer.

 

91


Table of Contents
 

In addition, in fiscal 2004 we received a cash dividend from an insurer on the split-dollar life insurance policies, which we allocated among the executive officers covered by policies with that insurer.

 

(3) Includes $1,185,415 for a stock bonus of 571,560 shares granted in January 2004, based on the fair market value on the date of award of $2.07 per share.

 

(4) Includes $33,386 in profit-sharing and matching 401(k) plan contributions under our retirement plan, $792 in life insurance premiums, $103,394 in contributions under our senior executive supplemental retirement plan, $53,048 received in connection with the transfer of a split-dollar life insurance policy and $29,696 received in connection with the allocation of a dividend received on split-dollar life insurance policies.

 

(5) Includes a signing bonus of $50,000 paid in fiscal 2004.

 

(6) Includes $610 in life insurance premiums.

 

(7) Includes $26,694 in profit-sharing and matching 401(k) plan contributions under our retirement plan, $756 in life insurance premiums and $29,826 received in connection with the transfer of a split-dollar life insurance policy.

 

(8) Includes $26,307 in profit-sharing and matching 401(k) plan contributions under our retirement plan, $732 in life insurance premiums, $45,646 in contributions under our senior executive supplemental retirement plan, $83,891 received in connection with the transfer of a split-dollar life insurance policy and $16,835 received in connection with the allocation of a dividend received on split-dollar life insurance policies.

 

(9) Amounts derived from United Kingdom pounds have been expressed in U.S. dollars based on the noon buying rate for the United Kingdom pound of $1.8031 on September 24, 2004.

 

(10) Includes $53,642 in contributions under our United Kingdom group personal pension plan and funded unapproved retirement benefits scheme and $3,110 in life insurance premiums.

 

Stock Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

 

The following table provides information regarding grants of stock options to each of the named executive officers during the fiscal year ended September 24, 2004. The percentage of total options set forth below is based on options to purchase an aggregate of 5,081,500 shares of our Class B common stock granted to employees during the fiscal year ended September 24, 2004. All options were granted at the fair market value of our Class B common stock, as determined by the board of directors on the date of grant.

 

These options were granted under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended. The options vest over a four-year period, at a rate of 1/4 th upon each anniversary of their vesting commencement dates. See “Employee Benefit Plans—2000 Stock Incentive Plan” for a further description of certain terms relating to these options.

 

The amounts shown in the table as potential realizable value represent hypothetical gains that could be achieved if options are exercised at the end of the option term. The assumed 5% and 10% rates of stock price appreciation are provided in accordance with SEC rules based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, and do not represent our estimate or projection of the future stock price. Potential realizable values are net of exercise price.

 

92


Table of Contents

Stock Option Grants in 2004

 

Name


  

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options

Granted


  

Percent of
Total
Options
Granted to
Employees

in 2004 (%)


  

Exercise
Price
Per

Share ($)


  

Expiration

Date


  

Potential Realizable Value at
Assumed Annual Rates of
Stock Price Appreciation

for Option Terms ($)


               5%

   10%

Bill Jasper

   900,000    17.7    2.07    04/20/14          

Mark Anderson

   120,000
37,500
   2.4
0.7
   2.07
2.07
   04/20/14
12/04/13
         

Marty Jaffe

   180,000    3.5    2.07    04/20/14          

Ed Schummer

   180,000    3.5    2.07    04/20/14          

David Watts

   180,000    3.5    2.07    04/20/14          

 

Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

 

The following table provides information regarding the exercise of stock options during the fiscal year ended September 24, 2004, by the named executive officers, and the value of securities underlying options held by our named executive officers at September 24, 2004.

 

There was no public trading market for our common stock as of September 24, 2004. The value realized and the value of unexercised in-the-money options at fiscal year end have been calculated based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            , less the applicable exercise price, in accordance with SEC rules.

 

Name


  

Shares
Acquired on

Exercise


  

Value

Realized ($)


  

Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options at

Fiscal Year-End


  

Value of Unexercised

In-the-Money Options at

Fiscal Year-End ($)


         Exercisable

   Unexercisable

   Exercisable

   Unexercisable

Bill Jasper

   196,330            1,132,110          

Mark Anderson

              157,500          

Marty Jaffe

   31,250            223,750          

Ed Schummer

   18,380         64,615    257,665          

David Watts (1)

              299,900          

(1) Mr. Watts holds options to purchase shares of Class B common stock, 64,930 shares of which were vested as of September 24, 2004 but none of which are exercisable until completion of this offering.

 

Employment Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements

 

Employment Agreements

 

Marty Jaffe, our executive vice president, business and finance, executed an offer letter dated September 28, 2000, effective as of November 1, 2000. Mr. Jaffe’s current annual base salary is $338,000. He is eligible for annual bonus compensation under our annual incentive plan as well as a discretionary bonus based on meeting performance criteria set by our president and chief executive officer. In the event Mr. Jaffe’s employment terminates without cause, he will be entitled to receive severance equal to twelve months of his then current salary.

 

Mark Anderson, our vice president, general counsel and secretary, executed an offer letter dated October 23, 2003, effective as of November 20, 2003. Mr. Anderson’s current annual base salary is $285,000. He also received a signing bonus of $50,000 and is eligible for annual bonus compensation of up to 45% of his base salary under our annual incentive plan. In the event Mr. Anderson’s employment terminates without cause, he will be entitled to receive severance equal to twelve months of his then current salary, and his outstanding equity awards will vest in full.

 

93


Table of Contents

Change in Control Arrangements

 

Our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and 2005 Stock Plan provide for the acceleration of vesting of awards in certain circumstances in connection with or following a change in control of us. See “Employee Benefit Plans.”

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan

 

Our board of directors and stockholders adopted the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan in October 2000, which was amended in April 2004 and September 2004. Our board of directors has decided not to grant any additional options under the plan following the completion of this offering. However, the plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted under the plan.

 

Share Reserve.     A total of 15,131,730 shares of our Class B common stock are authorized for issuance under the amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. As of September 24, 2004, awards to acquire a total of 12,599,820 shares of our Class B common stock were issued and outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $1.61 per share. In addition, subsequent to September 24, 2004, options to purchase an aggregate of 780,750 shares of Class B common stock have been granted under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.28 per share.

 

Eligibility and Term of Awards .    The amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock awards to our employees, directors and consultants and to employees, directors and consultants of any entity related to us, and for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code to our and our related entities’ employees. Our board of directors or a committee of our board administers the amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. The administrator has the authority to determine the terms and conditions of the awards granted under the amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

Stock Options .    The administrator determines the exercise price of options granted under our amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. The exercise price of incentive stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value on the grant date and nonqualified stock options may not have an exercise price which is less than 85% of the fair market value on the grant date. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the term of all other options.

 

Upon termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months. However, an option may never be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

 

Restricted Stock Awards .    Restricted stock awards, which represent the right to purchase our Class B common stock, may be issued under our amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. The administrator determines the purchase price of a restricted stock award granted under the plan, which may be not less than 85% of the fair market value on the grant date, except that with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the purchase price must equal at least 100% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the term of all other restricted stock awards. Upon termination of an employee, director or consultant, we generally will have the right to repurchase unvested stock held by the participant within ninety days following the participant’s termination of service with us.

 

Transferability .    Our amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

 

94


Table of Contents

Effect of a Change in Control.     Our amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan provides that in the event of a “corporate transaction,” generally defined as merger with or into another corporation or a change in control, the portion of each award that is assumed, substituted or replaced with a cash incentive program will become fully vested and exercisable upon termination of an employee, director or consultant if such termination occurs by us or the successor corporation without “cause” or voluntarily by such employee, director or consultant with “good reason” and within twelve months following such corporate transaction. For the portion of the award that is not assumed, substituted or replaced, such portion of the award will become automatically vested and exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of the corporate transaction. If an award is not assumed, substituted or replaced, each outstanding award will terminate upon the consummation of the corporate transaction.

 

Disposition of a Related Entity .    In the event of a disposition of an entity related to us and outstanding awards of a participant performing services at such time to the related entity are not assumed, substituted or replaced, the plan provides that upon the consummation of such related entity disposition such participant will be deemed to have terminated service and any outstanding awards will be exercisable in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreement. If awards are assumed, substituted or replaced and except as otherwise provided in any award agreement, the portion of each award that is assumed, substituted or replaced will become fully vested and exercisable upon termination of the participant’s service if such termination occurs by us or the successor corporation without cause or voluntarily by such participant with good reason and within twelve months following such related entity disposition. For the portion of the award that is not assumed, substituted or replaced, such portion of the award will become automatically vested and exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of the related entity disposition.

 

Amendment or Termination.     Our amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan will automatically terminate in 2010, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant.

 

Stock Equivalent Cash Bonus Program

 

Our board of directors adopted our Stock Equivalent Cash Bonus Program in January 2002. The stock equivalent program provides for the grant of stock equivalent units with an economic benefit equivalent to the grant of a stock option under our stock plans to our employees and consultants who provide services for our offices in China and France. We may cancel or change the stock equivalent program at any time and for any reason. In January 2002, we issued 31,500 stock appreciation rights to certain employees based outside of the U.S. All grants were made at the fair market value on the date of issuance of $1.25 per share and vest ratably over four years.

 

Stock equivalent units are granted with an initial value equal to the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant. The initial value of each unit will be proportionately adjusted for any stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends or other such events between the date the award is granted and the date the award becomes payable. Each unit will vest over four years at a rate of 1/4 th per year from the date of grant as long as the participant continues to provide services for us on each vesting date. Upon termination of a participant’s service with us, any unvested units will automatically terminate.

 

Units are payable in cash upon the following events: (i) at a participant’s request at any time following the completion of this offering, (ii) upon the participant’s termination of service with us, or (iii) upon cancellation of the stock equivalent program. The amount due upon such payment date will be equal to the amount, if any, by which the value of a share of our Class B common stock on the payment date is greater than the initial value of the unit on the date of grant.

 

2005 Stock Plan

 

Our board of directors adopted our 2005 Stock Plan in November 2004, and we expect the stockholders to approve the 2005 Stock Plan prior to the completion of this offering. The 2005 Stock Plan will become effective

 

95


Table of Contents

on the day prior to the completion of this offering. Our 2005 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, deferred stock units, performance units and performance shares.

 

Share Reserve.     A total of 6,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock are authorized for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan. Any shares subject to an award with a per share price less than the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant will be counted against the authorized share reserve as two shares for every one share subject to the award, and if returned to the 2005 Stock Plan such shares will be counted as two shares for every one share returned. Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a spin-off, stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to awards which expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again become available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan. The shares available will not be reduced by awards settled in cash or by shares withheld to satisfy the purchase price of an award or tax withholding obligations.

 

Eligibility, Term and Administration of Awards.     Our board of directors or a committee of our board administers our 2005 Stock Plan. In the case of options intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m). The administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise.

 

Stock Options .    The administrator determines the exercise price of options granted under our 2005 Stock Plan, but with respect to nonstatutory stock options intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) and all incentive stock options, the exercise price must at least be equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the term of all other options.

 

Upon termination of a participant’s service with us or with a subsidiary of us, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months. However, an option may never be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

 

Restricted Stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2005 Stock Plan. Restricted stock awards are shares of our Class A common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2005 Stock Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our Class A common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. The administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination thereof.

 

Performance Units and Performance Shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2005 Stock Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units

 

96


Table of Contents

and performance shares to be paid out to participants. Performance units will have an initial dollar value established by the administrator on or before the grant date. Performance shares will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the grant date.

 

Deferred Stock Units .    Our 2005 Stock Plan permits the grant of deferred stock units, which may consist of restricted stock, performance shares or performance unit awards that are paid out in installments or on a deferred basis, as determined in the administrator’s sole discretion and in accordance with rules and procedures established by the administrator. Deferred stock units may be settled in cash, shares of our Class A common stock or a combination of cash and our common stock.

 

Outside Director Awards .    The 2005 Stock Plan also provides for the automatic grant of nonstatutory stock options to our non-employee directors. Each non-employee director appointed to the board after the completion of this offering, except for those inside directors who cease to be inside directors but remain non-employee directors, will receive an initial option to purchase 20,000 shares. This initial option will vest over three years at a rate of 1/3 rd upon each anniversary of the vesting commencement date, provided that the director continues to serve on the board. In addition, on July 15, 2005, and following each annual meeting of our stockholders beginning in 2006, non-employee directors who have been directors for at least six months will receive a subsequent option to purchase 10,000 shares. This subsequent option will vest over three years at a rate of 1/3 rd upon each anniversary of the vesting commencement date, provided that the director continues to serve on the board. All options granted under the automatic grant provisions have a term of ten years and an exercise price equal to fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The administrator may change the number of shares subject to the initial and subsequent options and the terms of such options, and may grant a different mix of equity awards of an equivalent value to such options as determined by our board of directors on the date of grant.

 

Effect of a Change in Control.     Our 2005 Stock Plan provides that in the event of our “change in control,” the successor corporation will assume, substitute an equivalent award, or replace with a cash incentive program each outstanding award under the plan. With respect to awards made to a non-employee director, such awards will become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the change in control. With respect to awards made to our employees and consultants, such awards will be subject to an accelerated vesting schedule equal to one year of additional vesting for each year of service the employee or consultant provided to us on the date, following our change in control, such employee or consultant is terminated by us or a successor to us without “cause” or if such employee or consultant resigns for “good reason,” provided that the termination or resignation occurs within the 12 months following our change in control. If there is no assumption, substitution or replacement with a cash incentive program of outstanding awards, such awards will become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the change in control unless otherwise determined by the administrator, and the administrator will provide notice to the recipient that he or she has the right to exercise such outstanding awards for a period of 15 days from the date of the notice. The awards will terminate upon the expiration of the 15-day period.

 

Transferability .    Our 2005 Stock Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

 

Additional Provisions.     Our 2005 Stock Plan will automatically terminate in 2015, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2005 Stock Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant.

 

Retirement Plans

 

Senior Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan .    We sponsor a nonqualified senior executive supplemental retirement plan, which provides supplemental retirement benefits for a select group of executive employees based on contributions we make to the plan and the gains and losses on the investment of those contributions. Even though distributions from the senior executive supplemental retirement plan are made in a single lump sum, we make annual contributions on behalf of each participant in an amount necessary to fund a

 

97


Table of Contents

hypothetical joint and 50% survivor annuity benefit payable to each participant commencing at age 65. The hypothetical monthly benefit is determined on the basis of an 8% interest rate and a standard mortality table by multiplying (i) 2% of a participant’s projected average annual compensation by (ii) a participant’s total expected years of service with us up to 30 years. A participant’s projected average annual compensation is determined by averaging the participant’s estimated annual compensation over the three consecutive years of service occurring in the participant’s final three plan years preceding attainment of age 65. Each participant is 100% vested in his or her interest in the senior executive supplemental retirement plan at all times. Upon a participant’s termination of service with us for any reason other than death, a participant is entitled to his or her account balance determined as of the valuation date immediately preceding his or her termination date, which amount will be paid in a single lump sum. Upon a participant’s death, the participant’s beneficiary will receive all amounts credited to the participant’s account as of the date of death and will be paid in a single lump sum. Amounts contributed by us under the senior executive supplemental retirement plan are held in a rabbi trust and a participant’s account will be credited with investment gains and losses based on investments selected by the participant. However, if a participant fails to make an investment election, the trustee of the senior executive supplemental retirement plan may direct such investments. Our board of directors may at any time amend or terminate the senior executive supplemental retirement plan.

 

401(k) Plan.     We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to participate in the 401(k) plan as of the first day of the quarter on or following the date they begin employment and participants are able to defer up to 100% of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employee elective deferrals are 100% vested at all times. The 401(k) plan allows for matching contributions to be made by us as well as a discretionary profit sharing component for eligible employees starting on the first day of the quarter on or following one year of service. The matching and profit sharing contributions vest over a five year period based on years of service under the 401(k) plan. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

 

Other.     We also sponsor a number of employee benefit plans outside the United States.

 

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  ·   Any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  ·   Any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  ·   Unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  ·   Any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers and may indemnify our employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws also provide that we shall advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity, regardless of whether our bylaws would

 

98


Table of Contents

otherwise permit indemnification. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by the board of directors. These agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

99


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Asset Contribution; Licensing Agreements with Ray Dolby Regarding Intellectual Property

 

Ray Dolby founded Dolby Laboratories to develop noise reduction technologies he had invented. Throughout our nearly 40 year history, Ray Dolby has retained ownership of the intellectual property rights he created related to our business. These intellectual property rights are currently held by entities affiliated with him that have licensed this technology to us in exchange for royalty payments, including royalty payments related to certain trademark usage. Under these licensing and royalty agreements, we recorded expenses for royalties payable to Ray Dolby for the use of certain patent and trademark rights of $18.8 million, $27.6 million and $36.9 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

In addition, in fiscal 2002, Ray Dolby reimbursed us approximately $6.0 million for administering licenses covering certain of his intellectual property rights. In June 2002, we terminated this licensing administration arrangement and amended our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby to license from him the intellectual property rights we had previously administered on his behalf. In exchange, we agreed to pay him royalties in an amount that was intended to approximate the net revenue he would have received under our prior licensing administration arrangement.

 

Ray Dolby has agreed to contribute to us, prior to the completion of this offering, all rights in intellectual property related to our business that he and his affiliates hold, so that we will have full ownership rights in this intellectual property once we are a public company. In connection with the asset contribution, our current licensing arrangements with Ray Dolby will terminate, and we will have no further obligation to pay royalties to Ray Dolby. We have agreed to pay certain of Ray Dolby’s expenses in connection with this offering, currently estimated at approximately $            .

 

In connection with the asset contribution agreement, Ray Dolby has entered into an employee proprietary rights agreement substantially in the form that all employees of Dolby Laboratories enter into in connection with their employment. This agreement will become effective upon completion of this offering. Under the terms of this agreement, all future inventions created by Ray Dolby related to our business while he remains an employee will be assigned to Dolby Laboratories. Under this agreement, Ray Dolby also agreed to abide by a conflicts of interest policy substantially in the form that all other employees are required to sign. However, the conflict of interest policy that Ray Dolby has signed differs from our standard policy in that, among other matters, it permits him to use our equipment, supplies and facilities to conduct research and development on matters unrelated to our business; does not apply to any lease agreement we have entered into or may enter into with him; and permits him to have up to a ten percent interest, instead of up to a two percent interest, in a competitor, customer, licensee or supplier without being in violation of the policy and limits the provision of the policy related to having interests in these entities only to direct interests.

 

Real Estate Transactions

 

Lease for 100 Potrero Avenue

 

Since 1980, we have leased our principal executive offices located at 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California, from Ray Dolby. The lease for these offices expires on December 31, 2005, and we have an option to extend the term for an additional five years. We also lease additional parking and warehouse space from Ray Dolby in connection with our lease of 100 Potrero Avenue. Our rent expense for these facilities was $3.4 million, $3.5 million and $3.5 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. We are responsible for the condition, operation, repair, maintenance, security and management of the property. We have also agreed to indemnify and hold Ray Dolby, as landlord, harmless from and against any liabilities, damages, claims, costs, penalties and expenses arising from our conduct related to the property.

 

100


Table of Contents

Jointly Owned Real Estate Entities

 

Ray and Dagmar Dolby, the Ray Dolby Trust or the Dolby Family Trust owns a majority financial interest in five real estate entities that own and lease commercial real property to us. We own the remaining financial interests in these real estate entities. The following table sets forth, for each of the five real estate entities, the person or entity that owns the majority financial interest in the real estate entity, the percentage interest owned by the majority owner in such real estate entity and the location of the property subject to the applicable lease. The leased property in San Francisco, California includes our principal administrative offices at 999 Brannan Street.

 

Real Estate Entity


  

Majority Owner


   Majority
Ownership
Interest


 

Location of Property Leased to Us


Dolby Properties, LLC

   Ray Dolby Trust    62.5%   San Francisco, California

Dolby Properties Burbank, LLC

   Dolby Family Trust    51.0%   Burbank, California

Dolby Properties Brisbane, LLC

   Dolby Family Trust    51.0%   Brisbane, California

Dolby Properties UK, LLC

   Dolby Family Trust    51.0%   Wootton Bassett, England

Dolby Properties, LP

   Ray and Dagmar Dolby    90.0%   Wootton Bassett, England

 

Our expense recorded for rents payable to such entities was $4.5 million, $4.7 million and $5.1 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and we received $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million in management fees for the same periods, respectively.

 

When we negotiate a lease agreement with Ray Dolby or any of the jointly owned real estate entities, we engage real estate brokers to provide fair market rent and lease terms based on a summary of comparable properties located in the area of the subject property. The brokers are instructed that the transaction is intended to be completed on an “arm’s-length” basis. We believe that all of our leases were entered into on a reasonable fair market basis.

 

The properties owned by Dolby Properties, LLC in San Francisco, California, Dolby Properties Burbank, LLC in Burbank, California, and Dolby Properties UK, LLC in Wootton Bassett, England were purchased with capital contributions and proceeds from bank loans. We guarantee each of these bank loans. As of September 24, 2004, the aggregate outstanding principal balance on all these bank loans was approximately $14.9 million.

 

Employment Arrangements and Indemnification Agreements

 

We have entered into employment arrangements with certain of our executive officers. See “Management—Employment Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements.”

 

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Management—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

 

101


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at September 24, 2004, as adjusted to reflect the sale of Class A common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

  ·   Each person who we know beneficially owns more than five percent of our common stock;

 

  ·   Each of our directors;

 

  ·   Each of our named executive officers;

 

  ·   All of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

  ·   All selling stockholders.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class B common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

No shares of Class A common stock are outstanding. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the selling stockholders will convert shares of Class B common stock into the shares of Class A common stock to be sold by them in this offering. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, none of the persons and entities named in the table below will own any shares of Class A common stock immediately after the completion of this offering.

 

Applicable percentage ownership is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 86,547,910 shares of Class B common stock outstanding at September 24, 2004. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that              shares of Class A common stock and              shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other convertible securities held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 24, 2004. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Beneficial ownership representing less than one percent is denoted with an “*.”

 

Percentage total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, as a single class. Each holder of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share of Class A common stock and each holder of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share of Class B common stock. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to our stockholders for a vote. The Class B common stock is convertible at any time by the holder into shares of Class A common stock, on a share-for-share basis.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Dolby Laboratories, Inc., 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California 94103.

 

102


Table of Contents
   

Shares Beneficially Owned

Prior to Offering


 

Shares Being

Offered


 

Shares Beneficially Owned

After Offering


   

Class B

Common Stock


 

% Total

Voting

Power


   

Class B

Common Stock


 

% Total

Common

Stock


 

% Total

Voting

Power


Name of Beneficial Owner


  Shares

  %

      Shares

  %

   

5% Stockholders:

                               

Ray Dolby Trust (1)

  77,500,000   89.5   89.5                    

Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments, L.P. (2)

  7,500,000   8.7   8.7                    

Directors and Executive Officers:

                               

Ray Dolby (3)

  85,000,000   98.2   98.2                    

Bill Jasper (4)

  812,500   *   *     812,500   *       *

Mark Anderson

                 

Marty Jaffe

  31,250   *   *     31,250   *       *

Ed Schummer (5)

  104,410   *   *     104,410   *       *

David Watts (6)

            82,400   *       *

Peter Gotcher

  20,000   *   *     20,000   *       *

Sanford Robertson (7)

  20,000   *   *     20,000   *       *

Roger Siboni

                 

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (8)

  86,217,675   99.4   99.4                    

 * Less than one percent.

 

(1) Shares beneficially owned by the Ray Dolby Trust include 77,500,000 shares held of record by Ray Dolby as Trustee of the Ray Dolby Trust under the Dolby Family Trust Instrument dated May 7, 1999.

 

(2) Investment power over the 7,500,000 shares held by Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments, L.P. is held by Ray Dolby, as Trustee of the Ray Dolby Trust under the Dolby Family Instrument dated May 7, 1999. Voting power over 3,750,000 of the shares held by Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments, L.P. is held by Thomas E. Dolby, son of Ray and Dagmar Dolby, as Special Trustee of the Ray Dolby 2002 Trust A, dated April 19, 2002. Voting power over 3,750,000 of the shares held by Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments, L.P. is held by David E. Dolby, son of Ray and Dagmar Dolby, as Special Trustee of the Ray Dolby 2002 Trust B, dated April 19, 2002.

 

(3) Shares beneficially owned by Ray Dolby represent the 77,500,000 shares held of record by Ray Dolby as Trustee of the Ray Dolby Trust under the Dolby Family Instrument dated May 7, 1999, and the 7,500,000 shares held of record by Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments, L.P. over which Ray Dolby, as Trustee of the Ray Dolby Trust under the Dolby Family Instrument dated May 7, 1999, holds investment power.

 

(4) Shares beneficially owned by Mr. Jasper represent 342,890 shares held of record by Mr. Jasper, 300,000 shares held of record by the N. William Jasper, Jr. 2004 Irrevocable Trust, 125,000 shares held of record by the Kristen L. McFarland 2004 Irrevocable Trust and options held by Mr. Jasper to purchase 44,610 shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 24, 2004.

 

(5) Includes options held by Mr. Schummer to purchase 86,030 shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 24, 2004.

 

(6) Mr. Watts holds options to purchase shares of Class B common stock, 82,400 shares of which were vested within 60 days of September 24, 2004; however, no shares are exercisable under Mr. Watts’s option until the completion of this offering.

 

(7) Includes options held by Mr. Robertson to purchase 20,000 shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 24, 2004.

 

(8) Includes options to purchase 215,730 shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 24, 2004.

 

103


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

General

 

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and related provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. For more detailed information, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, upon the completion of this offering, we will have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock, which has one vote per share, and Class B common stock, which has ten votes per share. Any holder of Class B common stock may convert his or her shares at any time into shares of Class A common stock on a share-for-share basis. The rights of the two classes of common stock are otherwise identical. The rights of these classes of common stock are discussed in greater detail below.

 

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,000,000,000 shares, each with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:

 

  ·   500,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock; and

 

  ·   500,000,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock.

 

At September 24, 2004, we had outstanding no shares of Class A common stock and 86,547,910 shares of Class B common stock, held of record by 49 stockholders. These amounts assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of our common stock into Class B common stock.

 

Common Stock

 

Voting Rights

 

Holders of our Class A and Class B common stock have identical rights, except that holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters, including the election of directors, submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law. Delaware law could require either our Class A common stock or Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class if we amended our certificate of incorporation in a manner that altered or changed the powers, preferences or special rights of a class of stock in a manner that affects them adversely.

 

We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

Dividends

 

The holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall be entitled to share equally in any dividends that our board of directors may determine to issue from time to time. In the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of common stock or rights to acquire shares of common stock, the holders of Class A common stock shall receive shares of Class A common stock or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock, as the case may be, and the holders of shares of Class B common stock shall receive shares of Class B common stock or rights to acquire shares of Class B common stock, as the case may be.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock shall be entitled to share equally all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities.

 

104


Table of Contents

Conversion

 

Our shares of Class A common stock are not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible into one share of Class A common stock at any time at the option of the holder or upon the affirmative vote of the holders of majority of the shares of Class B common stock.

 

In addition, each share of Class B common stock shall convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our certificate of incorporation, which include transfers to:

 

  ·   Holders of shares of Class B common stock or options exercisable for shares of Class B common stock as of the effectiveness of this offering;

 

  ·   Spouses or lineal descendants, or the spouses or domestic partners of such lineal descendants, of the holders of shares of Class B common stock or options exercisable for shares of Class B common stock as of the effectiveness of this offering;

 

  ·   The executor or administrator of the estate of holders of shares of Class B common stock or options exercisable for shares of Class B common stock as of the effectiveness of this offering, such persons’ spouses or lineal descendants, or the spouses or domestic partners of such lineal descendants;

 

  ·   A trust for the benefit of one or more of the holders of shares of Class B common stock or options exercisable for shares of Class B common stock as of the effectiveness of this offering, such persons’ spouses or lineal descendants, the spouses or domestic partners of such lineal descendants, the parents of the spouse of holders of shares of Class B common stock or options exercisable for shares of Class B common stock as of the effectiveness of this offering or such lineal descendents or the spouses or domestic partners of such lineal descendants, provided that the beneficiaries of such trusts may also include individuals or entities entitled to specific cash distributions or specific items of property other than shares of shares of Class B common stock and one or more charitable organizations;

 

  ·   A charitable organization established by holders of shares of Class B common stock or options exercisable for shares of Class B common stock as of the effectiveness of this offering, such persons’ spouses or lineal descendants, or the spouses or domestic partners of such lineal descendants; or

 

  ·   Any other entity controlled by holders of shares of Class B common stock or options exercisable for shares of Class B common stock as of the effectiveness of this offering, such persons’ spouses or lineal descendants, or the spouses or domestic partners of such lineal descendants, or one or more trusts for their benefit, or one or more charitable organizations established by them;

 

provided, however, each share of Class B common stock shall automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock in any transfer by the above persons or entities in a brokerage transaction or transaction with a market maker, or in any similar open market transaction on any securities exchange, national quotation system or over-the-counter market.

 

We may not issue or sell any shares of Class B common stock, or any securities convertible or exercisable into shares of Class B common stock, except for the issuance or sale of shares:

 

  ·   Pursuant to the exercise of options outstanding under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended; or

 

  ·   Pursuant to any stock splits, stock dividends, subdivisions, combinations or recapitalizations with respect to our Class B common stock.

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Certain provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. In particular, our dual class common stock structure concentrates voting

 

105


Table of Contents

power in the hands of certain stockholders. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquiror outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

 

Dual Class Structure

 

As discussed above, our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, while our Class A common stock, which is the class of stock we are selling in this offering and which will be the only class of stock that is publicly traded, has one vote per share. After the offering, Ray Dolby and persons and entitles affiliated with Ray Dolby will own approximately         % of our Class B common stock, representing         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Under our charter, holders of shares of Class B common stock may generally transfer such shares to family members, including spouses and domestic partners, and descendents without having the shares automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock.

 

Because of this dual class structure, Ray Dolby, his affiliates, and his family members and descendents are expected to retain, for the foreseeable future, significant influence over our management and affairs, and will be able to control all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions such as mergers or other sales of our company or assets, even if they come to own considerably less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Assuming the conversion of all shares of Class B common stock held by persons not affiliated with Ray Dolby, so long as Ray Dolby and his affiliates continue to hold shares of Class B common stock representing approximately 9% or more of our total outstanding common stock, they will hold a majority of the voting power of our common stock. This concentrated control will significantly limit the ability of stockholders other than Ray Dolby and his affiliates to influence corporate matters. Moreover, Ray Dolby and his affiliates may take actions that other stockholders do not view as beneficial.

 

There is no threshold or time deadline at which the shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock.

 

Limits on Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting

 

We have provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that our stockholders may not act by written consent after such time as the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the voting power of our common stock. This limit on the ability of our stockholders to act by written consent may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a stockholders meeting.

 

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, or the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board members. A stockholder may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

 

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. The bylaws do not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting of the stockholders. However, our bylaws may have the effect of

 

106


Table of Contents

precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

 

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  ·   Prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  ·   Upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  ·   At or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

 

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

Listing

 

We have applied to have our Class A common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DLB.”

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., located at 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

107


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our Class A stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our Class A common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, a total of              shares of our Class A and Class B common stock will be outstanding, assuming that there are no exercises of options that were granted after September 24, 2004 and no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares, all              shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering by us and the selling stockholders will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

The remaining              shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

 

Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Date


   Number of Shares

On the date of this prospectus

   0

Between 90 and 180 days after the date of this prospectus

   0

At various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus

    

 

In addition, as of September 24, 2004, a total of 12,599,820 shares of our Class B common stock were subject to outstanding options, of which options to purchase 4,500,698 shares of Class B common stock were vested and options to purchase 4,303,961 shares of Class B common stock were exercisable.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who owns shares that were acquired from us or an affiliate of us at least one year prior to the proposed sale is entitled to sell upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  ·   1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after the offering; or

 

  ·   the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

Rule 144(k)

 

Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted, “144(k) shares” may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering.

 

108


Table of Contents

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction that was completed in reliance on Rule 701 and complied with the requirements of Rule 701 will be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We and all of our directors and officers and several of the other holders of shares of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, including each of the selling stockholders, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

  ·   offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A or Class B common stock;

 

  ·   enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A or Class B common stock,

 

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. This agreement is subject to certain exceptions, and is also subject to extension for up to an additional 35 days, as set forth in “Underwriters.”

 

Registration Statements

 

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8/S-3 under the Securities Act covering shares of Class A common stock subject to options outstanding reserved for issuance under our stock plans and the resale of shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the Class B common stock issued to employees, directors and consultants. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However, none of the shares registered on Form S-8/S-3 will be eligible for resale until the expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.

 

109


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Adams Harkness, Inc. and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name


   Number of Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

    

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

    

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

    

Adams Harkness, Inc.

    

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

    
    

Total

    
    

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $             per share under the public offering price. No underwriter may allow, and no dealer may reallow, any concession to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of                      additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                      shares of Class A common stock.

 

          Total

     Per Share

   No Exercise

   Full Exercise

Public offering price

   $                 $                 $             

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $      $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to Dolby Laboratories

   $      $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

   $      $      $  

 

110


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            , net of the expenses to be reimbursed by the underwriters as described below. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain of our expenses incurred in connection with this offering, estimated to be approximately $            .

 

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered by them.

 

We have applied to have our Class A common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “DLB.”

 

We and all of our directors and officers and several of the other holders of shares of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, including each of the selling stockholders, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

  ·   offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A or Class B common stock;

 

  ·   file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of Class A or Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A or Class B common stock; or

 

  ·   enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of our Class A or Class B common stock,

 

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of our Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. Moreover, if:

 

  ·   during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period referred to above we issue an earnings release or disclose material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

  ·   prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period;

 

the restrictions described in the immediately preceding sentence will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release, the disclosure of the material news or the occurrence of the material event.

 

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

  ·   the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

  ·   transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of Class A common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering;

 

  ·   the issuance by us of shares of, or options to purchase shares of, our Class A or Class B common stock to employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants pursuant to employee benefit plans described above in “Management—Employee Benefit Plans” or an employee benefit plan assumed by us in a merger or acquisition transaction;

 

  ·   the issuance by us of shares of Class A or Class B common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our Class A or Class B common stock in connection with any mergers or acquisitions of securities, businesses, property or other assets, joint ventures or other strategic corporate transactions or any other transaction, the primary purpose of which is not to raise capital;

 

111


Table of Contents
  ·   the filing by us of any registration statement on Form S-8 or Form S-8/S-3 for the registration of shares of Class A or Class B common stock issued pursuant to employee benefit plans described above in “Management—Employee Benefit Plans” or an employee benefit plan assumed by us in a merger or acquisition transaction;

 

  ·   the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by any person other than us relating to the sale of shares of Class A common stock, if then permitted by us, provided that no transfers occur under such plan during the 180-day restricted period, as the same may be extended as provided above;

 

  ·   transfers by any person other than us of shares of Class A or Class B common stock or any securities convertible into Class A or Class B common stock as a gift;

 

  ·   transfers by any person other than us of shares of Class A or Class B common stock to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the transferor or the immediate family of the transferor;

 

  ·   in the case of any stockholder that is a corporation, transfers of Class A or Class B common stock to any wholly-owned subsidiary or affiliate of that stockholder; or

 

  ·   in the case of any stockholder that is a limited liability company or partnership, transfers of shares of Class A or Class B common stock to its members or partners, as the case may be, or to a partnership or limited liability company affiliated with such stockholder;

 

provided that, in the case of the transactions described in the fourth and the last four bullet points, each donee or transferee agrees to be subject to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph, subject to the applicable exceptions described above in this paragraph. In addition, the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph will not prohibit us from repurchasing from any director, officer or other stockholder, or the right of any director, officer or other stockholder to sell to us, shares of Class A or Class B common stock issued under our amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

In order to facilitate the offering of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the Class A common stock in this offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed Class A common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

112


Table of Contents

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Sidley Austin Brown & Wood LLP, San Francisco, California, will act as counsel to the underwriters.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. as of September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 24, 2004 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the Class A common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1200, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains an Internet web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is www.sec.gov.

 

113


Table of Contents

D OLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

     Page

Form of Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Form of Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

When the transactions referred to in Notes 12d and 12e to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements have been consummated, we will be in a position to render the following report.

 

/s/    KPMG LLP

 

The Board of Directors

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended September 24, 2004. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedule. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 24, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

San Francisco, California

November 18, 2004

 

F-2


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    

September 26,

2003


  

September 24,

2004


 

ASSETS

               

Current assets:

               

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,922    $ 78,711  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $2,565 in 2003 and $2,110 in 2004

     13,962      18,257  

Accounts receivable from related parties

     108      1,927  

Inventories

     4,234      7,163  

Income tax receivable

     1,729      4,246  

Deferred income taxes

     22,215      30,813  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,422      3,640  
    

  


Total current assets

     105,592      144,757  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     65,706      72,333  

Intangible assets, net

     5,634      6,778  

Goodwill

     8,712      22,030  

Investments

     3,773      244  

Long-term deferred income taxes

     5,934      6,700  

Other assets

     7,356      9,055  
    

  


Total assets

   $ 202,707    $ 261,897  
    

  


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

               

Current liabilities:

               

Accounts payable

   $ 1,994    $ 6,249  

Accounts payable and accrued royalties due to related parties

     7,587      291  

Accrued compensation and benefits

     12,646      18,720  

Accrued royalties

     3,383      4,711  

Other accrued expenses

     17,737      26,860  

Income taxes payable

     4,246      1,624  

Current portion of debt

     1,050      1,290  

Deferred revenue

     2,736      2,562  
    

  


Total current liabilities

     51,379      62,307  

Long-term debt

     14,548      13,580  

Other non-current liabilities

     26,875      23,436  
    

  


Total liabilities

     92,802      99,323  

Controlling interest

     16,130      17,200  

Stockholders’ equity:

               

Class A common stock, $0.001 par value, one vote per share, 500,000,000 shares authorized: none issued and outstanding

           

Class B common stock, $0.001 par value, ten votes per share, 500,000,000 shares authorized: 85,006,390 shares issued and outstanding in 2003 and 86,547,910 in 2004

     85      87  

Additional paid-in capital

     6,993      73,942  

Deferred stock-based compensation

          (51,594 )

Retained earnings

     85,234      119,860  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,463      3,079  
    

  


Total stockholders’ equity

     93,775      145,374  
    

  


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 202,707    $ 261,897  
    

  


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Revenue:

                        

Licensing

   $ 106,640     $ 157,922     $ 211,395  

Product sales

     41,377       44,403       57,981  

Production services

     13,851       15,147       19,665  
    


 


 


Total revenue

     161,868       217,472       289,041  
    


 


 


Cost of revenue:

                        

Cost of licensing

     25,063       40,001       53,838  

Cost of product sales (includes $0.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004)(1)

     26,694       26,684       30,096  

Cost of production services (includes $0.1 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004)(1)

     5,960       6,958       7,643  
    


 


 


Total cost of revenue

     57,717       73,643       91,577  
    


 


 


Gross margin

     104,151       143,829       197,464  

Operating expenses:

                        

Selling, general and administrative (includes $12.7 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004)(1)

     64,269       76,590       113,477  

Research and development (includes $1.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004)(1)

     15,128       18,262       23,884  

Settlements

     24,205             (2,000 )

In-process research and development

           1,310       1,738  
    


 


 


Total operating expenses

     103,602       96,162       137,099  
    


 


 


Operating income

     549       47,667       60,365  

Interest income

     964       1,144       1,436  

Interest expense

     (1,563 )     (2,292 )     (2,348 )

Other income (expense), net

     (148 )     1,091       1,141  
    


 


 


Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

     (198 )     47,610       60,594  

Provision for income taxes

     11       16,079       25,039  
    


 


 


Income (loss) before controlling interest

     (209 )     31,531       35,555  

Controlling interest in net (income) loss

     104       (562 )     (929 )
    


 


 


Net income (loss)

   $ (105 )   $ 30,969     $ 34,626  
    


 


 


Basic net income (loss) per share

   $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.40  

Shares used in basic net income (loss) per share computation

     85,008       85,009       85,556  

Diluted net income (loss) per share

   $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.36  

Shares used in diluted net income (loss) per share computation

     85,008       85,983       96,525  

Expense for royalties payable to related party

   $ 18,791     $ 27,620     $ 36,857  

Expense for rent payable to related party

     3,361       3,459       3,492  

                        

(1) Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

 

       

Cost of product sales

                   $ 157  

Cost of production services

                     55  

Selling, general and administrative

                     12,711  

Research and development

                     1,215  
                    


Total stock-based compensation

                   $ 14,138  
                    


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

 

    Shares of
Class B
common stock


    Class B
common
stock


  Additional
paid-in capital


    Deferred stock-
based
compensation


    Retained
earnings


    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)


    Total

    Comprehensive
income


 

Balance at September 28, 2001

  85,000     $ 85   $ 6,985     $     $ 54,370     $ (795 )   $ 60,645          
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


       

Net loss

                        (105 )           (105 )   $ (105 )

Translation adjustments, net of taxes of $416

                              1,189       1,189       1,189  

Exercise of Class B stock options

  11           13                         13        
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at September 27, 2002

  85,011     $ 85   $ 6,998     $     $ 54,265     $ 394     $ 61,742     $ 1,084  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

                        30,969             30,969       30,969  

Translation adjustments, net of taxes of $366

                              1,069       1,069       1,069  

Exercise of Class B stock options

  13           33                         33        

Repurchase of Class B common stock

  (18 )         (38 )                       (38 )      
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at September 26, 2003

  85,006     $ 85   $ 6,993     $     $ 85,234     $ 1,463     $ 93,775     $ 32,038  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

                        34,626             34,626       34,626  

Translation adjustments, net of taxes of $679

                              1,616       1,616       1,616  

Deferred stock-based compensation related to Class B stock option grants

            58,797       (58,797 )                        

Stock-based compensation expense

                  7,203                   7,203        

Issuance of Class B common stock

  572       1     6,934                           6,935        

Exercise of Class B stock options

  1,084       1     1,362                         1,363        

Repurchase of Class B common stock

  (114 )         (144 )                       (144 )      
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at September 24, 2004

  86,548     $ 87   $ 73,942     $ (51,594 )   $ 119,860     $ 3,079     $ 145,374     $ 36,242  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Operating activities:

                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (105 )   $ 30,969     $ 34,626  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Depreciation and amortization

     7,047       7,498       8,517  

Stock-based compensation expense

                 14,138  

Provision for doubtful accounts

     55       1,753       402  

(Gain) loss on disposition of building and equipment

     (448 )     3       220  

(Gain) loss on interest rate swap agreements

     709       (386 )     (504 )

Equity in the loss of unconsolidated affiliates

     194       485       207  

Controlling interest in net income (loss) of consolidated affiliates

     (104 )     562       929  

In-process research and development

           1,310       1,738  

Litigation settlement

     24,205              

Deferred income taxes

     (13,484 )     (2,987 )     (10,240 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                        

Accounts receivable

     (3,848 )     (4,798 )     (5,921 )

Inventories

     607       1,403       (2,434 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (311 )     (2,154 )     (1,514 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     7,873       3,018       20,428  

Accounts payable and accrued royalties due to related parties

     1,795       2,347       (7,296 )

Income taxes

     2,635       1,565       (4,263 )

Deferred revenue

     871       1,865       (233 )

Other non-current liabilities

     (1,812 )     189       1,140  

Payment on litigation settlement

     (3,000 )     (3,000 )     (3,000 )
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     22,879       39,642       46,940  
    


 


 


Investing activities:

                        

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (3,912 )     (6,750 )     (12,522 )

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (1,000 )     (7,051 )     (18,440 )

Proceeds from sale of equipment

     1,800             52  

Issuance of note receivable

     (2,000 )            

Investments in affiliates

     (300 )     (250 )      
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (5,412 )     (14,051 )     (30,910 )
    


 


 


Financing activities:

                        

Payments on debt

     (3,098 )     (1,397 )     (1,239 )

Proceeds from the exercise of Class B stock options

     13       33       1,363  

Repurchases of Class B common stock

           (38 )     (144 )
    


 


 


Net cash used in financing activities

     (3,085 )     (1,402 )     (20 )
    


 


 


Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     410       339       779  
    


 


 


Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     14,792       24,528       16,789  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     22,602       37,394       61,922  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 37,394     $ 61,922     $ 78,711  
    


 


 


Supplemental disclosure:

                        

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 11,120     $ 18,057     $ 40,607  

Cash paid for interest

     1,299       2,336       2,339  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.    Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (Dolby Laboratories, we or us), a Delaware corporation, develops and delivers innovative products and technologies that enrich the entertainment experience in theatres, homes, cars and elsewhere. Ray Dolby, our principal stockholder, founded Dolby Laboratories in 1965 to develop noise reduction technologies. Today, we deliver a broad range of sound technologies for use in both professional and consumer applications. In addition, in recent years we have expanded our focus to include other technologies that facilitate the delivery of digital entertainment. We conduct our business on a global basis.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Dolby Laboratories, our wholly-owned subsidiaries and subsidiaries in which we own a controlling interest. In addition, we have consolidated the financial results of affiliated companies we own jointly with our principal stockholder. The interest of our related parties in these consolidated affiliates is presented in the controlling interest line in the accompanying financial statements. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include valuation allowances for receivables, inventories, goodwill, intangible assets, stock-based compensation and deferred income tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Fiscal Year

 

Our fiscal year is a 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Friday in September. The fiscal years presented herein include the 52-week periods ended September 27, 2002 (fiscal 2002), September 26, 2003 (fiscal 2003) and September 24, 2004 (fiscal 2004).

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investment instruments purchased with original maturities of three months or less. Our cash equivalents, which primarily consist of money market funds, are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Our financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk principally consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We deposit our cash and cash equivalents in accounts with major financial institutions and, at times, such investments may be in excess of federal insured limits. Our products are sold to businesses primarily in the Americas and Europe, and our licensing revenue is primarily generated from customers outside of the United States. We manage this risk by evaluating in advance the financial condition and creditworthiness of our product and production services customers. We perform regular evaluations of the creditworthiness of our licensing customers. In fiscal 2002, licensing revenue from our largest customer accounted for 11% of our total revenue. In fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004, no customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

We continually monitor customer payments and maintain a reserve for estimated losses resulting from our customers’ inability to make required payments. In determining the reserve, we evaluate the collectibility of our accounts receivable based upon a variety of factors. In cases where we are aware of circumstances that may impair a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations, we record a specific allowance against amounts due, and thereby reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably believed to be collectible. For all other customers, we recognize allowances for doubtful accounts based on our actual historical write-off experience in conjunction with the length of time the receivables are past due, customer creditworthiness, geographic risk and the current business environment. Actual future losses from uncollectible accounts may differ from our estimates. Our allowance for doubtful accounts totaled $2.6 million at September 26, 2003 and $2.1 million at September 24, 2004.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market (net realizable value). We evaluate our ending inventories for estimated excess quantities and obsolescence. Our evaluation includes the analysis of future sales demand by product, within specific time horizons. Inventories in excess of projected future demand are written down to net realizable value. In addition, we assess the impact of changing technology on our inventory balances and write-off inventories that are considered obsolete.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using a straight-line method based on estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Systems and software

   3 to 5 years

Machinery and equipment

   5 to 8 years

Furniture and fixtures

   8 years

Buildings

   20 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of useful life or related lease term

 

Internal Use Software

 

We account for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” We capitalize costs of materials, consultants and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees incurred in developing internal use computer software. These costs are included in property, plant and equipment, net on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Costs incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages are charged to expense. Our capitalized internal use software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives of three to five years.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

In September 2002, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” (SFAS 142), which, among other things, establishes new standards for goodwill acquired in a business combination, eliminates the amortization of goodwill and requires the carrying value of goodwill and certain non-amortizing intangibles to be evaluated for impairment on an annual basis. As required by SFAS 142, we perform an impairment test on recorded goodwill by comparing the estimated fair value of each of our reporting units to the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of each unit, including goodwill. We determine the fair value of the reporting units principally based upon the valuation analysis of Dolby Laboratories as a

 

F-8


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

whole. This analysis is prepared by an independent third party valuation firm each year and in consideration of a number of other factors, including our historical and projected financial results, risks facing us and the liquidity of our common stock. If the carrying value of the assets and liabilities, including goodwill, exceeds our estimation of the fair value of the reporting units, we would record an impairment charge in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its estimated fair value. Our fiscal 2004 impairment test of goodwill, which was performed in the third fiscal quarter, resulted in no impairment charge.

 

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” (SFAS 144) requires that intangible assets with definite lives be amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset’s carrying value many not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset is measured by comparison of its carrying amount to the expected future undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate. If it is determined that an asset is not recoverable, an impairment loss is recorded in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Our intangible assets principally consist of acquired technology, patents and trademarks and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives ranging from five to 15 years. No intangible or long-lived assets were impaired as of September 24, 2004.

 

Investments

 

Investments include equity securities, convertible notes receivable and investments in 20% to 50% owned affiliated companies, which are accounted for under the equity method. Refer to “Investments” in Note 2 for further detail.

 

Financial Instruments

 

We entered into interest rate swap arrangements to manage our exposure to interest rate changes on our facility debt obligations. The swap agreements involve the exchange of fixed and variable interest rate payments without exchanging the notional principal amount. The arrangements are presented at fair value in other non-current liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Gains and losses associated with the swap agreements are included in other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We enter into transactions to sell products and services and to license technology, trademarks and know-how. We evaluate revenue recognition for these transactions using the criteria (Revenue Recognition Criteria) set forth by the SEC in Staff Accounting Bulletin 104, “Revenue Recognition,” (SAB 104). SAB 104 states that revenue is recognized when each of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed and determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.

 

Licensing .    Licensing revenue represents amounts earned from licensing agreements (royalties) and fees for administering the licensing of “patent pools” containing patents owned by us and/or other companies. Royalties are recorded at their gross amounts, prior to deduction of foreign withholding taxes, and are recognized when we deem the amounts to be fixed and determinable. Royalties are deemed fixed and determinable upon the earlier of payment by the licensee or receipt of the licensee’s period statement if all other Revenue Recognition Criteria have been met. When cash is received but not all other Revenue Recognition Criteria have been met, we record deferred revenue. Initial contract fees for the administration of licensing patent pools are recognized ratably over the life of the contract as this revenue is related to an ongoing service requirement throughout the life of the related contract; administration fees are recognized upon collection of the royalties upon which the fees are based. Interest and penalties related to licensing agreement enforcement activities are recorded as settlements in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Product sales.     Revenue from the sale of products is recognized when the risk of ownership has transferred to our customer as provided under the terms of the governing purchase agreement, typically the invoice we deliver to the customer, and all the other Revenue Recognition Criteria have been met. Generally, these purchase agreements provide that the risk of ownership is transferred to the customer when the product is shipped.

 

Production services.     Production services revenue is recognized as the services related to a given project are performed and all the other Revenue Recognition Criteria have been met.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of licensing.     Cost of licensing consists principally of royalty payments we make to affiliated entities of Ray Dolby and to other third parties for the licensing of intellectual property rights that we sublicense as part of our licensing arrangements with our customers. Cost of licensing also includes amortization expenses associated with purchased intangibles.

 

Cost of product sales.     Cost of product sales primarily consists of material costs related to the products sold, applied labor and manufacturing overhead and, to a lesser extent, royalty obligations for technologies we license from Ray Dolby affiliated entities.

 

Cost of production services.     Cost of production services consists of the payroll and benefit costs of employees performing our professional services, the cost of outside consultants and reimbursable expenses incurred on behalf of the customer.

 

Research and Development

 

Research and development expense consists primarily of salary and related costs for personnel responsible for the research and development of new technologies; such costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Advertising and Promotional Costs

 

Advertising and promotional costs are charged to selling, general and administrative expense at the time the related event takes place and were $4.0 million, $4.2 million and $4.7 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. At September 24, 2004, we had $2.1 million of prepaid advertising and promotional costs.

 

Settlements

 

Settlements include interest and penalties related to the collection of royalties and resolution of disputes in our favor or against us. Settlements of royalty disputes from licensees that specifically represent unpaid royalties are recorded as licensing revenue in the period payment is received, if all other Revenue Recognition Criteria have been met. Settlements of other disputes, such as disputes with implementation licensees from which we typically do not receive royalties, are recorded in settlements. In fiscal 2004, we received a $2.0 million payment in connection with the settlement of a dispute with one of our semiconductor manufacturing implementation licensees regarding violation of the terms of their implementation licensing agreement with us. In fiscal 2002, we settled a dispute with an unrelated third party regarding breach of a written agreement. See Note 11 for further detail.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

We maintain sales, marketing and business operations in foreign countries, most significantly in the United Kingdom. The translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency into United States dollars are made at the prevailing rate of exchange at the balance sheet date. Revenue, costs and expenses are translated at the average

 

F-10


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

exchange rates during the period. Translation adjustments are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income on our consolidated balance sheets, while gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in our consolidated statements of operations. Net transaction gains included in net income (loss) were $23,000, $0.1 million and $0.3 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

Income Taxes

 

We account for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” (SFAS 109). SFAS 109 requires the use of the asset and liability method, under which deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and projected future taxable income in making this assessment. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets when uncertainty regarding their realizability exists.

 

Per Share Data

 

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of Class B common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income by the sum of the weighted average number of Class B common shares outstanding and the potential number of dilutive Class B common equivalent shares outstanding during the period. The dilutive Class B common equivalent shares are comprised entirely of stock options to purchase shares of Class B common stock.

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    

September 27,

2002


   

September 26,

2003


  

September 24,

2004


Numerator:

                     

Net income (loss)

   $ (105 )   $ 30,969    $ 34,626
    


 

  

Denominator:

                     

Weighted average Class B common shares outstanding (basic)

     85,008       85,009      85,556

Common equivalent shares from options to purchase Class B common stock

           974      10,969
    


 

  

Weighted average Class B common shares outstanding (diluted)

     85,008       85,983      96,525
    


 

  

Basic net income (loss) per share

   $ 0.00     $ 0.36    $ 0.40
    


 

  

Diluted net income (loss) per share

   $ 0.00     $ 0.36    $ 0.36
    


 

  

 

In fiscal 2002, diluted loss per share was computed using the basic weighted average number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding and excludes options to purchase 6.7 million shares of Class B common

 

F-11


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

stock as their effect is anti-dilutive when applied to losses. No options were excluded from the above calculation in fiscal 2003 and 2004, because their exercise prices were greater than or equal to the average fair value of Class B common stock during the period.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We have granted options to purchase Class B common stock to our employees with exercise prices equal to the value of the underlying stock, as determined by our board of directors on the date the equity award was granted. Our board of directors determined this value principally based upon valuation analyses prepared by an independent third party valuation firm each year and in consideration of a number of factors, including our historical and projected financial results, risks facing us and the liquidity of our common stock. In connection with the preparation of the financial statements for our initial public offering and solely for purposes of accounting for employee stock-based compensation, we have applied hindsight to reassess the fair value of our common stock for the equity awards granted during fiscal 2004. These reassessed values were determined based on a number of factors and methodologies, including an evaluation of our updated historical and projected financial results and a re-evaluation of our fair value based upon more recent valuation analyses provided by an independent third party valuation firm.

 

Based upon this reassessment of the fair value of our Class B common stock, we have recorded deferred stock-based compensation to the extent that the reassessed value of our Class B common stock at the date of grant exceeded the exercise price of the equity awards. Reassessed values are inherently uncertain and highly subjective. If we had made different assumptions, our deferred stock-based compensation amount, stock-based compensation expense, gross margin, net income and net income per share amounts could have been significantly different. We recorded deferred compensation of $58.8 million during fiscal 2004. The deferred stock-based compensation is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the stock option vesting period of four years. In fiscal 2004, we recognized $7.2 million in stock-based compensation expense related to options granted to employees based upon the reassessed values of the Class B common stock underlying the stock option awards. We also issued shares of fully vested Class B common stock to an executive officer in fiscal 2004. We recorded stock-based compensation expense in connection with this award calculated using the reassessed value of our Class B common stock as of the date the shares were issued, which resulted in $6.9 million expense recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in January of fiscal 2004.

 

The expense associated with the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation and the fair value of Class B common stock issued is classified in our fiscal 2004 consolidated statement of operations as follows: $0.2 million in cost of revenue, $1.2 million in research and development and $12.7 million in selling, general and administrative. The table below shows the expected amortization of deferred stock-based compensation over the next four years, assuming no change in the accounting rules relating to stock-based awards and assuming all employees remain employed by us for their remaining vesting periods. The following table does not include any stock-based compensation expense associated with any options granted subsequent to September 24, 2004 (in thousands):

 

     Expense by Fiscal Year

     2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

Stock-based compensation expense related to options granted to purchase shares of Class B common stock

   $ 14,699    $ 14,699    $ 14,699    $ 7,497
    

  

  

  

 

The pro forma information regarding net income and net income per share detailed below has been accounted for as if we had accounted for our stock-based awards under the fair value method prescribed in

 

F-12


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (SFAS 123). The fair value of our options to purchase Class B common stock was estimated as of the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Limitations on the effectiveness of the Black-Scholes option pricing model are that it was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable, and that the model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions including expected stock price volatility.

 

The fair value of our stock-based awards was estimated using the following weighted average assumptions for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Expected life (in years)

   10     10     6  

Interest rate

   4.7 %   3.9 %   4.4 %

Volatility

   84.8 %   84.8 %   82.4 %

Dividend yield

            

 

Using the Black-Scholes pricing model, the estimated weighted average fair value of an option to purchase one share of Class B common stock granted during fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004 was $1.08, $1.07 and $11.96 per option, respectively.

 

The following table illustrates the effect on net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share as if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to stock-based awards for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Net income (loss)

     $ (105 )   $ 30,969     $ 34,626  

Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income (loss), net of tax

                 10,592  

Deduct: Stock-based compensation expense under the fair value method, net of tax

     (1,515 )     (2,123 )     (13,348 )
    


 


 


Pro forma net income (loss)

   $ (1,620 )   $ 28,846     $ 31,870  
    


 


 


Basic net income (loss) per share

                        

As reported

   $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.40  

Pro forma

     (0.02 )     0.34       0.37  

Diluted net income (loss) per share

                        

As reported

   $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.36  

Pro forma

     (0.02 )     0.34       0.33  

 

Recently Adopted and Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

In May 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity” (SFAS 150). SFAS 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures in its statements of financial position certain financial instruments of both liabilities and equity. SFAS 150 requires issuers to classify as liabilities (or assets in some circumstances) three classes of freestanding instruments entered into or

 

F-13


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

modified after May 31, 2003, at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 for all existing financial instruments. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have an effect on our financial position, results of operation or cash flows. As of September 2004, we did not have financial instruments within the scope of SFAS No. 150.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (FIN 46). FIN 46 requires that if a company is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (VIE), the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the VIE should be included in the consolidated financial statements of the company. In December 2003, the FASB published a revision to FIN 46 (FIN 46R) to clarify some of the provisions of FIN 46 and to exempt certain entities from its requirements. The adoption of FIN 46R required us to consolidate certain affiliated VIEs into our consolidated financial statements. Previously, we had been consolidating our VIEs under the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 90-15 “Impact of Nonsubstantive Lessors, Residual Value Guarantees, and Other Provisions in Leasing Transactions Abstract” (EITF 90-15) and Emerging Issues Task Force Topic D-14, “Transactions Involving Special Purpose Entities” (Topic D-14). Given our contemplation of an initial public offering, we adopted FIN 46R early, which rescinded the provisions of EITF 90-15 and Topic D-14. However, the adoption of FIN 46R did not have an effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. For further discussion on the nature, purpose, activities and our involvement with our consolidated VIEs, refer to Note 10.

 

2.    Composition of Certain Financial Statement Captions

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market and consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     September 26,
2003


   September 24,
2004


Raw materials

   $ 1,195    $ 2,215

Work in process

     851      1,689

Finished goods

     2,188      3,259
    

  

Total

   $ 4,234    $ 7,163
    

  

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Land

   $ 14,179     $ 14,640  

Buildings

     30,470       31,636  

Leasehold improvements

     30,467       34,324  

Machinery and equipment

     20,386       23,762  

Systems and software

     12,987       16,491  

Furniture and fixtures

     11,827       12,829  
    


 


     $ 120,316     $ 133,682  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (54,610 )     (61,349 )
    


 


Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 65,706     $ 72,333  
    


 


 

F-14


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Depreciation expense of $7.0 million, $7.4 million and $7.8 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, is included in cost of product sales, research and development, and selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

Following is a summary of intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):

 

     September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Amortized intangible assets:

                

Patents

   $ 2,700     $ 3,648  

Acquired technology

     2,680       3,470  

Other intangibles

     340       498  
    


 


       5,720       7,616  

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (86 )     (838 )
    


 


Intangible assets, net

   $ 5,634     $ 6,778  
    


 


Non-amortized intangible assets:

                

Goodwill

   $ 8,712     $ 22,030  
    


 


 

Amortization expense associated with our intangible assets was $0.1 million and $0.8 million in fiscal 2003 and 2004, respectively, and is included in cost of licensing, cost of product sales and selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We had no intangible assets or related amortization in fiscal 2002. Amortization of intangible assets is expected to be approximately $0.9 million per year for the next five fiscal years.

 

Investments

 

At September 24, 2004, investments include our investment in a limited liability company we formed in May 2000 with third parties to develop and market products to the entertainment technology industry. We invested $0.3 million in fiscal 2002 and $0.3 million in fiscal 2003 for our 49% ownership interest in the company. We account for this investment under the equity method.

 

At September 26, 2003, investments also included equity securities and debt instruments related to Lake Technology Limited (Lake). During fiscal 2004, we held a majority interest in Lake and have included their financial results in our consolidated financial statements since February 2004. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Prior periods in which we did not have a 20% to 50% interest in Lake have been presented to reflect the results of applying the equity method from the date of the initial investment in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 18 “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock” (APB 18). Under the equity method, our investment in Lake was recorded at cost and the carrying amount of the investment balance was adjusted to recognize our share of the losses of Lake after the initial investment date. The impact of applying the equity method on income (loss) before taxes and controlling interest was $10,000, $0.3 million and $0.1 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

Other Assets

 

Other assets consist primarily of supplemental retirement plan assets and capitalized expenses associated with our initial public offering, which will be offset against the gross proceeds received in such offering.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Other Accrued Expenses

 

Other accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

    

September 26,

2003


  

September 24,

2004


Accrued professional fees

   $ 2,185    $ 5,254

Current portion of litigation settlement

     2,258      2,336

Amounts payable to patent pool partners

     1,809      4,079

Acquisition consideration

     3,797      2,979

Other accrued liabilities

     7,688      12,212
    

  

Total other accrued expenses

   $ 17,737    $ 26,860
    

  

 

Debt

 

We maintain three term loans through our consolidated affiliates Dolby Properties, LLC, Dolby Properties Burbank, LLC and Dolby Properties United Kingdom, LLC, for financing commercial and real property at various locations in which we are the primary tenant. The loans are collateralized by commercial real property and are guaranteed by Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

 

Following is a summary of our debt balances (in thousands):

 

     September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

$12.0 million term loan at 6.2% effective interest rate, repayable in monthly installments with remaining principal due May 2013

   $ 9,136     $ 8,462  

$2.5 million term loan at 6.2% effective interest rate, repayable in monthly installments with remaining principal due April 2014

     2,024       1,893  

Term loan denominated in U.K. pounds at 6.9% effective interest rate, repayable in quarterly installments with the remaining principal due April 2015

     4,438       4,515  
    


 


Total debt

   $ 15,598     $ 14,870  

Less: current portion

     (1,050 )     (1,290 )
    


 


Total debt, less current portion

   $ 14,548     $ 13,580  
    


 


 

The fair value of our debt approximates the carrying value based on borrowing rates currently available to us for loans with similar terms and remaining maturities.

 

We entered into interest rate swap arrangements to manage our exposure to unfavorable interest rate changes on our facility debt obligations. The swap agreements involve the exchange of fixed and variable interest rate payments without exchanging the notional principal amount. We do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes. Gains and (losses) net of controlling interest associated with the swap agreements of $(0.3) million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, are included in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

Following is summary of the maturities of our debt balances at September 24, 2004 (in thousands):

 

Fiscal 2005

   $ 1,290

Fiscal 2006

     1,357

Fiscal 2007

     1,428

Fiscal 2008

     1,510

Fiscal 2009

     1,588

Thereafter

     7,697
    

Total debt

   $ 14,870
    

 

F-16


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Other Non-Current Liabilities

 

Following is a summary of the components of other non-current liabilities (in thousands):

 

     September 26,
2003


   September 24,
2004


Long-term portion of litigation settlement

   $ 17,281    $ 15,166

Supplemental retirement plan obligation

     4,896      5,777

Long-term deferred revenue

     224      851

Interest rate swap agreements

     1,587      1,083

Other liabilities

     2,887      559
    

  

Total other non-current liabilities

   $ 26,875    $ 23,436
    

  

 

Other liabilities at September 26, 2003 include the $2.9 million final installment payment associated with consideration due for our acquisition of Cinea, Inc. This amount was reclassified to other accrued expenses in fiscal 2004. See Note 3 for further detail.

 

3.     Business Combinations

 

Cinea, Inc.

 

In September 2003, we acquired all outstanding shares of Cinea Inc. (Cinea), to obtain its entertainment content protection technology. The aggregate purchase price was $12.4 million, of which the final installment of $2.9 million plus accrued interest is payable in September 2005. Under the terms of the agreement, we have future payment obligations that equal approximately 5% to 8% of the revenue generated from products incorporating certain technologies we acquired in the transaction. The additional purchase consideration, if any, will be recorded as additional goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet. This business combination was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and the financial results of Cinea have been included in our consolidated financial statements since September 2003 (excluding those that are eliminated in consolidation). As of September 24, 2004, no additional purchase consideration has been earned. Cinea will continue operating as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Dolby Laboratories.

 

The total purchase price, including other acquisition related costs, was $12.4 million and was allocated as follows (in thousands):

 

Goodwill

   $ 8,551  

Developed technology

     2,680  

In-process research and development

     1,310  

Other intangible assets

     340  

Acquired liabilities, net

     (516 )
    


     $ 12,365  
    


 

Amounts allocated to in-process research and development were expensed and are reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations because the purchased research and development had no alternative uses and had not reached technological feasibility. At the date of the acquisition, the Cinea product under development was approximately 50% complete.

 

In performing the purchase price allocation we considered, among other factors, future use of the acquired assets, cost to complete certain acquired technology and estimates of future performance of certain acquired

 

F-17


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

products. The projected incremental cash flows were discounted back to their present value using discount rates of 19% and 35% for developed and in-process technology, respectively. These discount rates were determined after consideration of our rate of return on debt capital and equity, the weighted average return on invested capital and the risks associated with achieving anticipated sales related to the technology acquired from Cinea. Risks included achieving anticipated levels of market acceptance and penetration, market growth rates and risks related to the impact of potential changes in future target markets.

 

Lake Technology Limited

 

In December 2001, we entered into an agreement to purchase an equity interest in Lake Technology Limited. In January 2002, we acquired $1.0 million of Lake’s equity for cash and were issued convertible promissory notes (the Notes) with a combined face value of $2.0 million, payable January 2007 and convertible into Lake equity at our option. In March 2003, we converted $0.5 million of the Notes, which increased our equity interest in Lake to approximately 8%. In September 2003, we began the process of acquiring the remaining outstanding equity of Lake to obtain its digital audio signal processing technologies. In February 2004, we acquired a controlling interest in Lake. As of September 24, 2004, we held 93% of the outstanding equity of Lake at a total cost of $17.0 million. We have initiated action under Australian law to allow the compulsory acquisition of the remaining shares outstanding. We have accounted for the business combination as a step-acquisition.

 

Due to our majority ownership, the financial results of Lake are included in our consolidated financial statements since February 2004 (excluding those that are eliminated in consolidation) in accordance with U.S. GAAP. For fiscal 2003, we have included the equity investment and the Notes in the investments line in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as we did not have significant influence or a controlling interest in Lake during that period. In accordance with APB 18, prior periods in which we did not have a 20% to 50% interest in Lake have been presented to reflect the results of applying the equity method from the date of the initial acquisition. Under the equity method, the investment in Lake was recorded at cost and the carrying amount of the investment is adjusted to recognize our share of the losses of Lake after the acquisition date. The impact of applying the equity method on income (loss) before taxes and controlling interest was $10,000, $0.3 million and $0.1 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The carrying amount of the investment at September 26, 2003 was $3.4 million.

 

The total purchase price to-date, including other acquisition related costs, was $17.0 million and was allocated as follows (in thousands):

 

Goodwill

   $ 13,318

Patents

     948

Developed technology

     790

In-process research and development

     1,738

Other intangible assets

     158

Acquired assets, net

     3
    

     $ 16,955
    

 

Amounts allocated to in-process research and development were expensed and are reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations because the purchased research and development had no alternative uses and had not reached technological feasibility. At the date of the acquisition, the technology under development was approximately 27% complete.

 

The effects of these acquisitions on prior periods were not significant.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

4.    Income Taxes

 

The components of our taxable income (loss) before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


   September 24,
2004


 

United States

   $ (5,062 )   $ 46,502    $ 60,753  

Foreign

     4,968       546      (1,088 )
    


 

  


Total

   $ (94 )   $ 47,048    $ 59,665  
    


 

  


 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Current:

                        

Federal

   $ 3,596     $ 6,053     $ 15,955  

State

     1,304       125       3,537  

Foreign

     8,595       12,888       15,787  
    


 


 


Total current

   $ 13,495     $ 19,066     $ 35,279  

Deferred:

                        

Federal

     (11,621 )     (2,223 )     (8,574 )

State

     (1,863 )     (764 )     (1,666 )
    


 


 


Total deferred

     (13,484 )     (2,987 )     (10,240 )
    


 


 


Total

   $ 11     $ 16,079     $ 25,039  
    


 


 


 

F-19


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A summary of the tax effects of the temporary differences is as follows (in thousands):

 

    

September 26,

2003


   

September 24,

2004


 

Deferred income tax assets:

                

Investments

   $ 311     $ 394  

Accounts receivable

     988       815  

Inventories

     654       1,052  

Foreign net operating loss

           1,139  

Unrealized gain on investments

     21       19  

State taxes

     356       367  

Other assets

     557       2,961  

Accrued expenses

     2,264       2,103  

Other non-current liabilities

     8,840       8,733  

Revenue recognition

     17,396       25,108  
    


 


Total gross deferred income tax assets

     31,387       42,691  

Less: valuation allowance

           (1,139 )
    


 


Total deferred income tax assets

     31,387       41,552  

Deferred income tax liabilities:

                

Translation adjustment

     (465 )     (1,372 )

Depreciation and amortization

     (2,773 )     (2,667 )
    


 


Deferred income tax assets, net

   $ 28,149     $ 37,513  
    


 


 

Current deferred income tax assets

   $ 22,215     $ 30,813  

Long-term deferred income tax assets, net

     5,934       6,700  
    


 


Deferred income tax assets, net

   $ 28,149     $ 37,513  
    


 


 

Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, we believe it is more likely than not that the benefits of these deductible differences will be realized and, therefore, a valuation allowance is not required except for the foreign net operating loss (NOL) in Australia. This NOL of $3.8 million has no expiration date. The ultimate utilization of the Australian NOL will be dependent upon future taxable income being generated in Australia. We believe that sufficient uncertainty exists regarding the future realization of this NOL and have established a valuation allowance of $1.1 million against this deferred tax asset. The amount of the deferred income tax asset, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Our effective tax rate was (11.7)%, 34.2% and 42.0% for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. In fiscal 2004, our effective tax rate differs from the statutory tax rate of 35.0% primarily due to the impact of incentive stock-based compensation expense, which is nondeductible, and losses from our foreign subsidiaries. In fiscal 2003, our effective tax rate was below the statutory tax rate primarily due to the impact of extraterritorial income exclusion and research and experimentation credits. The sources and tax effects of the differences for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004 were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
    

September 27,

2002


   

September 26,

2003


   

September 24,

2004


 

Federal statutory rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State income taxes, net of federal effect

   14.4     4.6     5.2  

Stock-based compensation expense

           3.4  

Loss from foreign corporations

           3.3  

Tax credits (1)

   (432.4 )   (4.5 )   (2.6 )

Other (1)

   371.3     (0.9 )   (2.3 )
    

 

 

Effective tax rate

   (11.7 )%   34.2 %   42.0 %
    

 

 


(1) The impact of tax credits and other charges on our fiscal 2002 effective tax rate was due to the taxable loss of $(0.1) million. As a result, each of those items as a percentage of taxable loss yields a much larger percentage impact.

 

We are under routine tax examinations. We believe the amounts provided are adequate to cover the ultimate outcomes of these tax examinations.

 

5.    Stockholders’ Equity

 

Class A and Class B Common Stock

 

Our board of directors has authorized two classes of common stock, Class A and Class B. At September 24, 2004, we had authorized 500,000,000 Class A shares and 500,000,000 Class B shares. At September 24, 2004, we had no outstanding shares of Class A common stock and 86,547,910 shares of Class B common stock outstanding. Holders of our Class A and Class B common stock have identical rights, except that holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. See Note 12.

 

2000 Stock Incentive Plan

 

Effective October 2000, we adopted the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. The 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended in April 2004 and September 2004, provides for the issuance of incentive and nonqualified stock options to employees, directors and consultants of Dolby Laboratories to purchase up to 15.1 million shares of Class B common stock. Under the terms of this plan, options are generally granted at not less than fair market value at the date of grant, become exercisable as established by the board of directors (generally ratably over four years), and generally expire ten years after the date of the grant.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

A summary of the status of the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan is as follows (in thousands, except for exercise prices):

 

    

Class B Shares

Available for

Grant


    Outstanding Options

    

Number of Class B

Shares


   

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price


Balance at September 28, 2001

   8,324     6,676     $ 1.26
    

 

     

Grants

   (265 )   265       1.25

Exercises

       (11 )     1.26

Cancellations

   224     (224 )     1.26
    

 

     

Balance at September 27, 2002

   8,283     6,706     $ 1.26
    

 

     

Grants

   (1,979 )   1,979       1.26

Exercises

       (13 )     1.26

Cancellations

   199     (199 )     1.26
    

 

     

Balance at September 26, 2003

   6,503     8,473     $ 1.26
    

 

     

Grants

   (5,362 )   5,362       2.07

Exercises

       (1,084 )     1.26

Cancellations

   151     (151 )     1.26

Amendment to 2000 Stock Incentive Plan

   132          
    

 

     

Balance at September 24, 2004

   1,424     12,600     $ 1.61
    

 

     

 

As of September 24, 2004, there were options outstanding to purchase 12.6 million shares of Class B common stock, of which 4.5 million were vested and 4.3 million were exercisable. The options outstanding have a remaining weighted average contractual life of nine years.

 

The following table summarizes the significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable stock options at September 24, 2004 (shares in thousands):

 

     Outstanding Options

   Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices


   Class B
Shares


   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life in
Years


   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


   Class B
Shares


   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


$1.25 - $1.75

   7,238    8    $ 1.26    4,304    $ 1.26

$1.76 - $2.07

   5,362    10    $ 2.07        

 

The outstanding options to purchase 12.6 million shares of Class B common stock have vested or will vest as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year

    
     2004 and Prior

   2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

   Total

Number of options

   4,501    3,182    1,865    1,782    1,270    12,600

 

Stock Appreciation Rights

 

In January 2002, we issued 31,500 stock appreciation rights to certain employees based outside of the United States. All grants were made at fair market value at the date of issuance of $1.25 per share and vest ratably over four years. The compensation expense related to this issuance due to changes in the fair value of our Class B common stock is recognized over the vesting period.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

6.    Retirement Plans

 

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for employees in the United States called the “Dolby Laboratories, Inc. Retirement Plan.” Eligible employees are able to defer up to 100% of their eligible compensation subject to applicable Internal Revenue Code limits. The plan provides for a company matching contribution as well as a discretionary profit sharing component. Our matching and profit sharing contributions vest over a five year period based on years of service under the plan.

 

Eligible employees in the United Kingdom may participate in the “Dolby Group Pension Plan,” and executives in the United Kingdom may participate in the “Dolby Laboratories Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme.” Similar to the 401(k) plan, these plans allow eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation and include matching and profit sharing components.

 

Pension expenses for the United States plan were $2.6 million, $3.9 million and $3.6 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Pension expenses for the United Kingdom plans were $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Pension expenses are included in cost of product sales, cost of production services, research and development, and selling, general and administrative expenses on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

We maintain a supplemental retirement plan for key executives. The plan is a defined contribution plan with a target benefit paid at age 65. Our contributions are based on the participant’s compensation and years of service. Expenses related to the plan of $0.4 million per year for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004 are included in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Amounts due to participants are classified in other non-current liabilities and investments to fund the liability are segregated and included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

7.    Commitments and Contingencies

 

Lease Commitments

 

Rental expenses under operating leases were $4.0 million, $4.3 million and $5.0 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. These amounts include expense for rent payable to our principal stockholder of $3.4 million, $3.5 million and $3.5 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. We have future minimum rental commitments, including those payable to our principal stockholder, for non-cancelable operating leases on office space as of September 24, 2004 as follows (in thousands):

 

    

Total Operating

Lease Payments


Fiscal 2005

   $ 4,483

Fiscal 2006

     1,593

Fiscal 2007

     264

Fiscal 2008

     252

Fiscal 2009

     184

Thereafter

     957
    

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 7,733
    

 

Other Cash Obligations

 

In March 1997, an unrelated third party filed a lawsuit against us alleging breach of a written agreement. In April 2002, we settled the dispute and agreed to pay a total of $30.0 million in ten equal annual installments of $3.0 million per year beginning in June 2002. As of September 24, 2004, we had $21.0 million remaining to be paid under this settlement. Refer to Note 11 for further discussion.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Terms of our agreement to acquire all outstanding shares of Cinea (see Note 3) call for a final installment payment of $2.9 million plus accrued interest to be paid in September 2005. Under the terms of the agreement, we have future payment obligations that equal approximately 5% to 8% of the revenue generated from products incorporating certain technologies we acquired in the transaction. As of September 24, 2004, no additional purchase consideration has been earned.

 

8.    Segment Information

 

Operating Segments

 

Our chief operating decision maker is our Chief Executive Officer (CEO). While the CEO evaluates results in a number of different ways, the primary basis for which the allocation of resources and financial results are assessed is by examining our business in two operating segments: the technology licensing segment and the products and services segment. The technology licensing segment licenses technology, trademarks and know-how to consumer electronics, personal computer, broadcast and professional audio companies and administers third-party patent-only licenses. The products and services segment provides professional products to movie theaters and to the recording, broadcast, cable and video post-production industries. Additionally, this segment provides services to broadcast, film production and distribution companies.

 

Accounting policies for each of the operating segments are the same as those used on a consolidated basis. Our reportable segment information for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Revenue

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

 
    

September 27,

2002


   

September 26,

2003


   

September 24,

2004


 

Technology licensing

   $ 106,640     $ 157,922     $ 211,395  

Products and services

     55,228       59,550       77,646  
    


 


 


Total revenue

   $ 161,868     $ 217,472     $ 289,041  
    


 


 


     Gross Margin

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Technology licensing

   $ 81,577     $ 117,921     $ 157,557  

Products and services

     22,574       25,908       39,907  
    


 


 


Total gross margin

   $ 104,151     $ 143,829     $ 197,464  
    


 


 


     Reconciliation to Income before Provision for Income
Taxes and Controlling Interest


 
     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Total segment gross margin

   $ 104,151     $ 143,829     $ 197,464  

Operating expenses

     (103,602 )     (96,162 )     (137,099 )

Other income (expenses), net

     (747 )     (57 )     229  
    


 


 


Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

   $ (198 )   $ 47,610     $ 60,594  
    


 


 


 

F-24


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Geographic Data

 

     Revenue by Geographic Region

     Fiscal Year Ended

     September 27,
2002


   September 26,
2003


   September 24,
2004


United States

   $ 46,230    $ 55,351    $ 74,144

International

     115,638      162,121      214,897
    

  

  

Total revenue

   $ 161,868    $ 217,472    $ 289,041
    

  

  

 

Revenue by geographic region was determined based on the location of our licensees for licensing revenue, the location of our direct customers for product sales, and the location where services were performed for production services revenue. We do not track capital expenditures or assets by geographic region. Consequently, it is not practical to show assets by geographic region. Revenue generated from customers in Japan accounted for 30%, 28% and 26% of total revenue in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Revenue generated from customers in China accounted for 9%, 15% and 13% of total revenue in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

9.    Product Warranty Reserve

 

Product warranty reserves are recorded to reflect contractual liabilities relating to warranty commitments to our customers. Estimated warranty expense is based on historical warranty return rates and repair costs.

 

Changes in the carrying amount of product warranty reserves, which are included in other accrued expenses, for fiscal 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     Total

 

Balance at September 27, 2002

   $  

Provision

     401  

Warranty claims

     (140 )
    


Balance at September 26, 2003

     261  

Provision

     237  

Warranty claims

     (226 )
    


Balance at September 24, 2004

   $ 272  
    


 

10.    Related Party Transactions

 

We have licensing and royalty agreements with Ray Dolby and his affiliates for the use of patents on which a portion of our operations are based. Under these agreements we recorded expenses for royalties payable to Ray Dolby of $18.8 million, $27.6 million and $36.9 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. These amounts are included in cost of licensing and cost of product sales in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, depending on the nature of the licenses. The amounts included in accounts payable and accrued royalties due to related parties under these agreements were $7.6 million at September 26, 2003. At September 24, 2004, we had a receivable due from the principal stockholder of $1.9 million related to a prepayment of royalties made prior to the end of fiscal 2004 .

 

In fiscal 2002, Ray Dolby reimbursed us approximately $6.0 million for administering licenses covering certain of his intellectual property rights. In June 2002, we terminated this licensing administration arrangement and amended our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby to license from him the intellectual property rights we

 

F-25


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

had previously administered on his behalf. As a result of these amendments, no reimbursements were received from Ray Dolby in fiscal 2003 or 2004.

 

We lease our San Francisco corporate office space from our principal stockholder. The lease expires on December 31, 2005, with our having an option to extend the term for an additional five-year period. Annual rent under the lease was $3.4 million, $3.5 million and $3.5 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

We are the minority partner in entities which own and lease commercial property in the United States and United Kingdom. Our principal stockholder is the controlling partner in each of these entities. These entities were established for the purposes of purchasing and leasing commercial property primarily for our own use. While a portion of the property is leased to third parties, we occupy a majority of the space. The debt used to finance the purchases of property by these entities is collateralized by the acquired property and guaranteed by Dolby Laboratories. Therefore, given that these affiliated entities are an integrated part of our operations, we have consolidated the entities’ assets and liabilities and results of operations in our consolidated financial statements. The share of earnings and net assets of the entities attributable to the controlling partner is reflected as controlling interest in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Our ownership interest in the consolidated affiliated entities is as follows:

 

Company Name


   Ownership interest
as of September 24,
2004


 

Dolby Properties, LLC

   37.5 %

Dolby Properties Brisbane, LLC

   49.0 %

Dolby Properties Burbank, LLC

   49.0 %

Dolby Properties United Kingdom, LLC

   49.0 %

Dolby Properties, LP

   10.0 %

 

11.    Legal Proceedings

 

In the ordinary course of business, we defend ourselves against various legal proceedings, claims and contingencies arising in the normal course of our business activities. Management believes that the outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

 

In May 2001, we filed a lawsuit against Lucent Technologies, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Guardian I, LLC, together “Lucent,” in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. We seek a declaration that certain U.S. patents are invalid and that we have not infringed on these patents. Lucent twice moved to dismiss our complaint. After its second motion was denied, Lucent filed an application with the United States Patent and Trademark Office to reissue one of these patents. The outcome of that proceeding is currently not determinable. In August 2002, Lucent filed counterclaims alleging that we have infringed on these patents. Lucent seeks injunctive relief and unspecified damages. The case is now set for jury trial in San Jose, California in April 2005. We believe Lucent’s claims are without merit, and we are vigorously litigating this matter.

 

In March 1997, an unrelated third party filed a lawsuit against us alleging breach of a written agreement. In April 2002, we settled the dispute and agreed to pay a total of $30.0 million, without interest, in ten equal annual installments of $3.0 million per year beginning in June 2002. We recorded this liability at its present value of $24.2 million on the consolidated balance sheet using a discount rate of 5.125%, which approximates our incremental cost of borrowing rate. Interest related to this liability is recorded quarterly and is included in interest expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As of September 24, 2004, we had $21.0 million remaining to be paid under this settlement.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

12.    Subsequent Events

 

a. Stock-Option Grants

 

In October 2004, subsequent to our 2004 fiscal year end, we granted additional options to purchase shares of Class B common stock to our employees at exercise prices that were below the reassessed fair value at the date of grant. We expect to record deferred stock-based compensation of $7.3 million related to those equity awards, which will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting schedule of the awards.

 

b. Adoption of 2005 Stock Plan

 

In November 2004, our board of directors adopted our 2005 Stock Plan, and we expect the stockholders to approve the 2005 Stock Plan prior to the completion of our initial public offering. The 2005 Stock Plan will become effective on the day prior to the completion of this offering. Our 2005 Stock Plan provides for the ability to grant incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, deferred stock units, performance units and performance shares. A total of 6,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock is authorized for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan. Any shares subject to an award with a per share price less than the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant will be counted against the authorized share reserve as two shares for every one share subject to the award, and if returned to the 2005 Stock Plan, such shares will be counted as two shares for every one share returned.

 

c. Initial Public Offering

 

In November 2004, our board of directors approved the filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for our initial public offering of our Class A common stock.

 

d. Class A and Class B Common Stock

 

In November 2004, our board of directors approved an amendment to our certificate of incorporation which will, among other matters, authorize two classes of common stock, Class A and Class B. We expect the stockholders to approve the amendment and restatement of the certificate of incorporation and that such charter document will become effective prior to the completion of this offering. Class B common stock will represent shares that are outstanding immediately prior to an initial public offering or are reserved for issuance upon exercise of then outstanding options to purchase shares of Class B common stock. Holders of our Class A and Class B common stock will have identical rights, except that holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. Shares of Class B common stock will be able to be converted to shares of Class A common stock at any time at the option of the stockholder and automatically convert upon sale or transfer, except for certain transfers specified in the amendment. All references to Class A and Class B common stock shares have been retroactively restated to reflect the amendment as if it had taken place at our inception.

 

e. Stock Split

 

In November 2004, our board of directors authorized a five-for-one stock split to be effected in connection with the implementation of the dual class stock structure described above. All references to Class A and Class B common stock shares and related per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock split as if it had taken place at our inception.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The amount of stock-based compensation expense expected to be recorded in future periods related to the October 2004 awards and awards previously issued to employees is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Expense by Fiscal Year

     2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

   2009

Stock-based compensation expense related to options to purchase shares of Class B common stock

   $ 16,366    $ 16,517    $ 16,517    $ 9,315    $ 152
    

  

  

  

  

 

f. Contribution of Intellectual Property Rights

 

Throughout our history, Ray Dolby has retained ownership of the intellectual property rights he created related to our business. These intellectual property rights are currently held by entities affiliated with him that have licensed this technology to us in exchange for royalty payments, including royalty payments related to certain trademark usage. Under these licensing and royalty agreements, we recorded expenses for royalties payable to Ray Dolby for the use of certain patent and trademark rights of $18.8 million, $27.6 million and $36.9 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

In addition, in fiscal 2002, Ray Dolby reimbursed us approximately $6.0 million for administering licenses covering certain of his intellectual property rights. In June 2002, we terminated this licensing administration arrangement and amended our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby to license from him the intellectual property rights we had previously administered on his behalf. In exchange, we agreed to pay him royalties in an amount that was intended to approximate the net revenue he would have received under our prior licensing administration arrangement.

 

Ray Dolby will contribute to us, prior to the completion of an initial public offering, all rights in intellectual property related to our business that he and his affiliates hold, so that we will have full ownership rights in this intellectual property once we are a public company. In connection with the asset contribution, our current licensing arrangements with Ray Dolby will terminate, and we will have no further obligation to pay royalties to Ray Dolby.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13.     OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

 

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the registrant, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the registration fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 58,282

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

      

Printing and engraving

      

Legal fees and expenses

      

Accounting fees and expenses

      

Blue sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

      

Transfer agent and registrar fees

      

Miscellaneous

      
    

Total

   $  
    

 

ITEM 14.     INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations.

 

As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers.

 

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the amended and restated bylaws of the registrant provide that:

 

  ·   The registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the registrant’s request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  ·   The registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is not required by law.

 

  ·   The registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

  ·   The registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the registrant’s board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

  ·   The rights conferred in the amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and the registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

  ·   The registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The registrant’s policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also provides for certain additional procedural protections. The registrant also maintains directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

 

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

 

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

 

ITEM 15.     RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

 

In the three years prior to the filing of this registration statement, the registrant has issued the following unregistered securities:

 

(a) As of September 24, 2004, Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation, had issued and sold an aggregate of 1,679,640 shares of common stock upon exercise of options issued to certain employees, directors and consultants under the registrant’s amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, for an aggregate consideration of $2,579,290. As of November 19, 2004, the registrant has issued and sold an additional 302,095 shares of common stock upon exercise of options issued to certain employees, directors and consultants under the registrant’s amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, for an aggregate consideration of $380,036.

 

(b) In January 2004, Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation, issued 571,560 shares of common stock to N.W. Jasper, Jr., the registrant’s president and chief executive officer, under the registrant’s amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

(c) In connection with the registrant’s reincorporation into the State of Delaware on September 24, 2004, the registrant issued 86,547,910 shares of common stock to a total of 49 stockholders in exchange for the outstanding shares of common stock of Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation.

 

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes the transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 thereunder, with respect to item (a) above, and Section 4(2) thereof, with respect to items (b) and (c) above, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701. The recipients of securities in such transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients either received adequate information about the registrant or had access, through their relationships with the registrant, to such information.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

ITEM 16.     EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES .

 

(a) Exhibits.    The following exhibits are included herein or incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit
Number


 

Description


  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1*   Form of registrant’s Class A common stock certificate.
  5.1*   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1   Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the registrant and its directors and officers.
10.2   2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
10.3   Forms of Stock Option Agreements under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.4   2005 Stock Plan.
10.5*   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Stock Plan.
10.6   Senior Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan.
10.7*   Description of Dolby Annual Incentive Plan.
10.8   Lease for 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California.
10.9   Lease for 999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California.
10.10   Lease for 175 South Hill Drive, Brisbane, California.
10.11   Lease for 3601 West Alameda Avenue, Burbank, California.
10.12   Leases for Wootton Bassett, England facilities.
10.13*†   License Agreement effective January 1, 1992 by and between GTE Laboratories Incorporated and Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
10.14   Offer Letter dated September 28, 2000, by and between Martin A. Jaffe and Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation.
10.15   Offer Letter dated October 23, 2003, by and between Mark S. Anderson and Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation.
10.16   Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (United Kingdom) for David Watts.
21.1   List of significant subsidiaries of the registrant.
23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1   Power of Attorney (see page II-5 to this Form S-1).

* To be filed by amendment.

 

Confidential treatment will be requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions will be omitted from this Registration Statement and will be filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

Other financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable or not required or because the information is included elsewhere in the registrant’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

 

ITEM 17.     UNDERTAKINGS.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification by the registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, State of California, on this 19th day of November 2004.

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.
By:  

/s/    N. W. J ASPER , J R .        


    N. W. Jasper, Jr.
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints N. W. Jasper, Jr. as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/s/    R AY D OLBY        


Ray Dolby

   Chairman of the Board   November 19, 2004

/s/    N. W. J ASPER , J R .        


N. W. Jasper, Jr.

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 19, 2004

/s/    J ANET D ALY        


Janet Daly

   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)   November 19, 2004

/s/    P ETER G OTCHER        


Peter Gotcher

   Director   November 19, 2004

/s/    S ANFORD  R OBERTSON        


Sanford Robertson

   Director   November 19, 2004

/s/    R OGER  S IBONI        


Roger Siboni

   Director   November 19, 2004

 

II-5


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts


   Balance at
Beginning
of Year


   Charged to
Operations


   Deductions

    Balance at
End of
Year


     ($ in thousands)

For the year ended September 27, 2002

   $ 1,266    $ 55    $     $ 1,321

For the year ended September 26, 2003

     1,321      1,753      (509 )     2,565

For the year ended September 24, 2004

     2,565      402      (857 )     2,110


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number


 

Description


  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1*   Form of registrant’s Class A common stock certificate.
  5.1*   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1   Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the registrant and its directors and officers.
10.2   2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
10.3   Forms of Stock Option Agreements under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.4   2005 Stock Plan.
10.5*   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Stock Plan.
10.6   Senior Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan.
10.7*   Description of Dolby Annual Incentive Plan.
10.8   Lease for 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California.
10.9   Lease for 999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California.
10.10   Lease for 175 South Hill Drive, Brisbane, California.
10.11   Lease for 3601 West Alameda Avenue, Burbank, California.
10.12   Leases for Wootton Bassett, England facilities.
10.13*†   License Agreement effective January 1, 1992 by and between GTE Laboratories Incorporated and Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
10.14   Offer Letter dated September 28, 2000, by and between Martin A. Jaffe and Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation.
10.15   Offer Letter dated October 23, 2003, by and between Mark S. Anderson and Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation.
10.16   Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (United Kingdom) for David Watts.
21.1   List of significant subsidiaries of the registrant.
23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1   Power of Attorney (see page II-5 to this Form S-1).

* To be filed by amendment.

 

Confidential treatment will be requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions will be omitted from this Registration Statement and will be filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

FORM OF

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

(amended and restated on                           , 2005)

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES    1

1.1

  

REGISTERED OFFICE

   1

1.2

  

OTHER OFFICES

   1
ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS    1

2.1

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS

   1

2.2

  

ANNUAL MEETING

   1

2.3

  

SPECIAL MEETING

   1

2.4

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

   2

2.5

  

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

   2

2.6

  

QUORUM

   3

2.7

  

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

   3

2.8

  

ADMINISTRATION OF THE MEETING

   3

2.9

  

VOTING

   4

2.10

  

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

   4

2.11

  

RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

   5

2.12

  

PROXIES

   5

2.13

  

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

   6

2.14

  

ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS

   6

2.15

  

ADVANCE NOTICE OF DIRECTOR NOMINATIONS

   7
ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS    8

3.1

  

POWERS

   8

3.2

  

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

   8

3.3

  

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

   9

3.4

  

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

   9

3.5

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

   9

3.6

  

REGULAR MEETINGS

   9

3.7

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

   10

3.8

  

QUORUM

   10

3.9

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE

   10

3.10

  

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

   11

3.11

  

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

   11

3.12

  

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

   11

3.13

  

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

   11
ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES    11

4.1

  

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

   11

4.2

  

COMMITTEE MINUTES

   12

4.3

  

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

   12
ARTICLE V — OFFICERS    12

5.1

  

OFFICERS

   12

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page

5.2

  

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

   13

5.3

  

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

   13

5.4

  

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

   13

5.5

  

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

   13

5.6

  

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

   13

5.7

  

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

   14
ARTICLE VI — RECORDS AND REPORTS    14

6.1

  

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

   14

6.2

  

INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

   14
ARTICLE VII — GENERAL MATTERS    14

7.1

  

CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS

   14

7.2

  

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

   15

7.3

  

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

   15

7.4

  

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

   15

7.5

  

LOST CERTIFICATES

   16

7.6

  

DIVIDENDS

   16

7.7

  

FISCAL YEAR

   16

7.8

  

SEAL

   16

7.9

  

TRANSFER OF STOCK

   16

7.10

  

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

   17

7.11

  

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

   17

7.12

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE

   17
ARTICLE VIII — NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION    17

8.1

  

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

   17

8.2

  

DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

   18

8.3

  

INAPPLICABILITY

   18
ARTICLE IX — INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS    18

9.1

  

POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN THOSE BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

   18

9.2

  

POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

   19

9.3

  

AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION

   19

9.4

  

GOOD FAITH DEFINED

   20

9.5

  

INDEMNIFICATION BY A COURT

   20

9.6

  

EXPENSES PAYABLE IN ADVANCE

   21

9.7

  

NONEXCLUSIVITY OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

   21

9.8

  

INSURANCE

   21

9.9

  

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

   21

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page

9.10

  

SURVIVAL OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

   22

9.11

  

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

   22

9.12

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

   22

9.13

  

EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR REPEAL

   22
ARTICLE X — MISCELLANEOUS    23

10.1

  

PROVISIONS OF CERTIFICATE GOVERN

   23

10.2

  

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

   23

10.3

  

SEVERABILITY

   23

10.4

  

AMENDMENT

   23

 

-iii-


 

BYLAWS OF DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 


 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

 

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.

 

The registered office of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (as so amended and/or restated, the “ Certificate ”).

 

1.2 OTHER OFFICES.

 

The corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

 

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS.

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware as designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

 

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING.

 

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING.

 

Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate, special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time, for any purpose or purposes, only by (a) the Board, (b) the Chairperson of the Board, (c) the chief executive officer or (d) the president of the corporation.

 

No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in the notice to stockholders of such meeting.

 


2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.

 

All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.5 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise required by applicable law. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders may be postponed, and, unless the Certificate provides otherwise, any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled by resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board members then in office upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, to any stockholder to whom (A) notice of two (2) consecutive annual meetings, or (B) all, and at least two (2), payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a 12 month period, have been mailed addressed to such person at such person’s address as shown on the records of the corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such person shall deliver to the corporation a written notice setting forth such person’s then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such person shall be reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 230(b) of the DGCL.

 

The exception in subsection (A) of the above paragraph to the requirement that notice be given shall not be applicable to any notice returned as undeliverable if the notice was given by electronic transmission.

 

2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

 

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given:

 

(a) if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the corporation’s records;

 

-2-


(b) if electronically transmitted, as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws; or

 

(c) otherwise, when delivered.

 

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

Notice may be waived in accordance with Section 7.12 of these bylaws.

 

2.6 QUORUM.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate or required by law, stockholders representing a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the corporation, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then the chairperson of the meeting, or the stockholders representing a majority of the voting power of the capital stock at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum unless the number of stockholders who withdrew does not permit action to be taken by the stockholders in accordance with DGCL.

 

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place if any thereof, and the means of remote communications if any by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the continuation of the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4 and Section 2.5 of these bylaws.

 

2.8 ADMINISTRATION OF THE MEETING.

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the chief executive officer of the corporation. If the chief executive officer will not be present at a meeting of stockholders, such meeting shall be presided over by such chairperson as the Board shall appoint, or, in the event that the Board shall fail to make such appointment, any officer of the corporation elected by the Board. The secretary of the meeting shall be the secretary of the corporation, or, in the absence of the secretary of the corporation, such person as the chairperson of the meeting appoints.

 

-3-


The Board shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one (1) or more inspector(s), who may include individual(s) who serve the corporation in other capacities, including without limitation as officers, employees or agents, to act at the meeting of stockholders and make a written report thereof. The Board may designate one (1) or more persons as alternate inspector(s) to replace any inspector, who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint one (1) or more inspector(s) to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector(s) or alternate(s) shall have the duties prescribed pursuant to Section 231 of the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

The Board shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations, if any, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including without limitation establishing an agenda of business of the meeting, rules or regulations to maintain order, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for commencement thereof and the fixing of the date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting (and shall announce such at the meeting).

 

2.9 VOTING.

 

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL (relating to the fixing of a date for determination of stockholders of record), each stockholder shall be entitled to that number of votes for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder as set forth in the Certificate.

 

In all matters, other than the election of directors and except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate or these bylaws, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

The stockholders of the corporation shall not have the right to cumulate their votes for the election of directors of the corporation.

 

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate, any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less

 

-4-


than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on that action were present and voted.

 

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS.

 

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than 60 nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other such action.

 

If the Board does not fix a record date in accordance with these bylaws and applicable law:

 

(a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

(b) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the first day on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation.

 

(c) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

2.12 PROXIES.

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or

 

-5-


acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A stockholder may also authorize another person or persons to act for him, her or it as proxy in the manner(s) provided under Section 212(c) of the DGCL or as otherwise provided under Delaware law. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

 

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.

 

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business.

 

In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

2.14 ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS.

 

Only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before a meeting of the stockholders of the corporation. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board, or (c) a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL that has been properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.14 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.14. For such business to be considered properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder such stockholder must, in addition to any other applicable requirements, have given timely notice in proper form of such stockholder’s intent to bring such business before such meeting. To be timely, such stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 90 th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day, prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th )

 

-6-


day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the meeting was made, whichever occurs first.

 

To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary shall be in writing and shall set forth:

 

(a) the name and record address of the stockholder who intends to propose the business and the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder;

 

(b) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to introduce the business specified in the notice;

 

(c) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting;

 

(d) any material interest of the stockholder in such business; and

 

(e) any other information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholder’s meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by, and otherwise comply with the requirements of, the Exchange Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.14. The chairperson of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the proposal of any business not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure.

 

2.15 ADVANCE NOTICE OF DIRECTOR NOMINATIONS.

 

Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the corporation. To be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, or any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, nominations for the election of director must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (b) made by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (c) made by any stockholder of the corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.15 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.15.

 

-7-


In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation, in the case of an annual meeting, in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 2.14 of these bylaws, and, in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

 

To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

 

(a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, and (v) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including without limitation such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and

 

(b) as to such stockholder giving notice, the information required to be provided pursuant to Section 2.14 of these bylaws.

 

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.15. If the chairperson of the meeting properly determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairperson shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

 

3.1 POWERS.

 

Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the Certificate, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

 

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

 

The authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided the Board shall consist of at least one member. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

-8-


3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

 

Except as provided in Section 3.4 and Section 3.13 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate or these bylaws. The Certificate or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

All elections of directors shall be by written ballot, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must be either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized.

 

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

 

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice or by electronic transmission to the corporation.

 

Unless the Board otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, or any vacancies on the Board resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or by a sole remaining director. When one or more directors resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this Section 3.4 in the filling of other vacancies.

 

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

 

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS.

 

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

-9-


3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

 

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors. The person(s) authorized to call special meetings of the Board may fix the place and time of the meeting.

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

(a) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

(b) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

(c) sent by facsimile; or

 

(d) sent by electronic mail,

 

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate such notice to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

3.8 QUORUM.

 

Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate, at all meetings of the Board, a majority of the authorized number of directors (as determined pursuant to Section 3.2 of these bylaws) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of these bylaws. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate or these bylaws.

 

3.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting solely for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully

 

-10-


called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate or these bylaws.

 

3.10 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

3.11 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

 

If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

3.12 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

3.13 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

 

Any director or the entire Board may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

 

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

 

The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise such lawfully delegable powers and duties as the Board may confer.

 

-11-


4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES.

 

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report to the Board when required.

 

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.

 

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

(a) Section 3.5 (relating to place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

(b) Section 3.6 (relating to regular meetings);

 

(c) Section 3.7 (relating to special meetings and notice);

 

(d) Section 3.8 (relating to quorum);

 

(e) Section 3.9 (relating to waiver of notice);

 

(f) Section 3.10 (relating to action without a meeting); and

 

(g) Section 3.11 (relating to adjournment and notice of adjournment)

 

of these bylaws, with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

 

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

 

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

 

5.1 OFFICERS.

 

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

-12-


Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

 

The Board shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. A failure to elect officers shall not dissolve or otherwise affect the corporation.

 

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

 

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

 

Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer appointed by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

 

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation may only be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.3 of these bylaws.

 

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

 

The chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board, the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or other equity interests of any other corporation or entity standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

-13-


5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

 

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board.

 

ARTICLE VI — RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

6.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS.

 

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws, as may be amended to date, minute books, accounting books and other records.

 

Any such records maintained by the corporation may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to the provisions of the DGCL. When records are kept in such manner, a clearly legible paper form produced from or by means of the information storage device or method shall be admissible in evidence, and accepted for all other purposes, to the same extent as an original paper form accurately portrays the record.

 

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal executive office.

 

6.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS.

 

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.

 

ARTICLE VII — GENERAL MATTERS

 

7.1 CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS.

 

From time to time, the Board shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness

 

-14-


that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

 

7.2 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

 

Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the Board, or any officers of the corporation authorized thereby, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

7.3 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.

 

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson or vice-chairperson of the Board, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, and upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

7.4 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.

 

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided , however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights

 

-15-


of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

7.5 LOST CERTIFICATES.

 

Except as provided in this Section 7.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

7.6 DIVIDENDS.

 

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (a) the DGCL or (b) the Certificate, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

 

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

 

7.7 FISCAL YEAR.

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

 

7.8 SEAL.

 

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

7.9 TRANSFER OF STOCK.

 

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the corporation kept at an office of the corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 7.5 of these bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefore. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

 

-16-


7.10 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS.

 

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes or series owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

7.11 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.

 

The corporation:

 

(a) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

 

(b) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments on partly paid shares the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

 

(c) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

7.12 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting solely for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate or these bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VIII — NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

8.1 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

 

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

 

(a) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

 

-17-


(b) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

 

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

8.2 DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

 

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

8.3 INAPPLICABILITY.

 

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Section 164 (relating to failure to pay for stock; remedies), Section 296 (relating to adjudication of claims; appeal), Section 311 (relating to revocation of voluntary dissolution), Section 312 (relating to renewal, revival, extension and restoration of certificate of incorporation) or Section 324 (relating to attachment of shares of stock or any option, right or interest therein) of the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE IX — INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

9.1 POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN THOSE BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.

 

Subject to Section 9.3 of these bylaws, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened

 

-18-


to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person (or the legal representative of such person) is or was a director or officer of the corporation or any predecessor of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

9.2 POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.

 

Subject to Section 9.3 of these bylaws, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person (or the legal representative of such person) is or was a director or officer of the corporation or any predecessor of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

9.3 AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION.

 

Any indemnification under this Article IX (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 of these bylaws, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is either a director or officer at the time of such determination or a former director or officer, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to

 

-19-


such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders (but only if a majority of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, if they constitute a quorum of the board of directors, presents the issue of entitlement to indemnification to the stockholders for their determination). To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

9.4 GOOD FAITH DEFINED.

 

For purposes of any determination under Section 9.3 of these bylaws, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 9.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 9.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or 9.2 of these bylaws, as the case may be.

 

9.5 INDEMNIFICATION BY A COURT.

 

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 9.3 of this Article IX, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 9.1 and Section 9.2 of these bylaws. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 of these bylaws, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 9.3 of these bylaws nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.5 shall be given to the corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful,

 

-20-


in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

9.6 EXPENSES PAYABLE IN ADVANCE.

 

To the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law, expenses incurred by a person who is or was a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advance of expenses incurred by any person in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity) shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article IX.

 

9.7 NONEXCLUSIVITY OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate, any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 9.1 and Section 9.2 of these bylaws shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article IX shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 of these bylaws but whom the corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

 

9.8 INSURANCE.

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article IX.

 

9.9 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

 

For purposes of this Article IX, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and

 

-21-


authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article IX, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Article IX.

 

9.10 SURVIVAL OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.

 

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article IX shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators and other personal and legal representatives of such a person.

 

9.11 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article IX to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 9.5 of these bylaws), the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the board of directors of the corporation.

 

9.12 INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS.

 

The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the board of directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the corporation similar to those conferred in this Article IX to directors and officers of the corporation.

 

9.13 EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR REPEAL.

 

Neither any amendment or repeal of any Section of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate or the bylaws inconsistent with this Article IX, shall adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer, employee or other agent established pursuant to this Article IX existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision, including without limitation by eliminating or reducing the effect of this Article IX, for or in respect of any act, omission or other matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising (or that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise), prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

-22-


ARTICLE X — MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1 PROVISIONS OF CERTIFICATE GOVERN.

 

In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of these bylaws and the Certificate, the terms of the Certificate will govern.

 

10.2 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

10.3 SEVERABILITY.

 

In the event that any bylaw or the application thereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remaining bylaws will continue in full force and effect.

 

10.4 AMENDMENT.

 

The bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by a majority of the voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its Certificate, also confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the Board. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the Board shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws. Notwithstanding the foregoing and any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board and the affirmative vote of the holders at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation then entitled to vote shall be required to amend or repeal Section 2.3, the last paragraph of Section 2.9 (relating to no cumulative voting), Section 2.10, Section 2.14 and Section 2.15 of these bylaws, or this sentence of this Section 10.4.

 

-23-


 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

a Delaware corporation

 

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting                      of Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and that the foregoing amended and restated bylaws, comprising 23 pages, were adopted as the corporation’s bylaws (i) on                           , 2005 by the corporation’s board of directors and (ii) on                           , 2005 by the stockholders of the corporation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this        day of                      , 2005.

 

By:    

Print Name: 

   

Title: 

   

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

FORM OF

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into, effective as              of by and between Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and              (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of corporations;

 

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company require the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, and the Indemnitee has been serving and continues to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company in part in reliance on the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; and

 

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for (i) substantial protection against personal liability based on Indemnitee’s reliance on the aforesaid Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, (ii) specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company) and (iii) an inducement to provide effective services to the Company as a director and/or officer, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted under Delaware law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, to provide for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Certain Definitions:

 

(a) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(b) “ Affiliate ” shall mean any corporation or other person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with, the person specified.


(c) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, and other than a Permitted Transferee (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation filed as exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-              ))), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d 3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

(d) “ Expenses ” shall mean any expense, liability or loss, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments or other charges imposed thereon, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement and all other costs and obligations, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal) or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

 

(e) “ Indemnifiable Event ” shall mean any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the Company or an Affiliate as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Company or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or an Affiliate, as described above.

 

-2-


(f) “ Independent Counsel ” shall mean the person or body appointed in connection with Section 3.

 

(g) “ Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism (including an action by or in the right of the Company or an Affiliate) or any inquiry, hearing or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or an Affiliate or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other.

 

(h) “ Reviewing Party ” shall mean the person or body appointed in accordance with Section 3.

 

(i) “ Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

 

2. Agreement to Indemnify .

 

(a) General Agreement . In the event Indemnitee was, is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, vote of its shareholders or disinterested directors or applicable law.

 

(b) Initiation of Proceeding . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding, (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 5 or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control.

 

(c) Expense Advances . If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within five (5) business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”). The Indemnitee shall qualify for such Expense Advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay such Expense Advances if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.

 

-3-


(d) Mandatory Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

(e) Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

(f) Prohibited Indemnification . No indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company on account of any Proceeding in which a final judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of any federal, state or local laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated or implied in this Section 3(f), indemnification pursuant to this Agreement relating to any Proceeding against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of any federal, state or local laws shall not be prohibited if Indemnitee ultimately prevails.

 

3. Reviewing Party . Prior to any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body appointed by the Board who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification; after a Change in Control, the Independent Counsel referred to below shall become the Reviewing Party. With respect to all matters arising after a Change in Control concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last five years. The Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of Independent Counsel pursuant hereto.

 

-4-


4. Indemnification Process and Appeal .

 

(a) Indemnification Payment . Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses, and shall receive payment thereof, from the Company in accordance with this Agreement as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on the Company for indemnification, but in no event later than five (5) business days after demand, unless the Reviewing Party has given a written opinion to the Company that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.

 

(b) Suit to Enforce Rights . Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within thirty (30) days after making a demand in accordance with Section 4(a), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court in the State of California or the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof. The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by the Indemnitee shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity.

 

(c) Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions . It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that it is not permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party or the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party or Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.

 

5. Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for

 

-5-


(i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, and/or

 

(ii) recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company;

 

but only in the event that Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be. In addition, the Company shall, if so requested by Indemnitee, advance the foregoing Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to and in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

6. Notification and Defense of Proceeding.

 

(a) Notice . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).

 

(b) Defense . With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control, the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by the Independent Counsel or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company, or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii) above or under the circumstances provided for in (iii) and (iv) above.

 

(c) Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has

 

-6-


approved the settlement. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity as a result of Indemnitees’ failure to provide notice, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action, and the lack of such notice materially prejudiced the Company’s ability to participate in defense of such action. The Company’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if participation in the Proceeding by the Company was barred by this Agreement.

 

7. Establishment of Trust . In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a Trust for the benefit of the Indemnitee and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund the Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Expenses reasonably anticipated at the time of each such request to be incurred in connection with investigating, preparing for, participating in, and/or defending any Proceeding relating to an Indemnifiable Event. The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the Independent Counsel. The terms of the Trust shall provide that (i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded without the written consent of the Indemnitee, (ii) the Trustee shall advance, within five (5) business days of a request by the Indemnitee, any and all Expenses to the Indemnitee (and the Indemnitee hereby agrees to reimburse the Trust under the same circumstances for which the Indemnitee would be required to reimburse the Company under Section 2(c) of this Agreement), (iii) the Trust shall continue to be funded by the Company in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iv) the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee all amounts for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise no later than five (5) business days after notice pursuant to Section 4(a) and (v) all unexpended funds in the Trust shall revert to the Company upon a final determination by the Independent Counsel or a court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be, that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be chosen by the Indemnitee. Nothing in this Section 7 shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement. All income earned on the assets held in the Trust shall be reported as income by the Company for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes. The Company shall pay all costs of establishing and maintaining the Trust and shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the establishment and maintenance of the Trust.

 

8. Non-Exclusivity . The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law or otherwise; provided, however, that this Agreement shall supersede any prior indemnification agreement between the Company and the Indemnitee. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

 

9. Liability Insurance . To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing general and/or directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be

 

-7-


covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.

 

10. Period of Limitations . No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two (2) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action or such longer period as may be required by state law under the circumstances. Any claim or cause of action of the Company or its Affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing and notice of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.

 

11. Amendment of this Agreement . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in the form of a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought, and no such waiver shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

 

12. Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

13. No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, Bylaw or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

 

14. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though he may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

 

15. Severability . If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, the

 

-8-


remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void or unenforceable.

 

16. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws.

 

17. Notices . All notices, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and addressed to the Company at:

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, California 94103

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

and to Indemnitee at:

 

 

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

 

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

* * * * *

 

-9-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day specified above.

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

 


Print Name:  

 


Title:

 

 


INDEMNITEE,

an individual

 


INDEMNITEE

   

Exhibit 10.2

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

(amended and restated September 9, 2004)

 

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Stock Incentive Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of the Committees appointed to administer the Plan.

 

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock incentive plans, if any, under applicable provisions of federal and state securities laws, the corporate laws of California and, to the extent other than California, the corporate law of the state of the Company’s incorporation, the Code, the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any foreign jurisdiction applicable to Awards granted to residents therein.

 

(c) “ Award ” means the grant of an Option, Restricted Stock, or other right or benefit under the Plan.

 

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written agreement evidencing the grant of an Award executed by the Company and the Grantee, including any amendments thereto.

 

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f) “ Cause ” means, with respect to the termination by the Company or a Related Entity of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, that such termination is for “Cause” as such term is expressly defined in a then-effective written agreement between the Grantee and the Company or such Related Entity, or in the absence of such then-effective written agreement and definition, is based on, in the determination of the Administrator, the Grantee’s: (i) refusal or failure to act in accordance with any specific, lawful direction or order of the Company or a Related Entity; (ii) unfitness or unavailability for service or unsatisfactory performance (other than as a result of Disability); (iii) performance of any act or failure to perform any act in bad faith and to the detriment of the Company or a Related Entity; (iv) dishonesty, intentional misconduct or material breach of any agreement with the Company or a Related Entity; or (v) commission of a crime involving dishonesty, breach of trust, or physical or emotional harm to any person. At least 30 days prior to the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service pursuant to (i) or (ii) above, the Company shall provide the Grantee with notice of the Company’s or such Related Entity’s intent to terminate, the reason therefore, and an opportunity for the Grantee to cure such defects in his or her service to the Company’s or such Related Entity’s satisfaction. During this 30 day (or longer) period, no Award issued to the Grantee under the Plan may be exercised or purchased.

 

-1-


(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(h) “ Committee ” means any committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

 

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(j) “ Company ” means Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation.

 

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person (other than an Employee or a Director, solely with respect to rendering services in such person’s capacity as a Director) who is engaged by the Company or any Related Entity to render consulting or advisory services to the Company or such Related Entity.

 

(l) “ Continuous Service ” means that the provision of services to the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. Continuous Service shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any approved leave of absence, (ii) transfers among the Company, any Related Entity, or any successor, in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant, or (iii) any change in status as long as the individual remains in the service of the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant (except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement). An approved leave of absence shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other authorized personal leave. For purposes of each Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan, if such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, and reemployment upon expiration of such leave is not guaranteed by statute or contract, then the Incentive Stock Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following the expiration of such ninety (90) day period.

 

(m) “ Corporate Transaction ” means any of the following transactions to which the Company is a party:

 

(i) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state in which the Company is incorporated;

 

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including the capital stock of the Company’s subsidiary corporations);

 

(iii) approval by the Company’s shareholders of any plan or proposal for the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

(iv) any reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from those who held such securities immediately prior to such merger; or

 

-2-


(v) acquisition by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities, but excluding any such transaction that the Administrator determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction.

 

(n) “ Director ” means a member of the Board or the board of directors of any Related Entity.

 

(o) “ Disability ” means a Grantee would qualify for benefit payments under the long-term disability policy of the Company or the Related Entity to which the Grantee provides services regardless of whether the Grantee is covered by such policy. If the Company or the Related Entity to which the Grantee provides service does not have a long-term disability plan in place, “Disability” means that a Grantee is permanently unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Grantee by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment. A Grantee will not be considered to have incurred a Disability unless he or she furnishes proof of such impairment sufficient to satisfy the Administrator in its discretion.

 

(p) “ Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is an employee of the Company or any Related Entity. The payment of a director’s fee by the Company or a Related Entity shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(q) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(r) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i) Where there exists a public market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be (A) the closing price for a Share for the last market trading day prior to the time of the determination (or, if no closing price was reported on that date, on the last trading date on which a closing price was reported) on the stock exchange determined by the Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock or the Nasdaq National Market, whichever is applicable or (B) if the Common Stock is not traded on any such exchange or national market system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of a Share on the Nasdaq Small Cap Market for the day prior to the time of the determination (or, if no such prices were reported on that date, on the last date on which such prices were reported), in each case, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(ii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock of the type described in (i), above, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith and in a manner consistent with Section 260.140.50 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.

 

-3-


(s) “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence after a Corporate Transaction or Related Entity Disposition of any of the following events or conditions unless consented to by the Grantee:

 

(i) a change in the Grantee’s responsibilities or duties which represents a material and substantial diminution in the Grantee’s responsibilities or duties as in effect immediately preceding the consummation of a Corporate Transaction or Related Entity Disposition;

 

(ii) a reduction in the Grantee’s base salary to a level below that in effect at any time within six (6) months preceding the consummation of a Corporate Transaction or Related Entity Disposition or at any time thereafter; or

 

(iii) requiring the Grantee to be based at any place outside a 50-mile radius from the Grantee’s job location or residence prior to the Corporate Transaction or Related Entity Disposition except for reasonably required travel on business which is not materially greater than such travel requirements prior to the Corporate Transaction or Related Entity Disposition.

 

(t) “ Grantee ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant who receives an Award under the Plan.

 

(u) “ Immediate Family ” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Grantee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons (or the Grantee) have more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Grantee) own more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests.

 

(v) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(w) “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(x) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Entity within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(y) “ Option ” means an option to purchase Shares pursuant to an Award Agreement granted under the Plan.

 

(z) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

-4-


(aa) “ plan ” means this 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

(bb) “ Post-Termination Exercise Period ” means the period specified in the Award Agreement of not less than three (3) months commencing on the date of termination (other than termination by the Company or any Related Entity for Cause) of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, or such longer period as may be applicable upon death or Disability.

 

(cc) “ Registration Date ” means the first to occur of (i) the closing of the first sale to the general public of (A) the Common Stock or (B) the same class of securities of a successor corporation (or its Parent) issued pursuant to a Corporate Transaction in exchange for or in substitution of the Common Stock, pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and (ii) in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction if the same class of securities of the successor corporation (or its Parent) issuable in such Corporate Transaction shall have been sold to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on or prior to the date of consummation of such Corporate Transaction.

 

(dd) “ Related Entity ” means any Parent, Subsidiary and any business, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary holds a substantial ownership interest, directly or indirectly.

 

(ee) “ Related Entity Disposition ” means the sale, distribution or other disposition by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the interests of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary in any Related Entity effected by a sale, merger or consolidation or other transaction involving that Related Entity or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of that Related Entity, other than any Related Entity Disposition to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(ff) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued under the Plan to the Grantee for such consideration, if any, and subject to such restrictions on transfer, rights of first refusal, repurchase provisions, forfeiture provisions, and other terms and conditions as established by the Administrator.

 

(gg) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock.

 

(hh) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

 

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 1l(a) below, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards (including Incentive Stock Options) is three million twenty-six thousand three hundred and forty-six (3,026,346) Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

-5-


(b) Any Shares covered by an Award (or portion of an Award) which is forfeited or canceled, expires or is settled in cash, shall be deemed not to have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan. Shares that actually have been issued under the Plan pursuant to an Award shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future issuance under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares are forfeited, or repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

4. Administration of the Plan .

 

(a) Plan Administrator . With respect to grants of Awards to Employees, Directors, or Consultants, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee (or a subcommittee of the Committee) designated by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy Applicable Laws. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board.

 

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to Applicable Laws and the provisions of the Plan (including any other powers given to the Administrator hereunder), and except as otherwise provided by the Board, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i) to select the Employees, Directors and Consultants to whom Awards may be granted from time to time hereunder;

 

(ii) to determine whether and to what extent Awards are granted hereunder;

 

(iii) to determine the number of Shares or the amount of other consideration to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

 

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

 

(v) to determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder;

 

(vi) to establish additional terms, conditions, rules or procedures to accommodate the rules or laws of applicable foreign jurisdictions and to afford Grantees favorable treatment under such rules or laws; provided, however, that no Award shall be granted under any such additional terms, conditions, rules or procedures with terms or conditions which are inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan;

 

(vii) to amend the terms of any outstanding Award granted under the Plan, provided that any amendment that would adversely affect the Grantee’s rights under an outstanding Award shall not be made without the Grantee’s written consent;

 

(viii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards, including without limitation, any notice of award or Award Agreement, granted pursuant to the Plan; and

 

-6-


(ix) to take such other action, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

5. Eligibility . Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary. An Employee, Director or Consultant who has been granted an Award may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards. Awards may be granted to such Employees, Directors or Consultants who are residing in foreign jurisdictions as the Administrator may determine from time to time.

 

6. Terms and Conditions of Awards .

 

(a) Type of Awards . The Administrator is authorized under the Plan to award any type of arrangement to an Employee, Director or Consultant that is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan and that by its terms involves or might involve the issuance of (i) Shares, (ii) an Option, or similar right with a fixed or variable price related to the Fair Market Value of the Shares and with an exercise or conversion privilege related to the passage of time, the occurrence of one or more events, or the satisfaction of performance criteria or other conditions, or (iii) any other security with the value derived from the value of the Shares. Such awards include, without limitation, Options, or sales or bonuses of Restricted Stock, and an Award may consist of one such security or benefit, or two (2) or more of them in any combination or alternative.

 

(b) Designation of Award . Each Award shall be designated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Option, the Option shall be designated as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares subject to Options designated as Incentive Stock Options which become exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options, to the extent of the Shares covered thereby in excess of the foregoing limitation, shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. For this purpose, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the grant date of the relevant Option.

 

(c) Conditions of Award . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator shall determine the provisions, terms, and conditions of each Award including, but not limited to, the Award vesting schedule, repurchase provisions, rights of first refusal, forfeiture provisions, form of payment (cash, Shares, or other consideration) upon settlement of the Award, payment contingencies, and satisfaction of any performance criteria. The performance criteria established by the Administrator may be based on any one of, or combination of, increase in share price, earnings per share, total shareholder return, return on equity, return on assets, return on investment, net operating income, cash flow, revenue, economic value added, personal management objectives, or other measure of performance selected by the Administrator. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in a payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Award Agreement.

 

-7-


(d) Acquisitions and Other Transactions . The Administrator may issue Awards under the Plan in settlement, assumption or substitution for, outstanding awards or obligations to grant future awards in connection with the Company or a Related Entity acquiring another entity, an interest in another entity or an additional interest in a Related Entity whether by merger, stock purchase, asset purchase or other form of transaction.

 

(e) Deferral of Award Payment . The Administrator may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Grantees the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of performance criteria, or other event that absent the election would entitle the Grantee to payment or receipt of Shares or other consideration under an Award. The Administrator may establish the election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other earnings, if any, on amounts, Shares or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules and procedures that the Administrator deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program.

 

(f) Award Exchange Programs . The Administrator may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Grantees to exchange an Award under the Plan for one or more other types of Awards under the Plan on such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator from time to time.

 

(g) Separate Programs . The Administrator may establish one or more separate programs under the Plan for the purpose of issuing particular forms of Awards to one or more classes of Grantees on such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator from time to time.

 

(h) Early Exercise . The Award Agreement may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Grantee may elect at any time while an Employee, Director or Consultant to exercise any part or all of the Award prior to full vesting of the Award. Any unvested Shares received pursuant to such exercise may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or a Related Entity or to any other restriction the Administrator determines to be appropriate.

 

(i) Term of Award . The term of each Award shall be the term stated in the Award Agreement, provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. However, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Grantee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

(j) Transferability of Awards . Incentive Stock Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Grantee, only by the Grantee. Non-Qualified Stock Options and other Awards shall be transferable (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or (ii) to the extent and in the manner authorized by the Administrator by gift or pursuant to a domestic relations order to members of the Grantee’s Immediate Family. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantee may designate one or more beneficiaries of the Grantee’s Incentive Stock Option or Non-Qualified Stock Option in the event of the Grantee’s

 

-8-


death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Administrator.

 

(k) Time of Granting Awards . The date of grant of an Award shall for all purposes be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination to grant such Award, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the grant determination shall be given to each Employee, Director or Consultant to whom an Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

7. Award Exercise or Purchase Price, Consideration and Taxes .

 

(a) Exercise or Purchase Price . The exercise or purchase price, if any, for an Award shall be as follows:

 

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:

 

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

 

(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in the preceding paragraph, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(ii) In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option:

 

(A) granted to a person who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

 

-9-


(B) granted to any person other than a person described in the preceding paragraph, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(iii) In the case of the sale of Shares:

 

(A) granted to a person who, at the time of the grant of such Award, or at the time the purchase is consummated, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share purchase price shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

 

(B) granted to any person other than a person described in the preceding paragraph, the per Share purchase price shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(iv) In the case of other Awards, such price as is determined by the Administrator.

 

(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(a), in the case of an Award issued pursuant to Section 6(d), above, the exercise or purchase price for the Award shall be determined in accordance with the principles of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

(b) Consideration . Subject to Applicable Laws, the consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise or purchase of an Award including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). In addition to any other types of consideration the Administrator may determine, the Administrator is authorized to accept as consideration for Shares issued under the Plan the following:

 

(i) cash;

 

(ii) check;

 

(iii) delivery of Grantee’s promissory note with such recourse, interest, security, and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines as appropriate;

 

(iv) if the exercise or purchase occurs on or after the Registration Date, surrender of Shares or delivery of a properly executed form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Administrator may require (including withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the Award) which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or attestation equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Award shall be exercised (but only to the extent that such exercise of the Award would not result in an accounting compensation charge with respect to the Shares used to pay the exercise price unless otherwise determined by the Administrator);

 

(v) with respect to Options, if the exercise occurs on or after the registration Date, payment through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Grantee (A) shall provide written instructions to a Company designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of some or all of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares and (B) shall provide written directives to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale transaction; or

 

(vi) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

(c) Taxes . No Shares shall be delivered under the Plan to any Grantee or other person until such Grantee or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Administrator

 

-10-


for the satisfaction of any foreign, federal, state, or local income and employment tax withholding obligations, including, without limitation, obligations incident to the receipt of Shares or the disqualifying disposition of Shares received on exercise of an Incentive Stock Option. Upon exercise of an Award the Company shall withhold or collect from Grantee an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations.

 

8. Exercise of Award .

 

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder .

 

(i) Any Award granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator under the terms of the Plan and specified in the Award Agreement but in the case of an Option, in no case at a rate of less than twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Option is granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Option granted to an Officer, Director or Consultant, the Award Agreement may provide that the Option may become exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as such Officer’s, Director’s or Consultant’s Continuous Service, at any time or during any period established in the Award Agreement.

 

(ii) An Award shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Award by the person entitled to exercise the Award and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Award is exercised, including, to the extent selected, use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the purchase price as provided in Section 7(b)(v). Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to Shares subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of an Option or other Award. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in the Award Agreement or Section 11(a), below.

 

(b) Exercise Period Following Termination of Continuous Service . In the event of termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service for any reason other than Disability or death (but not in the event of a Grantee’s change of status from Employee to Consultant or from Consultant to Employee), such Grantee may, but only during the Post-Termination Exercise Period (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement), exercise the Award to the extent that the Grantee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination or to such other extent as may be determined by the Administrator. The Grantee’s Award Agreement may provide that upon the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for Cause, the Grantee’s right to exercise the Award shall terminate concurrently with the termination of Grantee’s Continuous Service. In the event of a Grantee’s change of status from Employee to Consultant, an Employee’s Incentive Stock Option shall convert automatically to a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one day following such change of status. To the extent that the Grantee is not entitled to exercise the

 

-11-


Award at the date of termination, or if the Grantee does not exercise such Award to the extent so entitled within the Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Award shall terminate.

 

(c) Disability of Grantee . In the event of termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of his or her Disability, Grantee may, but only within twelve (12) months from the date of such termination (and in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement), exercise the Award to the extent that the Grantee was otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination; provided, however, that if such Disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option such Incentive Stock Option shall automatically convert to a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one day following such termination. To the extent that the Grantee is not entitled to exercise the Award at the date of termination, or if Grantee does not exercise such Award to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Award shall terminate.

 

(d) Death of Grantee . In the event of a termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of his or her death, or in the event of the death of the Grantee during the Post- Termination Exercise Period or during the twelve (12) month period following the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service as a result of his or her Disability, the Grantee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Award by bequest or inheritance may exercise the Award, but only to the extent that the Grantee was entitled to exercise the Award as of the date of termination, within twelve (12) months from the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement). To the extent that, at the time of death, the Grantee was not entitled to exercise the Award, or if the Grantee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Award by bequest or inheritance does not exercise such Award to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Award shall terminate.

 

9. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

 

(a) Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all Applicable Laws, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b) As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any Applicable Laws.

 

10. Repurchase Rights . If the provisions of an Award Agreement grant to the Company the right to repurchase Shares upon termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, the Award Agreement shall (or may, with respect to Awards granted or issued to Officers, Directors or Consultants) provide that:

 

-12-


(a) the right to repurchase must be exercised, if at all, within ninety (90) days of the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service (or in the case of Shares issued upon exercise of Awards after the date of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, within ninety (90) days after the date of the Award exercise);

 

(b) the consideration payable for the Shares upon exercise of such repurchase right shall be made in cash or by cancellation of purchase money indebtedness within the ninety (90) day periods specified in Section 10(a);

 

(c) the amount of such consideration shall (i) be equal to the original purchase price paid by Grantee for each such Share; provided, that the right to repurchase such Shares at the original purchase price shall lapse at the rate of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Shares subject to the Award per year over five (5) years from the date the Award is granted (without respect to the date the Award was exercised or became exercisable), and (ii) with respect to Shares, other than Shares subject to repurchase at the original purchase price pursuant to clause (i) above, not less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be repurchased on the date of termination of Grantee’s Continuous Service; and

 

(d) the right to repurchase Shares, other than the right to repurchase Shares at the original purchase price pursuant to clause (i) of Section 10(c), shall terminate on the Registration Date.

 

11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization or Corporate Transaction/Related Entity Disposition .

 

(a) Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the number of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each such outstanding Award, as well as any other terms that the Administrator determines require adjustment shall be proportionately adjusted for (i) any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Shares, or similar transaction affecting the Shares, (ii) any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, or (iii) as the Administrator may determine in its discretion, any other transaction with respect to Common Stock to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies or a similar transaction; provided, however that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as the Administrator determines, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason hereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award.

 

(b) Corporate Transaction .

 

-13-


(i) Termination of Award if Not Assumed . In the event of a Corporate Transaction, each Award will terminate upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, unless the Award is assumed by the successor corporation or Parent thereof in connection with the Corporate Transaction, including affirmation of the Award by the Company in the event of a Corporate Transaction as defined in Section 2(m)(iv) and 2(m)(v), above (“Assumed”).

 

(ii) Acceleration of Award Upon Corporate Transaction . Except as provided otherwise in an individual Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction and:

 

(A) for the portion of each Award that is (x) Assumed, (y) replaced with a comparable Award with respect to shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation or Parent thereof, or (z) replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation, Parent thereof, or of the Company, in the case of a Corporate Transaction as defined in Sections 2(m)(iv) and 2(m)(v), which preserves the compensation element of such Award existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to such Award (“Assumed or Replaced”), then such Award (if assumed), the replacement Award (if replaced), or the cash incentive program automatically shall become fully vested, exercisable and payable and be released from any restrictions on transfer (other than transfer restrictions applicable to Options) and repurchase or forfeiture rights for all of the Shares at the time represented by such Assumed of Replaced portion of the Award, immediately upon termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service (substituting the successor employer corporation, if any, for “Company or Related Entity” for the definition of “Continuous Service”) if such Continuous Service is terminated by the successor company or the Company without Cause or voluntarily by the Grantee with Good Reason within twelve (12) months of the Corporate Transaction; and

 

(B) for the portion of each Award that is not Assumed or Replaced, such portion of the Award shall automatically become fully vested and exercisable and be released from any restrictions on transfer (other than transfer restrictions applicable to Incentive Stock Options) and repurchase or forfeiture rights for all of the Shares at the time represented by such portion of the Award, immediately prior to the specified effective date of such Corporate Transaction. The determination of Award comparability above shall be made by the Administrator, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(c) Related Entity Disposition .

 

(i) Termination of Award if Not Assumed . Effective upon the consummation of a Related Entity Disposition, for purposes of the Plan and all Awards, there shall be a deemed termination of Continuous Service of each Grantee who is at the time engaged primarily in service to the Related Entity involved in such Related Entity Disposition and each Award of such Grantee which is at the time outstanding under the Plan shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms of the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. However, such

 

-14-


Continuous Service shall not be deemed to terminate as to any portion of such Award that is Assumed or Replaced by the successor entity or its Parent in connection with the Related Entity Disposition.

 

(ii) Acceleration of Award upon Related Entity Disposition . Except as provided otherwise in an individual Award Agreement, in the event of a Related Entity Disposition and:

 

(A) for the portion of each Award that is Assumed or Replaced, then such Award (if assumed), the replacement Award (if replaced), or the cash incentive program automatically shall become vested, exercisable and payable and be released from any restrictions on transfer (other than transfer restrictions applicable to Options) and repurchase or forfeiture rights for all of the Shares at the time represented by such Assumed or Replaced portion of the Award, immediately upon termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service (substituting the successor employer corporation, if any, for “Company or Related Entity” for the definition of “Continuous Service”) if such Continuous Service is terminated by the successor company without Cause or voluntarily by the Grantee with Good Reason within twelve (12) months of the Related Entity Disposition; and

 

(B) for the portion of each Award of a Grantee who is at the time engaged primarily in service to the Related Entity involved in such Related Entity Disposition that is not Assumed or Replaced, such portion of the Award of such Grantee automatically shall become fully vested and exercisable and be released from any restrictions on transfer (other than transfer restrictions applicable to Options) and repurchase or forfeiture rights for all of the Shares at the time represented by such portion of the Award, immediately prior to the specified effective date of such Related Entity Disposition.

 

The determination of Award comparability above shall be made by the Administrator, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(d) Effective upon the date the Board determines not to proceed with an initial public offering of Shares or terminates the Plan prior to the Registration Date, the Company shall have the right exercisable at any time to terminate all Awards outstanding under the Plan in exchange for a payment to each Grantee whose Continuous Service has not terminated and who holds a partially or fully vested Award as of the date the Company exercises this right an amount in cash (or cash equivalents) equal to the difference in the aggregate exercise price of the vested Shares subject to the Grantee’s Award and the Fair Market Value of such vested Shares (as determined by the Board) as of the date of such exercise by the Company. All Awards held by a Grantee whose Continuous Service terminated for any reason prior to the Company’s exercise of its right under this Section 11(d) shall terminate automatically upon the Company’s exercise of such right and the Company shall have no obligation to make any payment to such Grantee.

 

(e) In connection with (i) a Corporate Transaction, (ii) a Related Entity Disposition or (iii) the Board’s determination not to proceed with an initial public offering of Shares or the Board’s termination of the Plan prior to the Registration Date pursuant to Section 11(d), above, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all Shares issued under the Plan

 

-15-


whether held by a Grantee or such other person at a purchase price equal to the Fair Market Value of the Shares (as determined by the Board) to be repurchased on the date the Company’s repurchase right is exercised.

 

12. Effective Date and Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the shareholders of the Company. It shall continue in effect for a term often (10) years unless sooner terminated. Subject to Section 17, below, and Applicable Laws, Awards may be granted under the Plan upon its becoming effective.

 

13. Amendment. Suspension or Termination of the Plan .

 

(a) The Board may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan. To the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

 

(b) No Award may be granted during any suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

 

(c) Any amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan (including termination of the Plan under Section 12, above) shall not affect Awards already granted, except to the extent provided in Section 11, above, and such Awards shall remain in full force and effect as if the Plan had not been amended, suspended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Grantee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Grantee and the Company.

 

14. Reservation of Shares .

 

(a) The Company, during the term of the Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

(b) The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

15. No Effect on Terms of Employment/Consulting Relationship . The Plan shall not confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the Grantee’s Continuous Service, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Service at any time, with or without Cause, and with or without notice. The Company’s ability to terminate the employment of a Grantee who is employed at will is in no way affected by its determination that the Grantee’s Continuous Service has been terminated for Cause for the purposes of this Plan.

 

16. No Effect on Retirement and Other Benefit Plans . Except as specifically provided in a retirement or other benefit plan of the Company or a Related Entity, Awards shall not be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits or contributions under any retirement

 

-16-


plan of the Company or a Related Entity, and shall not affect any benefits under any other benefit plan of any kind or any benefit plan subsequently instituted under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to level of compensation. The Plan is not a “Retirement Plan” or “Welfare Plan” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

17. Plan Approval . The Plan was adopted by the Board and the shareholders of the Company in 2000. In April 2004, the Board adopted and approved an amendment and restatement of the Plan to amend the transferability provisions with respect to Awards granted under the Plan, which amendment and restatement of the Plan is not subject to approval by the Company’s shareholders. In September 2004, the Board adopted and approved an amendment and restatement of the Plan to increase the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, which amendment and restatement of the Plan is subject to approval by the Company’s shareholders.

 

18. Information to Grantees . The Company shall provide to each Grantee, during the period for which such Grantee has one or more Awards outstanding, copies of financial statements at least annually.

 

-17-


DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

UK APPROVED SUB-PLAN RULES (“this Sub-Plan”)

1) Purpose .

 

a) This Sub-Plan to the Dolby Laboratories, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is for the benefit of employees who are, or may become, resident in the United Kingdom, of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. and of companies of which it has control (as defined in Section 840 of the United Kingdom Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (“the Act”)).

 

b) This Sub-Plan has been established in order to ensure Options granted under the Plan are capable of being granted under a share option plan approved under Schedule 9 of the Act (“Schedule 9”). An Option for the purposes of this Sub-Plan shall be defined as an option to acquire shares in the Company which is approved under Schedule 9 of the Act and issued under the terms of this Sub-Plan, (the “Option”), and all references to options being Incentive Stock Options in the Plan shall be disregarded.

 

c) The rules of this Sub-Plan should be read in conjunction with the Plan and are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan except to the extent that the terms and conditions of the Plan differ from or conflict with the terms set out in this Sub-Plan (in which case the terms of this Sub-Plan shall prevail). In this Sub-Plan words defined in the Plan shall have their same meaning except to the extent the context requires otherwise.

 

d) This Sub-Plan applies to any grant of Options made under the Plan to individuals who are resident, or may become resident, in the United Kingdom if, at the date of grant (“Date of Grant”), such Options are specified as having been granted subject to the terms and conditions of this Sub-Plan.

 

2) Eligibility

 

a) A UK Individual shall not be entitled to be granted Options under this Sub-Plan unless he is an Eligible Person (as defined in Section 2(b) below) on the Date of Grant.

 

b) For the purposes of this Sub-Plan an individual is an Eligible Person if he is:

 

i) an employee (but not an employee who is also a director) of a Participating Company (as defined in Section 2(c) below); or

 

ii) a director of a Participating Company who devotes substantially the whole of his working time to his duties and is required, under the terms of his office or employment with a Participating Company, to work not less than 25 hours per week excluding meal breaks; and

 

iii) in either case, not precluded from participation by Paragraph 8 of Schedule 9 (material interests in close companies).

 

c) A Participating Company means the Company and all companies that are subsidiaries and which are under the control of the Company (within the meaning of Section 840 of the Act) excluding those which the Plan Administrator has determined shall not participate for the time being in this Sub-Plan.

 

Page 1 of 7


3) Stock subject to this Sub-Plan

 

a) The shares over which Options may be granted under this Sub-Plan must form part of the ordinary share capital (as defined in Section 832(1) of the Act) of the Company. The stock must at all times, including the time of grant and the time of exercise, comply with the terms of the Plan and comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 10 to 14 of Schedule 9. Shares issued or transferred pursuant to this Sub-Plan shall rank pari passi in all respects with the Shares then in issue, except that they shall not rank for any right attaching to Shares by reference to a record date preceding the date of exercise.

 

b) The Company shall, at all times, keep available sufficient authorised and unissued Shares to satisfy to the fullest extent still possible all Options which have neither lapsed nor been fully exercised, taking account of any other obligations of the Company to issue Shares, or shall procure that sufficient Shares are available for transfer.

 

4) Award Limitations under the Plan

 

a) No Option shall be granted to an Eligible Person under this Sub-Plan at any time if it would result in the aggregate Market Value (as defined in Section 5(b) below) of the Shares which he may acquire in pursuance of rights obtained under this Sub-Plan and the aggregate Market Value of Shares which the Eligible Person could acquire by the exercise of an option under any other plan approved under Schedule 9 (not being a savings-related plan) and established by the Company or by any associated company (as defined in Section 416 of the Act) and not exercised, to exceed or further exceed £30,000 or such other limit contained from time to time in Paragraph 28(1) of Schedule 9.

 

b) For the purpose of Section 4(a):

 

i) in respect of Options previously granted under this Sub-Plan, the Market Value of the Shares shall be the Market Value originally determined under Section 5 at the time that the Option was granted; and

 

ii) in the case of rights obtained under any other plan approved under Schedule 9 (not being a savings-related plan), the Market Value of Shares shall be calculated as at the time when the option to acquire those Shares was obtained, or such earlier time as may have been agreed with the United Kingdom Inland Revenue.

 

c) If the Market Value of the Shares is expressed in a currency other than pounds sterling it shall be converted into pounds sterling at the appropriate exchange rate for that currency as published by the Wall Street Journal on the business day on which the relevant options were granted.

 

d) If the Plan Administrator attempts to grant an Option under this Sub-Plan which is inconsistent with Section 4(a), the Option granted under this Sub-Plan will be limited and take effect on a basis consistent with the provisions of Section 4 (a).

 

5) Option Exercise Price

 

a) The Option exercise price per Share shall be determined in accordance with Section 5(b) and shall be specified in the Award Agreement. In no circumstance shall the Option exercise price be less than the Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant of the Option, or if that day is not a dealing day, the business day immediately preceding the Date of Grant of the Option, or if the Company and the Board of the Inland Revenue agree in writing at such earlier time or times as may be provided in that agreement.

 

Page 2 of 7


b) Market Value of a Share shall mean on any day, its market value determined in accordance with Part VIII of the United Kingdom Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 and agreed with the Inland Revenue on the Date of Grant, or such earlier date as may be agreed with the Shares Valuation Division of the United Kingdom Inland Revenue.

 

6) Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalisation

 

a) The price at which Shares may be acquired on the exercise of any Option and the number of Shares thereunder may be adjusted as described in Section 11(a) of the Plan only in the event of a variation in the share capital of the Company within the meaning of Paragraph 29(7) of Schedule 9 and only if the prior approval of the United Kingdom Inland Revenue has been obtained for such adjustment.

 

7) Exercise of Option

 

a) A Grantee will not be able to exercise his Option granted under this Sub-Plan if he is ineligible to participate in the Sub-Plan by virtue of Paragraph 8 of Schedule 9 (material interests in close companies).

 

b) Notwithstanding Section 7(b) of the Plan, Options granted under this Sub-Plan may only be exercised by paying the Option exercise price in cash, by cheque or bank transfer.

 

c) Notwithstanding Section 9(a) of the Plan, the Company shall not later than 30 days after the effective receipt of the notice of exercise of an Option (given in accordance with the provisions of the Plan) together with the payment of the aggregate Option exercise price in respect of the Shares to be issued or transferred pursuant to the exercise of an Option, allot and issue or procure the transfer of credited as fully paid to the Participant and cause to be registered in his name the number of Shares specified in the written notice or procure the transfer of such Shares.

 

d) An Option may be subject to a vesting requirement which shall be set out in the Award Agreement and such vesting may apply in all circumstances, or only following a termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service or as otherwise provided.

 

8) Limit on Transfer of Awards

 

a) Subject to the rights of exercise by the Grantee’s personal representatives, every Option granted under this Sub-Plan shall be personal to the Grantee and may not be sold, transferred or disposed of in any way, and Section 6(j) of the Plan shall be construed accordingly.

 

9) Corporate Change

 

Subject to Section 9.2 (below) for the purposes of this Sub-Plan, a Grantee who has been granted an Option under the Sub-Plan shall be entitled if the Grantee so agrees to receive an Option over shares of a successor company (or another company on any consolidation, merger or amalgamation with or into another company) in consideration of the release of his or her rights under an Option provided that a company:

 

a) obtains control of the Company as a result of making a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company which is made on the condition such that if it is satisfied the company will have control of the Company; or

 

Page 3 of 7


b) obtains control of the Company as a result of making a general offer to acquire all the Shares in the Company which are of the same class as the shares which may be acquired by the exercise of Options granted under this Sub-Plan, (ignoring any shares which are already owned by it or a member of the same group of companies); or

 

c) obtains control of the Company in pursuance of Section 425 of the United Kingdom Companies Act 1985 (“the 1985 Act”) or the local legislation which the Board of the United Kingdom Inland Revenue accepts is the equivalent of the same; or

 

d) becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under Sections 428 to 430 of the 1985 Act or the local legislation which the Board of the United Kingdom Inland Revenue accepts is the equivalent of the same.

 

9.2 Where Rule 9.1 above applies:

 

a) a Grantee may, at any time within the appropriate period (within the meaning of Paragraph 15(2) of Schedule 9) and by agreement with the successor company, release any Option which has not lapsed (“the old option”) in consideration for the grant of a new option (the “new option”). The new option must be equivalent to the old option (within the meaning of Paragraph 15(3) of Schedule 9) but relate to shares in a different company (whether the successor corporation itself or some other company falling within Paragraph 10(b) or 10(c) of Schedule 9); and

 

b) for the purposes of the application of the provisions of this Sub-Plan, where any Grantee has released an old option, any new option granted shall be regarded as having been granted at the same time as the old option. With effect from the date of release, the new option shall be subject to the same provisions of this Sub-Plan as applied to the old option except that the following terms have the meaning assigned to them in this Section and not the meanings in the Plan:

 

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the company in respect of whose shares the new options have been granted;

 

“Committee” means the Committee of the board of directors of the company in respect of whose shares new options have been granted;

 

“Company” means the company in respect of whose shares the new options have been granted; and

 

“Shares” means fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the company over whose shares the new options have been granted and which satisfy the conditions specified in Paragraphs 10 to 14 of Schedule 9.

 

c) notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan, if the company merges or is consolidated with another company under circumstances where the company is not the surviving company, no Options may be granted under this Sub-Plan following such merger or consolidation apart from new options granted by the successor company.

 

9.3 For the purposes of this Section 9, ‘control’ has the meaning set out in Section 840 of the Act.

 

Page 4 of 7


10) Legal Entitlement

 

  10.1 Nothing in the Plan or this Sub-Plan nor in any instrument executed pursuant to it will confer on any person any right to continue in an office, or consultancy employment, nor will it affect the right of the provider of any service relationship to terminate the employment or office of any person without liability at any time with or without cause, nor will it impose upon the Committee or any other person any duty or liability (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) whatsoever in connection with:

 

a) the lapsing of any Option pursuant to the Plan or this Sub-Plan;

 

b) the failure or refusal to exercise any discretion under the Plan or this Sub-Plan; and/or

 

c) a holder of an Option ceasing to be a person who has a service relationship for any reason whatsoever.

 

  10.2 Options shall not (except as may be required by taxation law) form part of the emoluments of individuals or count as wages or remuneration for pension or other purposes.

 

  10.3 Any person who ceases to have the status or relationship of an employee or director with the Company or any Participating Company as a result of the termination of his employment or office for any reason and however that termination occurs, whether lawfully or otherwise, shall not be entitled and shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any entitlement by way of damages for dismissal or by way of compensation for loss of employment, office or consultancy or otherwise to any sum, damages or other benefits to compensate that person for the loss or alteration of any rights, benefits or expectations in relation to any Option, the Plan, this Sub-Plan or any instrument executed pursuant to it.

 

  10.4 The benefit of this Section 10 is given to the Company for itself and as trustee and agent of each Participating Company. To the extent that this Section benefits any company which is not a party to the Plan or this Sub-Plan, the benefit shall be held on trust and as agent by the Company for such company and the Company may, at its discretion, assign the benefit of this Section 10 to any such company.

 

11) Amendment to this Sub-Plan

 

If this Sub-Plan is and is to remain approved under Schedule 9 no amendment shall be made to:

 

a) any Option granted under this Sub-Plan;

 

b) the terms of this Sub-Plan;

 

c) the Plan, if it shall effect this Sub-Plan

 

except to the extent that the United Kingdom Inland Revenue has approved such amendments, and Section 4(b)(vii) and Section 13 of the Plan shall be construed accordingly. No such amendment shall take effect before the date on which it is approved by the United Kingdom Inland Revenue.

 

Page 5 of 7


12) Other Amendments to the Plan

 

  12.1 When the Board, Committee or Administrator, under the powers conferred by the Plan, determines the terms and conditions of any Option granted under this Sub-Plan, such terms and conditions (including vesting restrictions) shall notwithstanding Sections 6(a), (c) and 8(a) of the Plan:

 

a) be objective, specified at the date the Option is granted and set out in full, in, or details given with, the written Award Agreement; and

 

b) be such that rights to exercise such Options after the fulfilment or attainment of any terms and conditions so specified shall not be dependent upon the further discretion of any person; and

 

c) not be capable of amendment, variation or waiver under Section 4(b)(vii) of the Plan unless an event occurs which causes the Board, Committee or Administrator to reasonably consider that a waived, varied or amended term and condition would be a fairer measure of performance and would be no more difficult to satisfy.

 

  12.2 Within 28 days of the Date of Grant, an Eligible Person who has been granted an Option shall be given an Award Agreement and Section 6(k) of the Plan shall be construed accordingly.

 

  12.3 The following Sections of the Plan shall be deleted or amended for the purposes of construing this Sub-Plan:

 

a) In Section 2 (c) of the Plan, the words “Restricted Stock, or other right or benefit under the Plan” shall be deleted.

 

b) The definition of “Continuous Services” as defined in Section 2(l) of the Plan, shall, for the purposes of the application of this Sub-Plan be defined as “the provision of services to the Company or a related entity in any capacity of Employee or Director, that is not terminated”.

 

c) In Section 2(t) of the Plan, the words “Employee, Director or Consultant” shall be replaced with “Employee or Director”.

 

d) In Section 4, 5, 6 and 8 of the Plan, all references to Awards made to Consultants shall be ignored for the purpose of this Sub-Plan.

 

e) For the purpose of this Sub-Plan, Section 6(a) of the Plan shall be replaced with the words “The Administrator is authorised under the Plan to award any type of arrangement to an Eligible Person that is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan and that by its terms involves the issuance of an Option”.

 

f) In Section 6(c) of the plan, the words “repurchase provisions” shall be deleted from the first sentence.

 

g) In Section 6(c) of the Plan, the words “forfeiture provisions, forms of payment” until “of the Award, payment contingencies” shall be deleted.

 

h) In Section 6(c) of the Plan, the words “Partial achievement of the specified criteria” until “as specified in the Award Agreement” shall be deleted.

 

i) Section 6 (d), (e), (f) and (g) of the Plan, shall be deleted.

 

j) In Section 6(h) of the Plan, the words from “Any invested Shares received” until “Administrator determines to be appropriate” shall be deleted.

 

Page 6 of 7


k) Notwithstanding Section 6(h)(i) and 8(b) and (c) of the Plan, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective Date of Grant of such Option.

 

l) In the event of the death of a Grantee, the Grantee’s personal representative may exercise the Option during the period ending not later than the earlier of 12 months from the date of death and the expiration of the term of the Option.

 

m) Section 9(b) of the Plan, shall be deleted.

 

n) Section 10 of the Plan, shall be deleted.

 

o) Section 11(e) of the Plan, shall be deleted.

 

p) Section 7(a) of the Plan, shall be deleted and Section 5 of this Sub-Plan shall apply to determine the exercise price.

 

q) For the purposes of this Sub-Plan, the definition of Disability shall include the inability, in the opinion of a qualified physician, of a Grantee to perform the major duties of his position with the Participating Company because of injury.

 

r) In Section 8(a)(i) of the Plan, the words “over five (5) years from the date the Option is granted” shall be replaced with the words “over five (5) years from the date the Option is granted or such earlier date as specified in the Award Agreement”.

 

s) In Section 8(b) of the Plan the words “for any reason other than Disability or death”, shall be replaced with the words “for any reason other than Disability, death, redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996) (“Redundancy”), or retirement (on the date of the participant’s 65 th birthday) (“Retirement”)”.

 

t) In Section 8(c) of the Plan the first sentence shall be replaced with the words “In the event of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of his or her Disability, Redundancy, Retirement and death, the Grantee may, but only within the Post Termination Exercise Period (or in the case of death the period specified in Section 12(m) above), exercise the Award to the extent that the Grantee was otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination”.

 

u) Section 8(d) of the Plan shall be deleted.

 

v) The rules of this Sub-Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and the definition of “Applicable Laws” in section 2(b) of the Plan shall be construed accordingly”.

 

Adopted on behalf of the Company

  _______________________________    

Name of Signatory

  _______________________________    

Date

  _______________________________    

 

Page 7 of 7


DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

2000 UK UNAPPROVED RULES (“UK UNAPPROVED PLAN”)

 

The rules of this UK Unapproved Plan should be read in conjunction with the rules of the Dolby Laboratories, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan – 2000 UK Approved Rules (the “Sub-Plan”), except to the extent that the terms and conditions of the Sub-Plan differ from or conflict with the terms set out in this UK Unapproved Plan (in which case the terms of this Unapproved Plan shall prevail). In this Unapproved Plan words defined in the Sub-Plan shall have the same meaning except to the extent that the context requires otherwise.

 

1. Grant of Option s

 

  (a) For the purpose of Options granted under this 2000 UK Unapproved Plan, the Sub-Plan shall apply except that:

 

  (i) An Eligible Person shall be an Employee, Director or Consultant, as defined in the Dolby Laboratories, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (the “US Plan”) and paragraph 2 of the Sub-Plan shall be read accordingly. In addition the Board shall have the discretion to make an award of Options to any other person at its sole discretion.

 

  (ii) Options issued under this Unapproved Plan shall not be approved under Schedule 9.

 

  (iii) The Stock over which Options may be granted is not required to comply with Paragraphs 10 – 14 of Schedule 9.

 

  (iv) Section 4 of the Sub-Plan (“Award Limitations under the Plan”) shall not apply for the purposes of Options granted under this Unapproved Plan.

 

  (v) Section 7(a) and 7(b) of the Sub-Plan shall not apply.

 

  (vi) Section 8 of the Sub-Plan shall be deleted and Section 6(j) of the US Plan shall apply to this Unapproved Plan.

 

  (vii) Section 9.2(a) of the Sub-Plan shall be amended so that references to Paragraphs 15(2) and (3) of Schedule 9 and Paragraphs 10(b) and (c) of Schedule 9 are deleted.

 

  (viii) The definition of “Shares” at Section 9.2(b) and (c) of the Sub-Plan shall be deleted for the purpose of this UK Unapproved Plan. For the purpose of this UK Unapproved Plan, the definition of “Shares” shall be defined as a share of the Company’s Common Stock.

 

  (ix) References in the Sub-Plan to approval by or agreement of the Inland Revenue shall be deleted.

 

  (x) Section 11 of the Sub-Plan shall be deleted and Sections 4(b)(vii) and Section 13 of the US Plan shall apply to this Unapproved Plan.

 

  (xi) Section 12.3 of the Sub-Plan shall be deleted with the exception of Paragraphs 12.3(k) and (q).

 

  (xii) Options issued under this Unapproved Plan may be terminated by the Board at its sole discretion.

 

Page 1 of 2


2. Condition of Exercise

 

  (a) In the event that any taxes and/or social security contributions (“PAYE”) which a Participating Company would be required to account for to the Inland Revenue, or other taxation authority (to the extent that the same may be lawfully recovered from Grantee), becomes due on the Grantee’s exercise of an Option, the Option may not be exercised unless:

 

  (i) the Participating Company is able to deduct an amount equal to the whole of the PAYE liability from the Grantee’s net pay for the relevant pay period; or

 

  (ii) the Grantee has paid to the Participating Company an amount equal to the PAYE liability; or

 

  (iii) the sum of the amount that the Grantee has paid to the Participating Company in respect of the Participating Company’s obligation to satisfy PAYE liability and the total amount that the Participating Company is able to deduct from the Grantee’s net pay for the relevant pay period is equal to or more than the PAYE liability; or

 

  (iv) the Grantee has given irrevocable instructions to the Company’s brokers (or any other person acceptable to the Company) for the sale of sufficient shares acquired on the exercise of the Option to release an amount equal to the PAYE liability and the payment of the PAYE liability to the Participating Company; or

 

  (v) the Company determines otherwise.

 

  (b) The Option may not be exercised until the Grantee has jointly elected and agrees with the Company in respect of Secondary Class 1 National Insurance that becomes due on the exercise, assignment, release or cancellation of the Option (whether in whole or in part) pursuant to Section 4(4)(a) of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (“the SSCBA 1992”) to be transferred to the Grantee as permitted by Paragraph 3B of Schedule 1 to the SSCBA 1992, in a manner prescribed by the Company and approved in advance by the United Kingdom Inland Revenue.

 

  (c) The Secondary Class 1 National Insurance that becomes due on the exercise, assignment, release or cancellation of an Option, arising under Section 4(4)(1) SSCBA 1992 shall be included within the definition of PAYE for the purposes of Section 2 of this UK Unapproved Plan.

 

Page 2 of 2

Exhibit 10.3

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION AWARD

 

Grantee’s Name and Address:

                                                                                           
                                                                                             
                                                                                             

 

You have been granted an option to purchase shares of Common Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), the Dolby Laboratories, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) attached hereto, as follows. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Notice.

 

Award Number

  

                                                                                            

Date of Award

  

                                                                                            

Vesting Commencement Date

  

                                                                                            

Exercise Price per Share

  

$                                                                                          

Total Number of Shares Subject

    

to the Option (the “Shares”)

    

Total Exercise Price

  

$                                                                                          

Type of Option:

  

                     Incentive Stock Option

    

                     Non-Qualified Stock Option

Expiration Date:

  

                                                                                            

Post-Termination Exercise Period:

  

Three (3) Months

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

Subject to Grantee’s Continuous Service and other limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement, the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Date of Vesting


  

Total Number of Shares Vested


   Percent Vested

 
          25 %
          50 %
          75 %
          100 %

 

1


During any authorized leave of absence, the vesting of the Option as provided in this schedule shall be suspended after the leave of absence exceeds a period of ninety (90) days. Vesting of the Option shall resume upon the Grantee’s termination of the leave of absence and return to service to the Company or a Related Entity. The Vesting Schedule of the Option shall be extended by the length of the suspension.

 

In the event of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for Cause, the Grantee’s right to exercise the Option shall terminate concurrently with the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee to Consultant or from an Employee whose customary employment is 20 hours or more per week to an Employee whose customary employment is fewer than 20 hours per week, vesting of the Option shall continue only to the extent determined by the Administrator as of such change in status consistent with any minimum vesting requirements set forth in the Plan.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Grantee have executed this Notice and agree that the Option is to be governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement.

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.,

a California corporation

By:

 

 


Title:

 

 


 

THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE SHARES SUBJECT TO THE OPTION SHALL VEST, IF AT ALL, ONLY DURING THE PERIOD OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE GRANTEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS NOTICE, THE OPTION AGREEMENT, OR THE PLAN SHALL CONFER UPON THE GRANTEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE AWARDS OR CONTINUATION OF GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE GRANTEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE GRANTEE’S EMPLOYER TO TERMINATE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE, AND WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE. THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT UNLESS THE GRANTEE HAS A WRITTEN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH THE COMPANY TO THE CONTRARY, GRANTEE’S STATUS IS AT WILL.

 

The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Option Agreement, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof. The Grantee has reviewed this Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice, and fully understands all provisions of this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement. The Grantee acknowledges that the Shares are

 

2


subject to a Right of First Refusal pursuant to the terms of Section 11 of the Option Agreement and a Repurchase Right pursuant to the terms of Section 12 of the Option Agreement. The Grantee hereby agrees that all disputes arising out of or relating to this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with Section 19 of the Option Agreement. The Grantee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated in this Notice.

 

Dated:                     

  Signed:  

 


       

Grantee

 

3


Award Number:                     

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

 

1. Grant of Option . Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the Grantee (the “Grantee”) named in the Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the Total Number of Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option (the “Shares”) set forth in the Notice, at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “Exercise Price”) subject to the terms and provisions of the Notice, this Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and the Company’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

If designated in the Notice as an Incentive Stock Option, the Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares subject to Options designated as Incentive Stock Options which become exercisable for the first time by the Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options, to the extent of the Shares covered thereby in excess of the foregoing limitation, shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. For this purpose, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the date the Option with respect to such Shares is awarded.

 

2. Exercise of Option .

 

(a) Right to Exercise . The Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. The Option shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11(b) of the Plan relating to the exercisability or termination of the Option in the event of a Corporate Transaction. No partial exercise of the Option may be for less than the lesser of five percent (5%) of the total number of Shares subject to the Option or the remaining number of Shares subject to the Option. In no event shall the Company issue fractional Shares.

 

(b) Method of Exercise . The Option shall be exercisable only by delivery of an Exercise Notice (attached as Exhibit A) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the whole number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other provisions as may be required by the Administrator. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Grantee and shall be delivered in person, by certified mail, or by such other method as determined from time to time by the Administrator to the Company accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price, which, to the extent selected, shall be deemed to be satisfied by use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the Exercise Price provided in Section 4(d), below.

 

1


(c) Taxes . No Shares will be delivered to the Grantee or other person pursuant to the exercise of the Option until the Grantee or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of applicable income tax, employment tax, and social security tax withholding obligations, including, without limitation, obligations incident to the receipt of Shares or the disqualifying disposition of Shares received on exercise of an Incentive Stock Option. Upon exercise of the Option, the Company or the Grantee’s employer may offset or withhold (from any amount owed by the Company or the Grantee’s employer to the Grantee) or collect from the Grantee or other person an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations and/or the employer’s withholding obligations.

 

3. Grantee’s Representations . The Grantee understands that neither the Option nor the Shares exercisable pursuant to the Option have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or any United States securities laws. In the event the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of the Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time the Option is exercised, the Grantee shall, if requested by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of the Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be made by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Grantee; provided, however, that such exercise method does not then violate any Applicable Law:

 

(a) cash;

 

(b) check;

 

(c) if the exercise occurs on or after the Registration Date, surrender of Shares or delivery of a properly executed form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Administrator may require (including withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the Option) which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or attestation equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised (but only to the extent that such exercise of the Option would not result in an accounting compensation charge with respect to the Shares used to pay the exercise price); or

 

(d) if the exercise occurs on or after the Registration Date, payment through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Grantee (i) shall provide written instructions to a Company designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of some or all of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares and (ii) shall provide written directives to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale transaction.

 

2


5. Restrictions on Exercise . The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares subject to the Option upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws. In addition, the Option may be exercised prior to the time that the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company; provided, however, that all Shares issued upon any such exercise shall be rescinded if shareholder approval is not obtained within the time prescribed, and Shares issued on any such exercise shall not be counted in determining whether shareholder approval is obtained.

 

6. Termination or Change of Continuous Service . In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates, other than for Cause, the Grantee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the “Termination Date”), exercise the Option during the Post-Termination Exercise Period. In the event of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for Cause, the Grantee’s right to exercise the Option shall, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, terminate concurrently with the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service. In no event shall the Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice. In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee, Director or Consultant to any other status of Employee, Director or Consultant, the Option shall remain in effect and, except to the extent otherwise determined by the Administrator, continue to vest; provided, however, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option that shall remain in effect after a change in status from Employee to Director or Consultant, such Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following such change in status. Except as provided in Sections 7 and 8 below, to the extent that the Grantee is not entitled to exercise the Option on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the Option within the Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Option shall terminate.

 

7. Disability of Grantee . In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of his or her Disability, the Grantee may, but only within twelve (12) months from the Termination Date (and in no event later than the Expiration Date), exercise the Option to the extent he or she was otherwise entitled to exercise it on the Termination Date; provided, however, that if such Disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following the Termination Date. To the extent that the Grantee is not entitled to exercise the Option on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

8. Death of Grantee . In the event of the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of his or her death, or in the event of the Grantee’s death during the Post-Termination Exercise Period or during the twelve (12) month period following the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service as a result of his or her Disability, the Grantee’s estate, or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, may exercise the Option, but only to the extent the Grantee could exercise the Option at the date of termination, within twelve (12) months from the date of death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). To the extent that the Grantee is not entitled to exercise the Option on the date of death, or if the Option is not exercised to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

3


9. Transferability of Option . The Option, if an Incentive Stock Option, may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Grantee only by the Grantee. The Option, if a Non-Qualified Stock Option may be transferred by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, and to the extent and in the manner authorized by the Administrator, to members of the Grantee’s immediate family (as determined by the Administrator) or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Grantee.

 

10. Term of Option . The Option may be exercised no later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice or such earlier date as otherwise provided herein.

 

11. Company’s Right of First Refusal .

 

(a) Transfer Notice . Neither the Grantee nor a transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) shall sell, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise transfer any Shares or any right or interest therein without first complying with the provisions of this Section 11 or obtaining the prior written consent of the Company. In the event the Holder desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for any or all of the Shares, the Holder shall provide the Company with written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) of:

 

(i) The Holder’s intention to transfer;

 

(ii) The name of the proposed transferee;

 

(iii) The number of Shares to be transferred; and

 

(iv) The proposed transfer price or value and terms thereof.

 

The Company shall have the right to investigate the terms of any third-party offer to purchase any or all of the Shares, including but not limited to the financial ability of the proposed transferee to purchase the Shares, and shall determine, in its sole discretion based on such investigation, whether the third-party offer is in fact a bona fide offer to purchase any or all of the Shares.

 

(b) First Refusal Exercise Notice . The Company shall have the right to purchase (the “Right of First Refusal”) all but not less than all, of the Shares which are described in the Transfer Notice (the “Offered Shares”) at any time during the period commencing upon receipt of the Transfer Notice and ending forty-five (45) days after the first date on which the Company determines that the Right of First Refusal may be exercised without incurring an accounting expense with respect to such exercise (the “Option Period”) at the per share price or value and in accordance with the terms stated in the Transfer Notice, which Right of First Refusal shall be exercised by written notice (the “First Refusal Exercise Notice”) to the Holder. During the Option Period and the 120-day period following the expiration of the Option Period, the Company also may exercise its Repurchase Right in lieu or in addition to its Right of First Refusal if the Repurchase Right is or becomes exercisable during the Option Period or such 120-day period.

 

4


(c) Payment Terms . The Company shall consummate the purchase of the Offered Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 15 days after delivery of the First Refusal Exercise Notice; provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Offered Shares other than in cash, the Company and/or its assigns shall have the right to pay for the Offered Shares by the discounted cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Administrator. Upon payment for the Offered Shares to the Holder or into escrow for the benefit of the Holder, the Company or its assigns shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Offered Shares and all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer the Offered Shares to its own name or its assigns without further action by the Holder.

 

(d) Assignment . Whenever the Company shall have the right to purchase Shares under this Right of First Refusal, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations, to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Right of First Refusal.

 

(e) Non-Exercise . If the Company and/or its assigns do not collectively elect to exercise the Right of First Refusal within the Option Period or such earlier time if the Company and/or its assigns notifies the Holder that it will not exercise the Right of First Refusal, then the Holder may transfer the Shares upon the terms and conditions stated in the Transfer Notice, provided that:

 

(i) The transfer is made within 120 days of the expiration of the Option Period; and

 

(ii) The transferee agrees in writing that such Shares shall be held subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement.

 

(f) Expiration of Transfer Period . Following such 120-day period, no transfer of the Offered Shares and no change in the terms of the transfer as stated in the Transfer Notice (including the name of the proposed transferee) shall be permitted without a new written Transfer Notice prepared and submitted in accordance with the requirements of this Right of First Refusal.

 

(g) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Grantee’s lifetime or on the Grantee’s death by will or intestacy to the Grantee’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of the Grantee or the Grantee’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Right of First Refusal (a “Permitted Transfer”); provided, however, that (i) the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Option Agreement and (ii) prior to any such transfer, each transferee shall execute an agreement pursuant to which such transferee shall agree to receive and hold such Shares subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. “Immediate

 

5


Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, domestic partner (as determined by the Administrator), child, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister and the lineal descendants of such individuals.

 

(h) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The provisions of this Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Registration Date.

 

(i) Additional Shares or Substituted Securities . In the event of any transaction described in Section 11 of the Plan, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any such transaction distributed with respect to the Shares shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right.

 

(j) Corporate Transaction . Immediately prior to the consummation of a Corporate Transaction described in Sections 2(m)(i), (ii), and (iii) of the Plan, the Right of First Refusal shall automatically lapse in its entirety, except to the extent this Option Agreement is assumed by the successor corporation (or its Parent) in connection with such Corporate Transaction, in which case the Right of First Refusal shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Shares in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right.

 

12. Company’s Repurchase Right .

 

(a) Grant of Repurchase Right . The Company is hereby granted the right (the “Repurchase Right”), exercisable at any time (i) during the ninety (90) day period following the Termination Date, or (ii) during the ninety (90) day period following an exercise of the Option that occurs after the Termination Date to repurchase all or any portion of the Shares (the “Share Repurchase Period”). The Company shall have an additional repurchase right pursuant to Sections 11(d) and 11(e) of the Plan exercisable in accordance with the terms of such sections of the Plan.

 

(b) Exercise of the Repurchase Right . The Repurchase Right shall be exercisable by written notice delivered to each Holder of the Shares prior to the expiration of the Share Repurchase Period. The notice shall indicate the number of Shares to be repurchased and the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, such date to be not later than the last day of the Share Repurchase Period. On the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, the Company and/or its assigns shall pay to the Holder in cash or cash equivalents (including the cancellation of any purchase-money indebtedness) an amount equal to the Fair Market Value on the date immediately prior to the day on which the repurchase is to be effected, of the Shares which are to be repurchased from the Holder. Upon such payment or deposit into escrow for the benefit of the Holder, the Company and/or its assigns shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares being repurchased and all rights and interest thereon or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name or its assigns the number of Shares being repurchased, without further action by the Holder.

 

6


(c) Assignment . Whenever the Company shall have the right to purchase Shares under this Repurchase Right, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations, to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Right.

 

(d) Termination of the Repurchase Right . The Repurchase Right shall terminate with respect to any Shares for which it is not timely exercised. In addition, the Repurchase Right shall terminate and cease to be exercisable with respect to all Shares upon the Registration Date.

 

(e) Additional Shares or Substituted Securities . In the event of any transaction described in Section 11 of the Plan, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any such transaction distributed with respect to the Shares shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Right, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Repurchase Right in order to reflect the effect of any such transaction upon the Company’s capital structure.

 

(f) Corporate Transaction . Immediately prior to the consummation of a Corporate Transaction described in Sections 2(m)(i), (ii), and (iii) of the Plan, the Repurchase Right to the extent it has not been exercised shall automatically lapse in its entirety, except to the extent this Option Agreement is assumed by the successor corporation (or its Parent) in connection with such Corporate Transaction, in which case the Repurchase Right shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Shares in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the price per share payable upon exercise of the Repurchase Right to reflect the effect of the Corporate Transaction upon the Company’s capital structure.

 

13. Stop-Transfer Notices . In order to ensure compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Option Agreement, the Notice or the Plan, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

14. Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Option Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

15. Tax Consequences . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option Agreement of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE GRANTEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

7


(a) Exercise of Incentive Stock Option . If the Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as income for purposes of the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the Grantee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

 

(b) Exercise of Incentive Stock Option Following Disability . If the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of Disability that is not total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, to the extent permitted on the date of termination, the Grantee must exercise an Incentive Stock Option within three (3) months of such termination for the Incentive Stock Option to be qualified as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(c) Exercise of Non-Qualified Stock Option . On exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, the Grantee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If the Grantee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from the Grantee’s compensation or collect from the Grantee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(d) Disposition of Shares . In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, if Shares are held for more than one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes and subject to tax at a maximum rate of 20%. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for more than one year after receipt of the Shares and are disposed more than two years after the Date of Award, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares also will be treated as capital gain for federal income tax purposes and subject to the same tax rates and holding periods that apply to Shares acquired upon exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option. If Shares purchased under an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of prior to the expiration of such one-year or two-year periods, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.

 

16. Lock-Up Agreement .

 

(a) Agreement . The Grantee, if requested by the Company and the lead underwriter of any public offering of the Common Stock or other securities of the Company (the “Lead Underwriter”), hereby irrevocably agrees not to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale of, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of any interest in any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or any other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock (except Common Stock included in such public offering or acquired on the public market after such

 

8


offering) during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or such shorter period of time as the Lead Underwriter shall specify; provided, however, that the restrictions provided in this Section 16(a) will continue to apply for up to thirty-five (35) days beyond the 180-day restricted period following the effective day of such registration statement as determined by the Lead Underwriter if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or discloses material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period. The Grantee further agrees to sign such documents as may be requested by the Lead Underwriter to effect the foregoing and agrees that the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such Common Stock subject until the end of such period. The Company and the Grantee acknowledge that each Lead Underwriter of a public offering of the Company’s stock, during the period of such offering and for the 180-day period thereafter, is an intended beneficiary of this Section 16.

 

(b) No Amendment Without Consent of Underwriter . During the period from identification as a Lead Underwriter in connection with any public offering of the Company’s Common Stock until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the lock-up period specified in Section 16(a) in connection with such offering or (ii) the abandonment of such offering by the Company and the Lead Underwriter, the provisions of this Section 16 may not be amended or waived except with the consent of the Lead Underwriter.

 

17. Entire Agreement: Governing Law . The Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. Nothing in the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties. The Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement are to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of California (as permitted by Section 1646.5 of the California Civil Code, or any similar successor provision) without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of California to the rights and duties of the parties. Should any provision of the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

18. Headings . The captions used in the Notice and this Option Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of the Option for construction or interpretation.

 

19. Dispute Resolution The provisions of this Section 19 shall be the exclusive means of resolving disputes arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement. The Company, the Grantee, and the Grantee’s assignees (the “parties”) shall attempt

 

9


in good faith to resolve any disputes arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement by negotiation between individuals who have authority to settle the controversy. Negotiations shall be commenced by either party by notice of a written statement of the party’s position and the name and title of the individual who will represent the party. Within thirty (30) days of the written notification, the parties shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary, to resolve the dispute. If the dispute has not been resolved by negotiation, the parties agree that any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California (or should such court lack jurisdiction to hear such action, suit or proceeding, in a California state court in the County of San Francisco) and that the parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The parties irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection the party may have to the laying of venue for any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court. THE PARTIES ALSO EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY HAVE OR MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. If any one or more provisions of this Section 19 shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, it is the specific intent of the parties that such provisions shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it or its application valid and enforceable.

 

20. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States) or upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service (for international delivery of notice), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown beneath its signature in the Notice, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

21. Confidentiality . The Company shall provide to Grantee, during the period for which Grantee has one or more Awards outstanding, copies of financial statements of the Company at least annually. Grantee understands and agrees that such financial statements are confidential and shall not be disclosed by Grantee, to any entity or person, for any reason, at any time, without the prior written consent of the Company, unless required by law. If disclosure of such financial statements is required by law, whether through subpoena, request for production, deposition, or otherwise, Grantee promptly shall provide written notice to Company, including copies of the subpoena, request for production, deposition, or otherwise, within five (5) business days of their receipt by Grantee and prior to any disclosure so as to provide Company an opportunity to move to quash or otherwise to oppose the disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grantee may disclose the terms of such financial statements to his or her spouse or domestic partner, and for legitimate business reasons, to legal, financial, and tax advisors.

 

10


EXHIBIT A

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

Attention: Secretary

 

1. Effective as of today,                      ,      the undersigned (the “Grantee”) hereby elects to exercise the Grantee’s option to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”) and the [    ] Incentive [    ] Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”) dated                      ,              . Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Exercise Notice.

 

2. Representations of the Grantee . The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee has received, read and understood the Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3. Rights as Shareholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11(a) of the Plan.

 

The Grantee shall enjoy rights as a shareholder until such time as the Grantee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercises the Right of First Refusal or the Repurchase Right. Upon such exercise, the Grantee shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement, and the Grantee shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

4. Delivery of Payment . The Grantee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, which, to the extent selected, shall be deemed to be satisfied by use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the Exercise Price provided in Section 4(d) of the Option Agreement.

 

1


5. Tax Consultation . The Grantee understands that the Grantee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Grantee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Grantee represents that the Grantee has consulted with any tax consultants the Grantee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Grantee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

6. Taxes . The Grantee agrees to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding obligations and herewith delivers to the Company the full amount of such obligations or has made arrangements acceptable to the Company to satisfy such obligations. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Grantee also agrees, as partial consideration for the designation of the Option as an Incentive Stock Option, to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days of any disposition of any shares acquired by exercise of the Option if such disposition occurs within two (2) years from the Award Date or within one (1) year from the date the Shares were transferred to the Grantee. If the Company is required to satisfy any federal, state or local income or employment tax withholding obligations as a result of such an early disposition, the Grantee agrees to satisfy the amount of such withholding in a manner that the Administrator prescribes.

 

7. Restrictive Legends . The Grantee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND A REPURCHASE RIGHT HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND REPURCHASE RIGHT ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

2


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Grantee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

9. Headings . The captions used in this Exercise Notice are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this agreement for construction or interpretation.

 

10. Dispute Resolution . The provisions of Section 19 of the Option Agreement shall be the exclusive means of resolving disputes arising out of or relating to this Exercise Notice.

 

11. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of California (as permitted by Section 1646.5 of the California Civil Code, or any similar successor provision) without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of California to the rights and duties of the parties. Should any provision of this Exercise Notice be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

12. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States) or upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service (for international delivery of notice), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

13. Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this agreement.

 

14. Entire Agreement . The Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and together with this Exercise Notice constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. Nothing in the Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and this Exercise Notice (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties.

 

3


Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

GRANTEE:

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 


 

By:

 

 


    (Signature)

 

Title:

 

 


Address :

 

Address :

   

 


 

100 Potrero Avenue

 


 

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

 

4


EXHIBIT B

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

GRANTEE:

  

 


COMPANY:

  

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

SECURITY:

  

COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT:

  

 


DATE:

  

 


 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Grantee represents to the Company the following:

 

(a) Grantee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Grantee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Grantee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

(b) Grantee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon among other things, the bona fide nature of Grantee’s investment intent as expressed herein. Grantee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Grantee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Grantee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company.

 

(c) Grantee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Grantee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the

 

1


availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d) Grantee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Grantee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

(e) Grantee represents that he is a resident of the state of                                  .

 

Signature of Grantee:

 


Date:                      ,         

 

2


DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

2000 UK APPROVED RULES

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION AWARD

 

Grantee’s Name and Address:

  ________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________

 

You have been granted an option to purchase shares of Common Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), the Dolby Laboratories, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, 2000 UK Approved Rules, as amended from time to time (the “Sub-Plan”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) attached hereto, as follows. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Sub-Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Notice.

 

Award Number

  ________________________________________________

Date of Award

  ________________________________________________

Vesting Accrual Date

  ________________________________________________

Exercise Price per Share

  £_______________________________________________

Total Number of Shares Subject to the Option (the “Shares”)

  ________________________________________________

Total Exercise Price

  £_______________________________________________

Type of Option:

  _______        UK Approved Stock Option

Expiration Date:

  ________________________________________________

Post-Termination Exercise Period:

  [Three (3) months following later of either: 1)the first to occur of a Registration Date or Corporate Transaction or the expiration of nine years and nine months from the Date of Award of the Option or 2) the Termination of Continuous Service if later]

 

In the event of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for Cause, the Grantee’s right to exercise the Option shall terminate concurrently with the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Grantee have executed this Notice and agree that the Option is to be governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice, the Sub-Plan and the Option Agreement.

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.,

a California corporation

By:

 

 


Title:

 

 


 

THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE SHARES SUBJECT TO THE OPTION SHALL VEST, IF AT ALL, ONLY DURING THE PERIOD OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE GRANTEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS NOTICE, THE OPTION AGREEMENT, OR THE SUB-PLAN SHALL CONFER UPON THE GRANTEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE AWARDS OR CONTINUATION OF GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE GRANTEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE GRANTEE’S EMPLOYER TO TERMINATE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE, AND WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE. THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT UNLESS THE GRANTEE HAS A WRITTEN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH THE COMPANY TO THE CONTRARY, GRANTEE’S STATUS IS AT WILL.

 

The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Sub-Plan and the Option Agreement, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof. The Grantee has reviewed this Notice, the Sub-Plan and the Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice, and fully understands all provisions of this Notice, the Sub-Plan and the Option Agreement. The Grantee hereby agrees that all disputes arising out of or relating to this Notice, the Sub-Plan and the Option Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with Section 12 of the Option Agreement. The Grantee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated in this Notice.

 

Dated:_______________________

 

Signed:

 

 


        Grantee

 

2


Award Number:             

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

2000 UK APPROVED RULES

 

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

 

1. Grant of Option . Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the Grantee (the “Grantee”) named in the Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the Total Number of Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option (the “Shares”) set forth in the Notice, at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “Exercise Price”) subject to the terms and provisions of the Notice, this Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and the Company’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan - 2000 UK Approved Rules, as amended from time to time (the “Sub-Plan”), which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Sub-Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

The Option is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

 

2. Exercise and Lapse of Option .

 

(a) Subject to the terms of the Sub-Plan, the Option shall be exercisable with respect to vested option shares during its term and on and after the occurrence of the first of either of the following:

 

(i) A Registration Date; or

 

(ii) a Corporate Transaction; or,

 

(iii) the expiration of nine years and nine months from the Date of Award of the Option.

 

(b) No partial exercise of the Option may be for less than the lesser of five percent (5%) of the total number of shares subject to the Option or the remaining number of shares subject to the Option. In no event shall the Company issue fractional shares .

 

(c) Lapse of Option . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Sub-Plan and the Option Agreement, the Option shall immediately terminate upon the Board determining not to proceed with an initial public offering and Corporate Transaction.

 

1


(d) Method of Exercise . The Option shall be exercisable only by delivery of an Exercise Notice (attached as Exhibit A) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the whole number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other provisions as may be required by the Administrator. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Grantee and shall be delivered in person, by certified mail, or by such other method as determined from time to time by the Administrator to the Company accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price in cash, by cheque or bank transfer.

 

(e) Taxes . No Shares will be delivered to the Grantee or other person pursuant to the exercise of the Option until the Grantee or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of applicable income tax, employment tax, and social security tax withholding obligations, including, without limitation, obligations incident to the receipt of Shares or the disqualifying disposition of Shares received on exercise of an Option. Upon exercise of the Option, the Company or the Grantee’s employer may offset or withhold (from any amount owed by the Company or the Grantee’s employer to the Grantee) or collect from the Grantee or other person an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations and/or the employer’s withholding obligations.

 

3. Grantee’s Representations . The Grantee understands that neither the Option nor the Shares exercisable pursuant to the Option have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or any United States securities laws.

 

4. Restrictions on Exercise .

 

(a) General . The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares subject to the Option upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws.

 

(b) Lock-Up Agreement. If an Option is exercisable by reason of a Registration Date as a condition of exercise the Grantee must if requested, provided any such agreement applies to all shareholders equally, irrevocably agree with the lead underwriter of any public offering of the Common Stock or other securities of the Company (the “Lead Underwriter”) not to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale of, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of any interest in any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or any other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock (except Common Stock included in such public offering or acquired on the public market after such offering) during the period of no more than 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Grantee further agrees to sign such documents as may be requested by the Lead Underwriter to effect the foregoing. The Company and the Grantee acknowledge that each Lead Underwriter of a public offering of the Company’s stock, during the period of such offering and for the 180-day period thereafter, is an intended beneficiary of this Section 4(b). During the period from identification as a Lead Underwriter in connection with any public offering of the Company’s Common Stock until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the lock-up period specified in this Section 4(b) in connection with such offering or (ii) the abandonment of such offering by the Company and the Lead Underwriter, the provisions of this Section 4(b) may not be amended or waived.

 

2


5. Termination or Change of Continuous Service .

 

(a) General. In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates, other than for Cause, the Grantee may, to the extent the Grantee’s Option shall have vested at the date of such termination (the “Termination Date”), exercise the Option during the Post-Termination Exercise Period, or, if later, 3 months following the end of the Lock Up period if this applies on the Shares to be issued under the terms of the Option. In the event of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for Cause, the Grantee’s right to exercise the Option shall terminate concurrently with the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service. In no event shall the Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice. In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee or Director to any other status of Employee or Director, the Option shall remain in effect and, except to the extent otherwise determined by the Administrator, continue to vest. Except as provided in Sections 7 and 8 below, to the extent that the Grantee is not entitled to exercise the Option on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the Option within the Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Option shall terminate.

 

(b) Vesting. For the purposes of determining the extent to which an Option may be exercised an Option shall vest at the rate of [twenty five percent (25%)] of the maximum number of Shares the subject of an Option for each full year following the Date of Award, or from such earlier date as set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Award (“Vesting Accrual Date”) (without respect to the date the Option was exercised or became exercisable).

 

6. Term of Option . The Option may be exercised no later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice or such earlier date as otherwise provided herein, and in no event shall this be later than 10 years from the Date of Grant.

 

7. Company’s Right of First Refusal .

 

(a) Transfer Notice . Neither the Grantee nor a transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) shall sell, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise transfer any Shares or any right or interest therein without first complying with the provisions of this Section 7 or obtaining the prior written consent of the Company. In the event the Holder desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for any or all of the Shares, the Holder shall provide the Company with written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) of:

 

(i) The Holder’s intention to transfer;

 

(ii) The name of the proposed transferee;

 

(iii) The number of Shares to be transferred; and

 

(iv) The proposed transfer price or value and terms thereof.

 

3


The Company shall have the right to investigate the terms of any third-party offer to purchase any or all of the Shares, including but not limited to the financial ability of the proposed transferee to purchase the Shares, and shall determine, in its sole discretion based on such investigation, whether the third-party offer is in fact a bona fide offer to purchase any or all of the Shares.

 

(b) First Refusal Exercise Notice . The Company shall have the right to purchase (the “Right of First Refusal”) all but not less than all, of the Shares which are described in the Transfer Notice (the “Offered Shares”) at any time during the period commencing upon receipt of the Transfer Notice and ending forty-five (45) days after the first date on which the Company determines that the Right of First Refusal may be exercised without incurring an accounting expense with respect to such exercise (the “Option Period”) at the per share price or value and in accordance with the terms stated in the Transfer Notice, which Right of First Refusal shall be exercised by written notice (the “First Refusal Exercise Notice”) to the Holder.

 

(c) Payment Terms . The Company shall consummate the purchase of the Offered Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 15 days after delivery of the First Refusal Exercise Notice; provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Offered Shares other than in cash, the Company and/or its assigns shall have the right to pay for the Offered Shares by the discounted cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Administrator. Upon payment for the Offered Shares to the Holder or into escrow for the benefit of the Holder, the Company or its assigns shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Offered Shares and all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer the Offered Shares to its own name or its assigns without further action by the Holder.

 

(d) Assignment . Whenever the Company shall have the right to purchase Shares under this Right of First Refusal, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations, to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Right of First Refusal.

 

(e) Non-Exercise . If the Company and/or its assigns do not collectively elect to exercise the Right of First Refusal within the Option Period or such earlier time if the Company and/or its assigns notifies the Holder that it will not exercise the Right of First Refusal, then the Holder may transfer the Shares upon the terms and conditions stated in the Transfer Notice, provided that:

 

(i) The transfer is made within 120 days of the expiration of the Option Period; and

 

(ii) The transferee agrees in writing that such Shares shall be held subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement.

 

(f) Expiration of Transfer Period . Following such 120-day period, no transfer of the Offered Shares and no change in the terms of the transfer as stated in the Transfer Notice (including the name of the proposed transferee) shall be permitted without a new written Transfer Notice prepared and submitted in accordance with the requirements of this Right of First Refusal.

 

4


(g) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Grantee’s lifetime or on the Grantee’s death by will or intestacy to the Grantee’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of the Grantee or the Grantee’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Right of First Refusal (a “Permitted Transfer”); provided, however, that (i) the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Option Agreement and (ii) prior to any such transfer, each transferee shall execute an agreement pursuant to which such transferee shall agree to receive and hold such Shares subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, domestic partner (as determined by the Administrator), child, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister and the lineal descendants of such individuals.

 

(h) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The provisions of this Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Registration Date.

 

(i) Additional Shares or Substituted Securities . In the event of any transaction described in Section 7 of the Sub-Plan, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any such transaction distributed with respect to the Shares shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right.

 

(j) Corporate Transaction . Immediately prior to the consummation of a Corporate Transaction described in Sections 2(m)(i), (ii), and (iii) of the Plan, the Right of First Refusal shall automatically lapse in its entirety, except to the extent this Option Agreement is assumed by the successor corporation (or its Parent) in connection with such Corporate Transaction, in which case the Right of First Refusal shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Shares in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right.

 

8. Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Option Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

9. Tax Consequences . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option Agreement of some of the UK tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares.

 

5


There will be no liability to tax at the date of grant. There will normally be no liability to tax on the date of an “approved” exercise, i.e. if you exercise your Option:

 

  three or more years after the Option was granted; and

 

  three years after a previous exercise which qualified for relief from tax.

 

In such cases you may be liable for capital gains tax when you sell the shares. If you do exercise your option at a time when the conditions above are not fulfilled, you will be subject to income tax on the gain you make on the exercise of the option. This is calculated as the difference between the market value of the shares at the exercise date and the exercise price. This liability will arise even if you do not sell your shares.

 

THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE GRANTEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

10. Entire Agreement: Governing Law . The Notice, the Sub-Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. Nothing in the Notice, the Sub-Plan and this Option Agreement (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties. The Notice, the Sub-Plan and this Option Agreement are to be construed in accordance with the laws of England. Should any provision of the Notice, the Sub-Plan or this Option Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

11. Headings . The captions used in the Notice and this Option Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of the Option for construction or interpretation.

 

12. Dispute Resolution The provisions of this Section 12 shall be the exclusive means of resolving disputes arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Sub-Plan and this Option Agreement. The Company, the Grantee, and the Grantee’s assignees (the “parties”) shall attempt in good faith to resolve any disputes arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Sub-Plan and this Option Agreement by negotiation between individuals who have authority to settle the controversy. Negotiations shall be commenced by either party by notice of a written statement of the party’s position and the name and title of the individual who will represent the party. Within thirty (30) days of the written notification, the parties shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary, to resolve the dispute. If the dispute has not been resolved by negotiation, the parties agree that any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Sub-Plan or this Option Agreement shall be brought in England and that the parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The parties irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection the party may have to the laying of venue for any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court. THE PARTIES ALSO

 

6


EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY HAVE OR MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. If any one or more provisions of this Section 12 shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, it is the specific intent of the parties that such provisions shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it or its application valid and enforceable.

 

13. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States) or upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service (for international delivery of notice), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown beneath its signature in the Notice, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

14. Confidentiality . The Company shall provide to Grantee, during the period for which Grantee has one or more Awards outstanding, copies of financial statements of the Company at least annually. Grantee understands and agrees that such financial statements are confidential and shall not be disclosed by Grantee, to any entity or person, for any reason, at any time, without the prior written consent of the Company, unless required by law. If disclosure of such financial statements is required by law, whether through subpoena, request for production, deposition, or otherwise, Grantee promptly shall provide written notice to Company, including copies of the subpoena, request for production, deposition, or otherwise, within five (5) business days of their receipt by Grantee and prior to any disclosure so as to provide Company an opportunity to move to quash or otherwise to oppose the disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grantee may disclose the terms of such financial statements to his or her spouse or domestic partner, and for legitimate business reasons, to legal, financial, and tax advisors.

 

7


EXHIBIT A

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

2000 UK APPROVED RULES

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

Attention: Secretary

 

1. Effective as of today,                              ,      the undersigned (the “Grantee”) hereby elects to exercise the Grantee’s option to purchase                              shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan – 2000 UK Approved Rules, as amended from time to time (the “Sub-Plan”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”) dated                              ,                  . Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Sub-Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Exercise Notice.

 

2. Representations of the Grantee . The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee has received, read and understood the Notice, the Sub-Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3. Rights as Shareholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11(a) of the Plan (as varied by the Sub-Plan).

 

The Grantee shall enjoy rights as a shareholder until such time as the Grantee disposes of the Shares [or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercises the Right of First Refusal]. [Upon such exercise, the Grantee shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement, and the Grantee shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.]

 

4. Delivery of Payment . The Grantee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares in cash, by cheque or bank transfer.

 

1


5. Tax Consultation . The Grantee understands that the Grantee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Grantee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Grantee represents that the Grantee has consulted with any tax consultants the Grantee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Grantee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

6. Taxes . The Grantee agrees to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding obligations and herewith delivers to the Company the full amount of such obligations or has made arrangements acceptable to the Company to satisfy such obligations. If the Company is required to satisfy any federal, state or local income or employment tax withholding obligations as a result of such an early disposition, the Grantee agrees to satisfy the amount of such withholding in a manner that the Administrator prescribes to the extent permitted by law.

 

7. Restrictive Legends . The Grantee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Grantee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

2


9. Headings . The captions used in this Exercise Notice are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this agreement for construction or interpretation.

 

10. Dispute Resolution . The provisions of Section 12 of the Option Agreement shall be the exclusive means of resolving disputes arising out of or relating to this Exercise Notice.

 

11. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of England. Should any provision of this Exercise Notice be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

12. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States) or upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service (for international delivery of notice), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

13. Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this agreement.

 

14. Entire Agreement . The Notice, the Sub-Plan and the Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and together with this Exercise Notice constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. Nothing in the Notice, the Sub-Plan the Option Agreement and this Exercise Notice (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties.

 

3


Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

GRANTEE:

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

   

By:

 

 


 


 

Title:

 

 


                                (Signature)

       

Address:

 

Address:

______________________________________

______________________________________

 

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

 

4


DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

2000 UK UNAPPROVED PLAN

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION AWARD

 

Grantee’s Name and Address:

 

You have been granted an option to purchase shares of Common Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), the Dolby Laboratories, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, 2000 UK Unapproved Plan as amended from time to time (the “UK Unapproved Plan”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) attached hereto, as follows. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Notice.

 

Award Number

   ______________________________________

Date of Award

    

Vesting Accrual Date

to the Option (the “Shares”)

    

Total Exercise Price

    

Type of Option:

   UK Unapproved Stock Option

Expiration Date:

    

Post-Termination Exercise Period:

   Three (3) month following later of either: 1) the first to occur of a Registration Date or Corporate Transaction or the expiration of nine years and nine months from the Date of Award of the Option or 2) the Termination of Continuous Service if later

 

In the event of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for Cause, the Grantee’s right to exercise the Option shall terminate concurrently with the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

Page 1 of 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Grantee have executed this Notice and agree that the Option is to be governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice, the Sub-Plan and the Option Agreement.

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.,

a California corporation

By:

 

 


Title:

 

 


 

THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE SHARES SUBJECT TO THE OPTION SHALL VEST, IF AT ALL, ONLY DURING THE PERIOD OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE GRANTEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS NOTICE, THE OPTION AGREEMENT, OR THE UK UNAPPROVED PLAN SHALL CONFER UPON THE GRANTEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE AWARDS OR CONTINUATION OF GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE GRANTEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE GRANTEE’S EMPLOYER TO TERMINATE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE, AND WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE. THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT UNLESS THE GRANTEE HAS A WRITTEN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH THE COMPANY TO THE CONTRARY, GRANTEE’S STATUS IS AT WILL.

 

The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the UK Unapproved Plan and the Option Agreement, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof. The Grantee has reviewed this Notice, the UK Unapproved Plan and the Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice, and fully understands all provisions of this Notice, the UK Unapproved Plan and the Option Agreement. The Grantee hereby agrees that all disputes arising out of or relating to this Notice, the UK Unapproved Plan and the Option Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with Section 12 of the Option Agreement. The Grantee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated in this Notice.

 

Dated:                     

 

Signed:

 

 


        Grantee

 

Page 2 of 2


Award Number:             

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

2000 UK UNAPPROVED PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

 

1. Grant of Option . Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the Grantee (the “Grantee”) named in the Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the Total Number of Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option (the “Shares”) set forth in the Notice, at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “Exercise Price”) subject to the terms and provisions of the Notice, this Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and the Company’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, 2000 UK Unapproved Plan, as amended from time to time (the “UK Unapproved Plan”), which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the UK Unapproved Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

If designated in the Notice as an Incentive Stock Option, the Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares subject to Options designated as Incentive Stock Options which become exercisable for the first time by the Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options, to the extent of the Shares covered thereby in excess of the foregoing limitation, shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. For this purpose, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the date the Option with respect to such Shares is awarded.

 

2. Exercise of Option .

 

(a) Right to Exercise . Subject to the terms of the UK Unapproved Plan, the Option shall be exercisable with respect to vested option shares during its term and on and after the occurrence of the first of either of the following:

 

  (i) A Registration Date; or

 

  (ii) A Corporate Transaction; or

 

  (iii) The expiration of nine years and nine months from the Date of Award of the Option.

 

Page 1 of 17


(b) No partial exercise of the Option may be for less than the lesser of five percent (5%) of the total number of shares subject to the Option or the remaining number of shares subject to the Option. In no event shall the Company issue fractional shares.

 

(c) Method of Exercise . The Option shall be exercisable only by delivery of an Exercise Notice (attached as Exhibit A) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the whole number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other provisions as may be required by the Administrator or as required by the Unapproved Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Grantee and shall be delivered in person, by certified mail, or by such other method as determined from time to time by the Administrator to the Company accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price, which, to the extent selected, shall be deemed to be satisfied by use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the Exercise Price provided in Section 5(d), below.

 

(d) Vesting . For the purposes of determining the extent to which an Option may be exercised, an Option shall vest at the rate of twenty five percent (25%) of the maximum number of shares the subject of an Option for each full year following the Date of Award, or from such earlier date as set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Award (“Vesting Accrual Date”) (without respect to the date the Option was exercised or became exercisable). Notwithstanding the above the Board may accelerate the vesting of an Option at its sole discretion.

 

(e) Taxes . In the event that any taxes and/or social security contributions (“PAYE”) which a Participating Company would be required to account for to the United Kingdom Inland Revenue or other taxation authority, becomes due on the exercise or grant of an Option the Option shall not be deemed to be granted or may not be exercised unless:

 

  (i) the Participating Company, is able to deduct an amount equal to the whole of the PAYE liability from the Grantee’s net pay for the relevant pay period; or

 

  (ii) the Grantee has paid to the Participating Company an amount equal to the PAYE liability; or

 

  (iii) the sum of the amount that the Grantee has paid to the Participating Company in respect of the Participating Company’s obligation to satisfy the PAYE liability and the total amount that the Participating Company is able to deduct from the Grantee’s net pay for the relevant pay period is equal to or more than the PAYE liability; or

 

Page 2 of 17


  (iv) the Grantee has given irrevocable instructions to the Company’s brokers (or any other person acceptable to the Company) for the sale of sufficient Shares acquired on the exercise of the Option to realise an amount equal to the PAYE liability and the payment of the PAYE liability to the Participating Company; or

 

  (v) the Administrator determines otherwise.

 

Furthermore, no Option shall be exercisable until such time as a Grantee jointly elects and agrees that the Secondary Class 1 national insurance that becomes due in the United Kingdom on the exercise, assignment, release or cancellation of the Option (whether in whole or in part) pursuant to Section 4(4)(a) of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (the ““SSCBA 1992”) shall be transferred to the Grantee as permitted by Paragraph 3B of Schedule 1 to the SSCBA 1992, if so requested.

 

3. Termination or Change of Continuous Service . In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates, other than for Cause, the Grantee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the “Termination Date”), exercise the Option during the Post-Termination Exercise Period or if later 3 months following the end of the Lock Up period. In the event of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for Cause, the Grantee’s right to exercise the Option shall, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, terminate concurrently with the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service. In no event shall the Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice. In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee, Director or Consultant to any other status of Employee, Director or Consultant, the Option shall remain in effect and, except to the extent otherwise determined by the Administrator, continue to vest; provided, however, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option that shall remain in effect after a change in status from Employee to Director or Consultant, such Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following such change in status. Except as provided in Sections 7 and 8 below, to the extent that the Grantee is not entitled to exercise the Option on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the Option within the Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Option shall terminate.

 

4. Grantee’s Representations . The Grantee understands that neither the Option nor the Shares exercisable pursuant to the Option have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or any United States securities laws. In the event the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of the Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time the Option is exercised, the Grantee shall, if requested by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of the Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be made by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Grantee; provided, however, that such exercise method does not then violate any Applicable Law:

 

  (a) cash;

 

Page 3 of 17


  (b) check;

 

(c) if the exercise occurs on or after the Registration Date, surrender of Shares or delivery of a properly executed form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Administrator may require (including withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the Option) which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or attestation equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised (but only to the extent that such exercise of the Option would not result in an accounting compensation charge with respect to the Shares used to pay the exercise price); or

 

(d) if the exercise occurs on or after the Registration Date, payment through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Grantee (i) shall provide written instructions to a Company designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of some or all of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares and (ii) shall provide written directives to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale transaction.

 

6. Restrictions on Exercise . The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares subject to the Option upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws. In addition, the Option may be exercised prior to the time that the UK Unapproved Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company; provided, however, that all Shares issued upon any such exercise shall be rescinded if shareholder approval is not obtained within the time prescribed, and Shares issued on any such exercise shall not be counted in determining whether shareholder approval is obtained.

 

7. Disability of Grantee . In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of his or her Disability, the Grantee may, but only within three (3) months from the Post Termination Exercise Period (and in no event later than the Expiration Date), exercise the Option to the extent he or she was otherwise entitled to exercise it on the Termination Date; provided, however, that if such Disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following the Termination Date. To the extent that the Grantee is not entitled to exercise the Option on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

Page 4 of 17


8. Death of Grantee . In the event of the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of his or her death, or in the event of the Grantee’s death during the Post-Termination Exercise Period or during the twelve (12) month period following the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service as a result of his or her Disability, the Grantee’s estate, or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, may exercise the Option, but only to the extent the Grantee could exercise the Option at the date of termination, within twelve (12) months from the date of death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). To the extent that the Grantee is not entitled to exercise the Option on the date of death, or if the Option is not exercised to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

9. Transferability of Option . The Option, if an Incentive Stock Option, may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Grantee only by the Grantee. The Option, if a Non-Qualified Stock Option may be transferred by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, and to the extent and in the manner authorized by the Administrator, to members of the Grantee’s immediate family (as determined by the Administrator) or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Grantee.

 

10. Term of Option . The Option may be exercised no later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice or such earlier date as otherwise provided herein.

 

11. Company’s Right of First Refusal .

 

(a) Transfer Notice . Neither the Grantee nor a transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) shall sell, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise transfer any Shares or any right or interest therein without first complying with the provisions of this Section 11 or obtaining the prior written consent of the Company. In the event the Holder desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for any or all of the Shares, the Holder shall provide the Company with written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) of:

 

  (i) The Holder’s intention to transfer;

 

  (ii) The name of the proposed transferee;

 

  (iii) The number of Shares to be transferred; and

 

  (iv) The proposed transfer price or value and terms thereof.

 

The Company shall have the right to investigate the terms of any third-party offer to purchase any or all of the Shares, including but not limited to the financial ability of the proposed transferee to purchase the Shares, and shall determine, in its sole discretion based on such investigation, whether the third-party offer is in fact a bona fide offer to purchase any or all of the Shares.

 

(b) First Refusal Exercise Notice . The Company shall have the right to purchase (the “Right of First Refusal”) all but not less than all, of the Shares which are described in the Transfer Notice (the “Offered Shares”) at any time during the period commencing upon

 

Page 5 of 17


receipt of the Transfer Notice and ending forty-five (45) days after the first date on which the Company determines that the Right of First Refusal may be exercised without incurring an accounting expense with respect to such exercise (the “Option Period”) at the per share price or value and in accordance with the terms stated in the Transfer Notice, which Right of First Refusal shall be exercised by written notice (the “First Refusal Exercise Notice”) to the Holder. During the Option Period and the 120-day period following the expiration of the Option Period, the Company also may exercise its Repurchase Right in lieu or in addition to its Right of First Refusal if the Repurchase Right is or becomes exercisable during the Option Period or such 120-day period.

 

(c) Payment Terms . The Company shall consummate the purchase of the Offered Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 15 days after delivery of the First Refusal Exercise Notice; provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Offered Shares other than in cash, the Company and/or its assigns shall have the right to pay for the Offered Shares by the discounted cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Administrator. Upon payment for the Offered Shares to the Holder or into escrow for the benefit of the Holder, the Company or its assigns shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Offered Shares and all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer the Offered Shares to its own name or its assigns without further action by the Holder.

 

(d) Assignment . Whenever the Company shall have the right to purchase Shares under this Right of First Refusal, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations, to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Right of First Refusal.

 

(e) Non-Exercise . If the Company and/or its assigns do not collectively elect to exercise the Right of First Refusal within the Option Period or such earlier time if the Company and/or its assigns notifies the Holder that it will not exercise the Right of First Refusal, then the Holder may transfer the Shares upon the terms and conditions stated in the Transfer Notice, provided that:

 

(i) The transfer is made within 120 days of the expiration of the Option Period; and

 

(ii) The transferee agrees in writing that such Shares shall be held subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement.

 

(f) Expiration of Transfer Period . Following such 120-day period, no transfer of the Offered Shares and no change in the terms of the transfer as stated in the Transfer Notice (including the name of the proposed transferee) shall be permitted without a new written Transfer Notice prepared and submitted in accordance with the requirements of this Right of First Refusal.

 

(g) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Grantee’s lifetime or on the Grantee’s death by will or intestacy to the Grantee’s Immediate

 

Page 6 of 17


Family or a trust for the benefit of the Grantee or the Grantee’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Right of First Refusal (a “Permitted Transfer”); provided, however, that (i) the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Option Agreement and (ii) prior to any such transfer, each transferee shall execute an agreement pursuant to which such transferee shall agree to receive and hold such Shares subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, domestic partner (as determined by the Administrator), child, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister and the lineal descendants of such individuals.

 

(h) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The provisions of this Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to all Shares upon the Registration Date.

 

(i) Additional Shares or Substituted Securities . In the event of any transaction described in Section 11 of the Plan, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any such transaction distributed with respect to the Shares shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right.

 

(j) Corporate Transaction . Immediately prior to the consummation of a Corporate Transaction described in Sections 2(m)(i), (ii), and (iii) of the Plan, the Right of First Refusal shall automatically lapse in its entirety, except to the extent this Option Agreement is assumed by the successor corporation (or its Parent) in connection with such Corporate Transaction, in which case the Right of First Refusal shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Shares in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right.

 

12. Company’s Repurchase Right .

 

(a) Grant of Repurchase Right . The Company is hereby granted the right (the “Repurchase Right”), exercisable at any time (i) during the ninety (90) day period following the Termination Date, or (ii) during the ninety (90) day period following an exercise of the Option that occurs after the Termination Date to repurchase all or any portion of the Shares (the “Share Repurchase Period”). The Company shall have an additional repurchase right pursuant to Sections 11(d) and 11(e) of the Plan exercisable in accordance with the terms of such sections of the Plan.

 

(b) Exercise of the Repurchase Right . The Repurchase Right shall be exercisable by written notice delivered to each Holder of the Shares prior to the expiration of the Share Repurchase Period. The notice shall indicate the number of Shares to be repurchased and the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, such date to be not later than the last day of the Share Repurchase Period. On the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, the Company and/or its assigns shall pay to the Holder in cash or cash equivalents (including the cancellation of any purchase-money indebtedness) an amount equal to the Fair Market Value on the date immediately prior to the day on which the repurchase is to be effected, of the Shares which are to

 

Page 7 of 17


be repurchased from the Holder. Upon such payment or deposit into escrow for the benefit of the Holder, the Company and/or its assigns shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares being repurchased and all rights and interest thereon or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name or its assigns the number of Shares being repurchased, without further action by the Holder.

 

(c) Assignment . Whenever the Company shall have the right to purchase Shares under this Repurchase Right, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations, to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Right.

 

(d) Termination of the Repurchase Right . The Repurchase Right shall terminate with respect to any Shares for which it is not timely exercised. In addition, the Repurchase Right shall terminate and cease to be exercisable with respect to all Shares upon the Registration Date.

 

(e) Additional Shares or Substituted Securities . In the event of any transaction described in Section 11 of the Plan, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any such transaction distributed with respect to the Shares shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Right, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Repurchase Right in order to reflect the effect of any such transaction upon the Company’s capital structure.

 

(f) Corporate Transaction . Immediately prior to the consummation of a Corporate Transaction described in Sections 2(m)(i), (ii), and (iii) of the Plan, the Repurchase Right to the extent it has not been exercised shall automatically lapse in its entirety, except to the extent this Option Agreement is assumed by the successor corporation (or its Parent) in connection with such Corporate Transaction, in which case the Repurchase Right shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Shares in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the price per share payable upon exercise of the Repurchase Right to reflect the effect of the Corporate Transaction upon the Company’s capital structure.

 

13. Stop-Transfer Notices . In order to ensure compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Option Agreement, the Notice or the Plan, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

14. Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Option Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

Page 8 of 17


15. Tax Consequences . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option Agreement of some of the UK tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares.

 

There is no liability to tax at the date of grant. There will be a liability to income tax and national insurance at the date of exercise of the Option; the gain liable to tax will be equal to the difference between the Market Value of the Company’s shares at the date of exercise and the price paid by the Grantee for the shares.

 

To the extent that you are required to pay the Secondary Class 1 national insurance cost on the exercise of the Option, the amount paid will be deductible from the taxable income gain.

 

The income tax and national insurance liabilities are payable on exercising the Option by the Company through the PAYE mechanism. Consequently, the terms of the UK Unapproved Plan require that funds are provided to the Company to settle amounts due, as a condition of the exercise of your Option, in order to protect both you and the Company from a liability to interest and penalties for non compliance.

 

If you realise a further profit on the sale of shares after the date of exercise this gain should be subject to capital gains tax (if the shares are free of any conditions and/or restrictions).

 

THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE GRANTEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

16. Lock-Up Agreement .

 

(a) Agreement . The Grantee, if requested by the Company and the lead underwriter of any public offering of the Common Stock or other securities of the Company (the “Lead Underwriter”), hereby irrevocably agrees not to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale of, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of any interest in any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or any other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock (except Common Stock included in such public offering or acquired on the public market after such offering) during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or such shorter period of time as the Lead Underwriter shall specify. The Grantee further agrees to sign such documents as may be requested by the Lead Underwriter to effect the foregoing and agrees that the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such Common Stock subject until the end of such period. The Company and the Grantee acknowledge that each Lead Underwriter of a public offering of the Company’s stock, during the period of such offering and for the 180-day period thereafter, is an intended beneficiary of this Section 16.

 

(b) No Amendment Without Consent of Underwriter . During the period from identification as a Lead Underwriter in connection with any public offering of the Company’s Common Stock until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the lock-up period specified in

 

Page 9 of 17


Section 16(a) in connection with such offering or (ii) the abandonment of such offering by the Company and the Lead Underwriter, the provisions of this Section 16 may not be amended or waived except with the consent of the Lead Underwriter.

 

17. Entire Agreement: Governing Law . The Notice, the UK Unapproved Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. Nothing in the Notice, the UK Unapproved Plan and this Option Agreement (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties. The Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement are to be construed in accordance with the laws of England. Should any provision of the Notice, the UK Unapproved Plan or this Option Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

18. Headings . The captions used in the Notice and this Option Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of the Option for construction or interpretation.

 

19. Dispute Resolution: The provisions of this Section 19 shall be the exclusive means of resolving disputes arising out of or relating to the Notice, the UK Unapproved Plan and this Option Agreement. The Company, the Grantee, and the Grantee’s assignees (the “parties”) shall attempt in good faith to resolve any disputes arising out of or relating to the Notice, the UK Unapproved Plan and this Option Agreement by negotiation between individuals who have authority to settle the controversy. Negotiations shall be commenced by either party by notice of a written statement of the party’s position and the name and title of the individual who will represent the party. Within thirty (30) days of the written notification, the parties shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary, to resolve the dispute. If the dispute has not been resolved by negotiation, the parties agree that any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notice, the UK Unapproved Plan or this Option Agreement shall be brought in England. THE PARTIES ALSO EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY HAVE OR MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. If any one or more provisions of this Section 19 shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, it is the specific intent of the parties that such provisions shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it or its application valid and enforceable.

 

20. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States) or upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service (for international delivery of notice), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown beneath its signature in the Notice, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

Page 10 of 17


21. Confidentiality . The Company shall provide to Grantee, during the period for which Grantee has one or more Awards outstanding, copies of financial statements of the Company at least annually. Grantee understands and agrees that such financial statements are confidential and shall not be disclosed by Grantee, to any entity or person, for any reason, at any time, without the prior written consent of the Company, unless required by law. If disclosure of such financial statements is required by law, whether through subpoena, request for production, deposition, or otherwise, Grantee promptly shall provide written notice to Company, including copies of the subpoena, request for production, deposition, or otherwise, within five (5) business days of their receipt by Grantee and prior to any disclosure so as to provide Company an opportunity to move to quash or otherwise to oppose the disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grantee may disclose the terms of such financial statements to his or her spouse or domestic partner, and for legitimate business reasons, to legal, financial, and tax advisors.

 

Page 11 of 17


EXHIBIT A

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

2000 UK UNAPPROVED PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

Attention: Secretary

 

1. Effective as of today,                      ,      the undersigned (the “Grantee”) hereby elects to exercise the Grantee’s option to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, 2000 UK Unapproved Plan, as amended from time to time (the “UK Unapproved Plan”) and the [    ] Incentive [    ] Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”) dated                  ,              . Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the UK Unapproved Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Exercise Notice.

 

2. Representations of the Grantee . The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee has received, read and understood the Notice, the UK Unapproved Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3. Rights as Shareholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11(a) of the Plan.

 

The Grantee shall enjoy rights as a shareholder until such time as the Grantee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercises the Right of First Refusal or the Repurchase Right. Upon such exercise, the Grantee shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement, and the Grantee shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

4. Delivery of Payment . The Grantee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, which, to the extent selected, shall be deemed to be satisfied by use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the Exercise Price provided in Section 5(d) of the Option Agreement.

 

Page 12 of 17


5. Tax Consultation . The Grantee understands that the Grantee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Grantee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Grantee represents that the Grantee has consulted with any tax consultants the Grantee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Grantee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

6. Taxes . The Grantee agrees to satisfy all applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding and social security obligations (including PAYE) and herewith delivers to the Company the full amount of such obligations or has made arrangements acceptable to the Company to satisfy such obligations, in accordance with Section 2(e) of the Notice.

 

In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Grantee also agrees, as partial consideration for the designation of the Option as an Incentive Stock Option, to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days of any disposition of any shares acquired by exercise of the Option if such disposition occurs within two (2) years from the Award Date or within one (1) year from the date the Shares were transferred to the Grantee. If the Company is required to satisfy any federal, state, local or foreign income or employment tax and social security withholding obligations as a result of such an early disposition, the Grantee agrees to satisfy the amount of such withholding in a manner that the Administrator prescribes.

 

For the avoidance of doubt social security shall include any liability arising under Section 4(4)(a) of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (the “SSCBA 1992”) which the Company and the Grantee have agreed and jointly elected to transfer to the Grantee, as permitted by Paragraph 3B of Schedule 1 to the SSCBA 1992.

 

7. Restrictive Legends . The Grantee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

Page 13 of 17


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND A REPURCHASE RIGHT HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND REPURCHASE RIGHT ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Grantee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

9. Headings . The captions used in this Exercise Notice are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this agreement for construction or interpretation.

 

10. Dispute Resolution . The provisions of Section 19 of the Option Agreement shall be the exclusive means of resolving disputes arising out of or relating to this Exercise Notice.

 

11. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of England. Should any provision of this Exercise Notice be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

12. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States) or upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service (for international delivery of notice), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

13. Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this agreement.

 

14. Entire Agreement . The Notice, the UK Unapproved Plan and the Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and together with this Exercise Notice constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by

 

Page 14 of 17


means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. Nothing in the Notice, the UK Unapproved Plan, the Option Agreement and this Exercise Notice (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties.

 

Submitted by:

     

Accepted by:

GRANTEE:

     

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

       

By:

 

 


 


     

Title:

 

 


(Signature)                                            

Address :

     

Address :

___________________________________________

     

100 Potrero Avenue

___________________________________________

     

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

 

Page 15 of 17


EXHIBIT B

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

GRANTEE:

 

 


COMPANY:

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

SECURITY:

 

COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT:

 

 


DATE:

 

 


 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Grantee represents to the Company the following:

 

(a) Grantee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Grantee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Grantee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

(b) Grantee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon among other things, the bona fide nature of Grantee’s investment intent as expressed herein. Grantee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Grantee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Grantee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company.

 

(c) Grantee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Grantee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an

 

Page 16 of 17


unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d) Grantee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Grantee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

(e) Grantee represents that he is a resident of the state of                      .

 

Signature of Grantee:

 


Date:                      ,             

 

Page 17 of 17


DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

2000 UK UNAPPROVED RULES

 

ELECTION IN RESPECT OF SECONDARY CLASS 1 NATIONAL INSURANCE

 

This Election is made as of                      200      , BY AND BETWEEN

 

1.                          (the “Grantee”); and

 

2. Dolby Laboratories, Inc., (the “Company”) whose place of business is at Wootton Bassett, Wiltshire, SN4 8QJ, England.

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS on                  200      , the Grantee was granted an option (the “Option”) by the Company to acquire                      shares of Common Stock in Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (the “Parent”) pursuant to the Dolby Laboratories, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, 2000 UK Unapproved Plan (the “UK Unapproved Plan”).

 

WHEREAS when the Option is exercised, assigned, released or cancelled, the Company will be liable to pay secondary Class 1 national insurance on the gain made by the Grantee, in accordance with Section 4(4)(a) of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (the “SSCBA 1992”).

 

WHEREAS, as permitted by Paragraph 3B of Schedule 1 to the SSCBA 1992, the Grantee and the Company wish to elect to transfer 100% of the liability to the secondary Class 1 national insurance arising in connection with the exercise, assignment, release or cancellation of the Option pursuant to section 4(4)(a) of the SSCBA 1992 from the Company to the Grantee.

 

WHEREAS, or the avoidance of doubt references to “taxes” in the UK Unapproved Plan and the Stock Award Agreement also includes the liability to national insurance contributions.

 

NOW IT IS ELECTED AND AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Transfer of liability for Secondary Class 1 National Insurance

 

1.1 The Grantee elects and agrees that the liability for the secondary Class 1 national insurance that becomes due on the exercise, assignment, release or cancellation of the Option (whether in whole or in part) pursuant to section 4(4)(a) of the SSCBA 1992, shall be transferred to the Grantee as permitted by Paragraph 3B of Schedule 1 to the SSCBA 1992.

 

Page 1


2. Arrangements for collection

 

2.1 The Grantee agrees that, to give effect to Clause 1 above and also to enable income tax withholdings to be operated by the Company (or such other person as the Company shall direct), he or she shall, prior to the exercise, assignment, release or cancellation of the Option:

 

  2.1.1   authorise the Parent, the Company or any subsidiary directly or indirectly owned by the Parent (together the “Group”) to withhold such secondary Class 1 national insurance and any primary Class 1 national insurance and income tax due on the exercise, assignment, release or cancellation of the Option from any payments made by any such company or any other company in connection with such exercise, assignment, release or cancellation, and to remit the same to the Inland Revenue within 14 days of the end of the income tax month in which the gain is made; or

 

  2.1.2   make arrangements with the Parent’s broker or, if no such broker exists and the Group so agrees, a broker selected by the Grantee to sell sufficient shares on exercise of the Option to enable the liability for such secondary Class 1 national insurance and any primary Class 1 national insurance and income tax due on the exercise of the Option to be settled and to pay the same to a member of the Group who will remit the same to the Inland Revenue within 14 days of the end of the income tax month in which the gain is made provided that such arrangements must be binding on the relevant broker and suitable evidence of the binding nature of the arrangement must have been provided to and accepted by the Inland Revenue; or

 

  2.1.3   make payment by personal cheque of such secondary Class 1 national insurance and any primary Class 1 national insurance and income tax due to a member of the Group who will remit the same to the Inland Revenue within 14 days of the end of the income tax month in which the gain is made; or

 

  2.1.4   make alternative arrangements satisfactory to the Group for the payment of such secondary Class 1 national insurance and any primary Class 1 national insurance and income tax due on the exercise, assignment, release or cancellation of the Option to a member of the Group who will remit the same to the Inland Revenue within 14 days of the end of the income tax month in which the gain is made.

 

Page 2


2.2 The Grantee agrees that, where payment is made by personal cheque pursuant to 2.1.3 above or alternative arrangements have been made pursuant to 2.1.4 above, if the required monies are not received in cleared funds by the relevant member of the Group within 10 working days of exercise, assignment, release or cancellation of the Option, the Grantee shall be deemed to have:

 

  2.2.2   in the case of the exercise of the Option and where a broker has been appointed by the Parent and suitable evidence of the binding nature of the arrangement has been provided to and accepted by the Inland Revenue, made arrangements with the Parent’s broker pursuant to 2.1.2 above and signature of the Election shall be evidence of the required authority to such broker; and

 

  2.2.3   in the case of assignment, release or cancellation of the Option or in the case of exercise where a broker has not been appointed by the Parent, authorised the Group to withhold the relevant amount from any payments pursuant to 2.1.1 above.

 

3. Terminating this Election

 

3.1 This Election may, in exceptional circumstances, be terminated by the written agreement of the Company and the Grantee. Such written agreement shall be in such format as the Company may in its absolute discretion determine.

 

3.2 This Election will also terminate:

 

  3.2.1   if the Inland Revenue withdraws their approval of this Election BUT ONLY to the extent that the Option to which this Election relates had not yet been granted at either the date on which notice of the withdrawal of the approval is given or at such later date as the Inland Revenue may specify in that notice; or

 

  3.2.2   on the exercise, assignment, release or cancellation of the whole of the Option.

 

4. Change of employer

 

4.1 This Election shall apply notwithstanding that the Grantee may not be employed by the Company or within the Group at the time of exercise, assignment, release or cancellation of the Option.

 

4.2 If the Grantee ceases to be employed by the Company prior to exercise, assignment, release or cancellation of the Option, the Company agrees to notify any Group company who is the secondary contributor (as defined in Section 7 of SSCBA 1992) in respect of the Grantee of the exercise, assignment, release or cancellation of the Option and to forward the funds collected pursuant to 2 above to such Group company for remittance to the Inland Revenue.

 

Page 3


5. Governing law

 

5.1 This Election shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of England and the parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of the English courts in relation to anything arising under it.

 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Election as a deed as of the day and your first written above.

 

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED

 

by the signature of a director and the Secretary or of two Directors of the Company

 

   
   

Director

   
   

Director/Secretary

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED    

as a deed by                 

 

 

 


   

Grantee

in the presence of:

 
   

Witness

   
   

Witness name

   
   
   

Witness address

 

Page 4

Exhibit 10.4

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

2005 STOCK PLAN

 

  1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

  to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

  to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

  to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Stock Appreciation Rights, Deferred Stock Units, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

 

  2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

 

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards or equity compensation programs under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

 

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock Units, Performance Units, or Performance Shares.

 

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(e) “ Awarded Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Award.

 

(f) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(g) “ Cause ” means, with respect to the termination by the Company or a Related Entity of a Participant, that such termination is for “Cause” as such term is expressly defined in a then-effective written agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Entity, or in the absence of such then-effective written agreement and definition, is based on, in the determination of the Administrator, the Participant’s: (i) refusal or failure to act in


accordance with any specific, lawful direction or order of the Company or a Related Entity; (ii) unfitness or unavailability for service or unsatisfactory performance (other than as a result of Disability); (iii) performance of any act or failure to perform any act in bad faith and to the detriment of the Company or Related Entity; (iv) dishonesty, intentional misconduct or material breach of any agreement with the Company or Related Entity; or (v) commission of a crime involving dishonesty, breach of trust, or physical or emotional harm to any person. At least 30 days prior to the termination of the Participant’s service pursuant to (i) or (ii) above, the Company or Related Entity shall provide the Participant with notice of the Company’s or Related Entity’s intent to terminate, the reason therefor, and an opportunity for the Participant to cure such defects in his or her service to the Company’s or Related Entity’s satisfaction. During this 30 day (or longer) period, no Award issued to the Participant under the Plan may be exercised or purchased.

 

(h) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Transferee (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

(ii) The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

 

(iii) A change in the composition of the Board occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” means directors who either (A) are Directors as of the effective date of the Plan, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or

 

(iv) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

 

(i) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

 

(j) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

-2-


(k) “ Common Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock of the Company, or in the case of certain Stock Appreciation Rights or Performance Units, the cash equivalent thereof.

 

(l) “ Company ” means Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

(m) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Related Entity to render services to such entity.

 

(n) “ Deferred Stock Unit ” means an Award that the Administrator permits to be paid in installments or on a deferred basis pursuant to Sections 4 and 11 of the Plan.

 

(o) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(p) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

 

(q) “ Dividend Equivalent ” means a credit, made at the discretion of the Administrator, to the account of a Participant in an amount equal to the cash dividends paid on one Share for each Share represented by an Award held by such Participant.

 

(r) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or a Related Entity. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company or Related Entity will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or Related Entity.

 

(s) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(t) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date and unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock for the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

-3-


(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

(iv) Notwithstanding the preceding, for federal, state, and local income tax reporting purposes and for such other purposes as the Administrator deems appropriate, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by it from time to time.

 

(u) “ Good Reason” means the occurrence following a Change in Control of any of the following events or conditions unless consented to by the Participant:

 

(i) a reduction in the Participant’s base salary to a level below that in effect at any time within six (6) months preceding the consummation of a Change in Control or at any time thereafter; or

 

(ii) requiring the Participant to be based at any place outside a 50-mile radius from the Participant’s job location or residence prior to the Change in Control except for reasonably required travel on business which is not materially greater than such travel requirements prior to the Change in Control.

 

(v) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(w) “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

 

(x) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(y) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(z) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(aa) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

 

(bb) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(cc) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

 

(dd) “ Performance Goals ” means the goal(s) determined by the Administrator (in its discretion) to be applicable to a Participant with respect to an Award. As determined by the Administrator, the Performance Goals applicable to an Award may provide for a targeted level or levels of achievement using certain Company or individual performance measures. The Performance Goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from Award to Award. Any criteria used may be measured, as applicable, (i) in absolute terms, (ii) in relative terms

 

-4-


(including, but not limited to, passage of time and/or against another company or companies), (iii) on a per-share basis, (iv) against the performance of the Company as a whole or a segment of the Company, and (v) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis.

 

(ee) “ Performance Share ” means an Award granted to a Service Provider pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan.

 

(ff) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award granted to a Service Provider pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan.

 

(gg) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, continued service, the achievement of Performance Goals, and/or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

 

(hh) “ Plan ” means this 2005 Stock Plan.

 

(ii) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

 

(jj) “ Related Entity ” means any Parent, Subsidiary and any business, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary holds a substantial ownership interest, directly or indirectly.

 

(kk) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under the Plan or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

 

(ll) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

 

(mm) “ Section 16(b) “ means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

(nn) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

(oo) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan.

 

(pp) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan is designated as a SAR.

 

(qq) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(rr) “ Unvested Awards ” shall mean Options or Restricted Stock that (i) were granted to an individual in connection with such individual’s position as a Service Provider and (ii) are still subject to vesting or lapsing of Company repurchase rights or similar restrictions.

 

-5-


  3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

 

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 6,000,000. Any Shares subject to Awards with a per Share price equal to or greater than 100% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant shall be counted against the numerical limits of this Section 3 as one Share for every Share subject thereto. Except as provided in the previous sentence, any Shares or units subject to Awards with a per Share or unit price lower than 100% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant shall be counted against the numerical limits of this Section 3 as 2.0 Shares for every one Share subject thereto and shall be counted as 2.0 Shares for every one Share returned to or deemed not issued from the Plan pursuant to this Section 3. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. Shares shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash. Upon payment in Shares pursuant to the exercise or settlement of an Award, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced only by the number of Shares actually issued in such payment. If a Participant pays the exercise price (or purchase price, if applicable) of an Award or pays the applicable withholding taxes related to the Award through the tender of Shares, the number of Shares so tendered shall again be available for issuance pursuant to future Awards under the Plan.

 

(b) Lapsed Awards . If any outstanding Award expires or is terminated or canceled without having been exercised or settled in full, or if Shares acquired pursuant to an Award subject to forfeiture or repurchase are forfeited or repurchased by the Company, the Shares allocable to the terminated portion of such Award or such forfeited or repurchased Shares shall again be available for grant under the Plan.

 

  4. Administration of the Plan .

 

(a) Procedure .

 

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

 

(ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable or necessary to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

 

(iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

-6-


(v) Delegation of Authority for Day-to-Day Administration . Except to the extent prohibited by Applicable Law, the Administrator may delegate to one or more individuals the day-to-day administration of the Plan and any of the functions assigned to it in this Plan. Such delegation may be revoked at any time.

 

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

 

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

 

(iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture or repurchase restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine;

 

(vi) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

(vii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws including qualifying for preferred tax treatment under applicable foreign tax laws;

 

(viii) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 17(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards longer than is otherwise provided for in the Plan;

 

(ix) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares or cash to be issued upon exercise, settlement or vesting of an Award that number of Shares or cash having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of any Shares to be withheld will be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by a Participant to have Shares or cash withheld for this purpose will be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

 

-7-


(x) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

 

(xi) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award;

 

(xii) to determine whether Awards will be settled in Shares, cash or in any combination thereof;

 

(xiii) to determine whether Awards will be adjusted for Dividend Equivalents;

 

(xiv) to establish a program whereby Service Providers designated by the Administrator can reduce compensation otherwise payable in cash in exchange for Awards under the Plan;

 

(xv) to impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any resales by a Participant or other subsequent transfers by the Participant of any Shares issued as a result of or under an Award, including without limitation, (A) restrictions under an insider trading policy, and (B) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm for such resales or other transfers; and

 

(xvi) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

 

5.      Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units, Performance Shares and Deferred Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

  6. Limitations .

 

(a) ISO $100,000 Rule . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and a Related Entity) exceeds $100,000, such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

 

(b) No Rights as a Service Provider . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing his or her relationship as a Service Provider, nor shall they interfere in any way with the right of the Participant or the right of the Company or a Related Entity to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause.

 

-8-


  7. Stock Options .

 

(a) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or a Related Entity, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

(b) Option Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator; provided, however that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option and a Nonstatutory Stock Option intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or a Related Entity, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(c) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

 

(d) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws may consist entirely of:

 

(i) cash;

 

(ii) check;

 

(iii) promissory note;

 

(iv) other Shares which meet the conditions established by the Administrator to avoid adverse accounting consequences (as determined by the Administrator);

 

(v) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan;

 

-9-


(vi) a reduction in the amount of any Company liability to the Participant;

 

(vii) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or

 

(viii) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

(e) Exercise of Option .

 

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (x) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Award Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (y) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with any applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Awarded Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement.

 

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

-10-


(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

  8. Restricted Stock .

 

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, Shares of Restricted Stock will be held by the Company as escrow agent until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

 

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

 

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

 

-11-


(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

 

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

  9. Stock Appreciation Rights .

 

(a) Grant of SARs . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a SAR may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of SARs granted to any Service Provider.

 

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of SARs granted under the Plan.

 

(d) Exercise of SARs . SARs will be exercisable on such terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(e) SAR Agreement . Each SAR grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the SAR, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(f) Expiration of SARs . An SAR granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Sections 7(e)(ii), 7(e)(iii) and 7(e)(iv) also will apply to SARs.

 

(g) Payment of SAR Amount . Upon exercise of an SAR, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

 

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

 

-12-


(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

 

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

  10. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

 

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

 

(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

 

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set Performance Goals based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, or individual goals, applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives for such Performance Unit/Share.

 

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period at the time determined by the Administrator. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

 

-13-


(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

 

11.      Deferred Stock Units . Deferred Stock Units shall consist of a Restricted Stock, Performance Share or Performance Unit Award that the Administrator, in its sole discretion permits to be paid out in installments or on a deferred basis, in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Administrator. Deferred Stock Units may be settled, in the discretion of the Administrator, in cash, Shares or a combination thereof.

 

12.      Outside Director Awards . Except as provided in Section 12(f), grants of Awards to Outside Directors pursuant to this Section 12 will be automatic and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a) Type of Option . All Options granted pursuant to this Section 12 will be Nonstatutory Stock Options and, except as otherwise provided herein, will be subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(b) First Option . Each person who first becomes an Outside Director on or after the Registration Date automatically will be granted an Option to purchase 20,000 Shares (the “First Option”) on the date on which such person first becomes an Outside Director, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy; provided, however, that an Inside Director who ceases to be an Inside Director but who remains a Director will not receive a First Option.

 

(c) Subsequent Option . Each Outside Director automatically will be granted an Option to purchase 10,000 Shares (a “Subsequent Option”) (i) on July 15, 2005, and (ii) on the date of each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company beginning as of the first annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the Company’s 2005 fiscal year, provided, in each case, he or she is then an Outside Director, and if as of each such date, he or she will have served on the Board for at least the preceding six (6) months.

 

(d) Terms . Except as provided in Section 12(f), the terms of each Option granted pursuant to this Section 12 will be as follows:

 

(i) The term of the Option will be ten (10) years.

 

(ii) The exercise price per Share will be 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant of the Option. In the event that the date of grant of the Option is not a trading day, the exercise price per Share shall be the Fair Market Value on the next trading day immediately following the date of grant of the Option.

 

(iii) Subject to Section 15 of the Plan, the First Option will vest and become exercisable as to 1/3 of the Shares subject to the First Option on the first anniversary of its date of grant, and as to 1/3 of the Shares subject to the First Option each full anniversary thereafter, provided that the Participant continues to serve as a Director on such dates;

 

-14-


(iv) Subject to Section 15 of the Plan, the Subsequent Option will vest and become exercisable as to 1/3 of the Shares subject to the Subsequent Option on the first anniversary of its date of grant, and as to 1/3 of the Shares subject to the Subsequent Option each full anniversary thereafter, provided that the Participant continues to serve as a Director on such dates.

 

(e) Exercise of Options . An Option granted pursuant to this Section 12 will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Sections 7(e)(ii), 7(e)(iii) and 7(e)(iv) also will apply to such Option. To the extent that the Participant was not entitled to exercise an Option on the date of termination, or if he or she does not exercise such Option (to the extent otherwise so entitled) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

(f) Amendment . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator in its discretion may change the number of Shares subject to the First Options and Subsequent Options, may change the terms of such Options and may grant substitute Awards having an equivalent value to such Options as determined by the Board on the date of grant.

 

13.     Leaves of Absence . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence and will resume on the date the Participant returns to work on a regular schedule as determined by the Company. A Service Provider will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company and a Related Entity. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three months following the 91 st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

14.      Non-Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

  15. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

 

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs such that an adjustment is determined by the Administrator (in its sole discretion) to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Administrator shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of

 

-15-


Shares which may be delivered under the Plan, and the number, class, and price of Shares subject to outstanding Awards. Notwithstanding the preceding, the number of Shares subject to any Award always shall be a whole number.

 

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for a Participant to have the right to exercise his or her Award, to the extent applicable, until ten (10) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Awarded Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Award would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option or forfeiture rights applicable to any Award shall lapse in full, and that any Award’s vesting schedule shall accelerate in full, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised or vested, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

(c) Merger or Change in Control .

 

(i) Stock Options and SARS . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, an outstanding Option or SAR may be (i) assumed or substituted with an equivalent option or SAR of the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation, (ii) replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation, or (iii) terminated. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, in the event that the successor corporation does not assume, substitute or replace a Participant’s Option or SAR, the Participant shall, immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, fully vest in and have the right to exercise such Option or SAR that is not assumed, substituted or replaced as to all of the Awarded Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option or SAR is not assumed, substituted or replaced in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or SAR shall be exercisable, to the extent vested, for a period of up to fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Option or SAR shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or SAR shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the option or stock appreciation right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Awarded Stock subject to the Option or SAR immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR, for each Share of Awarded Stock subject to the Option or SAR, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more Performance Goals will not be considered assumed if the

 

-16-


Company or its successor modifies any of such Performance Goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such Performance Goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-merger or post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

 

With respect to Options and SARs granted to an Outside Director, the Participant shall, immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, fully vest in and have the right to exercise such Options and SARs as to all of the Awarded Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. With respect to Options and SARs granted to an Employee, the Employee, upon a termination of the Employee by the Company or a Related Entity without Cause or a resignation of the Employee with Good Reason, shall receive one year of additional vesting for each full year of service performed for the Company or a Related Entity; provided, that such termination or resignation occurs within the twelve (12) month period following a Change in Control.

 

(ii) Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Performance Units and Deferred Stock Units . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, an outstanding Restricted Stock, Performance Share, Performance Unit or Deferred Stock Unit award may be (i) assumed or substituted with an equivalent Restricted Stock, Performance Share, Performance Unit or Deferred Stock Unit award of the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation, (ii) replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation, or (iii) terminated. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, in the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume, substitute or replace a Participant’s Restricted Stock, Performance Share, Performance Unit or Deferred Stock Unit award, the Participant shall, immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, fully vest in such Restricted Stock, Performance Share, Performance Unit or Deferred Stock Unit including as to Shares which would not otherwise be vested. For the purposes of this paragraph, a Restricted Stock, Performance Share, Performance Unit and Deferred Stock Unit award shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received, for each Share and each unit/right to acquire a Share subject to the Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more Performance Goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such Performance Goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such Performance Goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-merger or post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

 

-17-


With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director, the Participant shall, immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, fully vest in such Awards, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested. With respect to Awards granted to an Employee, the Employee, upon a termination of the Employee by the Company or a Related Entity without Cause or a resignation of the Employee with Good Reason, shall receive one year of additional vesting for each full year of service performed for the Company or a Related Entity; provided, that such termination or resignation occurs within the twelve (12) month period following a Change in Control.

 

16.      Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

17.      Term of Plan . Subject to Section 22 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless terminated earlier under Section 18 of the Plan.

 

18.      Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws. Other than pursuant to Section 15, the Company also will obtain stockholder approval before implementing a program to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Options and/or SARs through a repricing or Award exchange.

 

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

  19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

 

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise or receipt of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising or receiving such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or receipt that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

-18-


20.     Severability . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan or an Award to the contrary, if any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan or the Awards shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan or Award, as applicable, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

21.     Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

 

22.      Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-19-

Exhibit 10.6

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE

SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

 

Effective Date: October 1, 1994

 


DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION


   PAGE

1.

  

PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

   1

2.

  

DEFINITIONS

    

2.1

  

Account

   1

2.2

  

Beneficiary

   1

2.3

  

Board

   1

2.4

  

Change in Control

   1

2.5

  

Committee

   2

2.6

  

Company

   2

2.7

  

Compensation

   2

2.8

  

Disability

   2

2.9

  

Effective Date

   2

2.10

  

Insolvency

   2

2.11

  

Investment Fund

   2

2.12

  

Participant

   2

2.13

  

Plan

   2

2.14

  

Plan Year

   2

2.15

  

Projected Average Monthly Compensation

   2

2.16

  

Senior Executive

   3

2.17

  

Termination Date

   3

2.18

  

Trust

   3

2.19

  

Trustee

   3

2.20

  

Valuation Date

   3

2.21

  

Year of Benefit Service

   3

2.22

  

Year of Service

   3

3.

  

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

    

3.1

  

Generally

   3

3.2

  

Recordkeeping Responsibility

   3

4.

  

ELIGIBILITY

    

4.1

  

Participation

   4

 


4.2

  

Cessation of Participation

   4

5.

  

CONTRIBUTIONS

    

5.1

  

Target Benefit

   4

5.2

  

Crediting of Contributions

   5

5.3

  

Time for Making Contributions

   5

6.

  

INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

    

6.1

  

Investment Direction

   6

6.2

  

Allocation of Income

   6

7.

  

DISTRIBUTION

    

7.1

  

Termination

   7

7.2

  

Death Benefit

   7

7.3

  

Methods of Distribution

   7

8.

  

BENEFICIARY

    

8.1

  

Designation of Beneficiary

   7

8.2

  

Automatic Designation

   8

9.

  

PARTICIPANT’S RIGHTS HELD IN “RABBI” TRUST

   8

10.

  

TIME OF ALLOCATION

   8

11.

  

VESTING OF PLAN BENEFITS

   8

12.

  

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

    

12.1

  

Nonassignability

   8

12.2

  

No Enlargement of Employment Rights

   9

12.3

  

Applicable Law

   9

12.4

  

Gender and Number

   9

13.

  

AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

    

13.1

  

Generally

   9

13.2

  

Distribution Upon Termination

   9

14.

  

EXPENSES

   10

15.

  

EXECUTION

   10

 


DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE

SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

 

Section 1. Purpose of the Plan.

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (“Company”) wishes to provide to certain executives of Dolby a vehicle by which selected senior executives may fulfill their pension expectations. The purpose of this Plan is to provide certain senior executives employed by the Company in the United States with the opportunity to receive a retirement income benefit in addition to any benefits provided under other Company sponsored plans.

 

Section 2. Definitions.

 

Except as otherwise indicated, all definitions in this Plan shall have the meaning as indicated below:

 

2.1 “ Account ” means the account maintained for a Participant to record his interest under the Plan. An Account may not be encumbered or assigned by a Participant or any Beneficiary.

 

2.2 “ Beneficiary ” means, any person or entity determined as such under Section 8 who is entitled to receive payments under the Plan because of the death of a Participant.

 

2.3 “ Board ” means, the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.4 “ Change of Control ” shall mean the purchase or other acquisition by any person, entity or group of persons, within the meaning of section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”), or any comparable successor provisions, or beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Act) of 30 percent or more of either the outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of Company’s then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally, or the approval by the stockholders of Company of a reorganization, merger, or consolidation, in each case, with respect to which persons who were stockholders of Company immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or

 

Page 1


consolidation do not immediately thereafter, own more than 50 percent of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged or consolidated Company’s then outstanding securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of Company or of the sale of all or substantially all of Company’s assets.

 

2.5 “ Committee ” means the administrative Committee of three (3) persons (or such other number as the Board may designate) who shall be appointed by, and who shall serve at the pleasure of, the Board as outlined in Section 3.

 

2.6 “ Company ” means Dolby Laboratories, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

 

2.7 “ Compensation ” means with respect to any Participant the total base compensation paid to a Participant by the Company for a Plan Year.

 

2.8 “ Disability ” means a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or to be of long and indefinite duration and which keeps a Participant from engaging in any substantial gainful employment. The determination of any Disability under this Plan shall be determined by a licensed physician chosen by the Company.

 

2.9 “ Effective Date ” means October 1, 1994.

 

2.10 “ Insolvency ” means either if (i) Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

2.11 “ Investment Fund ” means such investment funds or vehicles as may be selected by the Committee for the investment of Account balances under the Plan.

 

2.12 “ Participant ” means any Senior Executive or former Senior Executive who is participating in the Dolby Laboratories, Inc. Senior Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan.

 

2.13 “ Plan ” means the Dolby Laboratories, Inc. Senior Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan as set forth in this document.

 

2.14 “ Plan Year ” means the twelve month period beginning October 1 and ending September 30. The first Plan Year is the year beginning October 1, 1994.

 

2.15 “ Projected Average Monthly Compensation ” means a Participant’s monthly Compensation averaged over the thirty-six (36) consecutive months of service in the final three Plan Years preceding his attainment of age 65. For purposes of this Plan, Projected Average

 

Page 2


Monthly Compensation shall be based on the Participant’s annualized rate of Compensation as of June 1, 1995, increased by 5% per annum for each future Plan Year after September 30, 1995.

 

2.16 “ Senior Executive ” means an employee of the Company that has been designated eligible to participate in this Plan.

 

2.17 “ Termination Date ” means the date a Participant is no longer treated as employed by the Company on account of his quitting, discharge, death, Disability, or any other reason.

 

2.18 “ Trust ” means the nonqualified “Rabbi” trust created by the Trustee and Company under the terms of the Plan.

 

2.19 “ Trustee ” means the person or persons named under the Trust as trustees.

 

2.20 “ Valuation Date ” means the last day of the Plan Year or the last day of each calendar quarter or month, as the Plan Committee may determine.

 

2.21 “ Year of Benefit Service ” means a Plan Year in which a Participant is credited with 1,000 hours of service as an employee with the Company. Participant will also be credited with 1/12 of a Year of Benefit Service to the nearest full calendar month of employment with the Company during the Plan Year in which such Participant dies or suffers a Disability provided that such Plan Year precedes the Plan Year containing the Participant’s 65th birthday.

 

2.22 “ Year of Service ” means a Plan Year in which an employee is credited with at least 1,000 hours of service by the Company.

 

Section 3. Administration of the Plan.

 

3.1 Generally . The Plan shall be administered by the Plan Committee comprised of three (3) persons (or such other number as designated by the board of directors of the Company) who shall be appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. All decisions required to be made involving the interpretation, application and administration of the Plan shall be resolved by majority vote either at a meeting or in writing without a meeting.

 

3.2 Recordkeeping Responsibility . The Plan Committee shall have the primary responsibility for record keeping with respect to Plan benefits and for filing such written notices and/or reports as may be required by the Department of Labor.

 

Page 3


Section 4. Eligibility.

 

4.1 Participation . Participation in this Plan shall be limited to Employees who are designated by the Company’s Board of Directors as executives eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

4.2 Cessation of Participation . A Participant’s status as such will cease as of his Termination Date, or the date he otherwise ceases to be a Participant as determined by the Board of Directors, provided, however, the term “Participant” will include any former Participant who has not received all payments to which he is entitled under the Plan under Section 7.

 

Section 5. Contributions.

 

5.1 Target Benefit . The Company will contribute amounts on behalf of each Participant which are projected to fund an assumed monthly target benefit payable to each Participant beginning at age 65, payable in the form of a joint and 50% to survivor annuity, equal to the product of (i) and (ii):

 

  (i) 2.00% of the Participant’s Projected Average Monthly Compensation, determined as of June 1, 1995,

 

multiplied by

 

  (ii) a Participant’s total expected Years of Benefit Service up to 30 years, computed to the nearest full calendar month of completed service.

 

For this purpose, expected Years of Benefit Service includes all Years of Benefit Service rendered prior to October 1, 1994, and all Years of Benefit Service expected to be rendered after September 30, 1994 on the assumption the Participant will render at least 1,000 hours of service as a Participant in each year.

 

The contributions will be determined by using a 8% per annum interest rate, post-retirement mortality based on the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table, and an assumption that each Participant is male with a spouse three years younger. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary,

 

Page 4


a Participant’s target benefit is not guaranteed, and the Participant’s Account balance will vary according to the investment performance of the Trust. At Plan inception, a Participant’s Account will be comprised of two components:

 

  (1) Past Service Component : which is the actuarial present value of the target benefit based on Years of Benefit Service and monthly rate of Compensation as of June 1, 1995. This past service component shall be contributed to the Trust by the Company on or after October 1, 1994. To the extent contributions are made after October 1, 1994, they shall be adjusted (increased) with interest at 8% per annum.

 

  (2) Future Service Component : which is a level annual Company contribution amount to be contributed to the Trust at the end of each Plan Year ending prior to the Participant’s attainment of age 65. The present value of the annual future service contributions for each Participant shall be equal to the difference between the present value of Participant’s projected target benefit at age 65, and the past service component, both determined as of October 1, 1994.

 

5.2 Crediting of Contributions . The Plan Committee shall establish and maintain an Account for each Participant. As of the last day of each Plan Year, for each Participant who is employed by the Company on such date, the Trustee shall allocate the contribution determined under Section 5.1. No contribution shall be allocated to an Account of a Participant who is not employed on the last day of the Plan Year, except that a Participant is entitled to receive a pro-rata contribution for such Plan Year where a partial Year of Benefit Service is credited under Section 2.21.

 

5.3 Time for Making Contributions . The Company will make annual contributions for each Plan Year, with such payments to be allocated among Participants’ Accounts by the Plan Committee as of the last day of the Plan Year. The Company’s annual contribution may be made

 

Page 5


in one or more installments, payable as of the end of the Plan Year, and adjusted for interest attributable to the timing of the installment in relation to the end of the Plan Year.

 

Section 6. Investment of Accounts.

 

6.1 Investment Direction .

 

(a) Unless the Board of Directors of the Company elects otherwise, the Trustee may invest the Trust solely in Investment Funds selected by the Participants. The Plan Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the right to determine, from time to time, the options that shall be offered with respect to the investment of such Accounts, including percentage increments in which such Accounts may be divided among Investment Funds, the maximum number of Investment Funds in which they may invest their Accounts at one time, the times and effective dates of elections to change investment of such Accounts, the Investment Fund(s) in which such Accounts will be held in the event an investment election is not made, the administrative costs to be charged to individuals for processing of investment election changes and any other elements affecting the investment of Accounts.

 

(b) If the Participant has not directed the Trustee or Plan Committee to invest his Accounts in selected Investment Funds, then the Trustee may invest such Participant’s Account in a money market type Investment Fund until such direction from the Participant is obtained.

 

6.2 Allocation of Income . If a Participant so designates the investment of his Accounts in Investment Funds to the Trustee or the Plan Committee, his Account will be credited with investment earnings based upon the performance of each Participant’s investment elections, until the Account has been fully distributed to a Participant or to the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated by the Participant in writing delivered to the Company. Pending complete distribution to a Participant, assets in Accounts will be Company assets and income derived thereon will be income to the Company.

 

Page 6


Section 7. Distribution.

 

7.1 Termination . Upon termination of the services or employment of a Participant with the Company for any reason other than death, the Participant will be entitled to the value of his Account balance determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding his Termination Date. Earnings or losses of the Investment Fund(s) will continue to be allocated to a Participant’s Account as long as he has an Account balance as of any Valuation Date following his Termination Date.

 

7.2 Death Benefit . Upon termination of a Participant’s service or employment with the Company by reason of his death, the Participant’s designated Beneficiary will be entitled to receive all amounts credited to the Account of the Participant as of the date of his death that have not yet been distributed. Said amounts shall be payable in a single lump sum. Upon the death of a former Participant prior to complete distribution to him of the entire balance of his Account (and after his Termination Date), the balance of his Account on the date of his death shall be payable to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary pursuant to Section 7.3.

 

7.3 Methods of Distribution . The Company, in its discretion, shall direct distribution of the amounts credited to a Participant’s Account, including investment income credited thereon pursuant to Section 6, to a Participant or his Beneficiary pursuant to the preceding Sections 7.1 or 7.2, in a single lump sum.

 

Section 8. Beneficiary.

 

8.1 Designation of Beneficiary . Each Participant may designate, by filing a form provided by the Plan committee, a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to receive any payment in the event of the Participant’s death. A Participant who has filed a designation of Beneficiary may revoke or change it at any time by filing a new form with the Plan Committee.

 

Page 7


8.2 Automatic Designation . Unless otherwise notified, the Beneficiary of a married Participant will automatically be his spouse, and the Beneficiary of an unmarried Participant will be his estate.

 

Section 9. Participant’s Rights Held in “Rabbi” Trust.

 

The Company shall establish and maintain a “Rabbi” Trust which shall be an irrevocable trust in which the Company shall deposit deferred compensation payable to a Participant as determined in Section 5 of this Plan. Any “Rabbi” Trust assets are subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors in the event of the Company’s Insolvency, until paid to Participants and their Beneficiaries. The “Rabbi” Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement providing deferred compensation for a select group of senior management executives for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

Section 10. Time of Allocation.

 

This Plan shall be administered and individual Participant Accounts shall be updated at least annually. All allocations under this Plan shall be allocated as of each Valuation Date.

 

Section 11. Vesting of Plan Benefits.

 

The Account balance of a Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan shall be 100% vested.

 

Section 12. Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

12.1 Nonassignability . An Employee’s rights and interests under this Plan may not be assigned or transferred. In the event of a Participant’s death, payment of his Account balance shall be made to the Beneficiaries which he has designated under this Plan pursuant to the written designation filed with the Plan Committee in accordance with Section 8, or in the absence of such designation, to his estate.

 

Page 8


12.2 No Enlargement of Employment Rights . Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Company and any person, nor shall the Plan be deemed to give any person the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or to limit the right of the Company to employ or discharge any person with or without cause, or to discipline any Employee.

 

12.3 Applicable Law . Except as provided by federal law, all questions pertaining to the validity, construction and administration of the Plan shall be determined under the laws of California.

 

12.4 Gender and Number . Except as otherwise required by the context, any masculine terminology in this document shall include the feminine, and any singular terminology shall include the plural.

 

Section 13. Amendments and Termination.

 

13.1 Generally . The Board of Directors may at any time amend or terminate this Plan in whole or in part without the consent of the Participant or his Beneficiary. No amendment however, shall divest any Participant or Beneficiary of the credits to his Account, or of any rights to which he would have been entitled if the Plan had been terminated immediately prior to the effective date of the amendment.

 

13.2 Distribution Upon Termination . Upon termination of the Plan, distributions of the credits to a Participant’s Account shall be made in the manner and at the time heretofore prescribed; provided that no additional credits shall be made to the Account of a Participant following termination of the Plan other than investment income credited pursuant to Section 6.

 

Page 9


Section 14. Expenses.

 

Costs of administration of the Plan will be paid by the Company as may be determined by the Board, with the exception of investment direction expenses charged to Participants in accordance with Section 6.1(a).

 

Section 15. Execution.

 

To record the adoption of this Plan, the Company has caused its appropriate officers to affix its corporate name and seal hereto this 28th day of August, 1996.

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.
By   /s/    N. W. J ASPER , J R .        
    President
By   /s/    J ANET L. D ALY        
    Secretary

 

Page 10


FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

 

Effective September 30, 1998, pursuant to Section 13 of the Dolby Laboratories, Inc. Senior Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), the Plan is amended as set forth below.

 

1. Section 2.15 is amended to read as follows:

 

“2.15 ‘ Projected Average Monthly Compensation ’ means a Participant’s monthly Compensation averaged over the thirty-six (36) consecutive months of service in the final three Plan Years preceding his attainment of age 65. For purposes of this Plan, Projected Average Monthly Compensation shall be based on the Participant’s annualized rate of Compensation as of

 

  (a) June 1, 1995, increased by 5% per annum for each future Plan Year after September 30, 1995, for individuals who became Participants on the Plan’s Effective Date; or

 

  (b) September 30 of the Plan Year in which the individual becomes a Participant, increased by 5% per annum for each future Plan Year after such September 30, for individuals who become Participants after the Plan’s Effective Date.”

 

2. Section 5.1 is amended to read as follows:

 

“5.1 Target Benefit . The Company will contribute amounts on behalf of each Participant which are projected to fund an assumed monthly target benefit payable to each Participant beginning at age 65, payable in the form of a joint and 50% survivor annuity, equal to the product of (i) and (ii):

 

  (i) 2.00% of the Participant’s Projected Average Monthly Compensation, multiplied by

 

  (ii) a Participant’s total expected Years of Benefit Service up to 30 years, computed to the nearest full calendar month of completed service.

 


For this purpose, expected Years of Benefit Service includes all Years of Benefit Service rendered prior to October 1, 1994, and all Years of Benefit Service expected to be rendered after September 30, 1994 on the assumption the Participant renders at least 1,000 hours of service as a Participant in each year.

 

The contributions will be determined by using a 8% per annum interest rate, post-retirement mortality, based on the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table, and an assumption that each Participant is male with a spouse three years younger. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, a Participant’s target benefit is not guaranteed, and the Participant’s Account balance will vary according to the investment performance of the Trust. A Participant’s Account will be comprised of two components:

 

  (1) Past Service Component :

 

  (a) With respect to individuals who became Plan Participants on the Effective Date, the actuarial present value of the target benefit based on Years of Benefit Service and monthly rate of Compensation as of June 1, 1995. This past service component shall be contributed to the Trust by the Company on or after October 1, 1994. To the extent contributions are made after October 1, 1994, they shall be adjusted (increased) with interest at 8% per annum.

 

  (b) With respect to individuals who become Plan Participants after the Effective Date, the actuarial present value of the target benefit based on Years of Benefit Service and monthly rate of Compensation as of September 30 of the Plan Year in which the individual becomes a Participant. This past service component shall be contributed to the Trust by the Company on or after such September 30. To the extent contributions are made after such September 30, they shall be adjusted (increased) with interest at 8% per annum.

 


  (2) Future Service Component :

 

  (a) With respect to individuals who became Plan Participants on the Effective Date, a level annual Company contribution amount to be contributed to the Trust at the end of each Plan Year ending prior to the Participant’s attainment of age 65. The present value of the annual future service contributions for each Participant shall be equal to the difference between the present value of the Participant’s projected target benefit at age 65, and the past service component, both determined as of October 1, 1994.

 

  (b) With respect to individuals who become Plan Participants after the Effective Date, a level annual Company contribution amount to be contributed to the Trust at the end of each Plan Year (commencing with the first Plan Year after the initial year of Plan participation) and ending with the Plan Year prior to the Participant’s attainment of age 65. The present value of the annual future service contributions for each Participant shall be equal to the difference between the present value of the Participant’s projected target benefit at age 65, and the past service component, both determined as of September 30 of the Plan Year in which the individual becomes a Participant.”

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Dolby Laboratories, Inc. has caused this First Amendment to the Dolby Laboratories, Inc. Senior Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan to be executed by its duly authorized representatives this 5th day of October , 1999.

 

By:   /s/    J ANET L. D ALY        

Date:

 

10-5-99

 


TRUST UNDER

THE DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

 

This Agreement is made by and between Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (Company) and The Charles Schwab Trust Company (Trustee).

 

WHEREAS, Dolby Laboratories, Inc. has adopted the nonqualified deferred compensation Plan known as The Dolby Laboratories, Inc. Senior Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan.

 

WHEREAS, Dolby Laboratories, Inc. has incurred or expects to incur liability under the terms of such Plan with respect to the individuals participating in such Plan.

 

WHEREAS, Dolby Laboratories, Inc. wishes to establish a trust (hereinafter called “Trust”) and to contribute to the Trust assets that shall be held therein, subject to the claims of Company’s Insolvency, as herein defined, until paid to Plan participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Plan;

 

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974;

 

WHEREAS, it is the intention of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. to make contributions to the Trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of its liabilities under the Plan;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:

 

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST

 

(a) Company hereby deposits with Trustee in trust $100 (one hundred dollars) , which shall become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.

 

(b) The Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable.

 

Trust Page 1


(c) The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which Company is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly.

 

(d) The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of Company and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan participants and general creditors as herein set forth. Plan participants and their beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in any assets of the Trust. Any rights created under the Plan and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Plan participants and their beneficiaries against Company. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of Company’s general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in Section 3(a) herein.

 

(e) Company, in its sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. Neither Trustee nor any Plan participant or beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

 

(f) Upon a Change of Control, Company shall, as soon as possible, but in no event longer than 30 days following the Change of Control, as defined herein, make an irrevocable contribution to the Trust in an amount that is sufficient to pay each Plan participant or beneficiary the benefits to which Plan participants or their beneficiaries would be entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plan(s) as of the date on which the Change of Control occurred.

 

SECTION 2. PAYMENTS TO PLAN PARTICIPANTS AND THEIR BENEFICIARIES.

 

(a) Company shall deliver to Trustee a schedule (the “Payment Schedule”) that indicates the amounts payable in respect of each Plan participant (and his or her beneficiaries), that provides a formula or other instructions acceptable to Trustee for determining the amounts so payable, the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for or available under the Plan), and the time of commencement for payment of such amounts. Except as otherwise provided herein, Trustee shall make payments to the Plan participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with such Payment Schedule. The trustee shall make provision for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan and shall pay amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities or determine that such amounts have been reported, withheld and paid by Company.

 

(b) The entitlement of a Plan participant or his or her beneficiaries to benefits under the Plan shall be determined by Company or such party as it shall designate under the Plan, and any claim for such benefits shall be considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plan.

 

Trust Page 2


(c) Company may make payment of benefits directly to Plan participants or their beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Plan. Company shall notify Trustee of its decision to make payment of benefits directly prior to the time amounts are payable to participants or their beneficiaries. In addition, if the principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon, are not sufficient to make payments of benefits in accordance with the terms of the Plan, Company shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due. Trustee shall notify Company where principal and earnings are not sufficient.

 

SECTION 3. TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING PAYMENTS TO TRUST BENEFICIARY WHEN COMPANY IS INSOLVENT.

 

(a) Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Plan participants and their beneficiaries if the Company is Insolvent. Company shall be considered “Insolvent” for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

(b) At all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in Section 1(d) hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of Company under federal and state law as set forth below.

 

(1) The Board of Directors and the President of the Company shall have the duty to inform Trustee in writing of Company’s Insolvency. If a person claiming to be a creditor of Company alleges in writing to Trustee that Company has become Insolvent, Trustee shall determine whether Company is Insolvent and, pending such determination, Trustee shall discontinue payment of benefits to Plan participants or their beneficiaries.

 

(2) Unless Trustee has actual knowledge of Company’s Insolvency, or has received notice from Company or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that Company is Insolvent, Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether Company is Insolvent. Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning Company’s solvency as may be furnished to Trustee and that provides Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning Company’s solvency.

 

(3) If at any time Trustee has determined that Company is Insolvent, Trustee shall discontinue payments to Plan participants or their beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of Company’s general creditors. Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights as general creditors of Company with respect to benefits due under the Plan or otherwise.

 

(4) Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to Plan participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with Section 2 of this Trust Agreement only after Trustee has determined that Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

 

Trust Page 3


(c) Provided that there are sufficient assets, if Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to Plan participants or their beneficiaries under the terms of the Plan for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments made to Plan participants or their beneficiaries by Company in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

 

SECTION 4. PAYMENTS TO COMPANY.

 

Except as provided in Section 3 hereof, after Trust has become irrevocable, Company shall have no right or power to direct Trustee to return to Company or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payment of benefits have been made to Plan participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

 

SECTION 5. INVESTMENT AUTHORITY.

 

(a) As soon as practicable after receipt of Plan contributions from the Company, or within a reasonable time after receipt of appropriate investment instructions from the Company or an investment manager chosen by the Company, the Trustees shall invest such Trust Fund monies in accordance, where applicable, with such instructions. In no event may Trustee invest in securities (including stock or rights to acquire stock) or obligations issued by Company, other than a de minimis amount held in common investment vehicles in which Trustee invests. All rights associated with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by Trustee or the person designated by Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable and or rest with Plan participants.

 

(b) Company shall have the right, at anytime, and from time to time in its sole discretion, to substitute assets of equal fair market value for any asset held by the Trust. Any substitute assets must be acceptable to the Trustee.

 

SECTION 6. DISPOSITION OF INCOME.

 

During the term of this Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.

 

SECTION 7. ACCOUNTING BY TRUSTEE.

 

Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between Company and Trustee. Within 90 days following the close of each calendar year and within 90 days after the removal or resignation of Trustee,

 

Trust Page 4


Trustee shall deliver to Company a written account of its administration of the Trust during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 8. RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE.

 

(a) Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims provided, however, that Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by Company which is contemplated by, and in conformity, the terms of the Plan or this Trust and is given in writing by Company. In the event of a dispute between Company and a party, Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.

 

(b) Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel for Company generally) with respect to any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

 

(c) Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on Trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a successor Trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

 

(d) Notwithstanding any powers granted to Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or to applicable law, Trustee shall not have any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.

 

SECTION 9. COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE.

 

Company shall pay all administrative and Trustee’s fees and expenses. If not so paid, the fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust.

 

Trust Page 5


SECTION 10. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE.

 

(a) Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to Company, which shall be effective 30 days after receipt of such notice unless Company and Trustee agree otherwise.

 

(b) Trustee may be removed by Company on 30 days notice or upon shorter notice accepted by Trustee.

 

(c) Upon resignation or removal of Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor Trustee. The Transfer shall be completed within 90 days after receipt of notice of resignation, removal or transfer, unless Company extends the time limit.

 

(d) If Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed, in accordance with section 11 hereof, by the effective day or resignation or removal under paragraph(s) (a) or (b) of this section. If no such appointment has been made, Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions. All expenses of Trustee in connection with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.

 

SECTION 11. APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.

 

(a) If Trustee resigns (or is removed) in accordance with Section 10(a) or (b) hereof, Company may appoint any third party, such as a bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under state law, as a successor to replace Trustee upon resignation or removal. The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust assets. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by Company or the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer.

 

(b) The successor Trustee need not examine the records and acts of any prior Trustee and may retain or dispose of existing Trust assets, subject to Sections 7 and 8 hereof. The successor Trustee shall not be responsible for and Company shall indemnify and defend the successor Trustee from any claim or liability resulting from any action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any other past event, or any condition existing at the time it becomes successor Trustee.

 

Trust Page 6


SECTION 12. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.

 

(a) This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed by Trustee and Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plan or shall make the Trust revocable after it has become irrevocable in accordance with Section 1(b) hereof.

 

(b) The Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Plan participants and their beneficiaries are no longer entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Upon termination of the Trust any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to Company.

 

(c) Upon written approval of participants or beneficiaries entitled to payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan, Company may terminate the Trust prior to the time all benefit payments under the Plan have been made. All assets in the Trust at termination shall be returned to Company.

 

SECTION 13. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

(a) Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

 

(b) Benefits payable to Plan participants and their beneficiaries under this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

 

(c) This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of California.

 

(d) For purposes of this Trust Agreement, “Change of Control” shall mean the purchase or other acquisition by any person, entity or group of persons, within the meaning of section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”), or any comparable successor provisions, or beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule l3d-3 promulgated under the Act) of 30 percent or more of either the outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of Company’s then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally, or the approval by the stockholders of Company of a reorganization, merger, or consolidation, in each case, with respect to which persons who were stockholders of Company immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not immediately thereafter, own more than 50 percent of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged or consolidated Company’s then outstanding securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of Company or of the sale of all or substantially all of Company’s assets.

 

Trust Page 7


SECTION 14. EFFECTIVE DATE.

 

The effective date of this Trust Agreement shall be August 30, 1996.

 

SECTION 15. EXECUTION.

 

To record the adoption of this Trust, the Company (through its appropriate officers) and the Trustee have affixed their names hereto this 30th day of August, 1996.

 

By

  / S /    J ANET L. D ALY        
    Dolby Laboratories, Inc.
By   / S /    D OROTHY B UGGLE        
    The Charles Schwab Trust Company, Trustee

 

Trust Page 8


ADDENDUM TO

The Trust Under The Dolby Laboratories, Inc. Senior Executive

Supplemental Retirement Plan

 

This ADDENDUM is entered into this 30th day of August, 1996, by and between Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (the “Employer”), and THE CHARLES SCHWAB TRUST COMPANY (the “Trustee”).

 

ARTICLE 1

INVESTMENTS

 

1.1 (a) Except as provided below, the Company shall have all power over and responsibility for the management, disposition, and investment of the Trust assets, and the Trustee shall comply with proper written directions of the Company concerning those assets and shall retain assets until directed in writing by the Company to dispose of them.

 

(b) As permitted under the Plan, each participant and/or beneficiary may have investment power over the account maintained for him or her, and may direct the investment and reinvestment of assets of the account among the options authorized by the Company. To the extent provided under ERISA section 404(c), the Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, or by reason of any breach, which results from such participant’s or beneficiary’s exercise of control. If a participant who has investment authority under the terms of the plan fails to provide such directions, the Company shall direct the investment of the participant’s accounts.

 

(c) As permitted under the Plan, the Company may appoint an investment manager or managers within the meaning of section 3(38) of ERISA to direct, control or manage the investment of all or a portion of the Trust assets. The Trustee shall act only upon receipt of proper written directions from a duly appointed investment manager, and shall have no liability to review or question any such directions.

 

1.2 In its administration of the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall have and exercise whatever powers are necessary to discharge its obligations and exercise its rights under the Trust Agreement. Subject to the direction of the Company, or the person authorized to make investment decisions, (the “Authorized Person”), the Trustee shall have full power and authority with respect to property held in the Trust Fund to exercise all such rights and privileges, including, without limitation, the following:

 

(a) To hold all assets of the Trust Fund pending investment or distribution, the Trustee may delegate the duty to hold such assets to Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. or another Broker designated by the authorized person. The Trustee is authorized to hold that portion of the Trust Fund as it may deem necessary for ordinary administration and for the disbursement of funds in cash, without liability for interest, by depositing the same in any bank, including The Charles Schwab Trust Company, without regard to the amount of any such deposit.

 


(b) To deposit securities in a security depository and permit the securities so deposited to be held in the name of the depository’s nominee, and to deposit securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, including securities evidenced by book entry rather than by certificate, with the U.S. Department of the Treasury, a Federal Reserve Bank or other appropriate custodial entity, in the same account as the Trustee’s own property, provided the Trustee’s records and accounts show that such securities are assets of the Trust Fund;

 

(c) To deliver to the Company, or the person or persons identified by the Company, proxies and powers of attorney and related informational material, for any shares or other property held in the Trust. The Company shall have responsibility for voting such shares, by proxy or in person, except to the extent such responsibility is delegated to another person, under the terms of the Plan or Trust Agreement, in which case such persons shall have such responsibility. The Trustee may use agents to effect such delivery to the Company or the person or persons identified by the Company. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible for the voting of shares of securities held in the Trust or for ascertaining or monitoring whether, or how, proxies are voted or whether the proper number of proxies is received.

 

ARTICLE 2

USE OF AFFILIATES

 

2.1 Trustee is authorized to contract or make other arrangements with The Charles Schwab Corporation, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., their affiliates and subsidiaries, successors and assigns, and any other organizations affiliated with or subsidiaries of Trustee or related entities, for the provision of services to the Trust Fund or Plan, except where such arrangements are prohibited by law or regulation.

 

2.2 Trustee is authorized to place securities orders, settle securities trades, hold securities in custody and other related activities on behalf of the Trust Fund through or by Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. whenever possible unless the Authorized Person specifically instructs the use of another Broker. Trades and related activities conducted through the Broker shall be subject to fees and commissions established by the Broker, which may be paid from the Trust Fund or netted from the proceeds of trades.

 

Trades shall not be executed through Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. unless the Company and the Authorized Person have received disclosure concerning the relationship of Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. to Trustee, and the fees and commissions which may be paid to The Charles Schwab Corporation, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Trustee and any affiliate or subsidiary of any of them as a result of using Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. to execute trades or for other services.

 

Trustee is authorized to disclose such information as is necessary to the operation and administration of the Trust Fund to The Charles Schwab Corporation or any of its affiliates, and to such other persons or organizations that Trustee determines have a legitimate business purpose for obtaining such information.

 

2.3 At the direction of the Employer, Trustee may purchase shares of regulated investment companies (or other investment vehicles) advised by The Charles Schwab

 

2


Corporation, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. or Trustee, or any affiliate or subsidiary of any of them (“Schwab Funds”), except to the extent that such investment is prohibited by law or regulation. Schwab Fund shares may not be purchased for or held by the Trust Fund unless the Company has received disclosure concerning the relationship of The Charles Schwab Corporation, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Trustee, and any affiliate or subsidiary of any of them, to the Schwab Funds, and any fees which may be paid to such entities.

 

ARTICLE 3

INDEMNIFICATION

 

3.1 To the extent permitted under ERISA, the Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee, its officers, employees, and agents from and against all liabilities, losses, expenses, and claims (including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of defense) arising out of (1) the acts or omissions to act with respect to the Plan or Trust by persons unrelated to the Trustee (“unrelated persons”), (2) the Trustee’s action or inaction with respect to the Plan or Trust resulting from reliance on the action or inaction of unrelated persons, including directions to invest or otherwise deal with Plan assets, or (3) any violation by any unrelated person of the provisions of ERISA or the regulations thereunder, unless the Trustee commits a breach of its duties by reason of its negligence or willful misconduct. Expenses incurred by the Trustee which it believes to be subject to indemnification under this Agreement shall be paid by the Employer upon the Trustee’s request, provided that the Employer may delay payment of any amount in dispute until such dispute is resolved according to the provisions of Section 5.3 of this Agreement. Such resolution may include the award of interest on unpaid amounts determined to be payable to the Trustee under this Section.

 

ARTICLE 4

RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE

 

4.1 If either party has given notice of Trustee removal or resignation as provided under the Plan & Trust Agreement, and upon the expiration of the advance notice period no other successor Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment, this provision shall serve as (i) notice of appointment of the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer as Trustee and (ii) as acceptance by that person of that appointment.

 

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

 

5.1 Trustee and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. are authorized to tape record conversations between Trustee or Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. and persons acting on behalf of the Plan or a Participant in order to verify data on transactions.

 

5.2 Any dispute under the Plan or Trust involving the Employer and Trustee shall be resolved by submission of the issue to a member of the American Arbitration Association who is chosen by the Employer and the Trustee. If the Employer and the Trustee cannot agree on such a choice, each shall nominate a member of the American Arbitration Association, and the two

 

3


nominees will then select an arbitrator. Expenses of the arbitration shall be paid as decided upon by the arbitrator.

 

5.3 This Addendum is incorporated into and is a part of the Plan and Trust. Anything in any other part of the Plan or Trust that is inconsistent with this Addendum is overridden, and in the case of such conflict, the terms of this Addendum shall govern.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. and THE CHARLES SCHWAB TRUST COMPANY, have caused this Addendum to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

Employer

By:   /s/    J ANET L. D ALY        

Printed Name:

  Janet L. Daly

Title:

  Vice President, Finance & Administration

THE CHARLES SCHWAB TRUST COMPANY,

Trustee

By:   /s/    D OROTHY B UGGLE        

Printed Name:

  Dorothy Buggle

Title:

  PLAN CONVERSION ANALYST

 

4

Exhibit 10.8

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER LEASE

 

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, California

 

TO

 

DLI REALTY CORPORATION

 


INDEX

 

         Page

I.

 

Building

   1

II.

 

Term

   1

III.

 

Option

   1

IV.

 

Minimum Monthly Rent

   1

V.

 

Periodic Cost of Living Adjustments

   2

VI.

 

Surcharge

   3

VII.

 

Interest on Past Due Obligations

   4

VIII.

 

Maintenance and Repair

   4

IX.

 

Compliance with Laws

   4

X.

 

Personal Property Tax

   4

XI.

 

Real Property Taxes

   4

XII.

 

Utilities

   5

XIII.

 

Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance

   5

XIV.

 

Fire Insurance on Building and Other Improvements

   5

XV.

 

Other Insurance Matters

   5

XVI.

 

Alterations

   6

XVII.

 

Locks

   6

XVIII.

 

Signs

   6

XIX.

 

Mechanics’ Liens

   6

XX.

 

Assignment and Subletting

   6

XXI.

 

Indemnification of Landlord

   6

XXII.

 

Surrender of Building

   6

XXIII.

 

Holding Over

   7

XXIV.

 

Destruction of Building

   7


         Page

XXV.

 

Eminent Domain

   7

XXVI.

 

Exhibits

   7

XXVII.

 

Estoppel Certificates

   8

XXVIII.

 

Entry and Inspection

   8

XXIX.

 

Defaults

   8

XXX.

 

Remedies

   9

XXXI.

 

Default by Landlord

   9

XXXII.

 

Quiet Enjoyment

   9

XXXIII.

 

Automatic Subordination

   9

XXXIV.

 

Sale or Transfer of Building

   9

XXXV.

 

Consent to Tenant’s Mortgage

   10

XXXVI.

 

Protection of Tenant’s Mortgagee

   10

XXXVII.

 

Reservation of Rights

   10

XXXVIII.

 

Expense of Litigation

   10

XXXIX.

 

Waiver

   11

XL.

 

Notices

   11

XLI.

 

Waiver of Subrogation

   11

XLII.

 

Time and Applicable Law

   11

XLIII.

 

Successors

   11

XLIV.

 

Entire Agreement

   11

XLV.

 

Severability

   11

 


AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER LEASE

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER LEASE is made and entered into this 18th day of March, 1988 but is effective as of December 15, 1987, by and between Ray M. Dolby (“Landlord”) and DLI Realty Corporation, a California corporation (“Tenant”).

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into a lease dated June 1, 1980, as amended as of October 1, 1982, July 15, 1985 and July 15, 1986 (collectively, the “Lease”); and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend and restate the Lease to reflect the cumulative changes of previous amendments as well as certain other changes and an increase in rent for certain additional improvements constructed on the premises by Landlord.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Lease is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

1. Building . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord that certain parcel of real property with improvements located at 100 Potrero Avenue in San Francisco, California (as more particularly described in the preliminary title report attached hereto as Exhibit “A”) and that certain parcel of real property known as Lot No. 6, as shown on that certain map entitled “PARCEL MAP BEING A RESUBDIVISION OF LOT 4, PORTION OF ASSESSORS BLOCK 3921-A, SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA,” which map was filed on June 8, 1982, in Book 23 of Parcel Maps, at page 84 (“Lot No. 6”), both premises hereinafter referred to as the “Building.”

 

2. Term . The initial term of this Lease with respect to the property at 100 Potrero Avenue only shall commence on June 1, 1980, and shall expire on December 31, 2005, and with respect to Lot No. 6 only shall commence on June 18, 1982, and shall expire on December 31, 2005 (the “Initial Term”).

 

3. Option . Tenant has the option to extend the Initial Term for five (5) years in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease. Tenant may exercise such option by giving notice of exercise of the option (“option notice”) to Landlord at least six (6) months but not more than one year before the expiration of the Initial Term; provided, that if Tenant is in default hereunder on the date of giving the option notice, the option notice shall be totally ineffective, or if Tenant is in default on the date an Extended Term is to commence, the Extended Term shall not commence and this Lease shall expire at the end of the Initial Term or the preceding Extended Term.

 

4. Minimum Monthly Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord as minimum monthly rent for each month from January, 1988 through the expiration of the term hereof the sum of $64,000, as adjusted as provided herein.

 

1


Monthly rent shall be due and payable in advance, without deduction or setoff, on the first date of each month during the term of this Lease. Minimum monthly rent for the first month shall be paid on the day that Tenant’s obligation to pay minimum monthly rent commences. Minimum monthly rent for any partial month shall be prorated at the rate of l/30th of the minimum monthly rent per day. All rent shall be paid to Landlord at the address to which notices to Landlord are to be delivered hereunder.

 

5. Periodic Cost of Living Adjustments .

 

(a) Market Rate Adjustment . As of January 1, 1991 and January 1, 2001 the minimum monthly rent shall be adjusted to reflect then prevailing market rates for comparable space in San Francisco. If the parties are unable to agree upon a minimum monthly rent based on then prevailing market rates at least four (4) months prior to the effective date of such adjustment (i.e. August 31, 1990 and August 31, 2000, respectively), then the parties mutually shall appoint a real estate appraiser to determine such rent and the determination of such appraiser shall be binding on the parties. If the parties are unable to agree upon such an appraiser within ten (10) days (i.e. by September 10, 1990 and September 10, 2000, respectively), then within ten (10) days thereafter (i.e. by September 20, 1990 and September 20, 2000, respectively) each party, at its own cost and by written notice to the other party, shall appoint a real estate appraiser with at least 3 years full time commercial appraisal experience in San Francisco. If either party fails to appoint an appraiser in a timely manner, then the appraiser appointed by the other party shall be the sole appraiser and his/her appraisal shall be final and binding on each party. If the two appraisers are appointed by the parties as stated above, they shall meet promptly and attempt to set the minimum monthly rent based on prevailing market rates. If they are unable to agree within twenty (20) days after the second appraiser has been appointed, they shall attempt to elect a third appraiser meeting the qualifications stated above within ten (10) days after the last day the two appraisers are given to set the minimum monthly rent. If they are unable to agree on the third appraiser, either of the parties to this Lease, by giving ten (10) days notice to the other party, can apply to the Superior Court for the City and County of San Francisco for the selection of a third appraiser who meets the qualifications stated above. Each of the parties shall bear one half of the cost of appointing the third appraiser a«d of paying the third appraiser’s fee. The third appraiser, however selected, shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party.

 

Within twenty (20) days after the selection of the third appraiser, a majority of the appraisers shall set the minimum monthly rent. If a majority of the appraisers are unable to set the minimum monthly rent within the stipulated period of time, the three appraisals shall be added together and their total divided by three; the resulting quotient shall be the minimum monthly rent. If, however, the low appraisal and/or the high appraisal are/is more than fifteen percent (15%) lower and/or higher than the middle appraisal, the low appraisal and/or the high appraisal shall be disregarded. If only one appraisal is disregarded, the remaining two appraisals shall be added together and their total divided by two; the resulting quotient shall be the minimum appraisal are disregarded, the middle appraisal shall be the minimum monthly rent.

 

2


In setting the minimum monthly rent, the appraiser or appraisers shall consider the use to which the premises are restricted under this Lease and shall not consider the highest and best use for the premises without regard to the restriction on use of the premises contained in this Lease.

 

(b) Cost of Living Adjustments . The minimum monthly rent shall be adjusted as set forth below on January 1, 1995, January 1, 1998, January 1, 2003, and, if Tenant exercises its option to extend the Initial Term for five years, on June 30, 2008.

 

As used herein the “Index” means the “Consumer Price Index for All Items, All Urban Consumers—San Francisco - Oakland - San Jose SMSA (1982-84 - 100),” as published by the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, or, if such index is discontinued or revised, such other government index or computation with which it is replaced or which, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, may be used to obtain substantially the same result as would be obtained if the Index had not been discontinued or revised.

 

On January 1, 1995 the minimum monthly rent shall be increased to an amount equal to the minimum monthly rent as of January 1, 1991, as adjusted according to paragraph 5(a) hereof, multiplied by a fraction, not less than one, the numerator of which is the Index as of January 1, 1995 and the denominator of which is the Index in effect on January 1, 1991.

 

On January 1, 1998 the minimum monthly rent shall be increased to an amount equal to the minimum monthly rent as of January 1, 1991, as adjusted according to paragraph 5(a) hereof, multiplied by a fraction, not less than one, the numerator of which is the Index as of January 1, 1998 and the denominator of which is the Index in effect on January 1, 1991.

 

On January 1, 2003 the minimum monthly rent shall be increased to an amount equal to the minimum monthly rent as of January 1, 2001, as adjusted according to paragraph 5(a) hereof, multiplied by a fraction, not less than one, the numerator of which is the Index as of January 1, 2003 and the denominator of which is the Index in effect on January 1, 2001.

 

On June 30, 2008, if Tenant exercises its option to extend the Initial Term for five years, the minimum monthly rent shall be increased to an amount equal to the minimum monthly rent as of January 1, 2001, as adjusted according to paragraph 5(a) hereof, multiplied by a fraction, not less than one, the numerator of which is the Index as of June 30, 2008 and the denominator of which is the Index in effect on January 1, 2001.

 

6. Surcharge . Tenant shall pay a surcharge of five percent (5%) of the minimum monthly rent as adjusted if Tenant fails to pay such rent to Landlord on or before the 10th day of each month, but neither the assessment nor payment of such surcharge shall excuse or cure any default by Tenant.

 

7. Interest on Past Due Obligations . Any payment or amount due

 

3


from Tenant to Landlord hereunder which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from thirty (30) days after the due date, but neither the assessment nor payment of such interest shall excuse or cure any default by Tenant.

 

8. Maintenance and Repair .

 

(a) Tenant assumes the responsibility for the condition, operation, repair, maintenance, security and management of the Building. Tenant shall take good care of the entire Building, both structural and non-structural, and keep the same in good condition and order, suffering no waste or injury. Tenant, at its expense, promptly shall make all necessary repairs and replacements, ordinary and extraordinary, regardless of the duration of the remaining term of this Lease.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, Landlord shall be responsible for the non-structural maintenance of the exterior of the Building throughout the term hereof.

 

9. Compliance with Laws . Tenant at all times shall comply with the requirements of all existing and future statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, laws or orders of any Federal, State, municipal, or other public body or officer relating to the Building and Tenant’s use and occupation thereof hereunder.

 

10. Personal Property Tax . Tenant shall pay before delinquency all taxes, assessments, license fees, and other charges (“taxes”) that are levied and assessed against Tenant’s personal property installed or located in the Building, and that become payable during the term of this Lease. On demand by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence of these payments.

 

11. Real Property Taxes . Tenant shall pay and discharge all real estate taxes and general and special assessments (“real property taxes”) levied and assessed against the Building.

 

Tenant at its cost shall have the right, at any time, to seek a reduction in the assessed valuation of the Building or to contest any real property taxes that are to be paid by Tenant. If Tenant seeks a reduction or contests the real property taxes, the failure on Tenant’s part to pay the real property taxes shall not constitute a default as long as Tenant complies with the provisions of this paragraph. Landlord shall not be required to join in any proceeding or contest brought by Tenant unless the provisions of any law require that the proceeding or contest be brought by or in the name of Landlord or any owner of the Building. In that case Landlord shall join in the proceeding or contest or permit it to be brought in Landlord’s name as long as Landlord is not required to bear any cost. Tenant, on final determination of the proceeding or contest, shall immediately pay or discharge any decision or judgment rendered, together with all costs, charges, interest, and penalties incidental to the decision or judgment.

 

Landlord appoints Tenant as its agent for the sole purpose of making

 

4


payment to the tax collector, obtaining information and other data from the county or city assessor, and instituting and maintaining any proceeding or contest allowed under this paragraph, with respect to all real property taxes in connection with the Building.

 

If Tenant does not pay any real property taxes when due and Tenant seeks a reduction or contests them as provided in this paragraph, before the commencement of the proceeding or contest Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, at Landlord’s option, a deposit in an amount equal to 115% of the contested amount of the real property taxes, including penalties and interest.

 

12. Utilities . Tenant shall make all arrangements for and pay for all utilities and services furnished to the Building. Landlord in no event shall be liable for failure to furnish utilities or services to the Building.

 

13. Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance . At all times Tenant at its cost shall maintain Bodily Injury Liability, Personal Injury Liability and Property Damage insurance with a combined single limit of not less than $5,000,000 insuring against all liability of Tenant and its authorized representatives arising out of and in connection with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Building. Landlord shall be named as an additional insured, and the policy shall contain cross-liability endorsements.

 

14. Fire Insurance on Building and Other Improvements . At all times Tenant at its cost shall maintain a policy of standard “All Risks” insurance, including the perils of flood and earthquake, to the extent of the full replacement value of the Building and the improvements, provided that with respect to insurance against the peril of earthquake only, Tenant’s obligation to maintain such insurance shall be subject to the availability of such insurance at commercially reasonable rates, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment. Said policy further shall provide for rent insurance in an amount not less that six (6) times the then-current monthly rent.

 

15. Other Insurance Matters . All the insurance required under this Lease shall:

 

(i) Be issued by insurance companies authorized to do business in the State of California, with a financial rating of at least an A:11 status as rated in the most recent edition of Best’s Insurance Reports;

 

(ii) Be issued as a primary policy;

 

(iii) Contain an endorsement requiring 30 days’ written notice from the insurance company to both parties and Landlord’s lender before cancellation or change in the coverage, scope, or amount of any policy.

 

Each policy, or a certificate of the policy, together with evidence of payment of premiums, shall be deposited with the other party at the commencement of the term, and on renewal of the policy not less than 20 days before expiration of the term of the policy.

 

5


16. Alterations . Tenant shall not make any interior or exterior structural alterations to the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant at its cost shall have the right to make non-structural alterations to the Building.

 

If Tenant seeks to make any alterations which increase the leasable space of the Building, Landlord and Tenant first shall negotiate in good faith an increase in the minimum monthly rent.

 

Any alterations made shall remain on and be surrendered with the Building on expiration or termination of this Lease, except that Landlord can elect within thirty (30) days before the expiration of this Lease, or within ten (10) days after termination of this Lease to require Tenant to remove any alterations that Tenant has made to the Building. If Landlord so elects, Tenant at its cost shall so restore the Building before the later of the last day of the term or thirty (30) days after notice of election.

 

17. Locks . No additional locks shall be placed upon any doors of the Building, and Tenant agrees not to have any duplicate keys made without the prior oral consent of Landlord. Upon termination of this Lease Tenant shall surrender all keys to the Building.

 

18. Signs . No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be inscribed, displayed, printed or affixed on or to any part of the outside or inside of the Building, without the prior oral consent of the Landlord.

 

19. Mechanics’ Liens . Tenant shall not permit any mechanics, materialmen’s or other liens arising out of work performed by Tenant or on Tenant’s behalf, to be filed against the fee of the real property underlying the Building or against the Building or Tenant’s leasehold interest therein.

 

20. Assignment and Subletting . Tenant shall not sell, assign, sublet, mortgage or transfer all or part of its interests hereunder without the prior oral consent of the Landlord, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably.

 

21. Indemnification of Landlord . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any liabilities, damages, claims, costs, penalties or expenses arising from the conduct or neglect of Tenant, or any of its agents, contractors, servants, employees, licensees, or invitees, and from and against all costs, counsel fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in or in connection with any such claim or action or proceeding brought thereon.

 

22. Surrender of Building . Except as provided in Paragraphs 24 and 25, upon expiration of this Lease or within ten (10) days after termination of the Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Building in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. If Tenant fails to surrender the Building in accordance with the foregoing provision, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all damages, claims, liabilities, costs and expenses resulting from such failure.

 

6


23. Holding Over . Any holding over after the termination of the Lease, with the prior written consent of Landlord, shall be a tenancy from month to month at the monthly rent in effect on the date of such termination on the terms, covenants and conditions specified herein except that the minimum monthly rent hereunder shall be 125% of the applicable minimum monthly rent in effect immediately prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease. Acceptance by Landlord of rent after such termination or expiration shall not result in any other tenancy or any renewal of the term hereof. The provisions of this paragraph are in addition to, and do not affect, Landlord’s right of re-entry or other rights hereunder or as provided by law.

 

24. Destruction of Building . If the Building shall be destroyed by fire or other cause, or be so damaged thereby that it is untenantable and cannot be rendered tenantable within two hundred seventy (270) days from the occurrence of such destruction or damage, this Lease may be terminated by either Landlord or Tenant upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other. The good faith determination by the Landlord that the Building cannot be rendered tenantable within 270 days from the occurrence of such destruction or damage shall be conclusive for the purposes of this Lease; provided, that Landlord shall convey such determination to Tenant by written notice within one hundred twenty (120) days after the occurrence of such destruction or damage.

 

In case the damage or destruction be not such as to permit a termination of this Lease as above provided, then a proportionate reduction shall be made in the rent herein reserved corresponding to the time during which and to the portion of the Building of which Tenant shall be deprived of possession. The provisions of Subdivision 2 of Section 1932 of the California Civil Code, and of Subdivision 4 of Section 1933 of that code, shall not apply to this Lease, and Tenant waives the benefit of such provisions.

 

25. Eminent Domain . If in excess of ten percent (10%) of the Building shall be taken or appropriated under the power of eminent domain for more than ninety (90) days, either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease within thirty (30) days prior to such taking. Landlord shall receive (and Tenant upon demand of Landlord shall assign to Landlord) any award or any interest therein which may be paid or made in connection with such taking or appropriation, and the Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for all or any part of the award made in such proceedings, whether or not attributable to the value of the unexpired term of this Lease. If a part of the Building shall be so taken or appropriated and neither party hereto timely shall elect to terminate this Lease or if less than 10% of the Building shall be taken Landlord shall retain any condemnation award or interest and shall restore the Building to a tenantable condition. Tenant’s rent thereafter shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in the square footage of the Building which is taken through condemnation.

 

26. Exhibits . The Exhibits referenced herein and affixed to this Lease are a part hereof.

 

27. Estoppel Certificates . At any time, upon request by Landlord,

 

7


but not more than fifteen (15) days following such request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a statement certifying the date of commencement of this Lease, stating that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and the date and nature of such modifications) and the date to which the rent has been paid, and setting forth such other matters reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant intend that any such statement delivered pursuant to this paragraph may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary, or purchaser or prospective purchaser of the Building or any interest therein.

 

28. Entry and Inspection . Tenant shall permit Landlord and his agents to enter into and upon the Building at all reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the same, or for the purpose of protecting Landlord’s reversionary interest or to make alterations or additions to the Building or for maintaining any service provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, including window cleaning and janitor service, without any rebate of rent to Tenant for any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Building, or damage, injury or inconvenience thereby occasioned, and shall permit Landlord at any reasonable time to bring to the Building, for purposes of inspection or display, prospective tenants or purchasers.

 

29. Defaults . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant:

 

(a) The abandonment of the Building by Tenant. Abandonment is herein defined to include, but is not limited to, any absence by Tenant from the Building for five (5) days or longer while in default of any provision of this Lease.

 

(b) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of rent or additional rent or other payments required to be made by Tenant hereunder, as and when due, where such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Sec. 1161.

 

(c) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in (a) or (b) above, where such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Sec. 1161; provided further, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than ten (10) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said ten-day period and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion; provided further, however, Landlord in its sole discretion may require Tenant to deliver a bond, deposit funds or such other form of security device which may be necessary to protect the Building and Landlord in the event such default cannot be cured within said ten-day period.

 

8


(d) (i) The making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) the filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within thirty (30) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Building or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days.

 

30. Remedies .

 

(a) In the event of any default by Tenant as defined herein, Landlord may exercise any remedy or right now or hereafter available to a Landlord against a defaulting tenant under the law of the State of California.

 

(b) No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or remedy shall be construed as a waiver of any such right or remedy or of any default by Tenant hereunder.

 

31. Default by Landlord . Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by it hereunder unless and until it has failed to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligation; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it shall commence such performance within such thirty-day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion.

 

32. Quiet Enjoyment . Tenant, upon observing and keeping its covenants, conditions and agreements hereunder, Landlord covenants that Tenant lawfully and quietly shall hold, occupy and enjoy the Building subject to the terms of this Lease.

 

33. Automatic Subordination . This Lease is and shall be subordinate to any encumbrance now of record or recorded after the date of this Lease affecting the Building or the real property on which the Building is located. This subordination is effective without any further act of either Landlord or Tenant, and Tenant shall execute and deliver such documents as Landlord deems necessary to effectuate the intent of this paragraph.

 

34. Sale or Transfer of Building . If Landlord sells or transfers its interest in the Building, Landlord, on consummation of the sale or transfer, shall be released from any liability thereafter accruing under this Lease. Landlord can transfer the security deposit to Landlord’s successor and on such transfer Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability in reference to the security deposit.

 

9


35. Consent to Tenant’s Mortgage . Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 20, Tenant may from time to time, without further consent of Landlord, assign this Lease by way of mortgage to any bank, insurance company or other established lending institution as mortgagee for the purpose of interim financing for Tenant’s construction work and the installation of fixtures and equipment in the Building or any further improvements made by Tenant to the Building or for the purpose of permanent financing in an amount not exceeding the amount of such interim financing; provided, that upon execution of such mortgage Tenant promptly shall deliver a true copy thereof to Landlord. The mortgagee or its assigns of such mortgage may enforce such mortgage and acquire title to the leasehold estate in any lawful way and pending foreclosure of such mortgage may take possession of and rent the Building and upon foreclosure thereof may with the consent of landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, sell and assign the leasehold estate by assignment in which the assignee shall expressly assume and agree to observe and perform all of the covenants of Tenant herein contained. Such assignee may make a purchase money mortgage of this Lease to the assignor, provided that upon execution of any such assignment or mortgage, a true copy thereof shall be delivered promptly to Landlord. The mortgagee or its assigns of such mortgage shall be liable to perform the obligations of Tenant under this Lease only during the period such mortgagee or assignee has possession or ownership of the leasehold estate. Nothing contained in such mortgage shall release or be deemed to relieve Tenant from the full and faithful observance and performance of its covenants herein contained, or from any liability for the nonobservance or nonperformance thereof, nor be deemed to constitute a waiver of any rights of Landlord hereunder and the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall control in case of any conflicts with the provisions of such mortgage.

 

36. Protection of Tenant’s Mortgagee . During the continuance in effect of any authorized mortgage of this Lease, Landlord shall not terminate this Lease because of any default on the part of tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants or conditions herein contained if the mortgagee or its assigns of such mortgage within sixty (60) days after the Landlord has mailed to the mortgagee or its assigns of such mortgage at the last known address thereof a written notice of intention to terminate this Lease, stating the grounds of such termination, shall cure such default if the same can be cured by the payment of money or if not shall undertake in writing to perform and shall thereafter perform all of the covenants of this Lease capable of performance by the mortgagee or its assigns of such mortgage until such time as this Lease shall be sold upon foreclosure of such mortgage and any default consisting of Tenant’s failure promptly to discharge any lien, charge of encumbrance against the Building junior in priority to such mortgage shall be deemed to be duly cured if such mortgage shall be foreclosed by appropriate action instituted within such sixty (60) day period and thereafter prosecuted in a diligent and timely manner.

 

37. Reservation of Rights . Landlord reserves the right to use the common areas of the Building for public or private receptions and/or exhibitions of any nature so long as such receptions and/or exhibitions are not unreasonably disruptive during regular business hours.

 

10


38. Expense of Litigation . If either party incurs any expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in connection with any action or proceeding instituted by either party arising out of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses from the other party.

 

39. Waiver . The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of performance of any term, covenant or condition contained herein may only be made by a written document signed by the party to be charged with such waiver, and no such waiver shall be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition contained herein. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent.

 

40. Notices . All notices and demands which are required or permitted to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be written and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed (i) to Tenant at the Building or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate by notice or (ii) to Landlord at 3340 Jackson Street, San Francisco, CA 94118, or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate by notice.

 

41. Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives all rights against the other in respect of any loss or damage for which (but only to the extent that) such party has been compensated under any policy of insurance carried by it or for its benefit. Landlord and Tenant each shall request its insurance carriers to consent to such waiver and to waive all rights of subrogation against the other party.

 

42. Time and Applicable Law . Time is of the essence of this Lease and all of its provisions. This Lease shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

43. Successors . Subject to the provisions of paragraph 21 hereof, the covenants and conditions contained herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

44. Entire Agreement . This Lease represents the entire agreement and understanding of the parties concerning the lease of the Building, and it supersedes all prior agreements and understandings related thereto. This Lease may not be modified except by a written instrument duly executed by the parties hereto.

 

45. Severability . If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant duly have executed this Lease on the date first above written.

 

TENANT

DLI REALTY CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Michael J. Stone


    Its Secretary
LANDLORD

/s/ Ray M. Dolby


RAY M. DOLBY

 

12


LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    Preliminary Title Report

 

13


ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE

 

This Assignment of Lease (the “Assignment”) is made and entered into on the 27 th day of September 1990 by and between DLI Realty Corporation, a California corporation (the “Assignor”), and Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California Corporation (the “Assignee”).

 

WHEREAS, Assignor leases the building, located at 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California, from Ray M. Dolby, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Master Lease (the “Lease”) dated the 18th day of March, 1988;

 

WHEREAS, Assignor desires to assign and transfer the Lease to Assignee;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of the foregoing the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Assignment . Assignor hereby conveys, assigns and transfers to Assignee any and all right, title and interest that Assignor has as the tenant in and to the Lease.

 

2. Assumption of Liability and Indemnity of Assignor . By its acceptance of this transfer and assignment, Assignee hereby agrees to assume and does assume each and every right and obligation of the tenant under the Lease, and does hereby indemnify and hold Assignor free and harmless from any obligations or liabilities under the Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Assignment on the day and year first above written.

 

ASSIGNOR:   ASSIGNEE:
DLI REALTY CORPORATION   DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael J. Stone


  By:  

/s/ Michael J. Stone


The undersigned consents to the foregoing assignment.        
September 27, 1990      

/s/ Ray Dolby


            Ray M. Dolby

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

999 BRANNAN STREET

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

The Basic Lease Information set forth below is part of the Lease.

 

Lease Date:

(Introduction)

   May 1, 1998

Landlord:

(Introduction)

   Dolby Properties, LLC

Tenant:

(Introduction)

   Dolby Laboratories Inc
Premises:    Suite Numbers: 218, 219, 221, 222, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233 as indicated in Exhibit A
Building:    999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California

Rentable Area of Premises:

(Paragraph 1.1)

   Approximately 10,340 square feet.

Rentable Area of Building:

(Paragraph 1.2)

   Approximately 134,280 square feet.

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share:

(Paragraph 1.8)

   Seven and 70/100 th Percent (7.70%).

Term:

(Paragraph 3)

   Month to Month

Commencement Date:

(Paragraph 3)

   May 1, 1998

Base Rent:

(Paragraph 4.1.1)

   $26.00 per square foot per year ($22,403.33 per month)

Base Year:

(Paragraph 1.1)

   1999

Use:

(Paragraph 6.1)

   General business office purposes typically associated with the multi-media industry

 


Security Deposit:

(Paragraph 21)

   None

Guarantor:

(Paragraph 23)

   None

Landlord’s Address for Notices:

(Paragraph 25.4)

  

Dolby Properties, LLC

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

Attention: Janet Daly

Tenant’s Address for Notices:

(Paragraph 25.4)

  

Dolby Laboratories, Inc

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

Attention: Janet Daly

Landlord’s Broker:

(Paragraph 25.6)

   None

Tenant’s Broker:

(Paragraph 25.6)

   None
Additional Provisions:    None

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page

1.

   DEFINITIONS    1
     1.1   

Base Year

   1
     1.2   

Base Year Direct Expenses

   1
     1.3   

Building

   1
     1.4   

Common Areas

   1
     1.5   

Direct Expenses

   1
     1.6   

Lease Year

   1
     1.7   

Premises

   2
     1.8   

Real Property Taxes

   2
     1.9   

Rentable Area of Building

   2
     1.10   

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share

   2

2.

   PREMISES    2

3.

   LEASE TERM    2

4.

   RENT    2
     4.1   

Rent Payable

   2
     4.2   

Additional Rent Terms

   3

5.

   TENANT TAXES    3

6.

   CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT    3
     6.1   

Use of the Premises

   3
     6.2   

Compliance with Law

   3
     6.3   

Rules and Regulations

   4
     6.4   

Hazardous Materials

   4

7.

   MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS    5
     7.1   

Acceptance

   5
     7.2   

Landlord’s Responsibility

   5
     7.3   

Reimbursement by Tenant

   5
     7.4   

Tenant’s Responsibility

   6
     7.5   

Tenant Improvements and Alterations

   6
     7.6   

Liens

   7
     7.7   

Condition Upon Surrender

   7

8.

   INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY    7
     8.1   

Tenant’s Insurance

   7
     8.2   

Insurance Requirements

   8
     8.3   

Adjustments to Insurance Program

   8
     8.4   

Liability Insurance Requirements

   8
     8.5   

Certificates of Insurance

   8
     8.6   

Landlord to Insure Building

   8
     8.7   

Waiver of Subrogation

   9
     8.8   

Indemnification

   9

 


     8.9   

Landlord’s Disclaimer

   9

9.

   REPAIRS AND RESTORATION    9
     9.1   

Insubstantial Insured Damage

   9
     9.2   

Substantial or Uninsured Damage

   9
     9.3   

Damage Near End of Term

   9
     9.4   

Rent Abatement

   10
     9.5   

Tenant’s Option to Cancel

   10
     9.6   

“Substantial” Defined

   10

10.

   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING    10
     10.1   

Landlord’s Consent Required

   10
     10.2   

Notice to Landlord

   11
     10.3   

Landlord’s Option

   11
     10.4   

Collection of Rent

   11
     10.5   

Tenant Not Released

   11

11.

   EMINENT DOMAIN    11
     11.1   

Automatic Termination

   11
     11.2   

Rent Abatement

   12
     11.3   

Condemnation Award

   12
     11.4   

Sale Under Threat of Condemnation

   12

12.

   UTILITIES AND SERVICES    12

13.

   DEFAULTS, REMEDIES    13
     13.1   

Defaults

   13
     13.2   

Remedies

   13
     13.3   

Chronic Delinquency

   14

14.

   COMMON AREA    14
     14.1   

Right of Use

   14
     14.2   

Landlord to Operate

   14
     14.3   

Control in Landlord

   15

15.

   SECURITY SERVICES    15

16.

   SIGNS    15

17.

   ENCUMBRANCES    15
     17.1   

Subordination

   15
     17.2   

Mortgagee Protection

   16

18.

   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    16
     18.1   

Estoppel Certificates

   16
     18.2   

Financial Statements

   16

19.

   RIGHT OF ENTRY    16

20.

   ATTORNEYS’ FEES    16

 


21.

  

SECURITY DEPOSIT

   17

22.

  

INTEREST

   17

23.

  

GUARANTY

   17

24.

  

RELOCATION

   17

25.

  

MISCELLANEOUS

   17
    

25.1

  

Time of Essence

   17
    

25.2

  

Captions

   17
    

25.3

  

Entire Agreement and Amendments

   17
    

25.4

  

Notice

   18
    

25.5

  

Holdover

   18
    

25.6

  

Brokers

   18
    

25.7

  

Acceptance

   18
    

25.8

  

Waiver

   18
    

25.9

  

Separability

   18
    

25.10

  

Joint and Several Liability

   18
    

25.11

  

Recording

   18
    

25.12

  

Force Majeure

   19
    

25.13

  

Landlord’s Liability

   19
    

25.14

  

Exhibits

   19
    

25.15

  

Tenant Improvements

   19
    

25.16

  

Conditions

   19
    

25.17

  

No Partnership or Joint Venture

   19
    

25.18

  

Construction

   19
    

25.19

  

Binding Effect

   19
    

25.20

  

Authority

   20

 

Exhibit A - Premises

Exhibit B - Additional Provisions

Exhibit C - Rules and Regulations

Exhibit D - Lease Guaranty

Exhibit E - Construction Rider

 


 

999 BRANNAN STREET LEASE

 

THIS LEASE is made as of the Lease Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information, by and between Dolby Properties LLC (“Landlord”) and the Tenant identified in the Basic Lease Information (“Tenant”). Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS . Unless the context otherwise specifies or requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1 Base Year . The calendar year specified in the Basic Lease Information as the Base Year.

 

1.2 Base Year Direct Expenses . The Direct Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in the Base Year.

 

1.3 Building . The building in which the Premises are located.

 

1.4 Common Areas . All areas within or around the Building which are now or hereafter held for use by the Landlord or other persons entitled to occupy space in the Building, including, without limitation, streets, driveways, covered walkways, canopies, loading docks, sidewalks, landscaped and planted areas, restrooms not located within the premises of any tenant, corridors and hallways, janitor’s closets, mechanical and telephone rooms, and other areas and improvements provided by Landlord for the common use of Landlord and tenants and their respective employees and invitees. Landlord may make changes at any time and from time to time in the size, shape, location, number and extent of the Common Areas and no such change shall constitute an eviction, construction or otherwise, or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or otherwise affect Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

1.5 Direct Expenses . All costs paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance, replacement and repair of the Building (excluding those expenses which are the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to Paragraphs 5 - Tenant Taxes , 7.3 - Reimbursement by Tenant and 8.1 - Tenant’s Insurance ) including, without limitation, all costs and expenses paid or incurred with respect to utilities and other services provided to the Building to the extent not required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease; operating, cleaning, sweeping, repairing and resurfacing the sidewalk, entry areas, and other Common Areas; maintenance and replanting of all landscaping; maintenance and repair of landscape sprinkler systems, fire protection and security systems, lights and light standards (including bulb replacement), drainage systems and utility systems (including heating ventilation and air-conditioning); painting, janitorial and other services to the Common Areas; premiums for public liability and property damage insurance (including extended and broad form coverage risks for the Common Areas of the Building) and insurance deductibles; Real Property Taxes as defined below; any assessments or charges imposed in order to have the Building comply with statutes, ordinances, orders, requirements, laws, rules and regulations of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority now or hereafter in effect (collectively, “Laws”); maintenance, repair and replacement of mechanical equipment as necessary or rental for such equipment if leased; costs of maintenance and repair of electricity, water and other utilities for the operation and maintenance of the Building; garbage and refuse removal; capital expenditures reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord or made for the purpose of reducing operating expenses or to comply with Laws (which capital expenses shall be amortized over their useful life); reasonable legal and accounting expenses which relate to the Building as a whole; reasonable third party management fees for the Building; a reasonable allowance for depreciation on machinery and equipment used to maintain the Building and on other personal property owned by Landlord in the Building (including window coverings and carpeting in the Common Areas); and the reasonable costs of contesting the validity or applicability of any Laws that may affect the Building. If less than one hundred percent of the Building is occupied during any Lease Year, Landlord shall adjust Direct Expenses to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of direct Expenses had one hundred percent occupied.

 

1.6 Lease Year . The term “Lease Year” as used in the Lease shall refer to each full (twelve month) calendar year occurring during the Term, except that the first Lease Year shall be the period from the Commencement Date until December 31 of the calendar year in which the Commencement Date occurs, and the last Lease Year shall be the period from January 1 in the year in which the Lease terminates until the last day of the Term.

 

1


1.7 Premises . The space identified in the Basic Lease Information, in the Building at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information. The approximate configuration and location of the Premises is outlined on the attached EXHIBIT A . Landlord and Tenant agree that the rentable area of the Premises for all purposes under this Lease, shall be the rentable area specified in the Basic Lease Information, regardless of the actual measurement of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant or Tenant’s representative has measured or had the opportunity to measure the Premises to verify the accuracy of the rentable area specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

1.8 Real Property Taxes . All real property taxes and general, special or district assessments or other governmental impositions, of whatever kind, nature or origin, imposed on or by reason of the ownership or use of the Building; governmental charges, fees or assessments for transit or traffic mitigation (including area-wide traffic improvement assessments and transportation system management fees), housing, police, fire or other governmental service or purported benefits to the Building; personal property taxes assessed on the personal property of Landlord used in the operation of the Building; service payments in lieu of taxes and taxes and assessments of every kind and nature whatsoever levied or assessed in addition to, in lieu of or in substitution for existing or additional real or personal property taxes on the Building or the personal property described above; any increases in the foregoing caused by changes in assessed valuation, tax rate or other factors or circumstances; and the reasonable cost of contesting by appropriate proceedings the amount or validity of any taxes, assessments or charges described above. To the extent paid by Tenant or other tenants as “Tenant’s Taxes” (as defined in Paragraph 5 - Tenant Taxes ), “Tenant’s Taxes” shall be excluded from Taxes. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include all expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in seeking reduction by the taxing authorities of Real Property Taxes applicable to the Building.

 

1.9 Rentable Area of Building . The Building contains the rentable area specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

1.10 Tenant’s Pro Rata Share . The percentage figure specified in the Basic Lease Information as Tenant’s Pro Rata Share. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant’s Pro Rata Share is the ratio of the rentable area of the Premises as specified in the Basic Lease Information over the total rentable area of the Building as specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

2. PREMISES . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord the Premises for the Term, at the Rent specified in Paragraph 4 and upon all of the conditions and agreements set forth herein; reserving to Landlord, however, the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, subfloors, conduits, and wires through the Premises in locations causing Tenant the least inconvenience possible and the use of the exterior walls and roof.

 

3. LEASE TERM . The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on the Commencement Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information and shall continue on the basis of a month to month tenancy which shall be terminable by either party upon thirty days written notice to the other party.

 

4. RENT .

 

4.1 Rent Payable . The Rent payable to Landlord includes the following:

 

4.1.1 Base Rent . During each month of the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Base Rent the amount set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Base Rent shall be paid in advance on the first day of each calendar month throughout the Term without offset, deduction, prior notice or demand, except that a full month’s Base Rent shall be paid upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant and the prorated Base Rent payable for the period, if any, prior to the first full calendar month of the Term shall be paid on the first day of said first full calendar month. Base Rent for any partial month shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in the month.

 

4.1.2 Direct Expenses . Commencing January 1, 2000, Tenant shall also pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any amount by which the Direct Expenses for any Lease Year commencing in 2000 exceeds the Base Year Direct Expenses (the “Increases in Direct Expenses”). If any additional space is added to the Premises, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Increases in Direct Expenses shall be calculated separately for each such addition. Within thirty (30)

 

2


days after the commencement of each Lease Year, Landlord shall give Tenant a written estimate of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the monthly Increases in Direct Expenses for the current Lease Year. Tenant shall pay such estimated amount to Landlord in monthly installments in advance on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand, prorated for any partial month. Landlord may at any time during the Term, but not more frequently than quarterly, adjust estimates of Increases in Direct Expenses to reflect current expenditures. Following written notice to Tenant of such revised estimate, subsequent payment by Tenant shall be based upon such revised estimate. Within ninety (90) days after the end of each Lease Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the Direct Expenses incurred by Landlord during such Lease Year, and the parties shall, within thirty (30) days after the date of such statement, make any payment necessary to adjust Tenant’s estimated payments for such Lease Year to Tenant’s actual Pro Rata Share of Increases in Direct Expenses for such Lease Year as shown by such annual statement.

 

4.1.3 Late Charges . If Base Rent or Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Increases in Direct Expenses are unpaid after the fifth day after the due date, Tenant shall pay a late charge of ten percent (10%) of the amount overdue. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of the late payment by Tenant. The late charge shall be paid without offset, deduction, prior notice or demand. Any dishonored check shall be treated as rent unpaid and shall be subject to late charges. Acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue sum or prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease.

 

4.2 Additional Rent Terms . All amounts which Tenant is required to pay under this Lease including all damages, costs and expenses which Landlord may incur by reason of any default by Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed to be Rent hereunder. Upon nonpayment of any Rent, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies with respect thereto as Landlord has for the non-payment of Base Rent. All Rent shall be paid in lawful money of the United States to Landlord at the address specified in this Lease for purpose of notice, or to such other persons or at such other places as may be designated in writing by Landlord from time to time. All Rent shall be paid without deduction or offset and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, without prior notice or demand.

 

5. TENANT TAXES . Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay before delinquency all Tenant Taxes. Tenant Taxes shall mean: (a) all taxes, assessments, license fees and other governmental charges or impositions levied or assessed against or with respect to Tenant’s personal property or Trade Fixtures in the Premises, whether any such imposition is levied directly against Tenant or levied against Landlord or the Building; (b) all rental, excise, sales or transaction privilege taxes arising out of this Lease (excluding, however, state and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the income of Landlord from all sources) imposed by any taxing authority upon Landlord or upon Landlord’s receipt of any rent payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease; and (c) any increase in Real Property Taxes attributable to inclusion of a value placed on Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations. If any Tenant Taxes are assessed, levied, or imposed upon Landlord or any portion of the Building, Landlord shall give Tenant a statement of the amount applicable to the Premises. If a separate assessment of the improvements is not available from the appropriate governmental authority, Landlord’s good faith allocation shall be binding on Tenant. In such event, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand for such Tenant Taxes applicable to the Premises. If Landlord pays any Tenant Taxes, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment, together with interest at the Stipulated Rate from the date of Landlord’s payment to the date of Tenant’s reimbursement.

 

6. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT .

 

6.1 Use of the Premises . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purpose set forth in the Basic Lease Information as Use and for no other purposes without the prior written consent of Landlord which shall be given at Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

6.2 Compliance with Law . Tenant at its expense shall comply promptly with all present and future applicable Laws regulating the use by Tenant of the Premises, including compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as the same may be amended from time to time. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will tend to create a nuisance or tend to disturb other tenants or occupants of the Building or tend to injure the reputation of the Building. Tenant shall place no loads upon the floors, walls or ceilings in excess

 

3


of the maximum designed load determined by Landlord or which endanger the structure; nor place any harmful liquids in the drainage systems; nor dump or store waste materials or refuse or allow such to remain outside the Premises proper, except in the enclosed trash areas provided, if any. Tenant shall not store or permit to be stored or otherwise placed any other material of any nature whatsoever outside the Premises.

 

6.3 Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall comply at all times with the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as EXHIBIT C and such amendments and modifications thereof and additions thereto as Landlord may from time to time reasonably adopt for the operation, safety, care and cleanliness of the Building or the preservation of good order therein. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the failure of any tenant or other person to comply with such Rules and Regulations.

 

6.4 Hazardous Materials .

 

6.4.1 Definitions.

 

6.4.1.1 “Hazardous Materials” shall mean any substance: (A) that now or in the future is regulated or governed by, requires investigation or remediation under, or is defined as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance, pollutant or contaminant under any governmental statute, code, ordinance, regulation, rule or order, and any amendment thereto, including for example only the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq ., and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq ., or (B) that is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, radioactive, carcinogenic, dangerous or otherwise hazardous, including gasoline, diesel fuel, petroleum hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), asbestos, radon and urea formaldehyde foam insulation.

 

6.4.1.2 “Environmental Requirements” shall mean all present and future Laws, permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and other requirements of any kind applicable to Hazardous Materials.

 

6.4.1.3 “Handled by Tenant” and “Handling by Tenant” shall mean and refer to any installation, handling, generation, storage, use, disposal, discharge, release, abatement, removal, transportation, or any other activity of any type by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, sublessees, transferees or representatives (collectively, “Representatives”) or its guests, customers, invitees, or visitors (collectively, “Visitors”), at or about the Premises in connection with or involving Hazardous Materials.

 

6.4.1.4 “Environmental Losses “ shall mean all costs and expenses of any kind, damages, including foreseeable and unforeseeable consequential damages, fines and penalties incurred in connection with any violation of and compliance with Environmental Requirements and all losses of any kind attributable to the diminution of value, loss of use or adverse effects on marketability or use of any portion of the Premises or Building.

 

6.4.2 Tenant’s Covenants . No Hazardous Materials shall be Handled by Tenant at or about the Premises or Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted, denied, or conditioned upon compliance with Landlord’s requirements, all in Landlord’s absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal quantities and use of those Hazardous Materials customarily used in the conduct of general office activities, such as copier fluids and cleaning supplies (“Permitted Hazardous Materials”), may be used and stored at the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, provided that Tenant’s activities at or about the Premises and Building and the Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall comply at all times with all Environmental Requirements. At the expiration or termination of the Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove from the Premises and Building all Hazardous Materials Handled by Tenant at the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall keep Landlord fully and promptly informed of all Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials other than Permitted Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall be responsible and liable for the compliance with all of the provisions of this Paragraph by all of Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors, and all of Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph (including its indemnification obligations under Paragraph 6.4.5 - Tenant’s Indemnification below) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

6.4.3 Compliance . Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense promptly take all actions required by any governmental agency or entity in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or

 

4


about the Premises or Building, including inspection and testing, performing all cleanup, removal and remediation work required with respect to those Hazardous Materials, complying with all closure requirements and post-closure monitoring, and filing all required reports or plans. All of the foregoing work and all Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall be performed in a good, safe and workmanlike manner by consultants qualified and licensed to undertake such work and in a manner that will not interfere with any other tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Building or Landlord’s use, operation, leasing and sale of the Building. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to delivery to any governmental agency, or promptly after receipt from any such agency, copies of all permits, manifests, closure or remedial action plans, notices, and all other documents relating to the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or Building. If any lien attaches to the Premises or the Building in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released, by payment, bonding or otherwise, within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released and any sums expended by Landlord in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand.

 

6.4.4 Landlord’s Rights . Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises at any reasonable time (i) to confirm Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph 6.4, and (ii) to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 6.4 if Tenant has failed to do so after reasonable notice to Tenant. Landlord shall also have the right to engage qualified Hazardous Materials consultants to inspect the Premises and review the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, including review of all permits, reports, plans, and other documents regarding same. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the costs of Landlord’s consultants’ fees and all costs incurred by Landlord in performing Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business caused by Landlord’s entry into the Premises, but Landlord shall not be responsible for any interference caused thereby.

 

6.4.5 Tenant’s Indemnification . Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and its partners or members and its or their partners, members, directors, officers, shareholders, employees and agents from all Environmental Losses and all other claims, actions, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses of every kind, including reasonable attorneys’, experts’ and consultants’ fees and costs, incurred at any time and arising from or in connection with the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Building or Tenant’s failure to comply in full with all Environmental Requirements with respect to the Premises.

 

7. MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS .

 

7.1 Acceptance . By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises as being in good and sanitary order, condition and repair, subject to all applicable Laws. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representation or warranty as to the suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, the condition of the Premises or Building, or the use or occupancy which may be made thereof and Tenant has independently investigated and is satisfied that the Premises are suitable for Tenant’s intended use.

 

7.2 Landlord’s Responsibility . Subject to the provisions of Article 9 - Repairs and Restoration , Landlord shall, during the Term, keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls (excluding the interior surface of exterior walls), windows, plate glass, doors (other than doors located within a tenant’s premises), downspouts, gutters and roof of the Building, all plumbing, HVAC, electrical and lighting facilities and equipment servicing the Premises, and the Common Areas; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to repair until a reasonable time after the receipt by Landlord of a written notice of the need for repairs. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1941 and 1942 and similar laws now or hereafter in effect. Tenant shall pay the cost of repairs to utilities located within the Premises, or for any repairs to the Building occasioned by any act or omission of Tenant, Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors, other than reasonable wear and tear.

 

7.3 Reimbursement by Tenant . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Rent, for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord for the foregoing maintenance and repair to the extent set forth in Article 4.1.2 - Direct Expenses .

 

5


7.4 Tenant’s Responsibility . Except as provided in Paragraph 7.2 - Landlord’s Responsibility above, Tenant shall keep in first-class order, condition and repair the Premises and every part thereof, including, without limitation, all fixtures, Trade Fixtures, Alterations, interior walls and interior surface of exterior walls, ceilings, floors and floor coverings, utilities and doors located within the Premises. Tenant shall also keep the Premises at all times in a neat, clean and sanitary condition, shall neither commit nor permit any waste or nuisance thereon, and shall keep the walks and corridors adjacent thereto free from Tenant’s waste or debris. If Tenant fails to perform its obligations under this Paragraph, notwithstanding any other provision hereof and without waiving any other right or remedy Landlord may have, Landlord may, at its option, after five (5) days’ written notice to Tenant, enter upon the Premises and put the same in good order, condition and repair and at Landlord’s further option, continue such maintenance and repair obligation for the remainder of the Term, and the cost thereof shall become due and payable as Rent by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

 

7.5 Tenant Improvements and Alterations .

 

7.5.1 Landlord and Tenant shall perform their respective obligations with respect to design and construction of any improvements to be constructed and installed in the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements”), as provided in the Construction Rider. Except for any Tenant Improvements to be constructed by Tenant as provided in the Construction Rider, Tenant shall not make any alterations, improvements or changes to the Premises (including installation of any security system or telephone or data communication wiring) (“Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior written consent. Any such Alterations shall be completed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (i) with due diligence, in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials; (ii) in compliance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord; (iii) in compliance with the construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time; (iv) in accordance with all applicable Laws (including all work, whether structural or non-structural, inside or outside the Premises, required to comply fully with all applicable Laws and necessitated by Tenant’s work); and (v) subject to all conditions which Landlord may in Landlord’s discretion impose. Such conditions may include requirements for Tenant to: (a) provide payment or performance bonds or additional insurance (from Tenant or Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors or design professionals); (b) use contractors or subcontractors designated by Landlord; and (c) remove all or part of the Alterations prior to or upon expiration or termination of the Term, as designated by Landlord. If any work outside the Premises, or any work on or adjustment to any of the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (“HVAC”), mechanical, elevator, plumbing, electrical, fire protection, life safety, security or other systems in the Building, is required in connection with or as a result of Tenant’s work, such work shall be performed at Tenant’s expense by contractors designated by Landlord. Landlord’s right to review and approve (or withhold approval of) Tenant’s plans, drawings, specifications, contractor(s) and other aspects of construction work proposed by Tenant is intended solely to protect Landlord, the Building and Landlord’s interests. No approval or consent by Landlord shall be deemed or construed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the adequacy, sufficiency, fitness or suitability thereof or compliance thereof with applicable Laws or other requirements. Except as otherwise provided in Landlord’s consent, all Alterations shall upon installation become part of the realty and be the property of Landlord.

 

7.5.2 Before making any Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s prior approval reasonably detailed final plans and specifications prepared by a licensed architect or engineer, a copy of the construction contract, including the name of the contractor and all subcontractors proposed by Tenant to make the Alterations and a copy of the contractor’s license. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any Alterations made by Tenant, including reasonable fees charged by Landlord’s contractors or consultants to review plans and specifications prepared by Tenant and to update the existing as-built plans and specifications of the Building to reflect the Alterations. Tenant shall obtain all applicable permits, authorizations and governmental approvals and deliver copies of the same to Landlord before commencement of any Alterations.

 

7.5.3 Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Building free and clear of all liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. If any such lien attaches to the Premises or the Building, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released by payment, bonding or otherwise within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released, and any sums expended by Landlord in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand with interest thereon

 

6


from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Stipulated Rate (as defined in Article 22 - Interest ). Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any Alterations and cooperate with Landlord in posting and maintaining notices of non-responsibility in connection therewith.

 

7.5.4 Subject to the provisions of this Article 7, Tenant may install and maintain furnishings, equipment, movable partitions, business equipment and other trade fixtures (“Trade Fixtures”) in the Premises, provided that the Trade Fixtures do not become an integral part of the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by any installation or removal of such Trade Fixtures.

 

7.6 Liens . Tenant shall pay for all labor and services performed for, and all materials used by or furnished to Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives and keep the Building free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and partners from and against any liens, demands, claims, judgments or encumbrances (including all attorneys’ fees) arising out of any work or services performed for or materials used by or furnished to Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall do all things necessary to prevent the filing of any mechanic’s or other liens against the Building or any part thereof by reason of work, labor, services or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to Tenant, or anyone holding the Premises, or any part thereof, through or under Tenant. If any such lien shall at any time be filed against the Building, Tenant shall either cause the same to be discharged of record within ten (10) days after the date of filing of the same, or, if Tenant in Tenant’s discretion and in good faith determines that such lien should be contested, Tenant shall furnish such security as may be necessary or required to (a) prevent any foreclosure proceedings against the Building during the pendency of such contest, and (b) cause a mutually satisfactory title company to remove such lien as a matter affecting title to the Building. If Tenant shall fail to discharge such lien within such period or fail to furnish such security, then, in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord resulting from Tenant’s said default, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge the same either by paying the amount claimed to be due or by procuring the discharge of such lien by giving security or in such other manner as is, or may be, prescribed by law. Tenant shall repay to Landlord on demand all sums disbursed or deposited by Landlord pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph including Landlord’s costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, with interest thereon at the Stipulated Rate. Nothing contained herein shall imply any consent or agreement on the part of Landlord to subject Landlord’s estate to liability under any mechanics’ or the lien law. Tenant shall give Landlord adequate opportunity and Landlord shall have the right to post such notices of nonresponsibility as are provided for in the mechanics’ lien laws of California.

 

7.7 Condition Upon Surrender . After the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove its personal property and Trade Fixtures from the Premises, surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as when received, damage by fire or the elements (except to the extent not covered by Net Insurance Proceeds and caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives), and ordinary wear and tear excepted. At Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant remove any and all Alterations, additions, signs or improvements made by Tenant and perform any necessary repair caused by such removal.

 

8. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY .

 

8.1 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall at all times during the Term, at Tenant’s cost and expense, maintain in effect the following policies of insurance:

 

8.1.1 Commercial general liability insurance providing coverage on an occurrence form basis with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each occurrence for bodily injury and property damage combined, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) annual general aggregate, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) products and completed operations annual aggregate. Tenant’s liability insurance policy or policies shall (i) include premises and operations liability coverage, products and completed operations liability coverage, broad form property damage liability coverage including competed operations, liquor liability coverage (if Tenant sells or serves or sells any alcoholic beverages in connection with the Premises), blanket contractual liability coverage including, to the maximum extent possible, coverage for the indemnification obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and personal and advertising injury coverage; (ii) provide that the insurance company has the duty to

 

7


defend all insureds under the policy; (iii) provide that defense costs are paid in addition to and do not deplete any of the policy limits; (iv) cover liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or the Building; and (v) extend coverage to cover liability of the insureds under the policy for the actions of Tenant’s Representatives.

 

8.1.2 Workers’ compensation insurance complying with all applicable state laws, and employer’s liability insurance with limits of not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per accident and One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) policy limits for injury by disease. Such policies shall contain a waiver of subrogation provision.

 

8.1.3 Property insurance covering Tenant’s Alterations, Trade Fixtures, personal property and equipment located on the Premises, in an amount not less than their full replacement value, providing protection on an “All Risk” or “Special Form” basis. The proceeds of such insurance, so long as this Lease remains in effect, shall be used to repair or replace the Alterations, Trade Fixtures, personal property and equipment so insured. Following expiration or termination of this Lease, any proceeds of insurance covering Alterations shall be paid over to Landlord.

 

8.2 Insurance Requirements . Each policy of insurance required to be carried by Tenant shall (i) be in a form, and written by an insurer, reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (ii) require at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord prior to any cancellation, non-renewal or modification of insurance coverage. Insurance companies issuing such policies shall having rating classifications of “A” or better and financial category ratings of “VII” or better according to the latest edition of the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide. All insurance companies issuing such policies shall be licensed to do business in the state where the Building is located. Any deductible amount under such insurance shall not exceed $5,000. Tenant shall provide to Landlord, upon request, evidence that the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 8, including any endorsement affecting the additional insured status, is in full force and effect and that premiums therefor have been paid.

 

8.3 Adjustments to Insurance Program . Tenant shall increase the amounts of insurance as required by any mortgagee, and, not more frequently than once every three (3) years, as recommended by Landlord’s insurance broker, if, in the opinion of either of them, the amount of insurance then required under this Lease is not adequate. Any limits set forth in this Lease on the amount or type of coverage required by Tenant’s insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

 

8.4 Liability Insurance Requirements . Each policy of commercial general liability insurance required by this Lease shall (i) contain a cross-liability endorsement or separation of insureds clause; (ii) provide that any waiver of subrogation rights or release prior to a loss do not void coverage; (iii) provide that it is primary to and not contributing with, any policy of insurance carried by Landlord covering the same loss; (iv) name Landlord, its partners, any property manager of the Building, and such other parties in interest as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate to Tenant in writing, as additional insureds. Such additional insureds shall be provided the same extent of coverage as provided to Tenant under such policies. All endorsements effecting such additional insured status shall be acceptable to Landlord and shall be at least as broad as additional insured endorsement form number CG 20 11 11 85 promulgated by the Insurance Services Office.

 

8.5 Certificates of Insurance . Prior to occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, and not less than thirty (30) days prior to expiration of any policy thereafter, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a certificate of insurance reflecting that the insurance required by this Lease is in force, accompanied by endorsements showing the required additional insureds satisfactory to Landlord in substance and form. Notwithstanding the requirements of this paragraph, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, provide to Landlord a certified copy of each insurance policy required to be in force at any time pursuant to the requirements of this Lease.

 

8.6 Landlord to Insure Building . During the Term, Landlord shall maintain “All Risk” or “Special Form” property insurance on the Building, excluding coverage for all Tenant’s Trade Fixtures, personal property, Alterations and equipment located on or in the Premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Pro Rata

 

8


Share of Landlord’s annual cost of such insurance pursuant to Section 4.1.2 - Direct Expenses , except that if there is an insurance premium increase due to Tenant’s use of the Premises, Tenant shall pay the full amount of the increase.

 

8.7 Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives any and all rights of recovery against the other or against the officers, partners, and authorized representatives of the other party for loss or damage that is covered by any policy of property insurance maintained by either party (or required by this Lease to be maintained) with respect to the Premises or the Property or any operation therein. If any such policy of insurance relating to this Lease or to the Premises or the Building does not permit the foregoing waiver, or if the coverage under any such policy would be invalidated as a result of such waiver, the party maintaining such policy shall obtain from the insurer under such policy a waiver of all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either party in connection with any claim, loss or damage covered by such policy.

 

8.8 Indemnification . Tenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its partners, members, representatives, employees and agents from and against any and all claims, damage, loss, liability or expense, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and legal costs arising from (a) the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s legal representatives in or about the Building; (b) any construction or other work undertaken by Tenant on the Building (including any design defects); (c) any breach or default under this Lease by Tenant; and (d) any accident, injury or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, occurring in or about the Premises during the Term, excepting only such claims for any accident, injury or damage to the extent they are caused by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Landlord or its authorized representatives. This provision shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

8.9 Landlord’s Disclaimer . Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss, injury or other damage to any person or property (including Tenant or Tenant’s property), in or about the Premises or the Building from any cause (including defects in the Building or in any equipment in the Premises). Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for such damage and the cost and expense of defending against claims relating to such damage, except that Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any actions, claims, liabilities, damages, cost or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same for such damages, to the extent the same are caused by the willful or grossly negligent acts or omissions of Landlord or its authorized representatives. In no event, however, shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any punitive or consequential damages or damages for loss of business by Tenant.

 

9. REPAIRS AND RESTORATION .

 

9.1 Insubstantial Insured Damage . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.3 - Damage Near End of Term , if at any time during the Term the Premises are damaged and such damage is not “Substantial” as that term is defined in Paragraph 9.6 - “Substantial” Defined , and insurance proceeds net of costs of recovery (“Net Insurance Proceeds”) are available to cover the cost of restoration, then Landlord shall promptly repair such damage at Landlord’s expense and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

 

9.2 Substantial or Uninsured Damage . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.3 - Damage Near End of Term , if at any time during the Term the Premises are damaged and (a) if such damage is “Substantial” as defined in Paragraph 9.6 - “Substantial” Defined , or (b) if such damage was caused by a casualty for which no insurance proceeds are available or the Net Insurance Proceeds are insufficient to meet the cost of restoration, then Landlord may at its option either (i) promptly repair such damage at Landlord’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) cancel and terminate this Lease, by giving Tenant written notice of its election to do so within sixty (60) days after the date of occurrence of such damage.

 

9.3 Damage Near End of Term . If the Premises are damaged during the last nine (9) months of the Term, and the estimated cost of repair exceeds ten percent (10%) of the Base Rent then remaining to be paid by Tenant for the balance of the Term, Landlord may at its option cancel and terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to so terminate this Lease, the repair of such damage shall be governed by Paragraph 9.1 - Insubstantial Insured Damage , or Paragraph 9.2 - Substantial or Uninsured Damage , as the case may be.

 

9


9.4 Rent Abatement . If the Premises are damaged and Landlord repairs or restores them pursuant to the provisions of this Article, Tenant shall continue the operation of its business in the Premises to the extent reasonably practicable from the standpoint of prudent business management, and the Base Rent payable hereunder for the period during which such damage, repair or restoration continues shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired as reasonably determined by Landlord. There shall be no abatement of other Rent payable hereunder and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any damage suffered by Tenant by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration. Upon completion of such repair or restoration Tenant shall promptly refixture the Premises to the condition prior to the casualty and shall reopen for business if closed by the casualty.

 

9.5 Tenant’s Option to Cancel . If Landlord is obligated to repair or restore the Premises under the provisions of this Article and does not commence such repair or restoration within sixty (60) days after such obligation accrues, Tenant may at its option cancel and terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of its election to do so at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, which termination shall be effective on the date such notice is received by Landlord.

 

9.6 “Substantial” Defined . For the purpose of this article, “Substantial” damage to the Premises shall mean damage to the Premises, or to the Building whether or not the Premises is damaged, that cannot be substantially repaired and restored under applicable Laws within one year of the date of the casualty or the estimated cost of repairs of which exceeds one-fifth (1/5) of the then estimated replacement cost of the same. The determination in good faith by Landlord of the estimated time and cost of repair of any damage and/or of the estimated replacement costs shall be conclusive for the purpose of this Article. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to repair or restore any Alterations made by tenant or equipment, trade fixtures, inventory, fixtures or personal property in or about the Premises. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932 and 1933(4) and any similar law now or hereafter in effect.

 

10. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

 

10.1 Landlord’s Consent Required . Tenant shall not, either voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law (i) assign, sell, or otherwise transfer all or any part of the Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises, or (ii) permit any part of the Premises to be sublet, occupied or used by anyone other than Tenant, or (iii) permit any person to succeed to any interest in this Lease or the Premises, (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as a “Transfer”), without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any Transfer shall be subject in each instance to the recapture option of Landlord set forth in Paragraph 10.3 - Landlord’s Option below. In making its determination as to a proposed Transfer, it shall be deemed reasonable to consider the following factors: (a) if the occupancy resulting therefrom will violate any rights given to any other tenant of the Building; (b) the financial soundness of ownership, experience and management of the assignee, subtenant, permittee or transferee (collectively, “Transferee”); (c) the proposed Transferee does not intend itself to occupy the entire portion of the Premises assigned or sublet; (d) the Transferee is a governmental agency or unit or an existing tenant in the Building; (e) the rental and other consideration payable by the Transferee is less than that currently being paid by tenants under new leases of comparable space in the Building, or (f) Landlord otherwise determines that the proposed Transfer would have the effect of decreasing the value of the Building or increasing the expenses associated with operating, maintaining and repairing the Building. In no event shall Landlord be required to give its consent to a Transfer if a use different from the use allowed by Paragraph 6.1 - Use of the Premises is proposed. Consent by Landlord to one or more Transfers shall not operate to exhaust Landlord’s rights under this Article to receive consent to subsequent Transfers. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual cancellation hereof shall not work a merger and Landlord shall have the option of terminating all or any existing subtenancies or Transfers or shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all or any such subtenancies or Transfers. If Tenant is a corporation which, under the then current guidelines published by the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California, is not deemed a public corporation, any dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of Tenant, the transfer, assignment of hypothecation of any stock or interest in such corporation in the aggregate in excess of twenty-five percent (25%), or the sale (cumulatively) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of Tenant’s assets shall be deemed a Transfer. If Tenant is a partnership, a withdrawal or substitution of any partner(s) owning twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the partnership (cumulatively), any assignment(s) of twenty-five percent (25%) or more (cumulatively) of

 

10


any interest in the capital or profits of the partnership, the sale (cumulatively) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of Tenant’s assets, or the dissolution of the partnership shall be deemed a Transfer. Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable costs and attorney’s fees incurred in conjunction with the processing and documentation of any requested Transfer, whether or not consent is granted. In no event shall Tenant hypothecate, mortgage, pledge or encumber Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises or otherwise use the Lease as a security device in any manner, nor shall Tenant transfer any right appurtenant to this Lease or the Premises separate from a permitted Transfer, without the consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion. Tenant expressly agrees that the provisions of this Article are not unreasonable standards or conditions for purposes of Section 1951.4(b)(2) of the California Civil Code, as amended from time to time, under the federal Bankruptcy Code, or for any other purpose.

 

10.2 Notice to Landlord . If Tenant desires at any time to effect a Transfer, it shall first notify Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord: (a) the name of the proposed Transferee; (b) the nature of the proposed Transferee’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (c) the terms and provisions of the proposed Transfer; (d) such reasonable financial information, including financial statements, and information regarding the Transferee’s experience as Landlord may request concerning the proposed Transferee; and (e) such other information as Landlord may reasonably request to evaluate the Transfer and Transferee.

 

10.3 Landlord’s Option . At any time within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of all of the information described in Paragraph 10.2 - Notice to Landlord above, Landlord may by written notice to Tenant elect to either: (a) consent to the Transfer; (b) deny its consent on reasonable grounds; or (c) terminate this Lease as to the portion (including all) of the Premises so proposed to be Transferred, with a proportionate abatement in the Base Rent and Direct Expenses payable hereunder and lease the Premises or the portion thereof as shall be specified in Tenant’s notice to Tenant’s proposed Transferee or to a third party. If for any proposed Transfer, Tenant receives rent or any other consideration, either initially or over the term of the Transfer in excess of the Rent called for hereunder, or, in case of the sublease of a portion of the Premises, in excess of such Rent fairly allocable to such portion, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder one-half (1/2) of the excess of each such payment of rent or other consideration received by Tenant promptly after its receipt. If Landlord consents to the Transfer within such fifteen (15) day period, Tenant may thereafter within ninety (90) days after the expiration of such fifteen (15) day period enter into a valid Transfer, upon the terms and conditions described in the information required to be furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 10.2— Notice to Landlord .

 

10.4 Collection of Rent . Tenant irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all Rent and other consideration payable by a Transferee and not otherwise payable to Landlord by reason of any Transfer. Landlord, as assignee of Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such Rent and other consideration and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until the occurrence of any default by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such Rent and other consideration.

 

10.5 Tenant Not Released . No Transfer, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay Rent and perform all of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder, whether occurring before or after such consent, assignment, subletting or other Transfer. Each Transferee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant (and Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable with each Transferee) for the payment of Rent (or, in the case of a sublease, rent in the amount set forth in the sublease) and for the performance of all other terms and provisions of this Lease. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any Transfer.

 

11. EMINENT DOMAIN .

 

11.1 Automatic Termination . If the entire Premises or the Building, or so much of either as to make the Premises not reasonably adequate for the conduct to Tenant’s business in Landlord’s reasonable judgment notwithstanding restoration by Landlord as hereinafter provided, shall be taken under the power of eminent domain, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date on which the condemning authority takes possession.

 

11


11.2 Rent Abatement . Upon any taking of the Premises under the power of eminent domain which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be equitably reduced, effective as of the date on which the condemning authority takes possession, in the same proportion which the rentable area of the portion of the Premises taken bears to the rentable area of the entire Premises prior to the taking. Landlord shall promptly restore the portion of the Premises not taken to as near its former condition as is reasonably possible, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, provided however, that Landlord’s obligation to restore the Premises shall be limited to the amount of any Award (as defined below) received by Landlord for such restoration and not required to be paid to any Mortgagee.

 

11.3 Condemnation Award . Any award for any taking of all or any part of the Premises or the Building under the power of eminent domain (“Award”) shall be the property of Landlord, whether such Award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold or for taking of the fee. Nothing contained herein, however, shall be deemed to preclude Tenant from obtaining, or to give Landlord any interest in, any award to Tenant for loss of or damage to Tenant’s Trade Fixtures and removal of personal property and Tenant’s loss of goodwill and moving expenses.

 

11.4 Sale Under Threat of Condemnation . A sale by Landlord to any authority having the power of eminent domain, either under threat of condemnation or while condemnation proceedings are pending, shall be deemed a taking under the power of eminent domain for all purposes under this Article. Each party waives the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Lease in the event of a taking.

 

12. UTILITIES AND SERVICES . Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises during generally recognized business days and during hours determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, (i) normal water, gas, electricity, sewage and HVAC as required in the reasonable judgment of Landlord for the comfortable use and occupation of the Premises, subject to any regulations imposed by any governmental authority or utility provider; and (ii) janitorial and cleaning services to Common Areas deemed proper by Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for any failure or interruption of any utility or service being furnished to the Premises, and no such failure or interruption shall entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or shall otherwise affect Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord shall be entitled to cooperate voluntarily and Tenant agrees to cooperate, with the efforts of governmental authorities or utility suppliers in reducing energy or other resource consumption. Tenant shall be responsible for janitorial and cleaning services within the Premises.

 

If Tenant uses heat generating machines or equipment in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the HVAC system, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air-conditioning units in the Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance and the cost of cooling energy to the Premises in excess of that required for normal office use, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord.

 

Tenant shall not, without the written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in the Premises, including without limitation, electronic data processing machines, or machines using in excess of 120 volts, which consumes more electricity than is usually furnished or supplied for the use of Premises as general office space, as determined by Landlord. Tenant shall not connect any apparatus with electric current except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises. Tenant shall not consume water, gas or electric current in excess of that usually furnished or supplied for the use of Premises as general office space (as determined by Landlord), without first procuring the written consent of Landlord, which Landlord may refuse, and in the event of consent, Landlord shall have the right to install a water, gas or electrical current meter in the Premises to measure the amount of water, gas or electric current consumed. The cost of any such meter and of its installation, maintenance and repair shall be paid for by the Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord promptly upon demand for all such water, gas and electric current consumed as shown by said meters, at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility plus any additional expense incurred in keeping account of such consumption. If a separate meter is not installed, the excess cost for such water, gas and electric current shall be established by an estimate made by a utility company or electrical engineer hired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense.

 

12


Normal hours of operations for the Building are shown in the attached Rules and Regulations. Landlord reserves the right to reasonably charge Tenant for the operation of lights and HVAC outside of such normal hours.

 

13. DEFAULTS, REMEDIES .

 

13.1 Defaults . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant:

 

13.1.1 The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Base Rent or other Rent as and when due.

 

13.1.2 The failure by Tenant to timely observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in Paragraph 13.1.1 above.

 

13.1.3 (a) The making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (c) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days.

 

13.2 Remedies . Upon a default, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by law or otherwise provided in this Lease, to which Landlord may resort cumulatively or in the alternative:

 

13.2.1 Landlord may continue this Lease in full force and effect, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as long as Landlord does not terminate this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right to collect Rent when due. No act by Landlord other than giving written notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession.

 

13.2.2 Landlord may terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time if (i) such default is in the payment of Rent and it is not cured within three (3) days after written notice from Landlord, or, (ii) with respect to the defaults referred to in Paragraphs 13.1.1, or 13.1.2 such default is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than ten (10) days are reasonably required for its cure, if Tenant does not commence to cure the default within the ten (10) day period or does not diligently and in good faith prosecute the cure to completion within a reasonable time thereafter, but in all events within ninety (90) days of such notice or (iii) with respect to the default specified in Paragraph 13.1.3, such default is not cured within the respective time specified in that Paragraph. The parties agree that any notice given by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph shall be sufficient notice for purposes of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding. On termination, Landlord has the right to remove all Tenant’s personal property, signs and trade fixtures and store same at Tenant’s cost and to recover from Tenant as damages:

 

13.2.2.1 The worth at the time of award of unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which had been earned at the time of termination; plus

 

13.2.2.2 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which would have been payable after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

13.2.2.3 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

 

13


13.2.2.4 Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord: (a) in retaking possession of the Premises; (b) in maintaining, repairing, preserving, restoring, replacing, cleaning, altering or rehabilitating the Premises or any portion thereof, including such acts for reletting to a new tenant or tenants; (c) for leasing commissions; or (d) for any other costs necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises; plus

 

13.2.2.5 Such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time-to-time by the laws of the State of California.

 

The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in Paragraphs 13.2.2.1 and 13.2.2.2 is computed by allowing interest at the Stipulated Rate. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in Paragraph 13.2.2.3 is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

 

13.2.3 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).

 

13.2.4 Landlord may cure the default at Tenant’s expense. If Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense in curing the default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment or expense with interest at the Stipulated Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant.

 

13.2.5 Landlord may remove all Tenant’s property from the Premises, and such property may be stored by Landlord in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the sole cost and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to store any or all of Tenant’s property left in the Premises, Landlord may consider such property to be abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord may thereupon dispose of such property in any manner deemed appropriate by Landlord. Any proceeds realized by Landlord on the disposal of any such property shall be applied first to offset all expenses of storage and sale, then credited against Tenant’s outstanding obligations to Landlord under this Lease, and any balance remaining after satisfaction of all obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be delivered to Tenant.

 

13.2.6 Tenant hereby waives any right of redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 or 1179, or under any other present or future similar law, if Tenant is evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any default by Tenant hereunder.

 

13.2.7 No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or remedy shall be construed as a waiver of any such right or remedy or of any default by Tenant hereunder.

 

13.3 Chronic Delinquency . “Chronic Delinquency” means failure by Tenant to pay or submit when due any Rent due under this Lease three (3) times (consecutive or nonconsecutive) during any twelve (12) month period. In the event of a Chronic Delinquency Landlord shall have the right, without waiving any other rights and remedies Landlord may have, to require that Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata share of Increases in Direct Expenses be paid by Tenant quarterly, in advance.

 

14. COMMON AREA .

 

14.1 Right of Use . Tenant, Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors shall be entitled to use those portions of the Common Areas which are open to the public, in common with Landlord and with other persons authorized by Landlord from time-to-time to use such area, subject to such reasonable rules and regulations relating to such use as Landlord may from time-to-time establish.

 

14.2 Landlord to Operate . Landlord shall operate, manage, equip, light, repair, clean and maintain and replace the Common Areas in such manner as Landlord may in its sole discretion determine to be appropriate. Tenant

 

14


shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of such costs pursuant to Paragraph 4.1.2 - Direct Expenses . Landlord may temporarily close any Common Areas, including parking areas, for repairs or alterations, to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of prescriptive rights therein, or for any other reason deemed sufficient by Landlord.

 

14.3 Control in Landlord . Landlord shall at all times during the Term have the sole exclusive control of the automobile parking areas, driveways, entrances and exits and the sidewalks and pedestrian passageways and other Common Areas, and may at any time from time-to-time during the Term restrain any use or occupancy thereof except as authorized by the rules and regulations for the use of such areas established by Landlord from time-to-time. The rights of Tenant in and to the Common Areas shall at all times be subject to the rights of Landlord, other tenants of Landlord and other authorized users designated by Landlord to use the same in common with Tenant, and Tenant shall keep the Common Areas free and clear of any obstructions created or permitted by Tenant or resulting from Tenant’s operation. If, in the opinion of Landlord, unauthorized persons are using any of the Common Areas by reason of the presence of Tenant in the Building, Tenant, upon demand of Landlord, shall restrain such unauthorized use by appropriate proceedings. Nothing herein shall affect the right of Landlord at any time to remove any such unauthorized person from the Common Areas nor to prohibit the use of any said areas by unauthorized persons.

 

15. SECURITY SERVICES . Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, implement security measures for the Property, such as the registration or search of all persons entering or leaving the Building, requiring identification for access to the Building, evacuation of the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes, the issuance of magnetic pass cards or keys for Building or elevator access and other actions that Landlord deems necessary or appropriate to prevent any threat of property loss or damage, bodily injury or business interruption. Landlord shall at all times have the right to change, alter or reduce any such security services or measures. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with, and cause Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors to cooperate and comply with, such security measures. Landlord, its agents and employees shall have no liability to Tenant or its Representatives or Visitors for the implementation or exercise of, or the failure to implement or exercise, any such security measures or for any resulting disturbance of Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises.

 

If those tenants on the first and second floors of the Building request Landlord (by majority vote based upon the total Rental Area of the first and second floors) to contract for third-party security guard services for the Building and Landlord approves, Landlord shall make reasonable efforts to contract for the services, and the costs of the services will be charged as Rent to each tenant of the first and second floors in proportion to the Rental Area occupied by tenants on said floors from time to time. In accommodating said tenants’ request for security services, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, appoint a committee of such tenants to assist Landlord in the selection and administration of any such services. In no event shall Landlord have any responsibility or liability for the selection of such security services provider, or for any acts, errors or omissions of any such security service provider, and Tenants agree to look solely to the provider of such services for any claims arising thereunder.

 

16. SIGNS . Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion), install or affix to any portion of the Building any exterior or interior window, door or other signs, lettering, placards or the like (collectively “Signs”). If Landlord consents to the erection of any Signs, such Signs shall comply with any sign criteria imposed by Landlord and all Laws. Tenant may use as its advertised business address the name of the Building as it appears in the Basic Lease Information. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, and Tenant shall not acquire any property right in or to any name which contains such name or a part thereof. Any permitted use by Tenant of the name of the Building during the Term shall not permit Tenant to use, and Tenant shall not use, such words either after the expiration or termination of the Lease or at any other location. Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Building at any time.

 

17. ENCUMBRANCES .

 

17.1 Subordination . This Lease is expressly made subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, underlying lease or like encumbrance affecting any part of the Building or any interest of Landlord therein which is now existing or hereafter executed or recorded (“Encumbrance”); provided, however, that such subordination shall only be effective, as to future Encumbrances, if the holder of the Encumbrance agrees that this

 

15


Lease shall survive the termination of the Encumbrance by lapse of time, foreclosure or otherwise so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease. Provided the conditions of the preceding sentence are satisfied, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after written request therefor by Landlord and in a form reasonably requested by Landlord, any additional documents evidencing the subordination of this Lease with respect to any such Encumbrance and the nondisturbance agreement of the holder of any such Encumbrance. If the interest of Landlord in the Building is transferred pursuant to or in lieu of proceedings for enforcement of any Encumbrance, Tenant shall immediately and automatically attorn to the new owner, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the transferee and Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease.

 

17.2 Mortgagee Protection . Tenant agrees to give any holder of any Encumbrance covering any part of the Building (“Mortgagee”), by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord by Tenant, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee. If Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within thirty (30) days from the effective date of such notice of default, then the Mortgagee shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default (including the time necessary to foreclose or otherwise terminate its Encumbrance, if necessary to effect such cure), and this Lease shall not be terminated so long as such remedies are being diligently pursued.

 

18. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .

 

18.1 Estoppel Certificates . Within ten (10) days after written request therefor, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in a form provided by or satisfactory to Landlord, a certificate stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, describing any amendments or modifications hereto, acknowledging that this Lease is subordinate or prior, as the case may be, to any Encumbrance and stating any other information Landlord may reasonably request, including the Term, the monthly Base Rent, the date to which Rent has been paid, the amount of any Security Deposit or prepaid Rent, whether either party hereto is in default under the terms of the Lease, and whether Landlord has completed its construction obligations hereunder (if any). Tenant irrevocably constitutes, appoints and authorizes Landlord as Tenant’s special attorney-in-fact for such purpose to complete, execute and deliver such certificate if Tenant fails timely to execute and deliver such certificate as provided above. Any person or entity purchasing, acquiring an interest in or extending financing with respect to the Building shall be entitled to rely upon any such certificate. If Tenant fails to deliver such certificate within ten (10) days after Landlord’s second written request therefor, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damages incurred by Landlord including any profits or other benefits from any financing of the Building or any interest therein which are lost or made unavailable as a result, directly or indirectly, of Tenant’s failure or refusal to timely execute or deliver such estoppel certificate.

 

18.2 Financial Statements . Upon request by Landlord, not more than once a year, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the financial statements (including at least a year end balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss) of Tenant (and of each guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) for each of the three most recently completed years, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (and, if such is Tenant’s normal practice, audited by an independent certified public accountant), all then available subsequent interim statements, and such other financial information as may reasonably be requested by Landlord or required by any Mortgagee.

 

19. RIGHT OF ENTRY . Landlord and its agents shall have free access to the Premises during all reasonable hours for the purpose of examining the same to ascertain if they are in good repair, making repairs or installations which Landlord may be required or permitted to make hereunder, performing Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, protecting the Premises, posting notices of nonresponsibility, and exhibiting the same to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants.

 

20. ATTORNEYS’ FEES . In the event of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant in any way related to this Lease, the non-prevailing party shall pay to the prevailing party all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and expenses of any type incurred by the prevailing party in connection with any action or proceeding (including any appeal and the enforcement of any judgment or award), whether or not the dispute is litigated or prosecuted to final judgment. The “prevailing party” shall be determined based upon an assessment of which party’s major arguments

 

16


or positions taken in the action or proceeding could fairly be said to have prevailed (whether by compromise, settlement, abandonment by the other party of its claim or defense, final decision, after any appeals, or otherwise) over the other party’s major arguments or positions on major disputed issues.

 

21. SECURITY DEPOSIT . Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant will deposit with Landlord the security deposit described in the Basic Lease Information (“Security Deposit”) as security for the full and faithful performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, Landlord may use, apply or retain all or any part of this Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent in default, or for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of such deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall within five (5) days after written demand therefor deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Landlord is not a trustee of the Security Deposit, and shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds. Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. If Tenant fully and faithfully performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the remaining balance of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within the time required by law.

 

22. INTEREST . In addition to the late charges referred to in Paragraph 4.4 - Late Charges , which are intended to defray Landlord’s costs resulting from late payments, any payment from Tenant to Landlord not paid when due (including Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata share of Increases in Base Rent) shall at Landlord’s option bear interest from the date due until paid to Landlord by Tenant at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the date due plus ten percent (10%) or the maximum lawful rate that Landlord may charge to Tenant under applicable laws, whichever is less (the “Stipulated Rate”). Acceptance of any interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue sum or prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease.

 

23. GUARANTY . If so shown on the Basic Lease Information, this Lease shall be guaranteed by the referenced Guarantor pursuant to terms of the Guaranty attached as EXHIBIT D .

 

24. RELOCATION . If Landlord requires the Premises for use in conjunction with another suite or for other reasons connected with Landlord’s Building planning program, upon notifying Tenant in writing, Landlord shall have the right to relocate Tenant to other space in the Building, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, and the terms and conditions of the original Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that a revised EXHIBIT A shall become part of this Lease and shall reflect the location of the new space. However, if the new space does not meet with Tenant’s approval, Tenant shall have the right to cancel this Lease upon giving Landlord sixty (60) days notice within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord’s notification. If Tenant does not approve of the new space in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s notification, Landlord shall have the right to withdraw its relocation notice, in which event this Lease shall continue and Tenant shall not be relocated or accept Tenant’s termination notice, in which event this Lease shall terminate effective as of the date the relocation was to be effective.

 

25. MISCELLANEOUS .

 

25.1 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease (except delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant).

 

25.2 Captions . The article and paragraph captions contained in this Lease are for convenience only and shall not be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof.

 

25.3 Entire Agreement and Amendments . This Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto, and the documents referred to herein, if any, constitute the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the leasing of space by Tenant in the Building, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral.

 

17


Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Building or this Lease except as expressly set forth herein, and no rights, easements or licenses shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein. The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute an option for the Premises and this Lease shall become effective as a binding agreement only upon execution and delivery thereof by Landlord to Tenant. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

 

25.4 Notice . All notices and any other communications permitted or required under this Lease must be in writing and will be effective (i) immediately upon delivery in person or by facsimile, provided delivery is made during regular business hours or receipt is acknowledged by a person reasonably believed by the delivering party to be employed by the recipient; (ii) 24 hours after deposit with a commercial courier or delivery service for overnight delivery, provided delivery is made during regular business hours or receipt is acknowledged by a person reasonably believed by the delivering party to be employed by the recipient; or (iii) three days after deposit with the United States Postal Service, certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices must be properly addressed and delivered to the parties at the addresses for notices set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Either party may change its address for notices hereunder by a notice to the other party complying with this Paragraph.

 

25.5 Holdover . This Lease shall terminate without further notice at the expiration of the Term. Any holding over after the expiration or termination of the Lease without the consent of Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month, at two hundred percent (200%) of the Base Rent for the month immediately preceding the expiration or termination of the Lease in addition to all other Rent payable hereunder, and shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions herein specified insofar as applicable. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of the Lease without Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and partners harmless from and against any claim, loss, damage, expense or liability resulting from Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises, including without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant based upon delay in the availability of the Premises.

 

25.6 Brokers . Except for the brokers listed in the Basic Lease Information (“Brokers”), Tenant warrants and represents that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent acting on Tenant’s behalf in connection with this Lease. Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and partners harmless from and against any and all liabilities or expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with any broker, other than Brokers, or individual claiming to be acting on Tenant’s behalf.

 

25.7 Acceptance . Delivery of this Lease, duly executed by Tenant, constitutes an offer to lease the Premises, and under no circumstances shall such delivery be deemed to create an option or reservation to lease the Premises for the benefit of Tenant. This lease shall only become effective and binding upon full execution hereof by Landlord and delivery of a signed copy to Tenant.

 

25.8 Waiver . The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any term, condition or covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, condition or covenant of this Lease. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such payment. No covenant, term or condition of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord.

 

25.9 Separability . If one or more of the provisions contained herein, except for the payment of Rent, is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Lease, but this Lease shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been contained herein.

 

25.10 Joint and Several Liability . If Tenant consists of more than one person or entity, the obligations of each Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

 

25.11 Recording . Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum thereof.

 

18


25.12 Force Majeure . If Landlord is delayed, interrupted or prevented from performing any of its obligations under this Lease, and such delay, interruption or prevention is due to fire, act of God, governmental act or failure to act, labor dispute, unavailability of materials or any cause outside the reasonable control of Landlord, then the time for performance of the affected obligations of Landlord shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay, interruption or prevention.

 

25.13 Landlord’s Liability . The term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall mean only the owner or owners of the Building at the time in question. In the event of any conveyance of title to the Building, then from and after the date of such conveyance, the transferor Landlord shall be relieved of all liability with respect to Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease after the date of such conveyance. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Lease, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease is limited solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building as the same may from time to time be encumbered, and no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against any other assets of Landlord or against Landlord’s partners or members or its or their respective partners, shareholders, members, directors, officers or managers on account of any of Landlord’s obligations or actions under this Lease.

 

25.14 Exhibits . The Basic Lease Information, and all exhibits, amendments, riders and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

 

25.15 Tenant Improvements . The construction of any initial improvements to the interior of the Premises shall be subject to the terms of Exhibit F .

 

25.16 Conditions . All agreements of Tenant contained in this Lease, whether expressed as conditions or covenants, shall be construed to be both conditions and covenants, conferring upon Landlord, in the event of a breach thereof, the right to terminate this Lease.

 

25.17 No Partnership or Joint Venture . Nothing in this Lease shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint venture between Landlord, Tenant, or any other party, or cause Landlord to be responsible for the debts or obligations of Tenant or any other party.

 

25.18 Construction . This Lease shall not be construed either for or against Tenant or Landlord, but shall be construed in accordance with the general tenor of the language. This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

25.19 Binding Effect . Subject to the provisions of Article 17 - Encumbrances and Article 10 - Assignment and Subletting , all of the provisions hereof shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

19


25.20 Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of business entity, each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Lease. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

TENANT:
By:   /s/    J ANET L. D ALY        

Its:

  Vice President, Finance & Administration
By:    

Its:

   
LANDLORD:
By:   /s/    J ANET L. D ALY        

Its:

  Vice President, Finance & Administration

 

20


 

EXHIBIT A

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MAY 1, 1998

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC, AS TENANT

 

PREMISES – AS INDICATED ON THE ATTACHED FLOORPLAN

 

EXHIBIT A - Page 1


 

[DIAGRAM OF FLOORPLAN]

 


 

EXHIBIT B

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MAY 1, 1998

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC, AS TENANT

 

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS - NONE

 

EXHIBIT B - Page 1


 

EXHIBIT C

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MAY 1, 1998

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC AS TENANT

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

(a) Tenant and Tenant’s employees shall not in any way obstruct the sidewalks, entry passages, pedestrian passageways, driveways, entrances and exits to the Building, and they shall use the same only as passageways to and from their respective work areas.

 

(b) Any sash doors, sashes, windows, glass doors, lights and skylights that reflect or admit light into the Common Areas of Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant. Water closets, urinals and wash basins shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no rubbish, newspapers, food or other substance of any kind shall be thrown into them. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into, paint or in any way deface the exterior walls, roof, foundations, bearing walls or pillars without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. The expense of repairing any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from a violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.

 

(c) No awning or shade shall be affixed or installed over or in the windows or the exterior of the Premises except with the consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s discretion.

 

(d) No boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed, except with the consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

(e) Tenant shall not do anything in the Premises, or bring or keep anything therein, which will in any way increase or tend to increase the risk of fire or the rate of fire insurance or which shall conflict with the regulations of the fire department or the law or with any insurance policy on the Premises or any part thereof, or with any rules or regulations established by any administrative body or official having jurisdiction, and it shall not use any machinery therein, even though its installation may have been permitted, which may cause any unreasonable noise, jar, or tremor to the floors or walls, or which by its weight might injure the floors of the Premises.

 

(f) Landlord may limit weight, size and position of all safes, fixtures and other equipment used in the Premises. If Tenant shall require extra heavy equipment, Tenant shall notify Landlord of such fact and shall pay the cost of structural bracing to accommodate it. All damage done to the Premises or Building by installing, removing, or maintaining extra heavy equipment shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

(g) Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors shall not make nor permit any loud, unusual or improper noises nor interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business with them, nor bring into or keep within the Building any animal, or any bicycle or other vehicle, except such vehicle as Landlord may from time to time permit. Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors shall not throw refuse or other substances or litter of any kind in or about the Building, except in receptacles placed therein for such purposes by Landlord or government authorities.

 

(h) No machinery of any kind will be allowed in the Premises without the written consent of Landlord. This shall not apply, however, to customary office equipment or trade fixtures.

 

(i) All freight must be moved into, within and out of the Premises only during such hours and according to such regulations as may be posted from time to time by Landlord.

 

EXHIBIT C - Page 1


(j) No aerial shall be erected on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises, or on the grounds, without in each instance, the written consent of Landlord. Any aerial so installed without such written consent shall be subject to removal without notice at any time. Landlord may withhold consent in its sole discretion.

 

(k) All garbage, including wet garbage, refuse or trash shall be placed by the Tenant in the receptacles provided by the Landlord for that purpose and only during those times prescribed by the Landlord.

 

(l) Tenant shall not burn any trash or garbage at any time in or about the Premises or any area of the Building.

 

(m) Tenant shall observe all security regulations issued by the Landlord and comply with instructions and/or directions of the duly authorized security personnel for the protection of the Building and all tenants therein.

 

(n) Any requirements of Tenant will be considered only upon written application to Landlord at Landlord’s address set forth in the Lease.

 

(o) No waiver of any rule or regulation by Landlord shall be effective unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord or its authorized agent.

 

(p) Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Law or the rules and regulations of the Building.

 

(q) Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these rules or regulations or to make such other and further reasonable rules and regulations as, in Landlord’s judgment, may from time to time be necessary for the operation, management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Building and the Premises, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants of the Building. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for the non-observance or violation of the rules and regulations by any other tenant or other person. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these rules and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition to its occupancy of the Premises.

 

(r) Tenant shall abide by any additional rules or regulations which are ordered or requested by any governmental or military authority.

 

(s) In the event of any conflict between these rules and regulations or any further or modified rules and regulations from time to time issued by Landlord and the Lease provisions, the Lease provisions shall govern and control.

 

(t) Landlord specifically reserves to itself or to any person or firm it selects, (i) the right to place in and upon the Building, coin-operated machines for the sale of cigarettes, candy and other merchandise or service, and (ii) the revenue resulting therefrom. Neither party shall place or permit vending machines in the Premises.

 

(u) Normal business hours for the Building shall be from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding holidays.

 

EXHIBIT C - Page 2


 

EXHIBIT D

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MAY 1, 1998

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABOARATORIES, INC, AS TENANT

 

LEASE GUARANTY

 

GUARANTOR: NONE

 

EXHIBIT D - Page 1


 

EXHIBIT E

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MAY 1, 1998

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC, AS TENANT

 

CONSTRUCTION RIDER - NONE

 

EXHIBIT E - Page 1


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Amendment”) is made as of September 4, 2002 by and between Dolby Properties, LLC a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

A. Pursuant to that certain Lease by and between Tenant and Landlord’s dated May 1, 1998 (the “Original Lease”), Tenant currently leases approximately 10,340 rentable square feet of space on the Second floor (the “Premises”) of the building known as 999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California (the “Building”). Capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to further amend the Lease to provide for the reduction of rentable square footage of the Lease and a decrease in Base Rent, all upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual agreements of the parties herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Rentable Area Reduction . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the current rentable area of the Premises is approximately 10,340 square feet and hereby agree to remove 2,000 square feet from that Lease represented by the area commonly known as Suite 218 and 219. The new Rentable Area will be 8,340 square feet.

 

2. Base Rent . Effective as of October 1, 2002, Base Rent for the Lease shall be reduced from $22,403.33 per month to $18,069.99 per month and payable as described in the Lease.

 

3. Lease . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that a true and correct copy of the Original Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

4. Ratification of Lease . The Lease, as modified by this Amendment, remains in full force and effect, and Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify the same. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit to the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

5. Authority . Each of the persons executing this Third Amendment on behalf of Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Third Amendment and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Third Amendment. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

 

Page 1


6. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any litigation or arbitration regarding any rights and obligations under the Lease or this Third Amendment, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs in addition to any other relief which may be granted. The “prevailing party” shall mean the party receiving substantially the relief desired, whether by settlement, dismissal, summary judgment, judgment, or otherwise.

 

7. Integration . The Lease and this Third Amendment constitute the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the Premises and supersede all other prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings or representations, whether oral or written, express or implied. No waiver, modification or amendment of this Amendment will be effective unless it is in writing and executed by both parties.

 

8. Counterparts . This Third Amendment may be executed in any number of original counterparts, all of which evidence only one agreement, binding on all parties, even though all parties are not signatory to the same counterpart.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into and executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

     

DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC

a California limited liability company

By:   /s/    M ARTIN A. J AFFE               By:   /s/    M ARTIN A. J AFFE        
    Marty Jaffe, Vice President           Marty Jaffe, Vice President
    Business Affairs           Business Affairs

 

Page 2


 

EXHIBIT A

 

ORIGINAL LEASE

 

EXHIBIT A - Page 1


 

999 BRANNAN STREET

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

The Basic Lease Information set forth below is part of the Lease.

 

Lease Date:

(Introduction)

   May 14, 1998

Landlord:

(Introduction)

   Dolby Properties, LLC

Tenant:

(Introduction)

   Dolby Laboratories, Inc
Premises:    Suite Number: 3000, 4000 and Penthouse
Building:    999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California

Rentable Area of Premises:

(Paragraph 1.1)

   Approximately 72,877 square feet.

Rentable Area of Building:

(Paragraph 1.2)

   Approximately 134,280 square feet.

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share:

(Paragraph 1.8)

   Fifty-four and 27/100th Percent (54.27%).

Term:

(Paragraph 3)

   15 Years

Scheduled Commencement Date:

(Paragraph 3)

   July 1, 1998

Expiration Date:

(Paragraph 3)

   The last day of the 180 th full calendar month in the Term

Base Rent:

(Paragraph 4.1.1)

   $23.00 per square foot per year ($139,680.90 per month)

Base Year:

(Paragraph 1.1)

   1999

Use:

(Paragraph 6.1)

   General business office purposes typically associated with the multi-media industry

 


Security Deposit:

(Paragraph 21)

   None

Guarantor:

(Paragraph 23)

   None

Landlord’s Address for Notices:

(Paragraph 25.4)

  

Dolby Properties, LLC

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

Attention: Janet Daly

Tenant’s Address for Notices:

(Paragraph 25.4)

  

Dolby Laboratories, Inc

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

Attention: Janet Daly

Landlord’s Broker:

(Paragraph 25.6)

   None

Tenant’s Broker:

(Paragraph 25.6)

   None
Additional Provisions:    None

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page

1.    DEFINITIONS    1
     1.1   

Base Year

   1
     1.2   

Base Year Direct Expenses

   1
     1.3   

Building

   1
     1.4   

Common Areas

   1
     1.5   

Direct Expenses

   1
     1.6   

Lease Year

   1
     1.7   

Premises

   2
     1.8   

Real Property Taxes

   2
     1.9   

Rentable Area of Building

   2
     1.10   

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share

   2
2.    PREMISES    2
3.    LEASE TERM    2
4.    RENT    3
     4.1   

Rent Payable

   3
     4.2   

Additional Rent Terms

   3
5.    TENANT TAXES    3
6.    CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT    4
     6.1   

Use of the Premises

   4
     6.2   

Compliance with Law

   4
     6.3   

Rules and Regulations

   4
     6.4   

Hazardous Materials

   4
7.    MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS    5
     7.1   

Acceptance

   5
     7.2   

Landlord’s Responsibility

   6
     7.3   

Reimbursement by Tenant

   6
     7.4   

Tenant’s Responsibility

   6
     7.5   

Tenant Improvements and Alterations

   6
     7.6   

Liens

   7
     7.7   

Condition Upon Surrender

   7
8.    INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY    8
     8.1   

Tenant’s Insurance

   8
     8.2   

Insurance Requirements

   8
     8.3   

Adjustments to Insurance Program

   8
     8.4   

Liability Insurance Requirements

   8
     8.5   

Certificates of Insurance

   9
     8.6   

Landlord to Insure Building

   9
     8.7   

Waiver of Subrogation

   9
     8.8   

Indemnification

   9

 


     8.9    Landlord’s Disclaimer    9

9.

   REPAIRS AND RESTORATION    9
     9.1    Insubstantial Insured Damage    9
     9.2    Substantial or Uninsured Damage    10
     9.3    Damage Near End of Term    10
     9.4    Rent Abatement    10
     9.5    Tenant’s Option to Cancel    10
     9.6    “Substantial” Defined    10

10.

   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING    10
     10.1    Landlord’s Consent Required    10
     10.2    Notice to Landlord    11
     10.3    Landlord’s Option    11
     10.4    Collection of Rent    11
     10.5    Tenant Not Released    12

11.

   EMINENT DOMAIN    12
     11.1    Automatic Termination    12
     11.2    Rent Abatement    12
     11.3    Condemnation Award    12
     11.4    Sale Under Threat of Condemnation    12

12.

   UTILITIES AND SERVICES    12

13.

   DEFAULTS, REMEDIES    13
     13.1    Defaults    13
     13.2    Remedies    13
     13.3    Chronic Delinquency    15
14.    COMMON AREA    15
     14.1    Right of Use    15
     14.2    Landlord to Operate    15
     14.3    Control in Landlord    15

15.

   SECURITY SERVICES    15

16.

   SIGNS    16

17.

   ENCUMBRANCES    16
     17.1    Subordination    16
     17.2    Mortgagee Protection    16

18.

   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    16
     18.1    Estoppel Certificates    16
     18.2    Financial Statements    17

19.

   RIGHT OF ENTRY    17
20.    ATTORNEYS’ FEES    17

 


21.

   SECURITY DEPOSIT    17

22.

   INTEREST    17

23.

   GUARANTY    17

24.

   RELOCATION    17

25.

   MISCELLANEOUS    18
     25.1   

Time of Essence

   18
     25.2   

Captions

   18
     25.3   

Entire Agreement and Amendments

   18
     25.4   

Notice

   18
     25.5   

Holdover

   18
     25.6   

Brokers

   18
     25.7   

Acceptance

   18
     25.8   

Waiver

   19
     25.9   

Separability

   19
     25.10   

Joint and Several Liability

   19
     25.11   

Recording

   19
     25.12   

Force Majeure

   19
     25.13   

Landlord’s Liability

   19
     25.14   

Exhibits

   19
     25.15   

Tenant Improvements

   19
     25.16   

Conditions

   19
     25.17   

No Partnership or Joint Venture

   19
     25.18   

Construction

   19
     25.19   

Binding Effect

   20
     25.20   

Authority

   20

 

Exhibit A - Premises

Exhibit B - Additional Provisions

Exhibit C - Rules and Regulations

Exhibit D - Lease Guaranty

Exhibit E - Construction Rider

 


999 BRANNAN STREET LEASE

 

THIS LEASE is made as of the Lease Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information, by and between Dolby Properties LLC (“Landlord”) and the Tenant identified in the Basic Lease Information (“Tenant”). Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS . Unless the context otherwise specifies or requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1 Base Year . The calendar year specified in the Basic Lease Information as the Base Year.

 

1.2 Base Year Direct Expenses . The Direct Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in the Base Year.

 

1.3 Building . The building in which the Premises are located.

 

1.4 Common Areas . All areas within or around the Building which are now or hereafter held for use by the Landlord or other persons entitled to occupy space in the Building, including, without limitation, streets, driveways, covered walkways, canopies, loading docks, sidewalks, landscaped and planted areas, restrooms not located within the premises of any tenant, corridors and hallways, janitor’s closets, mechanical and telephone rooms, and other areas and improvements provided by Landlord for the common use of Landlord and tenants and their respective employees and invitees. Landlord may make changes at any time and from time to time in the size, shape, location, number and extent of the Common Areas and no such change shall constitute an eviction, construction or otherwise, or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or otherwise affect Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

1.5 Direct Expenses . All costs paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance, replacement and repair of the Building (excluding those expenses which are the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to Paragraphs 5 - Tenant Taxes , 7.3 - Reimbursement by Tenant and 8.1 - Tenant’s Insurance ) including, without limitation, all costs and expenses paid or incurred with respect to utilities and other services provided to the Building to the extent not required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease; operating, cleaning, sweeping, repairing and resurfacing the sidewalk, entry areas, and other Common Areas; maintenance and replanting of all landscaping; maintenance and repair of landscape sprinkler systems, fire protection and security systems, lights and light standards (including bulb replacement), drainage systems and utility systems (including heating ventilation and air-conditioning); painting, janitorial and other services to the Common Areas; premiums for public liability and property damage insurance (including extended and broad form coverage risks for the Common Areas of the Building) and insurance deductibles; Real Property Taxes as defined below; any assessments or charges imposed in order to have the Building comply with statutes, ordinances, orders, requirements, laws, rules and regulations of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority now or hereafter in effect (collectively, “Laws”); maintenance, repair and replacement of mechanical equipment as necessary or rental for such equipment if leased; costs of maintenance and repair of electricity, water and other utilities for the operation and maintenance of the Building; garbage and refuse removal; capital expenditures reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord or made for the purpose of reducing operating expenses or to comply with Laws (which capital expenses shall be amortized over their useful life); reasonable legal and accounting expenses which relate to the Building as a whole; reasonable third party management fees for the Building; a reasonable allowance for depreciation on machinery and equipment used to maintain the Building and on other personal property owned by Landlord in the Building (including window coverings and carpeting in the Common Areas); and the reasonable costs of contesting the validity or applicability of any Laws that may affect the Building. If less than one hundred percent of the Building is occupied during any Lease Year, Landlord shall adjust Direct Expenses to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of direct Expenses had one hundred percent of the Building been occupied.

 

1.6 Lease Year . The term “Lease Year” as used in the Lease shall refer to each full (twelve month) calendar year occurring during the Term, except that the first Lease Year shall be the period from the Commencement Date until December 31 of the calendar year in which the Commencement Date occurs, and the last Lease Year shall be the period from January 1 in the year in which the Lease terminates until the last day of the Term.

 

1


1.7 Premises . The space identified in the Basic Lease Information, in the Building at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information. The approximate configuration and location of the Premises is outlined on the attached EXHIBIT A . Landlord and Tenant agree that the rentable area of the Premises for all purposes under this Lease, shall be the rentable area specified in the Basic Lease Information, regardless of the actual measurement of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant or Tenant’s representative has measured or had the opportunity to measure the Premises to verify the accuracy of the rentable area specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

1.8 Real Property Taxes . All real property taxes and general, special or district assessments or other governmental impositions, of whatever kind, nature or origin, imposed on or by reason of the ownership or use of the Building; governmental charges, fees or assessments for transit or traffic mitigation (including area-wide traffic improvement assessments and transportation system management fees), housing, police, fire or other governmental service or purported benefits to the Building; personal property taxes assessed on the personal property of Landlord used in the operation of the Building; service payments in lieu of taxes and taxes and assessments of every kind and nature whatsoever levied or assessed in addition to, in lieu of or in substitution for existing or additional real or personal property taxes on the Building or the personal property described above; any increases in the foregoing caused by changes in assessed valuation, tax rate or other factors or circumstances; and the reasonable cost of contesting by appropriate proceedings the amount or validity of any taxes, assessments or charges described above. To the extent paid by Tenant or other tenants as “Tenant’s Taxes” (as defined in Paragraph 5 - Tenant Taxes ), “Tenant’s Taxes” shall be excluded from Taxes. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include all expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in seeking reduction by the taxing authorities of Real Property Taxes applicable to the Building.

 

1.9 Rentable Area of Building . The Building contains the rentable area specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

1.10 Tenant’s Pro Rata Share . The percentage figure specified in the Basic Lease Information as Tenant’s Pro Rata Share. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant’s Pro Rata Share is the ratio of the rentable area of the Premises as specified in the Basic Lease Information over the total rentable area of the Building as specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

2. PREMISES . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord the Premises for the Term, at the Rent specified in Paragraph 4 and upon all of the conditions and agreements set forth herein; reserving to Landlord, however, the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, subfloors, conduits, and wires through the Premises in locations causing Tenant the least inconvenience possible and the use of the exterior walls and roof.

 

3. LEASE TERM . The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on the Commencement Date as described below and, unless sooner terminated, shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “Expiration Date”). The “Commencement Date” shall be the earlier of (a) the date on which Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant, with all of Landlord’s construction obligations, if any, “Substantially Completed” as provided in the Construction Rider attached as EXHIBIT E (the “Construction Rider”) or, in the event of any “Tenant Delay,” as defined in the Construction Rider, the date on which Landlord could have done so had there been no such Tenant Delay; or (b) the date upon which Tenant, with Landlord’s written permission, actually occupies and conducts business in any portion of the Premises. The parties anticipate that the Commencement Date will occur on or about the Scheduled Commencement Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “Scheduled Commencement Date”); provided, however, that Landlord shall not be liable for any claims, damages or liabilities if the Premises are not ready for occupancy by the Scheduled Commencement Date. When the Commencement Date has been established, Landlord and Tenant shall at the request of either party confirm the Commencement Date and Expiration Date in writing.

 

2


4. RENT .

 

4.1 Rent Payable . The Rent payable to Landlord includes the following:

 

4.1.1 Base Rent . During each month of the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Base Rent the amount set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Base Rent shall be paid in advance on the first day of each calendar month throughout the Term without offset, deduction, prior notice or demand, except that a full month’s Base Rent shall be paid upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant and the prorated Base Rent payable for the period, if any, prior to the first full calendar month of the Term shall be paid on the first day of said first full calendar month. Base Rent for any partial month shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in the month.

 

4.1.2 Direct Expenses . Commencing January 1, 2000, Tenant shall also pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any amount by which the Direct Expenses for any Lease Year commencing in 2000 exceeds the Base Year Direct Expenses (the “Increases in Direct Expenses”). If any additional space is added to the Premises, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Increases in Direct Expenses shall be calculated separately for each such addition. Within thirty (30) days after the commencement of each Lease Year, Landlord shall give Tenant a written estimate of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the monthly Increases in Direct Expenses for the current Lease Year. Tenant shall pay such estimated amount to Landlord in monthly installments in advance on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand, prorated for any partial month. Landlord may at any time during the Term, but not more frequently than quarterly, adjust estimates of Increases in Direct Expenses to reflect current expenditures. Following written notice to Tenant of such revised estimate, subsequent payment by Tenant shall be based upon such revised estimate. Within ninety (90) days after the end of each Lease Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the Direct Expenses incurred by Landlord during such Lease Year, and the parties shall, within thirty (30) days after the date of such statement, make any payment necessary to adjust Tenant’s estimated payments for such Lease Year to Tenant’s actual Pro Rata Share of Increases in Direct Expenses for such Lease Year as shown by such annual statement.

 

4.1.3 Late Charges . If Base Rent or Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Increases in Direct Expenses are unpaid after the fifth day after the due date, Tenant shall pay a late charge of ten percent (10%) of the amount overdue. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of the late payment by Tenant. The late charge shall be paid without offset, deduction, prior notice or demand. Any dishonored check shall be treated as rent unpaid and shall be subject to late charges. Acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue sum or prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease.

 

4.2 Additional Rent Terms . All amounts which Tenant is required to pay under this Lease including all damages, costs and expenses which Landlord may incur by reason of any default by Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed to be Rent hereunder. Upon nonpayment of any Rent, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies with respect thereto as Landlord has for the non-payment of Base Rent. All Rent shall be paid in lawful money of the United States to Landlord at the address specified in this Lease for purpose of notice, or to such other persons or at such other places as may be designated in writing by Landlord from time to time. All Rent shall be paid without deduction or offset and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, without prior notice or demand.

 

5. TENANT TAXES . Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay before delinquency all Tenant Taxes. Tenant Taxes shall mean: (a) all taxes, assessments, license fees and other governmental charges or impositions levied or assessed against or with respect to Tenant’s personal property or Trade Fixtures in the Premises, whether any such imposition is levied directly against Tenant or levied against Landlord or the Building; (b) all rental, excise, sales or transaction privilege taxes arising out of this Lease (excluding, however, state and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the income of Landlord from all sources) imposed by any taxing authority upon Landlord or upon Landlord’s receipt of any rent payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease; and (c) any increase in Real Property Taxes attributable to inclusion of a value placed on Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations. If any Tenant Taxes are assessed, levied, or imposed upon Landlord or any portion of the Building, Landlord shall give Tenant a statement of the amount applicable to the Premises. If a separate assessment of the improvements is not available from the appropriate governmental authority, Landlord’s good faith allocation shall be binding on Tenant. In

 

3


such event, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand for such Tenant Taxes applicable to the Premises. If Landlord pays any Tenant Taxes, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment, together with interest at the Stipulated Rate from the date of Landlord’s payment to the date of Tenant’s reimbursement.

 

6. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT .

 

6.1 Use of the Premises . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purpose set forth in the Basic Lease Information as Use and for no other purposes without the prior written consent of Landlord which shall be given at Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

6.2 Compliance with Law . Tenant at its expense shall comply promptly with all present and future applicable Laws regulating the use by Tenant of the Premises, including compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as the same may be amended from time to time. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will tend to create a nuisance or tend to disturb other tenants or occupants of the Building or tend to injure the reputation of the Building. Tenant shall place no loads upon the floors, walls or ceilings in excess of the maximum designed load determined by Landlord or which endanger the structure; nor place any harmful liquids in the drainage systems; nor dump or store waste materials or refuse or allow such to remain outside the Premises proper, except in the enclosed trash areas provided, if any. Tenant shall not store or permit to be stored or otherwise placed any other material of any nature whatsoever outside the Premises.

 

6.3 Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall comply at all times with the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as EXHIBIT C and such amendments and modifications thereof and additions thereto as Landlord may from time to time reasonably adopt for the operation, safety, care and cleanliness of the Building or the preservation of good order therein. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the failure of any tenant or other person to comply with such Rules and Regulations.

 

6.4 Hazardous Materials .

 

6.4.1 Definitions .

 

6.4.1.1 “Hazardous Materials” shall mean any substance: (A) that now or in the future is regulated or governed by, requires investigation or remediation under, or is defined as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance, pollutant or contaminant under any governmental statute, code, ordinance, regulation, rule or order, and any amendment thereto, including for example only the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq ., and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq ., or (B) that is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, radioactive, carcinogenic, dangerous or otherwise hazardous, including gasoline, diesel fuel, petroleum hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), asbestos, radon and urea formaldehyde foam insulation.

 

6.4.1.2 “Environmental Requirements” shall mean all present and future Laws, permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and other requirements of any kind applicable to Hazardous Materials.

 

6.4.1.3 “Handled by Tenant” and “Handling by Tenant” shall mean and refer to any installation, handling, generation, storage, use, disposal, discharge, release, abatement, removal, transportation, or any other activity of any type by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, sublessees, transferees or representatives (collectively, “Representatives”) or its guests, customers, invitees, or visitors (collectively, “Visitors”), at or about the Premises in connection with or involving Hazardous Materials.

 

6.4.1.4 “Environmental Losses” shall mean all costs and expenses of any kind, damages, including foreseeable and unforeseeable consequential damages, fines and penalties incurred in connection with any violation of and compliance with Environmental Requirements and all losses of any kind attributable to the diminution of value, loss of use or adverse effects on marketability or use of any portion of the Premises or Building.

 

4


6.4.2 Tenant’s Covenants . No Hazardous Materials shall be Handled by Tenant at or about the Premises or Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted, denied, or conditioned upon compliance with Landlord’s requirements, all in Landlord’s absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal quantities and use of those Hazardous Materials customarily used in the conduct of general office activities, such as copier fluids and cleaning supplies (“Permitted Hazardous Materials”), may be used and stored at the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, provided that Tenant’s activities at or about the Premises and Building and the Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall comply at all times with all Environmental Requirements. At the expiration or termination of the Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove from the Premises and Building all Hazardous Materials Handled by Tenant at the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall keep Landlord fully and promptly informed of all Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials other than Permitted Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall be responsible and liable for the compliance with all of the provisions of this Paragraph by all of Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors, and all of Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph (including its indemnification obligations under Paragraph 6.4.5 - Tenant’s Indemnification below) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

6.4.3 Compliance . Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense promptly take all actions required by any governmental agency or entity in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or Building, including inspection and testing, performing all cleanup, removal and remediation work required with respect to those Hazardous Materials, complying with all closure requirements and post-closure monitoring, and filing all required reports or plans. All of the foregoing work and all Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall be performed in a good, safe and workmanlike manner by consultants qualified and licensed to undertake such work and in a manner that will not interfere with any other tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Building or Landlord’s use, operation, leasing and sale of the Building. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to delivery to any governmental agency, or promptly after receipt from any such agency, copies of all permits, manifests, closure or remedial action plans, notices, and all other documents relating to the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or Building. If any lien attaches to the Premises or the Building in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released, by payment, bonding or otherwise, within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released and any sums expended by Landlord in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand.

 

6.4.4 Landlord’s Rights . Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises at any reasonable time (i) to confirm Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph 6.4, and (ii) to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 6.4 if Tenant has failed to do so after reasonable notice to Tenant. Landlord shall also have the right to engage qualified Hazardous Materials consultants to inspect the Premises and review the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, including review of all permits, reports, plans, and other documents regarding same. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the costs of Landlord’s consultants’ fees and all costs incurred by Landlord in performing Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business caused by Landlord’s entry into the Premises, but Landlord shall not be responsible for any interference caused thereby.

 

6.4.5 Tenant’s Indemnification . Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and its partners or members and its or their partners, members, directors, officers, shareholders, employees and agents from all Environmental Losses and all other claims, actions, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses of every kind, including reasonable attorneys’, experts’ and consultants’ fees and costs, incurred at any time and arising from or in connection with the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Building or Tenant’s failure to comply in full with all Environmental Requirements with respect to the Premises.

 

7. MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS .

 

7.1 Acceptance . By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises as being in good and sanitary order, condition and repair, subject to all applicable Laws. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representation or warranty as to the suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, the condition of the Premises or Building, or the use or

 

5


occupancy which may be made thereof and Tenant has independently investigated and is satisfied that the Premises are suitable for Tenant’s intended use.

 

7.2 Landlord’s Responsibility . Subject to the provisions of Article 9 - Repairs and Restoration , Landlord shall, during the Term, keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls (excluding the interior surface of exterior walls), windows, plate glass, doors (other than doors located within a tenant’s premises), downspouts, gutters and roof of the Building, all plumbing, HVAC, electrical and lighting facilities and equipment servicing the Premises, and the Common Areas; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to repair until a reasonable time after the receipt by Landlord of a written notice of the need for repairs. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1941 and 1942 and similar laws now or hereafter in effect. Tenant shall pay the cost of repairs to utilities located within the Premises, or for any repairs to the Building occasioned by any act or omission of Tenant, Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors, other than reasonable wear and tear.

 

7.3 Reimbursement by Tenant . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Rent, for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord for the foregoing maintenance and repair to the extent set forth in Article 4.1.2 - Direct Expenses .

 

7.4 Tenant’s Responsibility . Except as provided in Paragraph 7.2 - Landlord’s Responsibility above, Tenant shall keep in first-class order, condition and repair the Premises and every part thereof, including, without limitation, all fixtures, Trade Fixtures, Alterations, interior walls and interior surface of exterior walls, ceilings, floors and floor coverings, utilities and doors located within the Premises. Tenant shall also keep the Premises at all times in a neat, clean and sanitary condition, shall neither commit nor permit any waste or nuisance thereon, and shall keep the walks and corridors adjacent thereto free from Tenant’s waste or debris. If Tenant fails to perform its obligations under this Paragraph, notwithstanding any other provision hereof and without waiving any other right or remedy Landlord may have, Landlord may, at its option, after five (5) days’ written notice to Tenant, enter upon the Premises and put the same in good order, condition and repair and at Landlord’s further option, continue such maintenance and repair obligation for the remainder of the Term, and the cost thereof shall become due and payable as Rent by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

 

7.5 Tenant Improvements and Alterations .

 

7.5.1 Landlord and Tenant shall perform their respective obligations with respect to design and construction of any improvements to be constructed and installed in the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements”), as provided in the Construction Rider. Except for any Tenant Improvements to be constructed by Tenant as provided in the Construction Rider, Tenant shall not make any alterations, improvements or changes to the Premises (including installation of any security system or telephone or data communication wiring) (“Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior written consent. Any such Alterations shall be completed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (i) with due diligence, in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials; (ii) in compliance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord; (iii) in compliance with the construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time; (iv) in accordance with all applicable Laws (including all work, whether structural or non-structural, inside or outside the Premises, required to comply fully with all applicable Laws and necessitated by Tenant’s work); and (v) subject to all conditions which Landlord may in Landlord’s discretion impose. Such conditions may include requirements for Tenant to: (a) provide payment or performance bonds or additional insurance (from Tenant or Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors or design professionals); (b) use contractors or subcontractors designated by Landlord; and (c) remove all or part of the Alterations prior to or upon expiration or termination of the Term, as designated by Landlord. If any work outside the Premises, or any work on or adjustment to any of the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (“HVAC”), mechanical, elevator, plumbing, electrical, fire protection, life safety, security or other systems in the Building, is required in connection with or as a result of Tenant’s work, such work shall be performed at Tenant’s expense by contractors designated by Landlord. Landlord’s right to review and approve (or withhold approval of) Tenant’s plans, drawings, specifications, contractor(s) and other aspects of construction work proposed by Tenant is intended solely to protect Landlord, the Building and Landlord’s interests. No approval or consent by Landlord shall be deemed or construed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the adequacy, sufficiency, fitness or suitability thereof or compliance thereof with applicable Laws or other requirements. Except as

 

6


otherwise provided in Landlord’s consent, all Alterations shall upon installation become part of the realty and be the property of Landlord.

 

7.5.2 Before making any Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s prior approval reasonably detailed final plans and specifications prepared by a licensed architect or engineer, a copy of the construction contract, including the name of the contractor and all subcontractors proposed by Tenant to make the Alterations and a copy of the contractor’s license. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any Alterations made by Tenant, including reasonable fees charged by Landlord’s contractors or consultants to review plans and specifications prepared by Tenant and to update the existing as-built plans and specifications of the Building to reflect the Alterations. Tenant shall obtain all applicable permits, authorizations and governmental approvals and deliver copies of the same to Landlord before commencement of any Alterations.

 

7.5.3 Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Building free and clear of all liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. If any such lien attaches to the Premises or the Building, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released by payment, bonding or otherwise within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released, and any sums expended by Landlord in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand with interest thereon from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Stipulated Rate (as defined in Article 22 - Interest ). Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any Alterations and cooperate with Landlord in posting and maintaining notices of non-responsibility in connection therewith.

 

7.5.4 Subject to the provisions of this Article 7, Tenant may install and maintain furnishings, equipment, movable partitions, business equipment and other trade fixtures (“Trade Fixtures”) in the Premises, provided that the Trade Fixtures do not become an integral part of the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by any installation or removal of such Trade Fixtures.

 

7.6 Liens . Tenant shall pay for all labor and services performed for, and all materials used by or furnished to Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives and keep the Building free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and partners from and against any liens, demands, claims, judgments or encumbrances (including all attorneys’ fees) arising out of any work or services performed for or materials used by or furnished to Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall do all things necessary to prevent the filing of any mechanic’s or other liens against the Building or any part thereof by reason of work, labor, services or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to Tenant, or anyone holding the Premises, or any part thereof, through or under Tenant. If any such lien shall at any time be filed against the Building, Tenant shall either cause the same to be discharged of record within ten (10) days after the date of filing of the same, or, if Tenant in Tenant’s discretion and in good faith determines that such lien should be contested, Tenant shall furnish such security as may be necessary or required to (a) prevent any foreclosure proceedings against the Building during the pendency of such contest, and (b) cause a mutually satisfactory title company to remove such lien as a matter affecting title to the Building. If Tenant shall fail to discharge such lien within such period or fail to furnish such security, then, in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord resulting from Tenant’s said default, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge the same either by paying the amount claimed to be due or by procuring the discharge of such lien by giving security or in such other manner as is, or may be, prescribed by law. Tenant shall repay to Landlord on demand all sums disbursed or deposited by Landlord pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph including Landlord’s costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, with interest thereon at the Stipulated Rate. Nothing contained herein shall imply any consent or agreement on the part of Landlord to subject Landlord’s estate to liability under any mechanics’ or the lien law. Tenant shall give Landlord adequate opportunity and Landlord shall have the right to post such notices of nonresponsibility as are provided for in the mechanics’ lien laws of California.

 

7.7 Condition Upon Surrender . After the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove its personal property and Trade Fixtures from the Premises, surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as when received, damage by fire or the elements (except to the extent not covered by Net Insurance Proceeds and caused

 

7


by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives), and ordinary wear and tear excepted. At Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant remove any and all Alterations, additions, signs or improvements made by Tenant and perform any necessary repair caused by such removal.

 

8. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY .

 

8.1 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall at all times during the Term, at Tenant’s cost and expense, maintain in effect the following policies of insurance:

 

8.1.1 Commercial general liability insurance providing coverage on an occurrence form basis with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each occurrence for bodily injury and property damage combined, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) annual general aggregate, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) products and completed operations annual aggregate. Tenant’s liability insurance policy or policies shall (i) include premises and operations liability coverage, products and completed operations liability coverage, broad form property damage liability coverage including competed operations, liquor liability coverage (if Tenant sells or serves or sells any alcoholic beverages in connection with the Premises), blanket contractual liability coverage including, to the maximum extent possible, coverage for the indemnification obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and personal and advertising injury coverage; (ii) provide that the insurance company has the duty to defend all insureds under the policy; (iii) provide that defense costs are paid in addition to and do not deplete any of the policy limits; (iv) cover liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or the Building; and (v) extend coverage to cover liability of the insureds under the policy for the actions of Tenant’s Representatives.

 

8.1.2 Workers’ compensation insurance complying with all applicable state laws, and employer’s liability insurance with limits of not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per accident and One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) policy limits for injury by disease. Such policies shall contain a waiver of subrogation provision.

 

8.1.3 Property insurance covering Tenant’s Alterations, Trade Fixtures, personal property and equipment located on the Premises, in an amount not less than their full replacement value, providing protection on an “All Risk” or “Special Form” basis. The proceeds of such insurance, so long as this Lease remains in effect, shall be used to repair or replace the Alterations, Trade Fixtures, personal property and equipment so insured. Following expiration or termination of this Lease, any proceeds of insurance covering Alterations shall be paid over to Landlord.

 

8.2 Insurance Requirements . Each policy of insurance required to be carried by Tenant shall (i) be in a form, and written by an insurer, reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (ii) require at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord prior to any cancellation, non-renewal or modification of insurance coverage. Insurance companies issuing such policies shall having rating classifications of “A” or better and financial category ratings of “VII” or better according to the latest edition of the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide. All insurance companies issuing such policies shall be licensed to do business in the state where the Building is located. Any deductible amount under such insurance shall not exceed $5,000. Tenant shall provide to Landlord, upon request, evidence that the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 8, including any endorsement affecting the additional insured status, is in full force and effect and that premiums therefor have been paid.

 

8.3 Adjustments to Insurance Program . Tenant shall increase the amounts of insurance as required by any mortgagee, and, not more frequently than once every three (3) years, as recommended by Landlord’s insurance broker, if, in the opinion of either of them, the amount of insurance then required under this Lease is not adequate. Any limits set forth in this Lease on the amount or type of coverage required by Tenant’s insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

 

8.4 Liability Insurance Requirements . Each policy of commercial general liability insurance required by this Lease shall (i) contain a cross-liability endorsement or separation of insureds clause; (ii) provide that any waiver of subrogation rights or release prior to a loss do not void coverage; (iii) provide that it is primary to and not

 

8


contributing with, any policy of insurance carried by Landlord covering the same loss; (iv) name Landlord, its partners, any property manager of the Building, and such other parties in interest as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate to Tenant in writing, as additional insureds. Such additional insureds shall be provided the same extent of coverage as provided to Tenant under such policies. All endorsements effecting such additional insured status shall be acceptable to Landlord and shall be at least as broad as additional insured endorsement form number CG 20 11 11 85 promulgated by the Insurance Services Office.

 

8.5 Certificates of Insurance . Prior to occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, and not less than thirty (30) days prior to expiration of any policy thereafter, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a certificate of insurance reflecting that the insurance required by this Lease is in force, accompanied by endorsements showing the required additional insureds satisfactory to Landlord in substance and form. Notwithstanding the requirements of this paragraph, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, provide to Landlord a certified copy of each insurance policy required to be in force at any time pursuant to the requirements of this Lease.

 

8.6 Landlord to Insure Building . During the Term, Landlord shall maintain “All Risk” or “Special Form” property insurance on the Building, excluding coverage for all Tenant’s Trade Fixtures, personal property, Alterations and equipment located on or in the Premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Landlord’s annual cost of such insurance pursuant to Section 4.1.2 - Direct Expenses , except that if there is an insurance premium increase due to Tenant’s use of the Premises, Tenant shall pay the full amount of the increase.

 

8.7 Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives any and all rights of recovery against the other or against the officers, partners, and authorized representatives of the other party for loss or damage that is covered by any policy of property insurance maintained by either party (or required by this Lease to be maintained) with respect to the Premises or the Property or any operation therein. If any such policy of insurance relating to this Lease or to the Premises or the Building does not permit the foregoing waiver, or if the coverage under any such policy would be invalidated as a result of such waiver, the party maintaining such policy shall obtain from the insurer under such policy a waiver of all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either party in connection with any claim, loss or damage covered by such policy.

 

8.8 Indemnification . Tenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its partners, members, representatives, employees and agents from and against any and all claims, damage, loss, liability or expense, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and legal costs arising from (a) the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s legal representatives in or about the Building; (b) any construction or other work undertaken by Tenant on the Building (including any design defects); (c) any breach or default under this Lease by Tenant; and (d) any accident, injury or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, occurring in or about the Premises during the Term, excepting only such claims for any accident, injury or damage to the extent they are caused by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Landlord or its authorized representatives. This provision shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

8.9 Landlord’s Disclaimer . Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss, injury or other damage to any person or property (including Tenant or Tenant’s property), in or about the Premises or the Building from any cause (including defects in the Building or in any equipment in the Premises). Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for such damage and the cost and expense of defending against claims relating to such damage, except that Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any actions, claims, liabilities, damages, cost or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same for such damages, to the extent the same are caused by the willful or grossly negligent acts or omissions of Landlord or its authorized representatives. In no event, however, shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any punitive or consequential damages or damages for loss of business by Tenant.

 

9. REPAIRS AND RESTORATION .

 

9.1 Insubstantial Insured Damage . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.3 - Damage Near End of Term , if at any time during the Term the Premises are damaged and such damage is not “Substantial” as that term is defined in Paragraph 9.6 - “Substantial” Defined , and insurance proceeds net of costs of recovery (“Net Insurance Proceeds”) are

 

9


available to cover the cost of restoration, then Landlord shall promptly repair such damage at Landlord’s expense and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

 

9.2 Substantial or Uninsured Damage . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.3 - Damage Near End of Term , if at any time during the Term the Premises are damaged and (a) if such damage is “Substantial” as defined in Paragraph 9.6 - “Substantial” Defined , or (b) if such damage was caused by a casualty for which no insurance proceeds are available or the Net Insurance Proceeds are insufficient to meet the cost of restoration, then Landlord may at its option either (i) promptly repair such damage at Landlord’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) cancel and terminate this Lease, by giving Tenant written notice of its election to do so within sixty (60) days after the date of occurrence of such damage.

 

9.3 Damage Near End of Term . If the Premises are damaged during the last nine (9) months of the Term, and the estimated cost of repair exceeds ten percent (10%) of the Base Rent then remaining to be paid by Tenant for the balance of the Term, Landlord may at its option cancel and terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to so terminate this Lease, the repair of such damage shall be governed by Paragraph 9.1 - Insubstantial Insured Damage , or Paragraph 9.2 - Substantial or Uninsured Damage , as the case may be.

 

9.4 Rent Abatement . If the Premises are damaged and Landlord repairs or restores them pursuant to the provisions of this Article, Tenant shall continue the operation of its business in the Premises to the extent reasonably practicable from the standpoint of prudent business management, and the Base Rent payable hereunder for the period during which such damage, repair or restoration continues shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired as reasonably determined by Landlord. There shall be no abatement of other Rent payable hereunder and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any damage suffered by Tenant by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration. Upon completion of such repair or restoration Tenant shall promptly refixture the Premises to the condition prior to the casualty and shall reopen for business if closed by the casualty.

 

9.5 Tenant’s Option to Cancel . If Landlord is obligated to repair or restore the Premises under the provisions of this Article and does not commence such repair or restoration within sixty (60) days after such obligation accrues, Tenant may at its option cancel and terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of its election to do so at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, which termination shall be effective on the date such notice is received by Landlord.

 

9.6 “Substantial” Defined . For the purpose of this article, “Substantial” damage to the Premises shall mean damage to the Premises, or to the Building whether or not the Premises is damaged, that cannot be substantially repaired and restored under applicable Laws within one year of the date of the casualty or the estimated cost of repairs of which exceeds one-fifth (1/5) of the then estimated replacement cost of the same. The determination in good faith by Landlord of the estimated time and cost of repair of any damage and/or of the estimated replacement costs shall be conclusive for the purpose of this Article. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to repair or restore any Alterations made by tenant or equipment, trade fixtures, inventory, fixtures or personal property in or about the Premises. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932 and 1933(4) and any similar law now or hereafter in effect.

 

10. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

 

10.1 Landlord’s Consent Required . Tenant shall not, either voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law (i) assign, sell, or otherwise transfer all or any part of the Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises, or (ii) permit any part of the Premises to be sublet, occupied or used by anyone other than Tenant, or (iii) permit any person to succeed to any interest in this Lease or the Premises, (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as a “Transfer”), without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any Transfer shall be subject in each instance to the recapture option of Landlord set forth in Paragraph 10.3 - Landlord’s Option below. In making its determination as to a proposed Transfer, it shall be deemed reasonable to consider the following factors: (a) if the occupancy resulting therefrom will violate any rights given to any other tenant of the Building; (b) the financial soundness of ownership, experience and management of the assignee, subtenant, permittee or

 

10


transferee (collectively, “Transferee”); (c) the proposed Transferee does not intend itself to occupy the entire portion of the Premises assigned or sublet; (d) the Transferee is a governmental agency or unit or an existing tenant in the Building; (e) the rental and other consideration payable by the Transferee is less than that currently being paid by tenants under new leases of comparable space in the Building, or (f) Landlord otherwise determines that the proposed Transfer would have the effect of decreasing the value of the Building or increasing the expenses associated with operating, maintaining and repairing the Building. In no event shall Landlord be required to give its consent to a Transfer if a use different from the use allowed by Paragraph 6.1 - Use of the Premises is proposed. Consent by Landlord to one or more Transfers shall not operate to exhaust Landlord’s rights under this Article to receive consent to subsequent Transfers. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual cancellation hereof shall not work a merger and Landlord shall have the option of terminating all or any existing subtenancies or Transfers or shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all or any such subtenancies or Transfers. If Tenant is a corporation which, under the then current guidelines published by the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California, is not deemed a public corporation, any dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of Tenant, the transfer, assignment of hypothecation of any stock or interest in such corporation in the aggregate in excess of twenty-five percent (25%), or the sale (cumulatively) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of Tenant’s assets shall be deemed a Transfer. If Tenant is a partnership, a withdrawal or substitution of any partner(s) owning twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the partnership (cumulatively), any assignment(s) of twenty-five percent (25%) or more (cumulatively) of any interest in the capital or profits of the partnership, the sale (cumulatively) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of Tenant’s assets, or the dissolution of the partnership shall be deemed a Transfer. Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable costs and attorney’s fees incurred in conjunction with the processing and documentation of any requested Transfer, whether or not consent is granted. In no event shall Tenant hypothecate, mortgage, pledge or encumber Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises or otherwise use the Lease as a security device in any manner, nor shall Tenant transfer any right appurtenant to this Lease or the Premises separate from a permitted Transfer, without the consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion. Tenant expressly agrees that the provisions of this Article are not unreasonable standards or conditions for purposes of Section 1951.4(b)(2) of the California Civil Code, as amended from time to time, under the federal Bankruptcy Code, or for any other purpose.

 

10.2 Notice to Landlord . If Tenant desires at any time to effect a Transfer, it shall first notify Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord: (a) the name of the proposed Transferee; (b) the nature of the proposed Transferee’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (c) the terms and provisions of the proposed Transfer; (d) such reasonable financial information, including financial statements, and information regarding the Transferee’s experience as Landlord may request concerning the proposed Transferee; and (e) such other information as Landlord may reasonably request to evaluate the Transfer and Transferee.

 

10.3 Landlord’s Option . At any time within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of all of the information described in Paragraph 10.2 - Notice to Landlord above, Landlord may by written notice to Tenant elect to either: (a) consent to the Transfer; (b) deny its consent on reasonable grounds; or (c) terminate this Lease as to the portion (including all) of the Premises so proposed to be Transferred, with a proportionate abatement in the Base Rent and Direct Expenses payable hereunder and lease the Premises or the portion thereof as shall be specified in Tenant’s notice to Tenant’s proposed Transferee or to a third party. If for any proposed Transfer, Tenant receives rent or any other consideration, either initially or over the term of the Transfer in excess of the Rent called for hereunder, or, in case of the sublease of a portion of the Premises, in excess of such Rent fairly allocable to such portion, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder one-half (1/2) of the excess of each such payment of rent or other consideration received by Tenant promptly after its receipt. If Landlord consents to the Transfer within such fifteen (15) day period, Tenant may thereafter within ninety (90) days after the expiration of such fifteen (15) day period enter into a valid Transfer, upon the terms and conditions described in the information required to be furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 10.2 - Notice to Landlord .

 

10.4 Collection of Rent . Tenant irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all Rent and other consideration payable by a Transferee and not otherwise payable to Landlord by reason of any Transfer. Landlord, as assignee of Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such Rent and other consideration and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however,

 

11


that until the occurrence of any default by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such Rent and other consideration.

 

10.5 Tenant Not Released . No Transfer, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay Rent and perform all of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder, whether occurring before or after such consent, assignment, subletting or other Transfer. Each Transferee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant (and Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable with each Transferee) for the payment of Rent (or, in the case of a sublease, rent in the amount set forth in the sublease) and for the performance of all other terms and provisions of this Lease. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any Transfer.

 

11. EMINENT DOMAIN .

 

11.1 Automatic Termination . If the entire Premises or the Building, or so much of either as to make the Premises not reasonably adequate for the conduct of Tenant’s business in Landlord’s reasonable judgment notwithstanding restoration by Landlord as hereinafter provided, shall be taken under the power of eminent domain, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date on which the condemning authority takes possession.

 

11.2 Rent Abatement . Upon any taking of the Premises under the power of eminent domain which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be equitably reduced, effective as of the date on which the condemning authority takes possession, in the same proportion which the rentable area of the portion of the Premises taken bears to the rentable area of the entire Premises prior to the taking. Landlord shall promptly restore the portion of the Premises not taken to as near its former condition as is reasonably possible, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, provided however, that Landlord’s obligation to restore the Premises shall be limited to the amount of any Award (as defined below) received by Landlord for such restoration and not required to be paid to any Mortgagee.

 

11.3 Condemnation Award . Any award for any taking of all or any part of the Premises or the Building under the power of eminent domain (“Award”) shall be the property of Landlord, whether such Award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold or for taking of the fee. Nothing contained herein, however, shall be deemed to preclude Tenant from obtaining, or to give Landlord any interest in, any award to Tenant for loss of or damage to Tenant’s Trade Fixtures and removal of personal property and Tenant’s loss of goodwill and moving expenses.

 

11.4 Sale Under Threat of Condemnation . A sale by Landlord to any authority having the power of eminent domain, either under threat of condemnation or while condemnation proceedings are pending, shall be deemed a taking under the power of eminent domain for all purposes under this Article. Each party waives the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Lease in the event of a taking.

 

12. UTILITIES AND SERVICES . Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises during generally recognized business days and during hours determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, (i) normal water, gas, electricity, sewage and HVAC as required in the reasonable judgment of Landlord for the comfortable use and occupation of the Premises, subject to any regulations imposed by any governmental authority or utility provider; and (ii) janitorial and cleaning services to Common Areas deemed proper by Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for any failure or interruption of any utility or service being furnished to the Premises, and no such failure or interruption shall entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or shall otherwise affect Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord shall be entitled to cooperate voluntarily and Tenant agrees to cooperate, with the efforts of governmental authorities or utility suppliers in reducing energy or other resource consumption. Tenant shall be responsible for janitorial and cleaning services within the Premises.

 

If Tenant uses heat generating machines or equipment in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the HVAC system, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air-conditioning units in the Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance and the cost of cooling

 

12


energy to the Premises in excess of that required for normal office use, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord.

 

Tenant shall not, without the written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in the Premises, including without limitation, electronic data processing machines, or machines using in excess of 120 volts, which consumes more electricity than is usually furnished or supplied for the use of Premises as general office space, as determined by Landlord. Tenant shall not connect any apparatus with electric current except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises. Tenant shall not consume water, gas or electric current in excess of that usually furnished or supplied for the use of Premises as general office space (as determined by Landlord), without first procuring the written consent of Landlord, which Landlord may refuse, and in the event of consent, Landlord shall have the right to install a water, gas or electrical current meter in the Premises to measure the amount of water, gas or electric current consumed. The cost of any such meter and of its installation, maintenance and repair shall be paid for by the Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord promptly upon demand for all such water, gas and electric current consumed as shown by said meters, at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility plus any additional expense incurred in keeping account of such consumption. If a separate meter is not installed, the excess cost for such water, gas and electric current shall be established by an estimate made by a utility company or electrical engineer hired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense.

 

Normal hours of operations for the Building are shown in the attached Rules and Regulations. Landlord reserves the right to reasonably charge Tenant for the operation of lights and HVAC outside of such normal hours.

 

13. DEFAULTS, REMEDIES .

 

13.1 Defaults . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant:

 

13.1.1 The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Base Rent or other Rent as and when due.

 

13.1.2 The failure by Tenant to timely observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in Paragraph 13.1.1 above.

 

13.1.3 (a) The making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (c) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days.

 

13.2 Remedies . Upon a default, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by law or otherwise provided in this Lease, to which Landlord may resort cumulatively or in the alternative:

 

13.2.1 Landlord may continue this Lease in full force and effect, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as long as Landlord does not terminate this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right to collect Rent when due. No act by Landlord other than giving written notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession.

 

13.2.2 Landlord may terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time if (i) such default is in the payment of Rent and it is not cured within three (3) days after written notice from Landlord, or, (ii) with respect to the defaults referred to in Paragraphs 13.1.1, or 13.1.2 such default is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than ten (10) days are reasonably required for its cure, if Tenant does not commence to cure the default within the ten (10) day period or does not diligently and in good faith prosecute the cure to completion within a reasonable time thereafter, but in all events within ninety (90) days of such notice or (iii) with respect to the default specified in

 

13


Paragraph 13.1.3, such default is not cured within the respective time specified in that Paragraph. The parties agree that any notice given by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph shall be sufficient notice for purposes of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding. On termination, Landlord has the right to remove all Tenant’s personal property, signs and trade fixtures and store same at Tenant’s cost and to recover from Tenant as damages:

 

13.2.2.1 The worth at the time of award of unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which had been earned at the time of termination; plus

 

13.2.2.2 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which would have been payable after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

13.2.2.3 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

 

13.2.2.4 Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord: (a) in retaking possession of the Premises; (b) in maintaining, repairing, preserving, restoring, replacing, cleaning, altering or rehabilitating the Premises or any portion thereof, including such acts for reletting to a new tenant or tenants; (c) for leasing commissions; or (d) for any other costs necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises; plus

 

13.2.2.5 Such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time-to-time by the laws of the State of California.

 

The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in Paragraphs 13.2.2.1 and 13.2.2.2 is computed by allowing interest at the Stipulated Rate. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in Paragraph 13.2.2.3 is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

 

13.2.3 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).

 

13.2.4 Landlord may cure the default at Tenant’s expense. If Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense in curing the default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment or expense with interest at the Stipulated Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant.

 

13.2.5 Landlord may remove all Tenant’s property from the Premises, and such property may be stored by Landlord in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the sole cost and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to store any or all of Tenant’s property left in the Premises, Landlord may consider such property to be abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord may thereupon dispose of such property in any manner deemed appropriate by Landlord. Any proceeds realized by Landlord on the disposal of any such property shall be applied first to offset all expenses of storage and sale, then credited against Tenant’s outstanding obligations to Landlord under this Lease, and any balance remaining after satisfaction of all obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be delivered to Tenant.

 

13.2.6 Tenant hereby waives any right of redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 or 1179, or under any other present or future similar law, if Tenant is evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any default by Tenant hereunder.

 

14


13.2.7 No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or remedy shall be construed as a waiver of any such right or remedy or of any default by Tenant hereunder.

 

13.3 Chronic Delinquency . “Chronic Delinquency” means failure by Tenant to pay or submit when due any Rent due under this Lease three (3) times (consecutive or nonconsecutive) during any twelve (12) month period. In the event of a Chronic Delinquency Landlord shall have the right, without waiving any other rights and remedies Landlord may have, to require that Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata share of Increases in Direct Expenses be paid by Tenant quarterly, in advance.

 

14. COMMON AREA .

 

14.1 Right of Use . Tenant, Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors shall be entitled to use those portions of the Common Areas which are open to the public, in common with Landlord and with other persons authorized by Landlord from time-to-time to use such area, subject to such reasonable rules and regulations relating to such use as Landlord may from time-to-time establish.

 

14.2 Landlord to Operate . Landlord shall operate, manage, equip, light, repair, clean and maintain and replace the Common Areas in such manner as Landlord may in its sole discretion determine to be appropriate. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of such costs pursuant to Paragraph 4.1.2 - Direct Expenses . Landlord may temporarily close any Common Areas, including parking areas, for repairs or alterations, to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of prescriptive rights therein, or for any other reason deemed sufficient by Landlord.

 

14.3 Control in Landlord . Landlord shall at all times during the Term have the sole exclusive control of the automobile parking areas, driveways, entrances and exits and the sidewalks and pedestrian passageways and other Common Areas, and may at any time from time-to-time during the Term restrain any use or occupancy thereof except as authorized by the rules and regulations for the use of such areas established by Landlord from time-to-time. The rights of Tenant in and to the Common Areas shall at all times be subject to the rights of Landlord, other tenants of Landlord and other authorized users designated by Landlord to use the same in common with Tenant, and Tenant shall keep the Common Areas free and clear of any obstructions created or permitted by Tenant or resulting from Tenant’s operation. If, in the opinion of Landlord, unauthorized persons are using any of the Common Areas by reason of the presence of Tenant in the Building, Tenant, upon demand of Landlord, shall restrain such unauthorized use by appropriate proceedings. Nothing herein shall affect the right of Landlord at any time to remove any such unauthorized person from the Common Areas nor to prohibit the use of any said areas by unauthorized persons.

 

15. SECURITY SERVICES . Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, implement security measures for the Property, such as the registration or search of all persons entering or leaving the Building, requiring identification for access to the Building, evacuation of the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes, the issuance of magnetic pass cards or keys for Building or elevator access and other actions that Landlord deems necessary or appropriate to prevent any threat of property loss or damage, bodily injury or business interruption. Landlord shall at all times have the right to change, alter or reduce any such security services or measures. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with, and cause Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors to cooperate and comply with, such security measures. Landlord, its agents and employees shall have no liability to Tenant or its Representatives or Visitors for the implementation or exercise of, or the failure to implement or exercise, any such security measures or for any resulting disturbance of Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises.

 

If those tenants on the first and second floors of the Building request Landlord (by majority vote based upon the total Rental Area of the first and second floors) to contract for third-party security guard services for the Building and Landlord approves, Landlord shall make reasonable efforts to contract for the services, and the costs of the services will be charged as Rent to each tenant of the first and second floors in proportion to the Rental Area occupied by tenants on said floors from time to time. In accommodating said tenants’ request for security services, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, appoint a committee of such tenants to assist Landlord in the selection and administration of any such services. In no event shall Landlord have any responsibility or liability for the selection of such security services provider, or for any acts, errors or omissions of any such security service provider, and Tenants agree to look solely to the provider of such services for any claims arising thereunder.

 

15


16. SIGNS . Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion), install or affix to any portion of the Building any exterior or interior window, door or other signs, lettering, placards or the like (collectively “Signs”). If Landlord consents to the erection of any Signs, such Signs shall comply with any sign criteria imposed by Landlord and all Laws. Tenant may use as its advertised business address the name of the Building as it appears in the Basic Lease Information. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, and Tenant shall not acquire any property right in or to any name which contains such name or a part thereof. Any permitted use by Tenant of the name of the Building during the Term shall not permit Tenant to use, and Tenant shall not use, such words either after the expiration or termination of the Lease or at any other location. Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Building at any time.

 

17. ENCUMBRANCES .

 

17.1 Subordination . This Lease is expressly made subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, underlying lease or like encumbrance affecting any part of the Building or any interest of Landlord therein which is now existing or hereafter executed or recorded (“Encumbrance”); provided, however, that such subordination shall only be effective, as to future Encumbrances, if the holder of the Encumbrance agrees that this Lease shall survive the termination of the Encumbrance by lapse of time, foreclosure or otherwise so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease. Provided the conditions of the preceding sentence are satisfied, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after written request therefor by Landlord and in a form reasonably requested by Landlord, any additional documents evidencing the subordination of this Lease with respect to any such Encumbrance and the nondisturbance agreement of the holder of any such Encumbrance. If the interest of Landlord in the Building is transferred pursuant to or in lieu of proceedings for enforcement of any Encumbrance, Tenant shall immediately and automatically attorn to the new owner, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the transferee and Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease.

 

17.2 Mortgagee Protection . Tenant agrees to give any holder of any Encumbrance covering any part of the Building (“Mortgagee”), by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord by Tenant, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee. If Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within thirty (30) days from the effective date of such notice of default, then the Mortgagee shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default (including the time necessary to foreclose or otherwise terminate its Encumbrance, if necessary to effect such cure), and this Lease shall not be terminated so long as such remedies are being diligently pursued.

 

18. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .

 

18.1 Estoppel Certificates . Within ten (10) days after written request therefor, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in a form provided by or satisfactory to Landlord, a certificate stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, describing any amendments or modifications hereto, acknowledging that this Lease is subordinate or prior, as the case may be, to any Encumbrance and stating any other information Landlord may reasonably request, including the Term, the monthly Base Rent, the date to which Rent has been paid, the amount of any Security Deposit or prepaid Rent, whether either party hereto is in default under the terms of the Lease, and whether Landlord has completed its construction obligations hereunder (if any). Tenant irrevocably constitutes, appoints and authorizes Landlord as Tenant’s special attorney-in-fact for such purpose to complete, execute and deliver such certificate if Tenant fails timely to execute and deliver such certificate as provided above. Any person or entity purchasing, acquiring an interest in or extending financing with respect to the Building shall be entitled to rely upon any such certificate. If Tenant fails to deliver such certificate within ten (10) days after Landlord’s second written request therefor, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damages incurred by Landlord including any profits or other benefits from any financing of the Building or any interest therein which are lost or made unavailable as a result, directly or indirectly, of Tenant’s failure or refusal to timely execute or deliver such estoppel certificate.

 

16


18.2 Financial Statements . Upon request by Landlord, not more than once a year, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the financial statements (including at least a year end balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss) of Tenant (and of each guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) for each of the three most recently completed years, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (and, if such is Tenant’s normal practice, audited by an independent certified public accountant), all then available subsequent interim statements, and such other financial information as may reasonably be requested by Landlord or required by any Mortgagee.

 

19. RIGHT OF ENTRY . Landlord and its agents shall have free access to the Premises during all reasonable hours for the purpose of examining the same to ascertain if they are in good repair, making repairs or installations which Landlord may be required or permitted to make hereunder, performing Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, protecting the Premises, posting notices of nonresponsibility, and exhibiting the same to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants.

 

20. ATTORNEYS’ FEES . In the event of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant in any way related to this Lease, the non-prevailing party shall pay to the prevailing party all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and expenses of any type incurred by the prevailing party in connection with any action or proceeding (including any appeal and the enforcement of any judgment or award), whether or not the dispute is litigated or prosecuted to final judgment. The “prevailing party” shall be determined based upon an assessment of which party’s major arguments or positions taken in the action or proceeding could fairly be said to have prevailed (whether by compromise, settlement, abandonment by the other party of its claim or defense, final decision, after any appeals, or otherwise) over the other party’s major arguments or positions on major disputed issues.

 

21. SECURITY DEPOSIT . Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant will deposit with Landlord the security deposit described in the Basic Lease Information (“Security Deposit”) as security for the full and faithful performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, Landlord may use, apply or retain all or any part of this Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent in default, or for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of such deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall within five (5) days after written demand therefor deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Landlord is not a trustee of the Security Deposit, and shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds. Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. If Tenant fully and faithfully performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the remaining balance of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within the time required by law.

 

22. INTEREST . In addition to the late charges referred to in Paragraph 4.4 - Late Charges , which are intended to defray Landlord’s costs resulting from late payments, any payment from Tenant to Landlord not paid when due (including Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata share of Increases in Base Rent) shall at Landlord’s option bear interest from the date due until paid to Landlord by Tenant at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the date due plus ten percent (10%) or the maximum lawful rate that Landlord may charge to Tenant under applicable laws, whichever is less (the “Stipulated Rate”). Acceptance of any interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue sum or prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease.

 

23. GUARANTY . If so shown on the Basic Lease Information, this Lease shall be guaranteed by the referenced Guarantor pursuant to terms of the Guaranty attached as EXHIBIT D .

 

24. RELOCATION . If Landlord requires the Premises for use in conjunction with another suite or for other reasons connected with Landlord’s Building planning program, upon notifying Tenant in writing, Landlord shall have the right to relocate Tenant to other space in the Building, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, and the terms and conditions of the original Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that a revised EXHIBIT A shall become part of this Lease and shall reflect the location of the new space. However, if the new space does not meet with the Tenant’s approval,

 

17


Tenant shall have the right to cancel this lease upon giving Landlord sixty (60) days notice within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord’s notification. If Tenant does not approve of the new space in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s notification, Landlord shall have the right to withdraw its relocation notice, in which event this Lease shall continue and Tenant shall not be relocated or accept Tenant’s termination notice, in which event this Lease shall terminate effective as of the date the relocation was to be effective.

 

25. MISCELLANEOUS .

 

25.1 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease (except delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant).

 

25.2 Captions . The article and paragraph captions contained in this Lease are for convenience only and shall not be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof.

 

25.3 Entire Agreement and Amendments . This Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto, and the documents referred to herein, if any, constitute the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the leasing of space by Tenant in the Building, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Building or this Lease except as expressly set forth herein, and no rights, easements or licenses shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein. The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute an option for the Premises and this Lease shall become effective as a binding agreement only upon execution and delivery thereof by Landlord to Tenant. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

 

25.4 Notice . All notices and any other communications permitted or required under this Lease must be in writing and will be effective (i) immediately upon delivery in person or by facsimile, provided delivery is made during regular business hours or receipt is acknowledged by a person reasonably believed by the delivering party to be employed by the recipient; (ii) 24 hours after deposit with a commercial courier or delivery service for overnight delivery, provided delivery is made during regular business hours or receipt is acknowledged by a person reasonably believed by the delivering party to be employed by the recipient; or (iii) three days after deposit with the United States Postal Service, certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices must be properly addressed and delivered to the parties at the addresses for notices set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Either party may change its address for notices hereunder by a notice to the other party complying with this Paragraph.

 

25.5 Holdover . This Lease shall terminate without further notice at the expiration of the Term. Any holding over after the expiration or termination of the Lease without the consent of Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month, at two hundred percent (200%) of the Base Rent for the month immediately preceding the expiration or termination of the Lease in addition to all other Rent payable hereunder, and shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions herein specified insofar as applicable. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of the Lease without Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and partners harmless from and against any claim, loss, damage, expense or liability resulting from Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises, including without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant based upon delay in the availability of the Premises.

 

25.6 Brokers . Except for the brokers listed in the Basic Lease Information (“Brokers”), Tenant warrants and represents that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent acting on Tenant’s behalf in connection with this Lease. Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and partners harmless from and against any and all liabilities or expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with any broker, other than Brokers, or individual claiming to be acting on Tenant’s behalf.

 

25.7 Acceptance . Delivery of this Lease, duly executed by Tenant, constitutes an offer to lease the Premises, and under no circumstances shall such delivery be deemed to create an option or reservation to lease the Premises for

 

18


the benefit of Tenant. This lease shall only become effective and binding upon full execution hereof by Landlord and delivery of a signed copy to Tenant.

 

25.8 Waiver . The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any term, condition or covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, condition or covenant of this Lease. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such payment. No covenant, term or condition of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord.

 

25.9 Separability . If one or more of the provisions contained herein, except for the payment of Rent, is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Lease, but this Lease shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been contained herein.

 

25.10 Joint and Several Liability . If Tenant consists of more than one person or entity, the obligations of each Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

 

25.11 Recording . Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum thereof.

 

25.12 Force Majeure . If Landlord is delayed, interrupted or prevented from performing any of its obligations under this Lease, and such delay, interruption or prevention is due to fire, act of God, governmental act or failure to act, labor dispute, unavailability of materials or any cause outside the reasonable control of Landlord, then the time for performance of the affected obligations of Landlord shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay, interruption or prevention.

 

25.13 Landlord’s Liability . The term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall mean only the owner or owners of the Building at the time in question. In the event of any conveyance of title to the Building, then from and after the date of such conveyance, the transferor Landlord shall be relieved of all liability with respect to Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease after the date of such conveyance. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Lease, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease is limited solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building as the same may from time to time be encumbered, and no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against any other assets of Landlord or against Landlord’s partners or members or its or their respective partners, shareholders, members, directors, officers or managers on account of any of Landlord’s obligations or actions under this Lease.

 

25.14 Exhibits . The Basic Lease Information, and all exhibits, amendments, riders and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

 

25.15 Tenant Improvements . The construction of any initial improvements to the interior of the Premises shall be subject to the terms of Exhibit F .

 

25.16 Conditions . All agreements of Tenant contained in this Lease, whether expressed as conditions or covenants, shall be construed to be both conditions and covenants, conferring upon Landlord, in the event of a breach thereof, the right to terminate this Lease.

 

25.17 No Partnership or Joint Venture . Nothing in this Lease shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint venture between Landlord, Tenant, or any other party, or cause Landlord to be responsible for the debts or obligations of Tenant or any other party.

 

25.18 Construction . This Lease shall not be construed either for or against Tenant or Landlord, but shall be construed in accordance with the general tenor of the language. This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

19


25.19 Binding Effect . Subject to the provisions of Article 17 - Encumbrances and Article 10 - Assignment and Subletting , all of the provisions hereof shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

25.20 Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of business entity, each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Lease. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

TENANT:
By:   Dolby Laboratories Inc.
Its:   /s/    J ANET L. D ALY        
    Vice President, Finance & Administration
By:    
Its:    
LANDLORD: Dolby Properties, LLC
By:   /s/    J ANET L. D ALY        
Its:   Vice President/ Finance & Administration

 

20


 

EXHIBIT A

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF May 14, 1998

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC AS TENANT

 

PREMISES

 

Third floor, fourth floor and penthouse of 999 Brannan, San Francisco, Ca 94103

 

EXHIBIT A - Page 1


 

EXHIBIT B

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MAY 14, 1998

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC, AS TENANT

 

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS - NONE

 

EXHIBIT B - Page 1


 

EXHIBIT C

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MAY 14, 1998

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC, AS TENANT

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

(a) Tenant and Tenant’s employees shall not in any way obstruct the sidewalks, entry passages, pedestrian passageways, driveways, entrances and exits to the Building, and they shall use the same only as passageways to and from their respective work areas.

 

(b) Any sash doors, sashes, windows, glass doors, lights and skylights that reflect or admit light into the Common Areas of Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant. Water closets, urinals and wash basins shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no rubbish, newspapers, food or other substance of any kind shall be thrown into them. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into, paint or in any way deface the exterior walls, roof, foundations, bearing walls or pillars without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. The expense of repairing any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from a violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.

 

(c) No awning or shade shall be affixed or installed over or in the windows or the exterior of the Premises except with the consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s discretion.

 

(d) No boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed, except with the consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

(e) Tenant shall not do anything in the Premises, or bring or keep anything therein, which will in any way increase or tend to increase the risk of fire or the rate of fire insurance or which shall conflict with the regulations of the fire department or the law or with any insurance policy on the Premises or any part thereof, or with any rules or regulations established by any administrative body or official having jurisdiction, and it shall not use any machinery therein, even though its installation may have been permitted, which may cause any unreasonable noise, jar, or tremor to the floors or walls, or which by its weight might injure the floors of the Premises.

 

(f) Landlord may limit weight, size and position of all safes, fixtures and other equipment used in the Premises. If Tenant shall require extra heavy equipment, Tenant shall notify Landlord of such fact and shall pay the cost of structural bracing to accommodate it. All damage done to the Premises or Building by installing, removing, or maintaining extra heavy equipment shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

(g) Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors shall not make nor permit any loud, unusual or improper noises nor interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business with them, nor bring into or keep within the Building any animal, or any bicycle or other vehicle, except such vehicle as Landlord may from time to time permit. Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors shall not throw refuse or other substances or litter of any kind in or about the Building, except in receptacles placed therein for such purposes by Landlord or government authorities.

 

(h) No machinery of any kind will be allowed in the Premises without the written consent of Landlord. This shall not apply, however, to customary office equipment or trade fixtures.

 

(i) All freight must be moved into, within and out of the Premises only during such hours and according to such regulations as may be posted from time to time by Landlord.

 

EXHIBIT C - Page 1


(j) No aerial shall be erected on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises, or on the grounds, without in each instance, the written consent of Landlord. Any aerial so installed without such written consent shall be subject to removal without notice at any time. Landlord may withhold consent in its sole discretion.

 

(k) All garbage, including wet garbage, refuse or trash shall be placed by the Tenant in the receptacles provided by the Landlord for that purpose and only during those times prescribed by the Landlord.

 

(l) Tenant shall not burn any trash or garbage at any time in or about the Premises or any area of the Building.

 

(m) Tenant shall observe all security regulations issued by the Landlord and comply with instructions and/or directions of the duly authorized security personnel for the protection of the Building and all tenants therein.

 

(n) Any requirements of Tenant will be considered only upon written application to Landlord at Landlord’s address set forth in the Lease.

 

(o) No waiver of any rule or regulation by Landlord shall be effective unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord or its authorized agent.

 

(p) Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Law or the rules and regulations of the Building.

 

(q) Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these rules or regulations or to make such other and further reasonable rules and regulations as, in Landlord’s judgment, may from time to time be necessary for the operation, management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Building and the Premises, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants of the Building. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for the non-observance or violation of the rules and regulations by any other tenant or other person. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these rules and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition to its occupancy of the Premises.

 

(r) Tenant shall abide by any additional rules or regulations which are ordered or requested by any governmental or military authority.

 

(s) In the event of any conflict between these rules and regulations or any further or modified rules and regulations from time to time issued by Landlord and the Lease provisions, the Lease provisions shall govern and control.

 

(t) Landlord specifically reserves to itself or to any person or firm it selects, (i) the right to place in and upon the Building, coin-operated machines for the sale of cigarettes, candy and other merchandise or service, and (ii) the revenue resulting therefrom. Neither party shall place or permit vending machines in the Premises.

 

(u) Normal business hours for the Building shall be from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding holidays.

 

EXHIBIT C - Page 2


 

EXHIBIT D

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MAY 14, 1998

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC, AS TENANT

 

LEASE GUARANTY

 

GUARANTOR: NONE

 

EXHIBIT D - Page 1


 

EXHIBIT E

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MAY 14, 1998

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC, AS TENANT

 

CONSTRUCTION RIDER

 

1. Tenant Improvements . Landlord shall, at its own cost and expense, through a contractor designated by the Landlord, demolish the existing interior walls. Landlord shall proceed with reasonable diligence to cause the Tenant Improvements to be Substantially Completed on or prior to the Scheduled Commencement Date. The Tenant Improvement shall be deemed to be “Substantially Completed” when the interior walls have been demolished and the Premise is in a clean condition. (The definition of Substantially Completed shall also define the terms “Substantial Completion” and “Substantially Complete.”)

 

2. Delivery of Premises . Upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant. If Landlord has not Substantially Completed the Tenant Improvements and tendered possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Scheduled Commencement Date specified in Paragraph 3 of the Lease, or if Landlord is unable for any other reason to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before such date, neither Landlord nor its Representatives shall be liable to Tenant for any damage resulting from the delay in completing such construction obligations and/or delivering possession to Tenant and the Lease shall remain in full force and effect unless and until it is terminated under the express provisions of this Paragraph.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Commencement Date has not occurred or been deemed to have occurred within six (6) months after the Scheduled Commencement Date, either party, by written notice to the other party given within ten (10) days after the expiration of such six (6) month period, may terminate this Lease without any liability to the other party; provided, however, that if the delay in the Commencement Date is caused by delays of the type described in Paragraph 25.12 - Force Majeure of the Lease, and if Tenant elects to terminate as provided above, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days after receipt of notification from Landlord of the amounts due, for any amounts expended or incurred by Landlord for the design, construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements and for brokerage commissions and legal fees in connection with the preparation and negotiation of the Lease. If Tenant fails to perform any of Tenant’s obligations under this Construction Rider within the time periods specified herein, Landlord may, in lieu of terminating the Lease under the foregoing provisions, treat such failure of performance as an event of default under the Lease.

 

3. Access to Premises . Landlord shall allow Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date to permit Tenant to make the Premises ready for its use and occupancy; provided, however, that prior to such entry of the Premises, Tenant shall provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant’s insurance, as described in Article 8 - Insurance and Indemnity of the Lease, shall be in effect as of the time of such entry. Such permission may be revoked at any time upon twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, and Tenant and its Representatives shall not interfere with Landlord or Landlord’s contractor in completing the Building or the Tenant Improvements.

 

Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s property placed upon or installed in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the same being at Tenant’s sole risk, and Tenant shall be liable for all injury, loss or damage to persons or property arising as a result of such entry into the Premises by Tenant or its Representatives.

 


4. Ownership of Tenant Improvements . All Tenant Improvements, whether installed by Landlord or Tenant, shall become a part of the Premises, shall be the property of Landlord and, subject to the provisions of the Lease, shall be surrendered by Tenant with the Premises, without any compensation to Tenant, at the expiration or termination of the Lease in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.

 


999 BRANNAN STREET

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

The Basic Lease Information set forth below is part of the Lease.

 

Lease Date:

(Introduction)

   November 1, 1999

Landlord:

(Introduction)

   Dolby Properties, LLC

Tenant:

(Introduction)

   Dolby Laboratories, Inc
Premises:    Suite Numbers: 104, 107, 108, 109, 112, 114, 115, 116, 117, 120, 121, 122, 127, 129, 130, 131, 132, 208, 209, 210, 213, 214, 215, and 216 as indicated in Exhibit A
Building:    999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California

Rentable Area of Premises:

(Paragraph 1.1)

   Approximately 17,118 square feet.

Rentable Area of Building:

(Paragraph 1.2)

   Approximately 134,280 square feet.

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share:

(Paragraph 1.8)

   Twelve and 75/100 th Percent (12.75%).

Term:

(Paragraph 3)

   Month to Month

Commencement Date:

(Paragraph 3)

   July 1, 1998

Base Rent:

(Paragraph 4.1.1)

   $26.00 per square foot per year ($37,089.00 per month)

Base Year:

(Paragraph 1.1)

   1999

Use:

(Paragraph 6.1)

   General business office purposes typically associated with the multi-media industry


Security Deposit:

(Paragraph 21)

   None

Guarantor:

(Paragraph 23)

   None

Landlord’s Address for Notices:

(Paragraph 25.4)

  

Dolby Properties, LLC

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

Attention: Janet Daly

Tenant’s Address for Notices:

(Paragraph 25.4)

  

Dolby Laboratories Inc

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

Attention: Janet Daly

Landlord’s Broker:

(Paragraph 25.6)

   None

Tenant’s Broker:

(Paragraph 25.6)

   None
Additional Provisions:    None


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page

1.    DEFINITIONS    1
     1.1    Base Year    1
     1.2    Base Year Direct Expenses    1
     1.3    Building    1
     1.4    Common Areas    1
     1.5    Direct Expenses    1
     1.6    Lease Year    1
     1.7    Premises    2
     1.8    Real Property Taxes    2
     1.9    Rentable Area of Building    2
     1.10    Tenant’s Pro Rata Share    2
2.    PREMISES    2
3.    LEASE TERM    2
4.    RENT    2
     4.1    Rent Payable    2
     4.2    Additional Rent Terms    3
5.    TENANT TAXES    3
6.    CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT    3
     6.1    Use of the Premises    3
     6.2    Compliance with Law    3
     6.3    Rules and Regulations    4
     6.4    Hazardous Materials    4
7.    MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS    5
     7.1    Acceptance    5
     7.2    Landlord’s Responsibility    5
     7.3    Reimbursement by Tenant    5
     7.4    Tenant’s Responsibility    6
     7.5    Tenant Improvements and Alterations    6
     7.6    Liens    7
     7.7    Condition Upon Surrender    7
8.    INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY    7
     8.1    Tenant’s Insurance    7
     8.2    Insurance Requirements    8
     8.3    Adjustments to Insurance Program    8
     8.4    Liability Insurance Requirements    8
     8.5    Certificates of Insurance    8
     8.6    Landlord to Insure Building    8
     8.7    Waiver of Subrogation    9
     8.8    Indemnification    9
     8.9    Landlord’s Disclaimer    9


9.    REPAIRS AND RESTORATION    9
     9.1    Insubstantial Insured Damage    9
     9.2    Substantial or Uninsured Damage    9
     9.3    Damage Near End of Term    9
     9.4    Rent Abatement    9
     9.5    Tenant’s Option to Cancel    10
     9.6    “Substantial” Defined    10
10.    ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING    10
     10.1    Landlord’s Consent Required    10
     10.2    Notice to Landlord    11
     10.3    Landlord’s Option    11
     10.4    Collection of Rent    11
     10.5    Tenant Not Released    11
11.    EMINENT DOMAIN    11
     11.1    Automatic Termination    11
     11.2    Rent Abatement    11
     11.3    Condemnation Award    12
     11.4    Sale Under Threat of Condemnation    12
12.    UTILITIES AND SERVICES    12
13.    DEFAULTS, REMEDIES    13
     13.1    Defaults    13
     13.2    Remedies    13
     13.3    Chronic Delinquency    14
14.    COMMON AREA    14
     14.1    Right of Use    14
     14.2    Landlord to Operate    14
     14.3    Control in Landlord    15
15.    SECURITY SERVICES    15
16.    SIGNS    15
17.    ENCUMBRANCES    15
     17.1    Subordination    15
     17.2    Mortgagee Protection    16
18.    ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    16
     18.1    Estoppel Certificates    16
     18.2    Financial Statements    16
19.    RIGHT OF ENTRY    16
20.    ATTORNEYS’ FEES    16
21.    SECURITY DEPOSIT    16


22.    INTEREST    17
23.    GUARANTY    17
24.    RELOCATION    17
25.    MISCELLANEOUS    17
     25.1    Time of Essence    17
     25.2    Captions    17
     25.3    Entire Agreement and Amendments    17
     25.4    Notice    18
     25.5    Holdover    18
     25.6    Brokers    18
     25.7    Acceptance    18
     25.8    Waiver    18
     25.9    Separability    18
     25.10    Joint and Several Liability    18
     25.11    Recording    18
     25.12    Force Majeure    18
     25.13    Landlord’s Liability    19
     25.14    Exhibits    19
     25.15    Tenant Improvements    19
     25.16    Conditions    19
     25.17    No Partnership or Joint Venture    19
     25.18    Construction    19
     25.19    Binding Effect    19
     25.20    Authority    20

 

Exhibit A - Premises

Exhibit B - Additional Provisions

Exhibit C - Rules and Regulations

Exhibit D - Lease Guaranty

Exhibit E - Construction Rider


999 BRANNAN STREET LEASE

 

THIS LEASE is made as of the Lease Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information, by and between Dolby Properties LLC (“Landlord”) and the Tenant identified in the Basic Lease Information (“Tenant”). Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS . Unless the context otherwise specifies or requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1 Base Year . The calendar year specified in the Basic Lease Information as the Base Year.

 

1.2 Base Year Direct Expenses . The Direct Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in the Base Year.

 

1.3 Building . The building in which the Premises are located.

 

1.4 Common Areas . All areas within or around the Building which are now or hereafter held for use by the Landlord or other persons entitled to occupy space in the Building, including, without limitation, streets, driveways, covered walkways, canopies, loading docks, sidewalks, landscaped and planted areas, restrooms not located within the premises of any tenant, corridors and hallways, janitor’s closets, mechanical and telephone rooms, and other areas and improvements provided by Landlord for the common use of Landlord and tenants and their respective employees and invitees. Landlord may make changes at any time and from time to time in the size, shape, location, number and extent of the Common Areas and no such change shall constitute an eviction, construction or otherwise, or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or otherwise affect Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

1.5 Direct Expenses . All costs paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance, replacement and repair of the Building (excluding those expenses which are the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to Paragraphs 5 - Tenant Taxes , 7.3 - Reimbursement by Tenant and 8.1 - Tenant’s Insurance ) including, without limitation, all costs and expenses paid or incurred with respect to utilities and other services provided to the Building to the extent not required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease; operating, cleaning, sweeping, repairing and resurfacing the sidewalk, entry areas, and other Common Areas; maintenance and replanting of all landscaping; maintenance and repair of landscape sprinkler systems, fire protection and security systems, lights and light standards (including bulb replacement), drainage systems and utility systems (including heating ventilation and air-conditioning); painting, janitorial and other services to the Common Areas; premiums for public liability and property damage insurance (including extended and broad form coverage risks for the Common Areas of the Building) and insurance deductibles; Real Property Taxes as defined below; any assessments or charges imposed in order to have the Building comply with statutes, ordinances, orders, requirements, laws, rules and regulations of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority now or hereafter in effect (collectively, “Laws”); maintenance, repair and replacement of mechanical equipment as necessary or rental for such equipment if leased; costs of maintenance and repair of electricity, water and other utilities for the operation and maintenance of the Building; garbage and refuse removal; capital expenditures reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord or made for the purpose of reducing operating expenses or to comply with Laws (which capital expenses shall be amortized over their useful life); reasonable legal and accounting expenses which relate to the Building as a whole; reasonable third party management fees for the Building; a reasonable allowance for depreciation on machinery and equipment used to maintain the Building and on other personal property owned by Landlord in the Building (including window coverings and carpeting in the Common Areas); and the reasonable costs of contesting the validity or applicability of any Laws that may affect the Building. If less than one hundred percent of the Building is occupied during any Lease Year, Landlord shall adjust Direct Expenses to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of direct Expenses had one hundred percent occupied.

 

1.6 Lease Year . The term “Lease Year” as used in the Lease shall refer to each full (twelve month) calendar year occurring during the Term, except that the first Lease Year shall be the period from the Commencement Date until December 31 of the calendar year in which the Commencement Date occurs, and the last Lease Year shall be the period from January 1 in the year in which the Lease terminates until the last day of the Term.

 

1


1.7 Premises . The space identified in the Basic Lease Information, in the Building at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information. The approximate configuration and location of the Premises is outlined on the attached EXHIBIT A . Landlord and Tenant agree that the rentable area of the Premises for all purposes under this Lease, shall be the rentable area specified in the Basic Lease Information, regardless of the actual measurement of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant or Tenant’s representative has measured or had the opportunity to measure the Premises to verify the accuracy of the rentable area specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

1.8 Real Property Taxes . All real property taxes and general, special or district assessments or other governmental impositions, of whatever kind, nature or origin, imposed on or by reason of the ownership or use of the Building; governmental charges, fees or assessments for transit or traffic mitigation (including area-wide traffic improvement assessments and transportation system management fees), housing, police, fire or other governmental service or purported benefits to the Building; personal property taxes assessed on the personal property of Landlord used in the operation of the Building; service payments in lieu of taxes and taxes and assessments of every kind and nature whatsoever levied or assessed in addition to, in lieu of or in substitution for existing or additional real or personal property taxes on the Building or the personal property described above; any increases in the foregoing caused by changes in assessed valuation, tax rate or other factors or circumstances; and the reasonable cost of contesting by appropriate proceedings the amount or validity of any taxes, assessments or charges described above. To the extent paid by Tenant or other tenants as “Tenant’s Taxes” (as defined in Paragraph 5 - Tenant Taxes ), “Tenant’s Taxes” shall be excluded from Taxes. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include all expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in seeking reduction by the taxing authorities of Real Property Taxes applicable to the Building.

 

1.9 Rentable Area of Building . The Building contains the rentable area specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

1.10 Tenant’s Pro Rata Share . The percentage figure specified in the Basic Lease Information as Tenant’s Pro Rata Share. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant’s Pro Rata Share is the ratio of the rentable area of the Premises as specified in the Basic Lease Information over the total rentable area of the Building as specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

2. PREMISES . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord the Premises for the Term, at the Rent specified in Paragraph 4 and upon all of the conditions and agreements set forth herein; reserving to Landlord, however, the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, subfloors, conduits, and wires through the Premises in locations causing Tenant the least inconvenience possible and the use of the exterior walls and roof.

 

3. LEASE TERM . The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on the Commencement Date set forth in the Basic Lease and shall continue on the basis of a month to month tenancy which shall be terminable by either party upon thirty days written notice to the other party.

 

4. RENT .

 

4.1 Rent Payable . The Rent payable to Landlord includes the following:

 

4.1.1 Base Rent . During each month of the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Base Rent the amount set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Base Rent shall be paid in advance on the first day of each calendar month throughout the Term without offset, deduction, prior notice or demand, except that a full month’s Base Rent shall be paid upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant and the prorated Base Rent payable for the period, if any, prior to the first full calendar month of the Term shall be paid on the first day of said first full calendar month. Base Rent for any partial month shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in the month.

 

4.1.2 Direct Expenses . Commencing January 1, 2000, Tenant shall also pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any amount by which the Direct Expenses for any Lease Year commencing in 2000 exceeds the Base Year Direct Expenses (the “Increases in Direct Expenses”). If any additional space is added to the Premises, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Increases in Direct Expenses shall be calculated separately for each such addition. Within thirty (30) days

 

2


after the commencement of each Lease Year, Landlord shall give Tenant a written estimate of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the monthly Increases in Direct Expenses for the current Lease Year. Tenant shall pay such estimated amount to Landlord in monthly installments in advance on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand, prorated for any partial month. Landlord may at any time during the Term, but not more frequently than quarterly, adjust estimates of Increases in Direct Expenses to reflect current expenditures. Following written notice to Tenant of such revised estimate, subsequent payment by Tenant shall be based upon such revised estimate. Within ninety (90) days after the end of each Lease Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the Direct Expenses incurred by Landlord during such Lease Year, and the parties shall, within thirty (30) days after the date of such statement, make any payment necessary to adjust Tenant’s estimated payments for such Lease Year to Tenant’s actual Pro Rata Share of Increases in Direct Expenses for such Lease Year as shown by such annual statement.

 

4.1.3 Late Charges . If Base Rent or Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Increases in Direct Expenses are unpaid after the fifth day after the due date, Tenant shall pay a late charge of ten percent (10%) of the amount overdue. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of the late payment by Tenant. The late charge shall be paid without offset, deduction, prior notice or demand. Any dishonored check shall be treated as rent unpaid and shall be subject to late charges. Acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue sum or prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease.

 

4.2 Additional Rent Terms . All amounts which Tenant is required to pay under this Lease including all damages, costs and expenses which Landlord may incur by reason of any default by Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed to be Rent hereunder. Upon nonpayment of any Rent, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies with respect thereto as Landlord has for the non-payment of Base Rent. All Rent shall be paid in lawful money of the United States to Landlord at the address specified in this Lease for purpose of notice, or to such other persons or at such other places as may be designated in writing by Landlord from time to time. All Rent shall be paid without deduction or offset and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, without prior notice or demand.

 

5. TENANT TAXES . Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay before delinquency all Tenant Taxes. Tenant Taxes shall mean: (a) all taxes, assessments, license fees and other governmental charges or impositions levied or assessed against or with respect to Tenant’s personal property or Trade Fixtures in the Premises, whether any such imposition is levied directly against Tenant or levied against Landlord or the Building; (b) all rental, excise, sales or transaction privilege taxes arising out of this Lease (excluding, however, state and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the income of Landlord from all sources) imposed by any taxing authority upon Landlord or upon Landlord’s receipt of any rent payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease; and (c) any increase in Real Property Taxes attributable to inclusion of a value placed on Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations. If any Tenant Taxes are assessed, levied, or imposed upon Landlord or any portion of the Building, Landlord shall give Tenant a statement of the amount applicable to the Premises. If a separate assessment of the improvements is not available from the appropriate governmental authority, Landlord’s good faith allocation shall be binding on Tenant. In such event, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand for such Tenant Taxes applicable to the Premises. If Landlord pays any Tenant Taxes, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment, together with interest at the Stipulated Rate from the date of Landlord’s payment to the date of Tenant’s reimbursement.

 

6. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT .

 

6.1 Use of the Premises . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purpose set forth in the Basic Lease Information as Use and for no other purposes without the prior written consent of Landlord which shall be given at Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

6.2 Compliance with Law . Tenant at its expense shall comply promptly with all present and future applicable Laws regulating the use by Tenant of the Premises, including compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as the same may be amended from time to time. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will tend to create a nuisance or tend to disturb other tenants or occupants of the Building or tend to injure the reputation of the Building. Tenant shall place no loads upon the floors, walls or ceilings in excess of the maximum

 

3


designed load determined by Landlord or which endanger the structure; nor place any harmful liquids in the drainage systems; nor dump or store waste materials or refuse or allow such to remain outside the Premises proper, except in the enclosed trash areas provided, if any. Tenant shall not store or permit to be stored or otherwise placed any other material of any nature whatsoever outside the Premises.

 

6.3 Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall comply at all times with the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as EXHIBIT C and such amendments and modifications thereof and additions thereto as Landlord may from time to time reasonably adopt for the operation, safety, care and cleanliness of the Building or the preservation of good order therein. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the failure of any tenant or other person to comply with such Rules and Regulations.

 

6.4 Hazardous Materials .

 

6.4.1 Definitions .

 

6.4.1.1 “Hazardous Materials” shall mean any substance: (A) that now or in the future is regulated or governed by, requires investigation or remediation under, or is defined as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance, pollutant or contaminant under any governmental statute, code, ordinance, regulation, rule or order, and any amendment thereto, including for example only the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq ., and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq ., or (B) that is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, radioactive, carcinogenic, dangerous or otherwise hazardous, including gasoline, diesel fuel, petroleum hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), asbestos, radon and urea formaldehyde foam insulation.

 

6.4.1.2 “Environmental Requirements” shall mean all present and future Laws, permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and other requirements of any kind applicable to Hazardous Materials.

 

6.4.1.3 “Handled by Tenant” and “Handling by Tenant” shall mean and refer to any installation, handling, generation, storage, use, disposal, discharge, release, abatement, removal, transportation, or any other activity of any type by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, sublessees, transferees or representatives (collectively, “Representatives”) or its guests, customers, invitees, or visitors (collectively, “Visitors”), at or about the Premises in connection with or involving Hazardous Materials.

 

6.4.1.4 “Environmental Losses “ shall mean all costs and expenses of any kind, damages, including foreseeable and unforeseeable consequential damages, fines and penalties incurred in connection with any violation of and compliance with Environmental Requirements and all losses of any kind attributable to the diminution of value, loss of use or adverse effects on marketability or use of any portion of the Premises or Building.

 

6.4.2 Tenant’s Covenants . No Hazardous Materials shall be Handled by Tenant at or about the Premises or Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted, denied, or conditioned upon compliance with Landlord’s requirements, all in Landlord’s absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal quantities and use of those Hazardous Materials customarily used in the conduct of general office activities, such as copier fluids and cleaning supplies (“Permitted Hazardous Materials”), may be used and stored at the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, provided that Tenant’s activities at or about the Premises and Building and the Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall comply at all times with all Environmental Requirements. At the expiration or termination of the Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove from the Premises and Building all Hazardous Materials Handled by Tenant at the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall keep Landlord fully and promptly informed of all Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials other than Permitted Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall be responsible and liable for the compliance with all of the provisions of this Paragraph by all of Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors, and all of Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph (including its indemnification obligations under Paragraph 6.4.5 - Tenant’s Indemnification below) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

6.4.3 Compliance . Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense promptly take all actions required by any governmental agency or entity in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or

 

4


about the Premises or Building, including inspection and testing, performing all cleanup, removal and remediation work required with respect to those Hazardous Materials, complying with all closure requirements and post-closure monitoring, and filing all required reports or plans. All of the foregoing work and all Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall be performed in a good, safe and workmanlike manner by consultants qualified and licensed to undertake such work and in a manner that will not interfere with any other tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Building or Landlord’s use, operation, leasing and sale of the Building. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to delivery to any governmental agency, or promptly after receipt from any such agency, copies of all permits, manifests, closure or remedial action plans, notices, and all other documents relating to the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or Building. If any lien attaches to the Premises or the Building in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released, by payment, bonding or otherwise, within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released and any sums expended by Landlord in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand.

 

6.4.4 Landlord’s Rights . Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises at any reasonable time (i) to confirm Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph 6.4, and (ii) to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 6.4 if Tenant has failed to do so after reasonable notice to Tenant. Landlord shall also have the right to engage qualified Hazardous Materials consultants to inspect the Premises and review the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, including review of all permits, reports, plans, and other documents regarding same. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the costs of Landlord’s consultants’ fees and all costs incurred by Landlord in performing Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business caused by Landlord’s entry into the Premises, but Landlord shall not be responsible for any interference caused thereby.

 

6.4.5 Tenant’s Indemnification . Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and its partners or members and its or their partners, members, directors, officers, shareholders, employees and agents from all Environmental Losses and all other claims, actions, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses of every kind, including reasonable attorneys’, experts’ and consultants’ fees and costs, incurred at any time and arising from or in connection with the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Building or Tenant’s failure to comply in full with all Environmental Requirements with respect to the Premises.

 

7. MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS .

 

7.1 Acceptance . By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises as being in good and sanitary order, condition and repair, subject to all applicable Laws. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representation or warranty as to the suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, the condition of the Premises or Building, or the use or occupancy which may be made thereof and Tenant has independently investigated and is satisfied that the Premises are suitable for Tenant’s intended use.

 

7.2 Landlord’s Responsibility . Subject to the provisions of Article 9— Repairs and Restoration , Landlord shall, during the Term, keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls (excluding the interior surface of exterior walls), windows, plate glass, doors (other than doors located within a tenant’s premises), downspouts, gutters and roof of the Building, all plumbing, HVAC, electrical and lighting facilities and equipment servicing the Premises, and the Common Areas; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to repair until a reasonable time after the receipt by Landlord of a written notice of the need for repairs. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1941 and 1942 and similar laws now or hereafter in effect. Tenant shall pay the cost of repairs to utilities located within the Premises, or for any repairs to the Building occasioned by any act or omission of Tenant, Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors, other than reasonable wear and tear.

 

7.3 Reimbursement by Tenant . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Rent, for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord for the foregoing maintenance and repair to the extent set forth in Article 4.1.2 - Direct Expenses .

 

5


7.4 Tenant’s Responsibility . Except as provided in Paragraph 7.2— Landlord’s Responsibility above, Tenant shall keep in first-class order, condition and repair the Premises and every part thereof, including, without limitation, all fixtures, Trade Fixtures, Alterations, interior walls and interior surface of exterior walls, ceilings, floors and floor coverings, utilities and doors located within the Premises. Tenant shall also keep the Premises at all times in a neat, clean and sanitary condition, shall neither commit nor permit any waste or nuisance thereon, and shall keep the walks and corridors adjacent thereto free from Tenant’s waste or debris. If Tenant fails to perform its obligations under this Paragraph, notwithstanding any other provision hereof and without waiving any other right or remedy Landlord may have, Landlord may, at its option, after five (5) days’ written notice to Tenant, enter upon the Premises and put the same in good order, condition and repair and at Landlord’s further option, continue such maintenance and repair obligation for the remainder of the Term, and the cost thereof shall become due and payable as Rent by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

 

7.5 Tenant Improvements and Alterations .

 

7.5.1 Landlord and Tenant shall perform their respective obligations with respect to design and construction of any improvements to be constructed and installed in the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements”), as provided in the Construction Rider. Except for any Tenant Improvements to be constructed by Tenant as provided in the Construction Rider, Tenant shall not make any alterations, improvements or changes to the Premises (including installation of any security system or telephone or data communication wiring) (“Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior written consent. Any such Alterations shall be completed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (i) with due diligence, in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials; (ii) in compliance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord; (iii) in compliance with the construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time; (iv) in accordance with all applicable Laws (including all work, whether structural or non-structural, inside or outside the Premises, required to comply fully with all applicable Laws and necessitated by Tenant’s work); and (v) subject to all conditions which Landlord may in Landlord’s discretion impose. Such conditions may include requirements for Tenant to: (a) provide payment or performance bonds or additional insurance (from Tenant or Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors or design professionals); (b) use contractors or subcontractors designated by Landlord; and (c) remove all or part of the Alterations prior to or upon expiration or termination of the Term, as designated by Landlord. If any work outside the Premises, or any work on or adjustment to any of the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (“HVAC”), mechanical, elevator, plumbing, electrical, fire protection, life safety, security or other systems in the Building, is required in connection with or as a result of Tenant’s work, such work shall be performed at Tenant’s expense by contractors designated by Landlord. Landlord’s right to review and approve (or withhold approval of) Tenant’s plans, drawings, specifications, contractor(s) and other aspects of construction work proposed by Tenant is intended solely to protect Landlord, the Building and Landlord’s interests. No approval or consent by Landlord shall be deemed or construed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the adequacy, sufficiency, fitness or suitability thereof or compliance thereof with applicable Laws or other requirements. Except as otherwise provided in Landlord’s consent, all Alterations shall upon installation become part of the realty and be the property of Landlord.

 

7.5.2 Before making any Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s prior approval reasonably detailed final plans and specifications prepared by a licensed architect or engineer, a copy of the construction contract, including the name of the contractor and all subcontractors proposed by Tenant to make the Alterations and a copy of the contractor’s license. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any Alterations made by Tenant, including reasonable fees charged by Landlord’s contractors or consultants to review plans and specifications prepared by Tenant and to update the existing as-built plans and specifications of the Building to reflect the Alterations. Tenant shall obtain all applicable permits, authorizations and governmental approvals and deliver copies of the same to Landlord before commencement of any Alterations.

 

7.5.3 Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Building free and clear of all liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. If any such lien attaches to the Premises or the Building, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released by payment, bonding or otherwise within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released, and any sums expended by Landlord in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand with interest thereon from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Stipulated Rate (as defined in Article 22 - Interest ). Tenant shall give

 

6


Landlord at least ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any Alterations and cooperate with Landlord in posting and maintaining notices of non-responsibility in connection therewith.

 

7.5.4 Subject to the provisions of this Article 7, Tenant may install and maintain furnishings, equipment, movable partitions, business equipment and other trade fixtures (“Trade Fixtures”) in the Premises, provided that the Trade Fixtures do not become an integral part of the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by any installation or removal of such Trade Fixtures.

 

7.6 Liens . Tenant shall pay for all labor and services performed for, and all materials used by or furnished to Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives and keep the Building free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and partners from and against any liens, demands, claims, judgments or encumbrances (including all attorneys’ fees) arising out of any work or services performed for or materials used by or furnished to Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall do all things necessary to prevent the filing of any mechanic’s or other liens against the Building or any part thereof by reason of work, labor, services or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to Tenant, or anyone holding the Premises, or any part thereof, through or under Tenant. If any such lien shall at any time be filed against the Building, Tenant shall either cause the same to be discharged of record within ten (10) days after the date of filing of the same, or, if Tenant in Tenant’s discretion and in good faith determines that such lien should be contested, Tenant shall furnish such security as may be necessary or required to (a) prevent any foreclosure proceedings against the Building during the pendency of such contest, and (b) cause a mutually satisfactory title company to remove such lien as a matter affecting title to the Building. If Tenant shall fail to discharge such lien within such period or fail to furnish such security, then, in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord resulting from Tenant’s said default, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge the same either by paying the amount claimed to be due or by procuring the discharge of such lien by giving security or in such other manner as is, or may be, prescribed by law. Tenant shall repay to Landlord on demand all sums disbursed or deposited by Landlord pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph including Landlord’s costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, with interest thereon at the Stipulated Rate. Nothing contained herein shall imply any consent or agreement on the part of Landlord to subject Landlord’s estate to liability under any mechanics’ or the lien law. Tenant shall give Landlord adequate opportunity and Landlord shall have the right to post such notices of nonresponsibility as are provided for in the mechanics’ lien laws of California.

 

7.7 Condition Upon Surrender . After the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove its personal property and Trade Fixtures from the Premises, surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as when received, damage by fire or the elements (except to the extent not covered by Net Insurance Proceeds and caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives), and ordinary wear and tear excepted. At Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant remove any and all Alterations, additions, signs or improvements made by Tenant and perform any necessary repair caused by such removal.

 

8. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY .

 

8.1 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall at all times during the Term, at Tenant’s cost and expense, maintain in effect the following policies of insurance:

 

8.1.1 Commercial general liability insurance providing coverage on an occurrence form basis with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each occurrence for bodily injury and property damage combined, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) annual general aggregate, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) products and completed operations annual aggregate. Tenant’s liability insurance policy or policies shall (i) include premises and operations liability coverage, products and completed operations liability coverage, broad form property damage liability coverage including competed operations, liquor liability coverage (if Tenant sells or serves or sells any alcoholic beverages in connection with the Premises), blanket contractual liability coverage including, to the maximum extent possible, coverage for the indemnification obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and personal and advertising injury coverage; (ii) provide that the insurance company has the duty to defend all insureds under the policy; (iii) provide that defense costs are paid in addition to and do not deplete any of the policy limits; (iv) cover

 

7


liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or the Building; and (v) extend coverage to cover liability of the insureds under the policy for the actions of Tenant’s Representatives.

 

8.1.2 Workers’ compensation insurance complying with all applicable state laws, and employer’s liability insurance with limits of not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per accident and One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) policy limits for injury by disease. Such policies shall contain a waiver of subrogation provision.

 

8.1.3 Property insurance covering Tenant’s Alterations, Trade Fixtures, personal property and equipment located on the Premises, in an amount not less than their full replacement value, providing protection on an “All Risk” or “Special Form” basis. The proceeds of such insurance, so long as this Lease remains in effect, shall be used to repair or replace the Alterations, Trade Fixtures, personal property and equipment so insured. Following expiration or termination of this Lease, any proceeds of insurance covering Alterations shall be paid over to Landlord.

 

8.2 Insurance Requirements . Each policy of insurance required to be carried by Tenant shall (i) be in a form, and written by an insurer, reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (ii) require at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord prior to any cancellation, non-renewal or modification of insurance coverage. Insurance companies issuing such policies shall having rating classifications of “A” or better and financial category ratings of “VII” or better according to the latest edition of the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide. All insurance companies issuing such policies shall be licensed to do business in the state where the Building is located. Any deductible amount under such insurance shall not exceed $5,000. Tenant shall provide to Landlord, upon request, evidence that the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 8, including any endorsement affecting the additional insured status, is in full force and effect and that premiums therefor have been paid.

 

8.3 Adjustments to Insurance Program . Tenant shall increase the amounts of insurance as required by any mortgagee, and, not more frequently than once every three (3) years, as recommended by Landlord’s insurance broker, if, in the opinion of either of them, the amount of insurance then required under this Lease is not adequate. Any limits set forth in this Lease on the amount or type of coverage required by Tenant’s insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

 

8.4 Liability Insurance Requirements . Each policy of commercial general liability insurance required by this Lease shall (i) contain a cross-liability endorsement or separation of insureds clause; (ii) provide that any waiver of subrogation rights or release prior to a loss do not void coverage; (iii) provide that it is primary to and not contributing with, any policy of insurance carried by Landlord covering the same loss; (iv) name Landlord, its partners, any property manager of the Building, and such other parties in interest as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate to Tenant in writing, as additional insureds. Such additional insureds shall be provided the same extent of coverage as provided to Tenant under such policies. All endorsements effecting such additional insured status shall be acceptable to Landlord and shall be at least as broad as additional insured endorsement form number CG 20 11 11 85 promulgated by the Insurance Services Office.

 

8.5 Certificates of Insurance . Prior to occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, and not less than thirty (30) days prior to expiration of any policy thereafter, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a certificate of insurance reflecting that the insurance required by this Lease is in force, accompanied by endorsements showing the required additional insureds satisfactory to Landlord in substance and form. Notwithstanding the requirements of this paragraph, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, provide to Landlord a certified copy of each insurance policy required to be in force at any time pursuant to the requirements of this Lease.

 

8.6 Landlord to Insure Building . During the Term, Landlord shall maintain “All Risk” or “Special Form” property insurance on the Building, excluding coverage for all Tenant’s Trade Fixtures, personal property, Alterations and equipment located on or in the Premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Landlord’s annual cost of such insurance pursuant to Section 4.1.2 - Direct Expenses , except that if there is an insurance premium increase due to Tenant’s use of the Premises, Tenant shall pay the full amount of the increase.

 

8


8.7 Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives any and all rights of recovery against the other or against the officers, partners, and authorized representatives of the other party for loss or damage that is covered by any policy of property insurance maintained by either party (or required by this Lease to be maintained) with respect to the Premises or the Property or any operation therein. If any such policy of insurance relating to this Lease or to the Premises or the Building does not permit the foregoing waiver, or if the coverage under any such policy would be invalidated as a result of such waiver, the party maintaining such policy shall obtain from the insurer under such policy a waiver of all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either party in connection with any claim, loss or damage covered by such policy.

 

8.8 Indemnification . Tenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its partners, members, representatives, employees and agents from and against any and all claims, damage, loss, liability or expense, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and legal costs arising from (a) the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s legal representatives in or about the Building; (b) any construction or other work undertaken by Tenant on the Building (including any design defects); (c) any breach or default under this Lease by Tenant; and (d) any accident, injury or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, occurring in or about the Premises during the Term, excepting only such claims for any accident, injury or damage to the extent they are caused by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Landlord or its authorized representatives. This provision shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

8.9 Landlord’s Disclaimer . Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss, injury or other damage to any person or property (including Tenant or Tenant’s property), in or about the Premises or the Building from any cause (including defects in the Building or in any equipment in the Premises). Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for such damage and the cost and expense of defending against claims relating to such damage, except that Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any actions, claims, liabilities, damages, cost or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same for such damages, to the extent the same are caused by the willful or grossly negligent acts or omissions of Landlord or its authorized representatives. In no event, however, shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any punitive or consequential damages or damages for loss of business by Tenant.

 

9. REPAIRS AND RESTORATION .

 

9.1 Insubstantial Insured Damage . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.3 - Damage Near End of Term , if at any time during the Term the Premises are damaged and such damage is not “Substantial” as that term is defined in Paragraph 9.6 - “Substantial” Defined , and insurance proceeds net of costs of recovery (“Net Insurance Proceeds”) are available to cover the cost of restoration, then Landlord shall promptly repair such damage at Landlord’s expense and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

 

9.2 Substantial or Uninsured Damage . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.3 - Damage Near End of Term , if at any time during the Term the Premises are damaged and (a) if such damage is “Substantial” as defined in Paragraph 9.6 - “Substantial” Defined , or (b) if such damage was caused by a casualty for which no insurance proceeds are available or the Net Insurance Proceeds are insufficient to meet the cost of restoration, then Landlord may at its option either (i) promptly repair such damage at Landlord’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) cancel and terminate this Lease, by giving Tenant written notice of its election to do so within sixty (60) days after the date of occurrence of such damage.

 

9.3 Damage Near End of Term . If the Premises are damaged during the last nine (9) months of the Term, and the estimated cost of repair exceeds ten percent (10%) of the Base Rent then remaining to be paid by Tenant for the balance of the Term, Landlord may at its option cancel and terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to so terminate this Lease, the repair of such damage shall be governed by Paragraph 9.1 - Insubstantial Insured Damage , or Paragraph 9.2 - Substantial or Uninsured Damage , as the case may be.

 

9.4 Rent Abatement . If the Premises are damaged and Landlord repairs or restores them pursuant to the provisions of this Article, Tenant shall continue the operation of its business in the Premises to the extent reasonably practicable from the standpoint of prudent business management, and the Base Rent payable hereunder for the period

 

9


during which such damage, repair or restoration continues shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired as reasonably determined by Landlord. There shall be no abatement of other Rent payable hereunder and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any damage suffered by Tenant by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration. Upon completion of such repair or restoration Tenant shall promptly refixture the Premises to the condition prior to the casualty and shall reopen for business if closed by the casualty.

 

9.5 Tenant’s Option to Cancel . If Landlord is obligated to repair or restore the Premises under the provisions of this Article and does not commence such repair or restoration within sixty (60) days after such obligation accrues, Tenant may at its option cancel and terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of its election to do so at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, which termination shall be effective on the date such notice is received by Landlord.

 

9.6 “Substantial” Defined . For the purpose of this article, “Substantial” damage to the Premises shall mean damage to the Premises, or to the Building whether or not the Premises is damaged, that cannot be substantially repaired and restored under applicable Laws within one year of the date of the casualty or the estimated cost of repairs of which exceeds one-fifth (1/5) of the then estimated replacement cost of the same. The determination in good faith by Landlord of the estimated time and cost of repair of any damage and/or of the estimated replacement costs shall be conclusive for the purpose of this Article. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to repair or restore any Alterations made by tenant or equipment, trade fixtures, inventory, fixtures or personal property in or about the Premises. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932 and 1933(4) and any similar law now or hereafter in effect.

 

10. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

 

10.1 Landlord’s Consent Required . Tenant shall not, either voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law (i) assign, sell, or otherwise transfer all or any part of the Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises, or (ii) permit any part of the Premises to be sublet, occupied or used by anyone other than Tenant, or (iii) permit any person to succeed to any interest in this Lease or the Premises, (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as a “Transfer”), without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any Transfer shall be subject in each instance to the recapture option of Landlord set forth in Paragraph 10.3 - Landlord’s Option below. In making its determination as to a proposed Transfer, it shall be deemed reasonable to consider the following factors: (a) if the occupancy resulting therefrom will violate any rights given to any other tenant of the Building; (b) the financial soundness of ownership, experience and management of the assignee, subtenant, permittee or transferee (collectively, “Transferee”); (c) the proposed Transferee does not intend itself to occupy the entire portion of the Premises assigned or sublet; (d) the Transferee is a governmental agency or unit or an existing tenant in the Building; (e) the rental and other consideration payable by the Transferee is less than that currently being paid by tenants under new leases of comparable space in the Building, or (f) Landlord otherwise determines that the proposed Transfer would have the effect of decreasing the value of the Building or increasing the expenses associated with operating, maintaining and repairing the Building. In no event shall Landlord be required to give its consent to a Transfer if a use different from the use allowed by Paragraph 6.1 - Use of the Premises is proposed. Consent by Landlord to one or more Transfers shall not operate to exhaust Landlord’s rights under this Article to receive consent to subsequent Transfers. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual cancellation hereof shall not work a merger and Landlord shall have the option of terminating all or any existing subtenancies or Transfers or shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all or any such subtenancies or Transfers. If Tenant is a corporation which, under the then current guidelines published by the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California, is not deemed a public corporation, any dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of Tenant, the transfer, assignment of hypothecation of any stock or interest in such corporation in the aggregate in excess of twenty-five percent (25%), or the sale (cumulatively) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of Tenant’s assets shall be deemed a Transfer. If Tenant is a partnership, a withdrawal or substitution of any partner(s) owning twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the partnership (cumulatively), any assignment(s) of twenty-five percent (25%) or more (cumulatively) of any interest in the capital or profits of the partnership, the sale (cumulatively) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of Tenant’s assets, or the dissolution of the partnership shall be deemed a Transfer. Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable costs and attorney’s fees incurred in conjunction with the processing and documentation of any requested Transfer, whether or not consent is granted. In no event shall Tenant hypothecate, mortgage, pledge or encumber Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises or otherwise use the Lease as a security device in any manner, nor shall Tenant transfer any right appurtenant to this Lease or the Premises separate from a permitted Transfer,

 

10


without the consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion. Tenant expressly agrees that the provisions of this Article are not unreasonable standards or conditions for purposes of Section 1951.4(b)(2) of the California Civil Code, as amended from time to time, under the federal Bankruptcy Code, or for any other purpose.

 

10.2 Notice to Landlord . If Tenant desires at any time to effect a Transfer, it shall first notify Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord: (a) the name of the proposed Transferee; (b) the nature of the proposed Transferee’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (c) the terms and provisions of the proposed Transfer; (d) such reasonable financial information, including financial statements, and information regarding the Transferee’s experience as Landlord may request concerning the proposed Transferee; and (e) such other information as Landlord may reasonably request to evaluate the Transfer and Transferee.

 

10.3 Landlord’s Option . At any time within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of all of the information described in Paragraph 10.2 - Notice to Landlord above, Landlord may by written notice to Tenant elect to either: (a) consent to the Transfer; (b) deny its consent on reasonable grounds; or (c) terminate this Lease as to the portion (including all) of the Premises so proposed to be Transferred, with a proportionate abatement in the Base Rent and Direct Expenses payable hereunder and lease the Premises or the portion thereof as shall be specified in Tenant’s notice to Tenant’s proposed Transferee or to a third party. If for any proposed Transfer, Tenant receives rent or any other consideration, either initially or over the term of the Transfer in excess of the Rent called for hereunder, or, in case of the sublease of a portion of the Premises, in excess of such Rent fairly allocable to such portion, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder one-half (1/2) of the excess of each such payment of rent or other consideration received by Tenant promptly after its receipt. If Landlord consents to the Transfer within such fifteen (15) day period, Tenant may thereafter within ninety (90) days after the expiration of such fifteen (15) day period enter into a valid Transfer, upon the terms and conditions described in the information required to be furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 10.2 - Notice to Landlord .

 

10.4 Collection of Rent . Tenant irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all Rent and other consideration payable by a Transferee and not otherwise payable to Landlord by reason of any Transfer. Landlord, as assignee of Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such Rent and other consideration and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until the occurrence of any default by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such Rent and other consideration.

 

10.5 Tenant Not Released . No Transfer, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay Rent and perform all of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder, whether occurring before or after such consent, assignment, subletting or other Transfer. Each Transferee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant (and Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable with each Transferee) for the payment of Rent (or, in the case of a sublease, rent in the amount set forth in the sublease) and for the performance of all other terms and provisions of this Lease. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any Transfer.

 

11. EMINENT DOMAIN .

 

11.1 Automatic Termination . If the entire Premises or the Building, or so much of either as to make the Premises not reasonably adequate for the conduct of Tenant’s business in Landlord’s reasonable judgment notwithstanding restoration by Landlord as hereinafter provided, shall be taken under the power of eminent domain, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date on which the condemning authority takes possession.

 

11.2 Rent Abatement . Upon any taking of the Premises under the power of eminent domain which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be equitably reduced, effective as of the date on which the condemning authority takes possession, in the same proportion which the rentable area of the portion of the Premises taken bears to the rentable area of the entire Premises prior to the taking. Landlord shall promptly restore the portion of the Premises not taken to as near its former condition as is reasonably possible, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, provided however, that Landlord’s obligation to restore the Premises shall be limited to the

 

11


amount of any Award (as defined below) received by Landlord for such restoration and not required to be paid to any Mortgagee.

 

11.3 Condemnation Award . Any award for any taking of all or any part of the Premises or the Building under the power of eminent domain (“Award”) shall be the property of Landlord, whether such Award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold or for taking of the fee. Nothing contained herein, however, shall be deemed to preclude Tenant from obtaining, or to give Landlord any interest in, any award to Tenant for loss of or damage to Tenant’s Trade Fixtures and removal of personal property and Tenant’s loss of goodwill and moving expenses.

 

11.4 Sale Under Threat of Condemnation . A sale by Landlord to any authority having the power of eminent domain, either under threat of condemnation or while condemnation proceedings are pending, shall be deemed a taking under the power of eminent domain for all purposes under this Article. Each party waives the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Lease in the event of a taking.

 

12. UTILITIES AND SERVICES . Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises during generally recognized business days and during hours determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, (i) normal water, gas, electricity, sewage and HVAC as required in the reasonable judgment of Landlord for the comfortable use and occupation of the Premises, subject to any regulations imposed by any governmental authority or utility provider; and (ii) janitorial and cleaning services to Common Areas deemed proper by Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for any failure or interruption of any utility or service being furnished to the Premises, and no such failure or interruption shall entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or shall otherwise affect Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord shall be entitled to cooperate voluntarily and Tenant agrees to cooperate, with the efforts of governmental authorities or utility suppliers in reducing energy or other resource consumption. Tenant shall be responsible for janitorial and cleaning services within the Premises.

 

If Tenant uses heat generating machines or equipment in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the HVAC system, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air-conditioning units in the Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance and the cost of cooling energy to the Premises in excess of that required for normal office use, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord.

 

Tenant shall not, without the written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in the Premises, including without limitation, electronic data processing machines, or machines using in excess of 120 volts, which consumes more electricity than is usually furnished or supplied for the use of Premises as general office space, as determined by Landlord. Tenant shall not connect any apparatus with electric current except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises. Tenant shall not consume water, gas or electric current in excess of that usually furnished or supplied for the use of Premises as general office space (as determined by Landlord), without first procuring the written consent of Landlord, which Landlord may refuse, and in the event of consent, Landlord shall have the right to install a water, gas or electrical current meter in the Premises to measure the amount of water, gas or electric current consumed. The cost of any such meter and of its installation, maintenance and repair shall be paid for by the Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord promptly upon demand for all such water, gas and electric current consumed as shown by said meters, at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility plus any additional expense incurred in keeping account of such consumption. If a separate meter is not installed, the excess cost for such water, gas and electric current shall be established by an estimate made by a utility company or electrical engineer hired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense.

 

Normal hours of operations for the Building are shown in the attached Rules and Regulations. Landlord reserves the right to reasonably charge Tenant for the operation of lights and HVAC outside of such normal hours.

 

12


13. DEFAULTS, REMEDIES .

 

13.1 Defaults . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant:

 

13.1.1 The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Base Rent or other Rent as and when due.

 

13.1.2 The failure by Tenant to timely observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in Paragraph 13.1.1 above.

 

13.1.3 (a) The making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (c) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days.

 

13.2 Remedies . Upon a default, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by law or otherwise provided in this Lease, to which Landlord may resort cumulatively or in the alternative:

 

13.2.1 Landlord may continue this Lease in full force and effect, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as long as Landlord does not terminate this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right to collect Rent when due. No act by Landlord other than giving written notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession.

 

13.2.2 Landlord may terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time if (i) such default is in the payment of Rent and it is not cured within three (3) days after written notice from Landlord, or, (ii) with respect to the defaults referred to in Paragraphs 13.1.1, or 13.1.2 such default is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than ten (10) days are reasonably required for its cure, if Tenant does not commence to cure the default within the ten (10) day period or does not diligently and in good faith prosecute the cure to completion within a reasonable time thereafter, but in all events within ninety (90) days of such notice or (iii) with respect to the default specified in Paragraph 13.1.3, such default is not cured within the respective time specified in that Paragraph. The parties agree that any notice given by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph shall be sufficient notice for purposes of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding. On termination, Landlord has the right to remove all Tenant’s personal property, signs and trade fixtures and store same at Tenant’s cost and to recover from Tenant as damages:

 

13.2.2.1 The worth at the time of award of unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which had been earned at the time of termination; plus

 

13.2.2.2 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which would have been payable after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

13.2.2.3 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

 

13.2.2.4 Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord: (a) in retaking possession of the Premises; (b) in maintaining, repairing, preserving, restoring, replacing,

 

13


cleaning, altering or rehabilitating the Premises or any portion thereof, including such acts for reletting to a new tenant or tenants; (c) for leasing commissions; or (d) for any other costs necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises; plus

 

13.2.2.5 Such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time-to-time by the laws of the State of California.

 

The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in Paragraphs 13.2.2.1 and 13.2.2.2 is computed by allowing interest at the Stipulated Rate. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in Paragraph 13.2.2.3 is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

 

13.2.3 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).

 

13.2.4 Landlord may cure the default at Tenant’s expense. If Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense in curing the default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment or expense with interest at the Stipulated Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant.

 

13.2.5 Landlord may remove all Tenant’s property from the Premises, and such property may be stored by Landlord in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the sole cost and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to store any or all of Tenant’s property left in the Premises, Landlord may consider such property to be abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord may thereupon dispose of such property in any manner deemed appropriate by Landlord. Any proceeds realized by Landlord on the disposal of any such property shall be applied first to offset all expenses of storage and sale, then credited against Tenant’s outstanding obligations to Landlord under this Lease, and any balance remaining after satisfaction of all obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be delivered to Tenant.

 

13.2.6 Tenant hereby waives any right of redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 or 1179, or under any other present or future similar law, if Tenant is evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any default by Tenant hereunder.

 

13.2.7 No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or remedy shall be construed as a waiver of any such right or remedy or of any default by Tenant hereunder.

 

13.3 Chronic Delinquency . “Chronic Delinquency” means failure by Tenant to pay or submit when due any Rent due under this Lease three (3) times (consecutive or nonconsecutive) during any twelve (12) month period. In the event of a Chronic Delinquency Landlord shall have the right, without waiving any other rights and remedies Landlord may have, to require that Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata share of Increases in Direct Expenses be paid by Tenant quarterly, in advance.

 

14. COMMON AREA .

 

14.1 Right of Use . Tenant, Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors shall be entitled to use those portions of the Common Areas which are open to the public, in common with Landlord and with other persons authorized by Landlord from time-to-time to use such area, subject to such reasonable rules and regulations relating to such use as Landlord may from time-to-time establish.

 

14.2 Landlord to Operate . Landlord shall operate, manage, equip, light, repair, clean and maintain and replace the Common Areas in such manner as Landlord may in its sole discretion determine to be appropriate. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of such costs pursuant to Paragraph 4.1.2 - Direct Expenses . Landlord may temporarily close any Common Areas, including parking areas, for repairs or alterations, to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of prescriptive rights therein, or for any other reason deemed sufficient by Landlord.

 

14


14.3 Control in Landlord . Landlord shall at all times during the Term have the sole exclusive control of the automobile parking areas, driveways, entrances and exits and the sidewalks and pedestrian passageways and other Common Areas, and may at any time from time-to-time during the Term restrain any use or occupancy thereof except as authorized by the rules and regulations for the use of such areas established by Landlord from time-to-time. The rights of Tenant in and to the Common Areas shall at all times be subject to the rights of Landlord, other tenants of Landlord and other authorized users designated by Landlord to use the same in common with Tenant, and Tenant shall keep the Common Areas free and clear of any obstructions created or permitted by Tenant or resulting from Tenant’s operation. If, in the opinion of Landlord, unauthorized persons are using any of the Common Areas by reason of the presence of Tenant in the Building, Tenant, upon demand of Landlord, shall restrain such unauthorized use by appropriate proceedings. Nothing herein shall affect the right of Landlord at any time to remove any such unauthorized person from the Common Areas nor to prohibit the use of any said areas by unauthorized persons.

 

15. SECURITY SERVICES . Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, implement security measures for the Property, such as the registration or search of all persons entering or leaving the Building, requiring identification for access to the Building, evacuation of the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes, the issuance of magnetic pass cards or keys for Building or elevator access and other actions that Landlord deems necessary or appropriate to prevent any threat of property loss or damage, bodily injury or business interruption. Landlord shall at all times have the right to change, alter or reduce any such security services or measures. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with, and cause Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors to cooperate and comply with, such security measures. Landlord, its agents and employees shall have no liability to Tenant or its Representatives or Visitors for the implementation or exercise of, or the failure to implement or exercise, any such security measures or for any resulting disturbance of Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises.

 

If those tenants on the first and second floors of the Building request Landlord (by majority vote based upon the total Rental Area of the first and second floors) to contract for third-party security guard services for the Building and Landlord approves, Landlord shall make reasonable efforts to contract for the services, and the costs of the services will be charged as Rent to each tenant of the first and second floors in proportion to the Rental Area occupied by tenants on said floors from time to time. In accommodating said tenants’ request for security services, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, appoint a committee of such tenants to assist Landlord in the selection and administration of any such services. In no event shall Landlord have any responsibility or liability for the selection of such security services provider, or for any acts, errors or omissions of any such security service provider, and Tenants agree to look solely to the provider of such services for any claims arising thereunder.

 

16. SIGNS . Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion), install or affix to any portion of the Building any exterior or interior window, door or other signs, lettering, placards or the like (collectively “Signs”). If Landlord consents to the erection of any Signs, such Signs shall comply with any sign criteria imposed by Landlord and all Laws. Tenant may use as its advertised business address the name of the Building as it appears in the Basic Lease Information. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, and Tenant shall not acquire any property right in or to any name which contains such name or a part thereof. Any permitted use by Tenant of the name of the Building during the Term shall not permit Tenant to use, and Tenant shall not use, such words either after the expiration or termination of the Lease or at any other location. Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Building at any time.

 

17. ENCUMBRANCES .

 

17.1 Subordination . This Lease is expressly made subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, underlying lease or like encumbrance affecting any part of the Building or any interest of Landlord therein which is now existing or hereafter executed or recorded (“Encumbrance”); provided, however, that such subordination shall only be effective, as to future Encumbrances, if the holder of the Encumbrance agrees that this Lease shall survive the termination of the Encumbrance by lapse of time, foreclosure or otherwise so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease. Provided the conditions of the preceding sentence are satisfied, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after written request therefor by Landlord and in a form reasonably requested by Landlord, any additional documents evidencing the subordination of this Lease with respect to any such Encumbrance and the nondisturbance agreement of the holder of any such Encumbrance. If the interest of Landlord in the Building is

 

15


transferred pursuant to or in lieu of proceedings for enforcement of any Encumbrance, Tenant shall immediately and automatically attorn to the new owner, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the transferee and Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease.

 

17.2 Mortgagee Protection . Tenant agrees to give any holder of any Encumbrance covering any part of the Building (“Mortgagee”), by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord by Tenant, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee. If Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within thirty (30) days from the effective date of such notice of default, then the Mortgagee shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default (including the time necessary to foreclose or otherwise terminate its Encumbrance, if necessary to effect such cure), and this Lease shall not be terminated so long as such remedies are being diligently pursued.

 

18. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .

 

18.1 Estoppel Certificates . Within ten (10) days after written request therefor, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in a form provided by or satisfactory to Landlord, a certificate stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, describing any amendments or modifications hereto, acknowledging that this Lease is subordinate or prior, as the case may be, to any Encumbrance and stating any other information Landlord may reasonably request, including the Term, the monthly Base Rent, the date to which Rent has been paid, the amount of any Security Deposit or prepaid Rent, whether either party hereto is in default under the terms of the Lease, and whether Landlord has completed its construction obligations hereunder (if any). Tenant irrevocably constitutes, appoints and authorizes Landlord as Tenant’s special attorney-in-fact for such purpose to complete, execute and deliver such certificate if Tenant fails timely to execute and deliver such certificate as provided above. Any person or entity purchasing, acquiring an interest in or extending financing with respect to the Building shall be entitled to rely upon any such certificate. If Tenant fails to deliver such certificate within ten (10) days after Landlord’s second written request therefor, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damages incurred by Landlord including any profits or other benefits from any financing of the Building or any interest therein which are lost or made unavailable as a result, directly or indirectly, of Tenant’s failure or refusal to timely execute or deliver such estoppel certificate.

 

18.2 Financial Statements . Upon request by Landlord, not more than once a year, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the financial statements (including at least a year end balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss) of Tenant (and of each guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) for each of the three most recently completed years, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (and, if such is Tenant’s normal practice, audited by an independent certified public accountant), all then available subsequent interim statements, and such other financial information as may reasonably be requested by Landlord or required by any Mortgagee.

 

19. RIGHT OF ENTRY . Landlord and its agents shall have free access to the Premises during all reasonable hours for the purpose of examining the same to ascertain if they are in good repair, making repairs or installations which Landlord may be required or permitted to make hereunder, performing Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, protecting the Premises, posting notices of nonresponsibility, and exhibiting the same to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants.

 

20. ATTORNEYS’ FEES . In the event of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant in any way related to this Lease, the non-prevailing party shall pay to the prevailing party all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and expenses of any type incurred by the prevailing party in connection with any action or proceeding (including any appeal and the enforcement of any judgment or award), whether or not the dispute is litigated or prosecuted to final judgment. The “prevailing party” shall be determined based upon an assessment of which party’s major arguments or positions taken in the action or proceeding could fairly be said to have prevailed (whether by compromise, settlement, abandonment by the other party of its claim or defense, final decision, after any appeals, or otherwise) over the other party’s major arguments or positions on major disputed issues.

 

21. SECURITY DEPOSIT . Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant will deposit with Landlord the security deposit described in the Basic Lease Information (“Security Deposit”) as security for the full and faithful performance of every

 

16


provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, Landlord may use, apply or retain all or any part of this Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent in default, or for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of such deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall within five (5) days after written demand therefor deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Landlord is not a trustee of the Security Deposit, and shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds. Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. If Tenant fully and faithfully performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the remaining balance of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within the time required by law.

 

22. INTEREST . In addition to the late charges referred to in Paragraph 4.4 - Late Charges , which are intended to defray Landlord’s costs resulting from late payments, any payment from Tenant to Landlord not paid when due (including Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata share of Increases in Base Rent) shall at Landlord’s option bear interest from the date due until paid to Landlord by Tenant at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the date due plus ten percent (10%) or the maximum lawful rate that Landlord may charge to Tenant under applicable laws, whichever is less (the “Stipulated Rate”). Acceptance of any interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue sum or prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease.

 

23. GUARANTY . If so shown on the Basic Lease Information, this Lease shall be guaranteed by the referenced Guarantor pursuant to terms of the Guaranty attached as EXHIBIT D .

 

24. RELOCATION . If Landlord requires the Premises for use in conjunction with another suite or for other reasons connected with Landlord’s Building planning program, upon notifying Tenant in writing, Landlord shall have the right to relocate Tenant to other space in the Building, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, and the terms and conditions of the original Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that a revised EXHIBIT A shall become part of this Lease and shall reflect the location of the new space. However, if the new space does not meet with the Tenant’s approval, Tenant shall have the right to cancel this lease upon giving Landlord sixty (60) days notice within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord’s notification. If Tenant does not approve of the new space in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s notification, Landlord shall have the right to withdraw its relocation notice, in which event this Lease shall continue and Tenant shall not be relocated or accept Tenant’s termination notice, in which event this Lease shall terminate effective as of the date the relocation was to be effective.

 

25. MISCELLANEOUS .

 

25.1 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease (except delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant).

 

25.2 Captions . The article and paragraph captions contained in this Lease are for convenience only and shall not be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof.

 

25.3 Entire Agreement and Amendments . This Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto, and the documents referred to herein, if any, constitute the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the leasing of space by Tenant in the Building, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Building or this Lease except as expressly set forth herein, and no rights, easements or licenses shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein. The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute an option for the Premises and this Lease shall become effective as a binding agreement only upon execution and delivery thereof by Landlord to Tenant. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

 

17


25.4 Notice . All notices and any other communications permitted or required under this Lease must be in writing and will be effective (i) immediately upon delivery in person or by facsimile, provided delivery is made during regular business hours or receipt is acknowledged by a person reasonably believed by the delivering party to be employed by the recipient; (ii) 24 hours after deposit with a commercial courier or delivery service for overnight delivery, provided delivery is made during regular business hours or receipt is acknowledged by a person reasonably believed by the delivering party to be employed by the recipient; or (iii) three days after deposit with the United States Postal Service, certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices must be properly addressed and delivered to the parties at the addresses for notices set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Either party may change its address for notices hereunder by a notice to the other party complying with this Paragraph.

 

25.5 Holdover . This Lease shall terminate without further notice at the expiration of the Term. Any holding over after the expiration or termination of the Lease without the consent of Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month, at two hundred percent (200%) of the Base Rent for the month immediately preceding the expiration or termination of the Lease in addition to all other Rent payable hereunder, and shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions herein specified insofar as applicable. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of the Lease without Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and partners harmless from and against any claim, loss, damage, expense or liability resulting from Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises, including without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant based upon delay in the availability of the Premises.

 

25.6 Brokers . Except for the brokers listed in the Basic Lease Information (“Brokers”), Tenant warrants and represents that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent acting on Tenant’s behalf in connection with this Lease. Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and partners harmless from and against any and all liabilities or expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with any broker, other than Brokers, or individual claiming to be acting on Tenant’s behalf.

 

25.7 Acceptance . Delivery of this Lease, duly executed by Tenant, constitutes an offer to lease the Premises, and under no circumstances shall such delivery be deemed to create an option or reservation to lease the Premises for the benefit of Tenant. This lease shall only become effective and binding upon full execution hereof by Landlord and delivery of a signed copy to Tenant.

 

25.8 Waiver . The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any term, condition or covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, condition or covenant of this Lease. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such payment. No covenant, term or condition of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord.

 

25.9 Separability . If one or more of the provisions contained herein, except for the payment of Rent, is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Lease, but this Lease shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been contained herein.

 

25.10 Joint and Several Liability . If Tenant consists of more than one person or entity, the obligations of each Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

 

25.11 Recording . Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum thereof.

 

25.12 Force Majeure . If Landlord is delayed, interrupted or prevented from performing any of its obligations under this Lease, and such delay, interruption or prevention is due to fire, act of God, governmental act or failure to act, labor dispute, unavailability of materials or any cause outside the reasonable control of Landlord, then the time for performance of the affected obligations of Landlord shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay, interruption or prevention.

 

18


25.13 Landlord’s Liability . The term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall mean only the owner or owners of the Building at the time in question. In the event of any conveyance of title to the Building, then from and after the date of such conveyance, the transferor Landlord shall be relieved of all liability with respect to Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease after the date of such conveyance. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Lease, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease is limited solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building as the same may from time to time be encumbered, and no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against any other assets of Landlord or against Landlord’s partners or members or its or their respective partners, shareholders, members, directors, officers or managers on account of any of Landlord’s obligations or actions under this Lease.

 

25.14 Exhibits . The Basic Lease Information, and all exhibits, amendments, riders and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

 

25.15 Tenant Improvements . The construction of any initial improvements to the interior of the Premises shall be subject to the terms of Exhibit F .

 

25.16 Conditions . All agreements of Tenant contained in this Lease, whether expressed as conditions or covenants, shall be construed to be both conditions and covenants, conferring upon Landlord, in the event of a breach thereof, the right to terminate this Lease.

 

25.17 No Partnership or Joint Venture . Nothing in this Lease shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint venture between Landlord, Tenant, or any other party, or cause Landlord to be responsible for the debts or obligations of Tenant or any other party.

 

25.18 Construction . This Lease shall not be construed either for or against Tenant or Landlord, but shall be construed in accordance with the general tenor of the language. This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

25.19 Binding Effect . Subject to the provisions of Article 17 - Encumbrances and Article 10 - Assignment and Subletting , all of the provisions hereof shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

19


25.20 Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of business entity, each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Lease. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

 

TENANT:

By:   /s/    J ANET L. D ALY        

Its:

  Vice President, Finance & Administration
 
By:    

Its:

   
 
 

LANDLORD:

By:   /s/    J ANET L. D ALY        

Its:

  Vice President, Finance & Administration

 

20


 

EXHIBIT A

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 1999

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC, AS TENANT

 

PREMISES – AS INDICATED ON THE ATTACHED FLOORPLAN

 

EXHIBIT A - Page 1


[DIAGRAM OF FLOORPLAN – FIRST FLOOR]

 


[DIAGRAM OF FLOORPLAN – SECOND FLOOR]

 


 

EXHIBIT B

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 1999

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC, AS TENANT

 

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS - NONE

 

EXHIBIT B - Page 1


 

EXHIBIT C

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 1999

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC AS TENANT

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

(a) Tenant and Tenant’s employees shall not in any way obstruct the sidewalks, entry passages, pedestrian passageways, driveways, entrances and exits to the Building, and they shall use the same only as passageways to and from their respective work areas.

 

(b) Any sash doors, sashes, windows, glass doors, lights and skylights that reflect or admit light into the Common Areas of Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant. Water closets, urinals and wash basins shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no rubbish, newspapers, food or other substance of any kind shall be thrown into them. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into, paint or in any way deface the exterior walls, roof, foundations, bearing walls or pillars without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. The expense of repairing any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from a violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.

 

(c) No awning or shade shall be affixed or installed over or in the windows or the exterior of the Premises except with the consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s discretion.

 

(d) No boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed, except with the consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

(e) Tenant shall not do anything in the Premises, or bring or keep anything therein, which will in any way increase or tend to increase the risk of fire or the rate of fire insurance or which shall conflict with the regulations of the fire department or the law or with any insurance policy on the Premises or any part thereof, or with any rules or regulations established by any administrative body or official having jurisdiction, and it shall not use any machinery therein, even though its installation may have been permitted, which may cause any unreasonable noise, jar, or tremor to the floors or walls, or which by its weight might injure the floors of the Premises.

 

(f) Landlord may limit weight, size and position of all safes, fixtures and other equipment used in the Premises. If Tenant shall require extra heavy equipment, Tenant shall notify Landlord of such fact and shall pay the cost of structural bracing to accommodate it. All damage done to the Premises or Building by installing, removing, or maintaining extra heavy equipment shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

(g) Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors shall not make nor permit any loud, unusual or improper noises nor interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business with them, nor bring into or keep within the Building any animal, or any bicycle or other vehicle, except such vehicle as Landlord may from time to time permit. Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors shall not throw refuse or other substances or litter of any kind in or about the Building, except in receptacles placed therein for such purposes by Landlord or government authorities.

 

(h) No machinery of any kind will be allowed in the Premises without the written consent of Landlord. This shall not apply, however, to customary office equipment or trade fixtures.

 

(i) All freight must be moved into, within and out of the Premises only during such hours and according to such regulations as may be posted from time to time by Landlord.

 

EXHIBIT C - Page 1


(j) No aerial shall be erected on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises, or on the grounds, without in each instance, the written consent of Landlord. Any aerial so installed without such written consent shall be subject to removal without notice at any time. Landlord may withhold consent in its sole discretion.

 

(k) All garbage, including wet garbage, refuse or trash shall be placed by the Tenant in the receptacles provided by the Landlord for that purpose and only during those times prescribed by the Landlord.

 

(l) Tenant shall not burn any trash or garbage at any time in or about the Premises or any area of the Building.

 

(m) Tenant shall observe all security regulations issued by the Landlord and comply with instructions and/or directions of the duly authorized security personnel for the protection of the Building and all tenants therein.

 

(n) Any requirements of Tenant will be considered only upon written application to Landlord at Landlord’s address set forth in the Lease.

 

(o) No waiver of any rule or regulation by Landlord shall be effective unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord or its authorized agent.

 

(p) Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Law or the rules and regulations of the Building.

 

(q) Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these rules or regulations or to make such other and further reasonable rules and regulations as, in Landlord’s judgment, may from time to time be necessary for the operation, management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Building and the Premises, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants of the Building. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for the non-observance or violation of the rules and regulations by any other tenant or other person. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these rules and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition to its occupancy of the Premises.

 

(r) Tenant shall abide by any additional rules or regulations which are ordered or requested by any governmental or military authority.

 

(s) In the event of any conflict between these rules and regulations or any further or modified rules and regulations from time to time issued by Landlord and the Lease provisions, the Lease provisions shall govern and control.

 

(t) Landlord specifically reserves to itself or to any person or firm it selects, (i) the right to place in and upon the Building, coin-operated machines for the sale of cigarettes, candy and other merchandise or service, and (ii) the revenue resulting therefrom. Neither party shall place or permit vending machines in the Premises.

 

(u) Normal business hours for the Building shall be from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding holidays.

 

EXHIBIT C - Page 2


 

EXHIBIT D

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 1999

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC, AS TENANT

 

LEASE GUARANTY

 

GUARANTOR: NONE

 

EXHIBIT D - Page 1


 

EXHIBIT E

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 1999

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC, AS TENANT

 

CONSTRUCTION RIDER - NONE

 

EXHIBIT E - Page 1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Amendment”) is made as of December 21, 1999 by and between Dolby Properties, LLC a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

A. Pursuant to that certain Lease by and between Tenant and Landlord’s dated November 1,1999 (the “Original Lease”), Tenant currently leases approximately 17,118 rentable square feet of space on the First and Second floors (the “Premises”) of the building known as 999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California (the “Building”). Capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to further amend the Lease to provide for the reduction of rentable square footage of the Lease and a decrease in Base Rent, all upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual agreements of the parties herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Rentable Area Reduction . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the current rentable area of the Premises is approximately 17,118 square feet and hereby agree to remove 1,000 square feet from that Lease represented by the area commonly known as Suite 122. The new Rentable Area will be 16,118 square feet.

 

2. Base Rent . Effective as of January 1, 2000, Base Rent for the Lease shall be reduced from $37,089.00 per month to $34,922.33 per month and payable as described in the Lease.

 

3. Lease . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that a true and correct copy of the Original Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

4. Ratification of Lease . The Lease, as modified by this Amendment, remains in full force and effect, and Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify the same. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit to the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

5. Authority . Each of the persons executing this Third Amendment on behalf of Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Third Amendment and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Third Amendment. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

 


6. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any litigation or arbitration regarding any rights and obligations under the Lease or this Third Amendment, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs in addition to any other relief which may be granted. The “prevailing party” shall mean the party receiving substantially the relief desired, whether by settlement, dismissal, summary judgment, judgment, or otherwise.

 

7. Integration . The Lease and this Third Amendment constitute the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the Premises and supersede all other prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings or representations, whether oral or written, express or implied. No waiver, modification or amendment of this Amendment will be effective unless it is in writing and executed by both parties.

 

8. Counterparts . This Third Amendment may be executed in any number of original counterparts, all of which evidence only one agreement, binding on all parties, even though all parties are not signatory to the same counterpart.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into and executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

     

DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC

a California limited liability company

/ S /    J ANET L. D ALY               By:   / S /    J ANET L. D ALY        
   

Janet Daly, Vice President

Finance And Administration

         

Janet Daly, Vice President

Finance & Administration

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

ORIGINAL LEASE

 


 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

Dolby First Floor Lease Summary

 

          Rate / Sq.Ft / Year    $ 26.00          
                          

Suite No.


   Size (Sq.Ft.)

   Rent Per Mo.

              

104    

   593    $ 1,284.83                 

107    

   500    $ 1,083.33                 

108    

   338    $ 732.33                 

109    

   1,017    $ 2,203.50                 

112    

   263    $ 569.83                 

114    

   293    $ 634.83                 

115    

   293    $ 634.83                 

116    

   989    $ 2,142.83                 

117    

   689    $ 1,492.83                 

120    

   1,193    $ 2,584.83                 

121    

   1,000    $ 2,166.67                 

122    

   1,000    $ 2,166.67                 

127    

   585    $ 1,267.50                 

129    

   612    $ 1,326.00                 

130    

   614    $ 1,330.33                 

131    

   622    $ 1,347.67                 

132    

   954    $ 2,067.00    July 1, 1998 to Nov. 30, 1999 equals 17 months:
         

                

Total :    

   11,555    $ 25,035.83         $ 425,609.17     

Dolby Second Floor Lease Summary

                
          Rate / Sq.Ft / Year    $ 26.00          
                          

Suite No.


   Size (Sq.Ft.)

   Rent Per Mo.

              

208    

   1,190    $ 2,578.33                 

209    

   584    $ 1,265.33                 

210    

   455    $ 985.83                 

213    

   565    $ 1,224.17                 

214    

   965    $ 2,090.83                 

215    

   960    $ 2,080.00                 

216    

   844    $ 1,828.67    July 1, 1998 to Nov. 30, 1999 equals 17 months:
         

                

Total :    

   5,563    $ 12,053.17         $  204,903.83     
                     

    
     17,118    $ 37,089.00    Total:    $ 630,513.00     
                     

    
                 paid    $ 635,227.44     
                 difference    $ 4,714.44     

 


 

[DIAGRAM OF FLOORPLAN - SECOND FLOOR]

 


 

[DIAGRAM OF FLOORPLAN - FIRST FLOOR]

 


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Amendment”) is made as of August 1, 2000 by and between Dolby Properties, LLC a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

A. Pursuant to that certain Lease by and between Tenant and Landlord’s dated November 1, 1999 (the “Original Lease”), Tenant currently leases approximately 16,118 rentable square feet of space on the First and Second floors (the “Premises”) of the building known as 999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California (the “Building”). Capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to further amend the Lease to provide for the reduction of rentable square footage of the Lease and a decrease in Base Rent, all upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual agreements of the parties herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Rentable Area . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the current rentable area of the Premises is approximately 16,118 square feet and hereby agree to the following changes. To remove 7,597 square feet from that Lease represented by the area commonly known as Suites 104, 109, 114, 115, 116, 117, 120, 121, 213 and 214. And to add 3,410 square feet to that Lease represented by the area commonly know as Suites 106, 122, 126 and 220. The new Rentable Area will be 11,931 square feet.

 

2. Base Rent . Effective as of August 1, 2000, Base Rent for the Lease shall be reduced from $34,922.33 per month to $25,850.50 per month and payable as described in the Lease.

 

3. Lease . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that a true and correct copy of the Original Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

4. Ratification of Lease . The Lease, as modified by this Amendment, remains in fill force and effect, and Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify the same. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit to the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

5. Authority . Each of the persons executing this Third Amendment on behalf of Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Third Amendment and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to

 


bind Tenant to this Third Amendment. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

 

6. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any litigation or arbitration regarding any rights and obligations under the Lease or this Third Amendment, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs in addition to any other relief which may be granted. The “prevailing party” shall mean the party receiving substantially the relief desired, whether by settlement, dismissal, summary judgment, judgment, or otherwise.

 

7. Integration . The Lease and this Third Amendment constitute the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the Premises and supersede all other prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings or representations, whether oral or written, express or implied. No waiver, modification or amendment of this Amendment will be effective unless it is in writing and executed by both parties.

 

8. Counterparts . This Third Amendment may be executed in any number of original counterparts, all of which evidence only one agreement, binding on all parties, even though all parties are not signatory to the same counterpart.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into and executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

     

DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC

a California limited liability company

/s/    J ANET L. D ALY               By:   /s/    J ANET L. D ALY        

Janet Daly, Vice President

Finance And Administration

         

Janet Daly, Vice President

Finance & Administration

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

ORIGINAL LEASE

 


 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

Rate / Sq. Ft. / Year

      $26.00        

 

Dolby First Floor Lease Summary

                  

Suite No.


   Size (Sq.Ft.)

   Rent Per Mo.

   Pro Rata

   Mo. Est.

106

   810    $ 1,755.00    0.006032    $ 12.42

107

   500    $ 1,083.00    0.003724    $ 7.67

108

   338    $ 732.33    0.002517    $ 5.18

112

   263    $ 569.83    0.001959    $ 4.03

122

   1,000    $ 2,166.67    0.007447    $ 15.33

126

   600    $ 1,300.00    0.004468    $ 9.20

127

   585    $ 1,267.50    0.004357    $ 8.97

129

   612    $ 1,326.00    0.004558    $ 9.38

130

   614    $ 1,330.33    0.004573    $ 9.41

131

   622    $ 1,347.67    0.004632    $ 9.54

132

   954    $ 2,067.00    0.007105    $ 14.63
    
  

  
  

     6,898    $ 14,945.67    0.051370    $ 105.77
    
  

  
  

Dolby Second Floor Lease Summary

                  

208

   1,190    $ 2,578.33    0.008862    $ 18.25

209

   584    $ 1,265.33    0.004349    $ 8.95

210

   455    $ 985.83    0.003388    $ 6.98

215

   960    $ 2,080.00    0.007149    $ 14.72

216

   844    $ 1,828.67    0.006285    $ 12.94

220

   1,000    $ 2,166.67    0.007447    $ 15.33
    
  

  
  

     5,033    $ 10,904.83    0.037481    $ 77.17
    
  

  
  

     11,931    $ 25,850.50    0.088852    $ 182.94
    
  

  
  

 


 

[DIAGRAM OF FLOORPLAN - SECOND FLOOR]

 


 

[DIAGRAM OF FLOORPLAN - FIRST FLOOR]

 


 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Amendment”) is made as of OCTOBER 1, 2000 by and between Dolby Properties, LLC a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

A. Pursuant to that certain Lease by and between Tenant and Landlord’s dated November 1,1999 (the “Original Lease”), Tenant currently leases approximately 11,931 rentable square feet of space on the First and Second floors (the “Premises”) of the building known as 999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California (the “Building”). Capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to further amend the Lease to provide for the reduction of rentable square footage of the Lease and a decrease in Base Rent, all upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual agreements of the parties herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Rentable Area . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the current rentable area of the Premises is approximately 11,931 square feet and hereby agree to the following changes. To remove 8,323 square feet from that Lease represented by the area commonly known as Suites 106, 107, 108, 112, 122, 126, 127, 129, 131, 132, 209, 210 and 220. To add 805 square feet to the Lease represented by the area commonly known as Suites 211 and 212. THE NEW RENTABLE AREA WILL BE 4,413 SQUARE FEET.

 

2. Base Rent . Effective as of October 1, 2000, Base Rent for the Lease shall be reduced from $25,850.50 per month to $9,561.50 per month and payable as described in the Lease.

 

3. Lease . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that a true and correct copy of the Original Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

4. Ratification of Lease . The Lease, as modified by this Amendment, remains in full force and effect, and Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify the same. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit to the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

5. Authority . Each of the persons executing this Third Amendment on behalf of Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Third Amendment and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to

 


bind Tenant to this Third Amendment. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

 

6. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any litigation or arbitration regarding any rights and obligations under the Lease or this Third Amendment, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs in addition to any other relief which may be granted. The “prevailing party” shall mean the party receiving substantially the relief desired, whether by settlement, dismissal, summary judgment, judgment, or otherwise.

 

7. Integration . The Lease and this Third Amendment constitute the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the Premises and supersede all other prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings or representations, whether oral or written, express or implied. No waiver, modification or amendment of this Amendment will be effective unless it is in writing and executed by both parties.

 

8. Counterparts . This Third Amendment may be executed in any number of original counterparts, all of which evidence only one agreement, binding on all parties, even though all parties are not signatory to the same counterpart.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into and executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

     

DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC

a California limited liability company

/ S /    J ANET L. D ALY               By:   / S /    J ANET L. D ALY        
Janet Daly, Vice President, CFO          

Janet Daly, Vice President

Finance & Administration

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

ORIGINAL LEASE

 


Rate / Sq. Ft. / Year

        $ 26.00            

Dolby First Floor Lease Summary

Suite No.


   (Sq.Ft.)

        Rent Per Mo.

   Pro Rata

   Mo. Est.

130

   614    Dolby Dinning    $ 1,330.33    0.004573    $ 9.41
    
       

  
  

     614         $ 1,330.33    0.004573    $ 9.41
    
       

  
  

Dolby Second Floor Lease Summary

208

   1,190    PRO Storage    $ 2,578.33    0.008862    $ 18.25

211

   500    PRO Storage    $ 1,083.33    0.003724    $ 7.67

212

   305    BA Storage    $ 660.83    0.002271    $ 4.68

215

   960    PRO Storage    $ 2,080.00    0.007149    $ 14.72

216

   844    BA Storage    $ 1,828.67    0.006285    $ 12.94
    
       

  
  

     3,799         $ 8,231.17    0.028292    $ 58.25
    
       

  
  

     4,413         $ 9,561.50    0.032864    $ 67.66
    
       

  
  

 


[DIAGRAM OF FLOORPLAN - FIRST FLOOR]

 


[DIAGRAM OF FLOORPLAN - SECOND FLOOR]

 


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Amendment”) is made as of OCTOBER 1, 2003 by and between Dolby Properties, LLC a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

A. Pursuant to that certain Lease by and between Tenant and Landlord’s dated November 1,1999 (the “Original Lease”), Tenant currently leases approximately 4,413 rentable square feet of space on the First and Second floors (the “Premises”) of the building known as 999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California (the “Building”). Capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to further amend the Lease to provide for the reduction of rentable square footage of the Lease and a decrease in Base Rent, all upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual agreements of the parties herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Rentable Area . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the current rentable area of the Premises is approximately 4,413 square feet and hereby agree to the following changes. To remove 614 square feet from that Lease represented by the area commonly known as Suites 130. THE NEW RENTABLE AREA WILL BE 3,799 SQUARE FEET.

 

2. Base Rent . Effective as of October 1, 2003, Base Rent for the Lease shall be reduced from $9,561.50 per month to $8,231.17 per month and payable as described in the Lease.

 

3. Lease . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that a true and correct copy of the Original Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

4. Ratification of Lease . The Lease, as modified by this Amendment, remains in full force and effect, and Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify the same. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit to the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

5. Authority . Each of the persons executing this Fourth Amendment on behalf of Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Fourth Amendment and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Fourth Amendment. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

 


6. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any litigation or arbitration regarding any rights and obligations under the Lease or this Fourth Amendment, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs in addition to any other relief which may be granted. The “prevailing party” shall mean the party receiving substantially the relief desired, whether by settlement, dismissal, summary judgment, judgment, or otherwise.

 

7. Integration . The Lease and this Fourth Amendment constitute the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the Premises and supersede all other prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings or representations, whether oral or written, express or implied. No waiver, modification or amendment of this Amendment will be effective unless it is in writing and executed by both parties.

 

8. Counterparts . This Fourth Amendment may be executed in any number of original counterparts, all of which evidence only one agreement, binding on all parties, even though all parties are not signatory to the same counterpart.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into and executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

     

DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC

       

a California Limited Liability Company

/s/    M ARTIN A. J AFFE               

By:

  /s/    M ARTIN A. J AFFE        
Martin Jaffe,           Martin Jaffe,
Vice President, Business Affairs           Vice President, Business Affairs

 


EXHIBIT A

 

ORIGINAL LEASE

 


999 BRANNAN STREET

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

The Basic Lease Information set forth below is part of the Lease.

 

Lease Date:

(Introduction)

  May 5, 2003

Landlord:

(Introduction)

  Dolby Properties, LLC

Tenant:

(Introduction)

  Dolby Laboratories Inc.
Premises:   Suite Number: 1001, 1002, 1003
Building:   999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California

Rentable Area of Premises:

(Paragraph 1.1)

  Approximately 15,167 square feet.

Rentable Area of Building:

(Paragraph 1.2)

  Approximately 134,280 square feet.

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share:

(Paragraph 1.8)

  Eight and 86/100th Percent (8.86 %).

Term:

(Paragraph 3)

  10 Years

Scheduled Commencement Date:

(Paragraph 3)

  October 1, 2003

Expiration Date:

(Paragraph 3)

  The last day of the 120 th full calendar month in the Term

Base Rent:

(Paragraph 4.1.1)

  $24.00 per square foot per year ($30,334.00 per month)

Base Year:

(Paragraph 1.1)

  2004

Use:

(Paragraph 6.1)

  General business office purposes typically associated with the multi-media industry

 


Security Deposit:

(Paragraph 21)

  None

Guarantor:

(Paragraph 23)

  None

Landlord’s Address for Notices:

(Paragraph 25.4)

 

Dolby Properties, LLC

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

Attention: Stephen Kelly

Tenant’s Address for Notices:

(Paragraph 25.4)

 

Dolby Laboratories Inc.

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

Attention: Martin Jaffe

Landlord’s Broker:

(Paragraph 25.6)

  None

Tenant’s Broker:

(Paragraph 25.6)

  None
Additional Provisions:   None

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page

1.

   DEFINITIONS    1
     1.1   

Base Year

   1
     1.2   

Base Year Direct Expenses

   1
     1.3   

Building

   1
     1.4   

Common Areas

   1
     1.5   

Direct Expenses

   1
     1.6   

Lease Year

   1
     1.7   

Premises

   2
     1.8   

Real Property Taxes

   2
     1.9   

Rentable Area of Building

   2
     1.10   

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share

   2

2.

   PREMISES    2

3.

   LEASE TERM    2

4.

   RENT    2
     4.1   

Rent Payable

   2
     4.2   

Additional Rent Terms

   3
5.    TENANT TAXES    3
6.    CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT    4
     6.1   

Use of the Premises

   4
     6.2   

Compliance with Law

   4
     6.3   

Rules and Regulations

   4
     6.4   

Hazardous Materials

   4

7.

   MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS    5
     7.1   

Acceptance

   5
     7.2   

Landlord’s Responsibility

   5
     7.3   

Reimbursement by Tenant

   6
     7.4   

Tenant’s Responsibility

   6
     7.5   

Tenant Improvements and Alterations

   6
     7.6   

Liens

   7
     7.7   

Condition Upon Surrender

   7

8.

   INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY    8
     8.1   

Tenant’s Insurance

   8
     8.2   

Insurance Requirements

   8
     8.3   

Adjustments to Insurance Program

   8
     8.4   

Liability Insurance Requirements

   8
     8.5   

Certificates of Insurance

   8
     8.6   

Landlord to Insure Building

   9
     8.7   

Waiver of Subrogation

   9
     8.8   

Indemnification

   9
     8.9   

Landlord’s Disclaimer

   9

 


9.    REPAIRS AND RESTORATION    9
     9.1   

Insubstantial Insured Damage

   9
     9.2   

Substantial or Uninsured Damage

   9
     9.3   

Damage Near End of Term

   10
     9.4   

Rent Abatement

   10
     9.5   

Tenant’s Option to Cancel

   10
     9.6   

“Substantial” Defined

   10
10.    ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING    10
     10.1   

Landlord’s Consent Required

   10
     10.2   

Notice to Landlord

   11
     10.3   

Landlord’s Option

   11
     10.4   

Collection of Rent

   11
     10.5   

Tenant Not Released

   11
11.    EMINENT DOMAIN    12
     11.1   

Automatic Termination

   12
     11.2   

Rent Abatement

   12
     11.3   

Condemnation Award

   12
     11.4   

Sale Under Threat of Condemnation

   12
12.    UTILITIES AND SERVICES    12
13.    DEFAULTS, REMEDIES    13
     13.1   

Defaults

   13
     13.2   

Remedies

   13
     13.3   

Chronic Delinquency

   14
14.    COMMON AREA    15
     14.1   

Right of Use

   15
     14.2   

Landlord to Operate

   15
     14.3   

Control in Landlord

   15
15.    SECURITY SERVICES    15
16.    SIGNS    15
17.    ENCUMBRANCES    16
     17.1   

Subordination

   16
     17.2   

Mortgagee Protection

   16
18.    ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    16
     18.1   

Estoppel Certificates

   16
     18.2   

Financial Statements

   16
19.    RIGHT OF ENTRY    16
20.    ATTORNEYS’ FEES    17
21.    SECURITY DEPOSIT    17

 


22.

   INTEREST    17

23.

   GUARANTY    17

24.

   RELOCATION    18

25.

   MISCELLANEOUS    18
     25.1   

Time of Essence

   18
     25.2   

Captions

   18
     25.3   

Entire Agreement and Amendments

   18
     25.4   

Notice

   18
     25.5   

Holdover

   18
     25.6   

Brokers

   18
     25.7   

Acceptance

   19
     25.8   

Waiver

   19
     25.9   

Separability

   19
     25.10   

Joint and Several Liability

   19
     25.11   

Recording

   19
     25.12   

Force Majeure

   19
     25.13   

Landlord’s Liability

   19
     25.14   

Exhibits

   19
     25.15   

Tenant Improvements

   19
     25.16   

Conditions

   19
     25.17   

No Partnership or Joint Venture

   19
     25.18   

Construction

   20
     25.19   

Binding Effect

   20
     25.20   

Authority

   20

 

Exhibit A - Premises

Exhibit B - Additional Provisions

Exhibit C - Rules and Regulations

Exhibit D - Lease Guaranty

Exhibit E - Construction Rider

 


999 BRANNAN STREET LEASE

 

THIS LEASE is made as of the Lease Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information, by and between Dolby Properties LLC (“Landlord”) and the Tenant identified in the Basic Lease Information (“Tenant”). Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS . Unless the context otherwise specifies or requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1 Base Year . The calendar year specified in the Basic Lease Information as the Base Year.

 

1.2 Base Year Direct Expenses . The Direct Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in the Base Year.

 

1.3 Building . The building in which the Premises are located.

 

1.4 Common Areas . All areas within or around the Building which are now or hereafter held for use by the Landlord or other persons entitled to occupy space in the Building, including, without limitation, streets, driveways, covered walkways, canopies, loading docks, sidewalks, landscaped and planted areas, restrooms not located within the premises of any tenant, corridors and hallways, janitor’s closets, mechanical and telephone rooms, and other areas and improvements provided by Landlord for the common use of Landlord and tenants and their respective employees and invitees. Landlord may make changes at any time and from time to time in the size, shape, location, number and extent of the Common Areas and no such change shall constitute an eviction, construction or otherwise, or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or otherwise affect Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

1.5 Direct Expenses . All costs paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance, replacement and repair of the Building (excluding those expenses which are the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to Paragraphs 5 - Tenant Taxes , 7.3 - Reimbursement by Tenant and 8.1 - Tenant’s Insurance ) including, without limitation, all costs and expenses paid or incurred with respect to utilities and other services provided to the Building to the extent not required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease; operating, cleaning, sweeping, repairing and resurfacing the sidewalk, entry areas, and other Common Areas; maintenance and replanting of all landscaping; maintenance and repair of landscape sprinkler systems, fire protection and security systems, lights and light standards (including bulb replacement), drainage systems and utility systems (including heating ventilation and air-conditioning); painting, janitorial and other services to the Common Areas; premiums for public liability and property damage insurance (including extended and broad form coverage risks for the Common Areas of the Building) and insurance deductibles; Real Property Taxes as defined below; any assessments or charges imposed in order to have the Building comply with statutes, ordinances, orders, requirements, laws, rules and regulations of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority now or hereafter in effect (collectively, “Laws”); maintenance, repair and replacement of mechanical equipment as necessary or rental for such equipment if leased; costs of maintenance and repair of electricity, water and other utilities for the operation and maintenance of the Building; garbage and refuse removal; capital expenditures reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord or made for the purpose of reducing operating expenses or to comply with Laws (which capital expenses shall be amortized over their useful life); reasonable legal and accounting expenses which relate to the Building as a whole; reasonable third party management fees for the Building; a reasonable allowance for depreciation on machinery and equipment used to maintain the Building and on other personal property owned by Landlord in the Building (including window coverings and carpeting in the Common Areas); and the reasonable costs of contesting the validity or applicability of any Laws that may affect the Building. If less than one hundred percent of the Building is occupied during any Lease Year, Landlord shall adjust Direct Expenses to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of direct Expenses had one hundred percent of the Building been occupied.

 

1.6 Lease Year . The term “Lease Year” as used in the Lease shall refer to each full (twelve month) calendar year occurring during the Term, except that the first Lease Year shall be the period from the Commencement Date until December 31 of the calendar year in which the Commencement Date occurs, and the last Lease Year shall be the period from January 1 in the year in which the Lease terminates until the last day of the Term.

 

1


1.7 Premises . The space identified in the Basic Lease Information, in the Building at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information. The approximate configuration and location of the Premises is outlined on the attached EXHIBIT A . Landlord and Tenant agree that the rentable area of the Premises for all purposes under this Lease, shall be the rentable area specified in the Basic Lease Information, regardless of the actual measurement of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant or Tenant’s representative has measured or had the opportunity to measure the Premises to verify the accuracy of the rentable area specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

1.8 Real Property Taxes . All real property taxes and general, special or district assessments or other governmental impositions, of whatever kind, nature or origin, imposed on or by reason of the ownership or use of the Building; governmental charges, fees or assessments for transit or traffic mitigation (including area-wide traffic improvement assessments and transportation system management fees), housing, police, fire or other governmental service or purported benefits to the Building; personal property taxes assessed on the personal property of Landlord used in the operation of the Building; service payments in lieu of taxes and taxes and assessments of every kind and nature whatsoever levied or assessed in addition to, in lieu of or in substitution for existing or additional real or personal property taxes on the Building or the personal property described above; any increases in the foregoing caused by changes in assessed valuation, tax rate or other factors or circumstances; and the reasonable cost of contesting by appropriate proceedings the amount or validity of any taxes, assessments or charges described above. To the extent paid by Tenant or other tenants as “Tenant’s Taxes” (as defined in Paragraph 5 - Tenant Taxes ), “Tenant’s Taxes” shall be excluded from Taxes. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include all expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in seeking reduction by the taxing authorities of Real Property Taxes applicable to the Building.

 

1.9 Rentable Area of Building . The Building contains the rentable area specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

1.10 Tenant’s Pro Rata Share . The percentage figure specified in the Basic Lease Information as Tenant’s Pro Rata Share. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant’s Pro Rata Share is the ratio of the rentable area of the Premises as specified in the Basic Lease Information over the total rentable area of the Building as specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

2. PREMISES . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord the Premises for the Term, at the Rent specified in Paragraph 4 and upon all of the conditions and agreements set forth herein; reserving to Landlord, however, the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, subfloors, conduits, and wires through the Premises in locations causing Tenant the least inconvenience possible and the use of the exterior walls and roof.

 

3. LEASE TERM . The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on the Commencement Date as described below and, unless sooner terminated, shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “Expiration Date”). The “Commencement Date” shall be the earlier of (a) the date on which Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant, with all of Landlord’s construction obligations, if any, “Substantially Completed” as provided in the Construction Rider attached as EXHIBIT E (the “Construction Rider”) or, in the event of any “Tenant Delay,” as defined in the Construction Rider, the date on which Landlord could have done so had there been no such Tenant Delay; or (b) the date upon which Tenant, with Landlord’s written permission, actually occupies and conducts business in any portion of the Premises. The parties anticipate that the Commencement Date will occur on or about the Scheduled Commencement Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “Scheduled Commencement Date”); provided, however, that Landlord shall not be liable for any claims, damages or liabilities if the Premises are not ready for occupancy by the Scheduled Commencement Date. When the Commencement Date has been established, Landlord and Tenant shall at the request of either party confirm the Commencement Date and Expiration Date in writing.

 

4. RENT .

 

4.1 Rent Payable . The Rent payable to Landlord includes the following:

 

4.1.1 Base Rent . During each month of the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Base Rent the amount set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Base Rent shall be paid in advance on the first day of each calendar

 

2


month throughout the Term without offset, deduction, prior notice or demand, except that a full month’s Base Rent shall be paid upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant and the prorated Base Rent payable for the period, if any, prior to the first full calendar month of the Term shall be paid on the first day of said first full calendar month. Base Rent for any partial month shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in the month.

 

4.1.2 Direct Expenses . Commencing January 1, 2005, Tenant shall also pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any amount by which the Direct Expenses for any Lease Year commencing in 2005 exceeds the Base Year Direct Expenses (the “Increases in Direct Expenses”). If any additional space is added to the Premises, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Increases in Direct Expenses shall be calculated separately for each such addition. Within thirty (30) days after the commencement of each Lease Year, Landlord shall give Tenant a written estimate of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the monthly Increases in Direct Expenses for the current Lease Year. Tenant shall pay such estimated amount to Landlord in monthly installments in advance on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand, prorated for any partial month. Landlord may at any time during the Term, but not more frequently than quarterly, adjust estimates of Increases in Direct Expenses to reflect current expenditures. Following written notice to Tenant of such revised estimate, subsequent payment by Tenant shall be based upon such revised estimate. Within ninety (90) days after the end of each Lease Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the Direct Expenses incurred by Landlord during such Lease Year, and the parties shall, within thirty (30) days after the date of such statement, make any payment necessary to adjust Tenant’s estimated payments for such Lease Year to Tenant’s actual Pro Rata Share of Increases in Direct Expenses for such Lease Year as shown by such annual statement.

 

4.1.3 Late Charges . If Base Rent or Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Increases in Direct Expenses are unpaid after the fifth day after the due date, Tenant shall pay a late charge of ten percent (10%) of the amount overdue. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of the late payment by Tenant. The late charge shall be paid without offset, deduction, prior notice or demand. Any dishonored check shall be treated as rent unpaid and shall be subject to late charges. Acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue sum or prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease.

 

4.2 Additional Rent Terms . All amounts which Tenant is required to pay under this Lease including all damages, costs and expenses which Landlord may incur by reason of any default by Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed to be Rent hereunder. Upon nonpayment of any Rent, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies with respect thereto as Landlord has for the non-payment of Base Rent. All Rent shall be paid in lawful money of the United States to Landlord at the address specified in this Lease for purpose of notice, or to such other persons or at such other places as may be designated in writing by Landlord from time to time. All Rent shall be paid without deduction or offset and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, without prior notice or demand.

 

5. TENANT TAXES . Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay before delinquency all Tenant Taxes. Tenant Taxes shall mean: (a) all taxes, assessments, license fees and other governmental charges or impositions levied or assessed against or with respect to Tenant’s personal property or Trade Fixtures in the Premises, whether any such imposition is levied directly against Tenant or levied against Landlord or the Building; (b) all rental, excise, sales or transaction privilege taxes arising out of this Lease (excluding, however, state and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the income of Landlord from all sources) imposed by any taxing authority upon Landlord or upon Landlord’s receipt of any rent payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease; and (c) any increase in Real Property Taxes attributable to inclusion of a value placed on Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations. If any Tenant Taxes are assessed, levied, or imposed upon Landlord or any portion of the Building, Landlord shall give Tenant a statement of the amount applicable to the Premises. If a separate assessment of the improvements is not available from the appropriate governmental authority, Landlord’s good faith allocation shall be binding on Tenant. In such event, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand for such Tenant Taxes applicable to the Premises. If Landlord pays any Tenant Taxes, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment, together with interest at the Stipulated Rate from the date of Landlord’s payment to the date of Tenant’s reimbursement.

 

3


6. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT .

 

6.1 Use of the Premises . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purpose set forth in the Basic Lease Information as Use and for no other purposes without the prior written consent of Landlord which shall be given at Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

6.2 Compliance with Law . Tenant at its expense shall comply promptly with all present and future applicable Laws regulating the use by Tenant of the Premises, including compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as the same may be amended from time to time. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will tend to create a nuisance or tend to disturb other tenants or occupants of the Building or tend to injure the reputation of the Building. Tenant shall place no loads upon the floors, walls or ceilings in excess of the maximum designed load determined by Landlord or which endanger the structure; nor place any harmful liquids in the drainage systems; nor dump or store waste materials or refuse or allow such to remain outside the Premises proper, except in the enclosed trash areas provided, if any. Tenant shall not store or permit to be stored or otherwise placed any other material of any nature whatsoever outside the Premises.

 

6.3 Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall comply at all times with the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as EXHIBIT C and such amendments and modifications thereof and additions thereto as Landlord may from time to time reasonably adopt for the operation, safety, care and cleanliness of the Building or the preservation of good order therein. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the failure of any tenant or other person to comply with such Rules and Regulations.

 

6.4 Hazardous Materials .

 

6.4.1 Definitions .

 

6.4.1.1 “Hazardous Materials” shall mean any substance: (A) that now or in the future is regulated or governed by, requires investigation or remediation under, or is defined as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance, pollutant or contaminant under any governmental statute, code, ordinance, regulation, rule or order, and any amendment thereto, including for example only the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq. , and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq. , or (B) that is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, radioactive, carcinogenic, dangerous or otherwise hazardous, including gasoline, diesel fuel, petroleum hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), asbestos, radon and urea formaldehyde foam insulation.

 

6.4.1.2 “Environmental Requirements” shall mean all present and future Laws, permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and other requirements of any kind applicable to Hazardous Materials.

 

6.4.1.3 “Handled by Tenant” and “Handling by Tenant” shall mean and refer to any installation, handling, generation, storage, use, disposal, discharge, release, abatement, removal, transportation, or any other activity of any type by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, sublessees, transferees or representatives (collectively, “Representatives”) or its guests, customers, invitees, or visitors (collectively, “Visitors”), at or about the Premises in connection with or involving Hazardous Materials.

 

6.4.1.4 “Environmental Losses “ shall mean all costs and expenses of any kind, damages, including foreseeable and unforeseeable consequential damages, fines and penalties incurred in connection with any violation of and compliance with Environmental Requirements and all losses of any kind attributable to the diminution of value, loss of use or adverse effects on marketability or use of any portion of the Premises or Building.

 

6.4.2 Tenant’s Covenants . No Hazardous Materials shall be Handled by Tenant at or about the Premises or Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted, denied, or conditioned upon compliance with Landlord’s requirements, all in Landlord’s absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal quantities and use of those Hazardous Materials customarily used in the conduct of general office activities, such as copier fluids and cleaning supplies (“Permitted Hazardous Materials”), may be used and stored at the Premises

 

4


without Landlord’s prior written consent, provided that Tenant’s activities at or about the Premises and Building and the Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall comply at all times with all Environmental Requirements. At the expiration or termination of the Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove from the Premises and Building all Hazardous Materials Handled by Tenant at the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall keep Landlord fully and promptly informed of all Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials other than Permitted Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall be responsible and liable for the compliance with all of the provisions of this Paragraph by all of Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors, and all of Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph (including its indemnification obligations under Paragraph 6.4.5 - Tenant’s Indemnification below) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

6.4.3 Compliance . Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense promptly take all actions required by any governmental agency or entity in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or Building, including inspection and testing, performing all cleanup, removal and remediation work required with respect to those Hazardous Materials, complying with all closure requirements and post-closure monitoring, and filing all required reports or plans. All of the foregoing work and all Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall be performed in a good, safe and workmanlike manner by consultants qualified and licensed to undertake such work and in a manner that will not interfere with any other tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Building or Landlord’s use, operation, leasing and sale of the Building. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to delivery to any governmental agency, or promptly after receipt from any such agency, copies of all permits, manifests, closure or remedial action plans, notices, and all other documents relating to the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or Building. If any lien attaches to the Premises or the Building in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released, by payment, bonding or otherwise, within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released and any sums expended by Landlord in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand.

 

6.4.4 Landlord’s Rights . Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises at any reasonable time (i) to confirm Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph 6.4, and (ii) to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 6.4 if Tenant has failed to do so after reasonable notice to Tenant. Landlord shall also have the right to engage qualified Hazardous Materials consultants to inspect the Premises and review the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, including review of all permits, reports, plans, and other documents regarding same. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the costs of Landlord’s consultants’ fees and all costs incurred by Landlord in performing Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business caused by Landlord’s entry into the Premises, but Landlord shall not be responsible for any interference caused thereby.

 

6.4.5 Tenant’s Indemnification . Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and its partners or members and its or their partners, members, directors, officers, shareholders, employees and agents from all Environmental Losses and all other claims, actions, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses of every kind, including reasonable attorneys’, experts’ and consultants’ fees and costs, incurred at any time and arising from or in connection with the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Building or Tenant’s failure to comply in full with all Environmental Requirements with respect to the Premises.

 

7. MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS .

 

7.1 Acceptance . By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises as being in good and sanitary order, condition and repair, subject to all applicable Laws. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representation or warranty as to the suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, the condition of the Premises or Building, or the use or occupancy which may be made thereof and Tenant has independently investigated and is satisfied that the Premises are suitable for Tenant’s intended use.

 

7.2 Landlord’s Responsibility . Subject to the provisions of Article 9 - Repairs and Restoration , Landlord shall, during the Term, keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls (excluding the interior surface of exterior walls), windows, plate glass, doors (other than doors located within a tenant’s premises), downspouts,

 

5


gutters and roof of the Building, all plumbing, HVAC, electrical and lighting facilities and equipment servicing the Premises, and the Common Areas; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to repair until a reasonable time after the receipt by Landlord of a written notice of the need for repairs. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1941 and 1942 and similar laws now or hereafter in effect. Tenant shall pay the cost of repairs to utilities located within the Premises, or for any repairs to the Building occasioned by any act or omission of Tenant, Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors, other than reasonable wear and tear.

 

7.3 Reimbursement by Tenant . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Rent, for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord for the foregoing maintenance and repair to the extent set forth in Article 4.1.2 - Direct Expenses .

 

7.4 Tenant’s Responsibility . Except as provided in Paragraph 7.2 - Landlord’s Responsibility above, Tenant shall keep in first-class order, condition and repair the Premises and every part thereof, including, without limitation, all fixtures, Trade Fixtures, Alterations, interior walls and interior surface of exterior walls, ceilings, floors and floor coverings, utilities and doors located within the Premises. Tenant shall also keep the Premises at all times in a neat, clean and sanitary condition, shall neither commit nor permit any waste or nuisance thereon, and shall keep the walks and corridors adjacent thereto free from Tenant’s waste or debris. If Tenant fails to perform its obligations under this Paragraph, notwithstanding any other provision hereof and without waiving any other right or remedy Landlord may have, Landlord may, at its option, after five (5) days’ written notice to Tenant, enter upon the Premises and put the same in good order, condition and repair and at Landlord’s further option, continue such maintenance and repair obligation for the remainder of the Term, and the cost thereof shall become due and payable as Rent by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

 

7.5 Tenant Improvements and Alterations .

 

7.5.1 Landlord and Tenant shall perform their respective obligations with respect to design and construction of any improvements to be constructed and installed in the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements”), as provided in the Construction Rider. Except for any Tenant Improvements to be constructed by Tenant as provided in the Construction Rider, Tenant shall not make any alterations, improvements or changes to the Premises (including installation of any security system or telephone or data communication wiring) (“Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior written consent. Any such Alterations shall be completed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (i) with due diligence, in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials; (ii) in compliance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord; (iii) in compliance with the construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time; (iv) in accordance with all applicable Laws (including all work, whether structural or non-structural, inside or outside the Premises, required to comply fully with all applicable Laws and necessitated by Tenant’s work); and (v) subject to all conditions which Landlord may in Landlord’s discretion impose. Such conditions may include requirements for Tenant to: (a) provide payment or performance bonds or additional insurance (from Tenant or Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors or design professionals); (b) use contractors or subcontractors designated by Landlord; and (c) remove all or part of the Alterations prior to or upon expiration or termination of the Term, as designated by Landlord. If any work outside the Premises, or any work on or adjustment to any of the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (“HVAC”), mechanical, elevator, plumbing, electrical, fire protection, life safety, security or other systems in the Building, is required in connection with or as a result of Tenant’s work, such work shall be performed at Tenant’s expense by contractors designated by Landlord. Landlord’s right to review and approve (or withhold approval of) Tenant’s plans, drawings, specifications, contractor(s) and other aspects of construction work proposed by Tenant is intended solely to protect Landlord, the Building and Landlord’s interests. No approval or consent by Landlord shall be deemed or construed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the adequacy, sufficiency, fitness or suitability thereof or compliance thereof with applicable Laws or other requirements. Except as otherwise provided in Landlord’s consent, all Alterations shall upon installation become part of the realty and be the property of Landlord.

 

7.5.2 Before making any Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s prior approval reasonably detailed final plans and specifications prepared by a licensed architect or engineer, a copy of the construction contract, including the name of the contractor and all subcontractors proposed by Tenant to make the Alterations and a copy of the contractor’s license. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any Alterations made by Tenant, including reasonable fees charged by

 

6


Landlord’s contractors or consultants to review plans and specifications prepared by Tenant and to update the existing as-built plans and specifications of the Building to reflect the Alterations. Tenant shall obtain all applicable permits, authorizations and governmental approvals and deliver copies of the same to Landlord before commencement of any Alterations.

 

7.5.3 Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Building free and clear of all liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. If any such lien attaches to the Premises or the Building, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released by payment, bonding or otherwise within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released, and any sums expended by Landlord in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand with interest thereon from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Stipulated Rate (as defined in Article 22 - Interest ). Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any Alterations and cooperate with Landlord in posting and maintaining notices of non-responsibility in connection therewith.

 

7.5.4 Subject to the provisions of this Article 7, Tenant may install and maintain furnishings, equipment, movable partitions, business equipment and other trade fixtures (“Trade Fixtures”) in the Premises, provided that the Trade Fixtures do not become an integral part of the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by any installation or removal of such Trade Fixtures.

 

7.6 Liens . Tenant shall pay for all labor and services performed for, and all materials used by or furnished to Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives and keep the Building free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and partners from and against any liens, demands, claims, judgments or encumbrances (including all attorneys’ fees) arising out of any work or services performed for or materials used by or furnished to Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall do all things necessary to prevent the filing of any mechanic’s or other liens against the Building or any part thereof by reason of work, labor, services or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to Tenant, or anyone holding the Premises, or any part thereof, through or under Tenant. If any such lien shall at any time be filed against the Building, Tenant shall either cause the same to be discharged of record within ten (10) days after the date of filing of the same, or, if Tenant in Tenant’s discretion and in good faith determines that such lien should be contested, Tenant shall furnish such security as may be necessary or required to (a) prevent any foreclosure proceedings against the Building during the pendency of such contest, and (b) cause a mutually satisfactory title company to remove such lien as a matter affecting title to the Building. If Tenant shall fail to discharge such lien within such period or fail to furnish such security, then, in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord resulting from Tenant’s said default, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge the same either by paying the amount claimed to be due or by procuring the discharge of such lien by giving security or in such other manner as is, or may be, prescribed by law. Tenant shall repay to Landlord on demand all sums disbursed or deposited by Landlord pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph including Landlord’s costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, with interest thereon at the Stipulated Rate. Nothing contained herein shall imply any consent or agreement on the part of Landlord to subject Landlord’s estate to liability under any mechanics’ or the lien law. Tenant shall give Landlord adequate opportunity and Landlord shall have the right to post such notices of nonresponsibility as are provided for in the mechanics’ lien laws of California.

 

7.7 Condition Upon Surrender . After the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove its personal property and Trade Fixtures from the Premises, surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as when received, damage by fire or the elements (except to the extent not covered by Net Insurance Proceeds and caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives), and ordinary wear and tear excepted. At Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant remove any and all Alterations, additions, signs or improvements made by Tenant and perform any necessary repair caused by such removal.

 

7


8. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY .

 

8.1 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall at all times during the Term, at Tenant’s cost and expense, maintain in effect the following policies of insurance:

 

8.1.1 Commercial general liability insurance providing coverage on an occurrence form basis with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each occurrence for bodily injury and property damage combined, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) annual general aggregate, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) products and completed operations annual aggregate. Tenant’s liability insurance policy or policies shall (i) include premises and operations liability coverage, products and completed operations liability coverage, broad form property damage liability coverage including competed operations, liquor liability coverage (if Tenant sells or serves or sells any alcoholic beverages in connection with the Premises), blanket contractual liability coverage including, to the maximum extent possible, coverage for the indemnification obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and personal and advertising injury coverage; (ii) provide that the insurance company has the duty to defend all insureds under the policy; (iii) provide that defense costs are paid in addition to and do not deplete any of the policy limits; (iv) cover liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or the Building; and (v) extend coverage to cover liability of the insureds under the policy for the actions of Tenant’s Representatives.

 

8.1.2 Workers’ compensation insurance complying with all applicable state laws, and employer’s liability insurance with limits of not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per accident and One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) policy limits for injury by disease. Such policies shall contain a waiver of subrogation provision.

 

8.1.3 Property insurance covering Tenant’s Alterations, Trade Fixtures, personal property and equipment located on the Premises, in an amount not less than their full replacement value, providing protection on an “All Risk” or “Special Form” basis. The proceeds of such insurance, so long as this Lease remains in effect, shall be used to repair or replace the Alterations, Trade Fixtures, personal property and equipment so insured. Following expiration or termination of this Lease, any proceeds of insurance covering Alterations shall be paid over to Landlord.

 

8.2 Insurance Requirements . Each policy of insurance required to be carried by Tenant shall (i) be in a form, and written by an insurer, reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (ii) require at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord prior to any cancellation, non-renewal or modification of insurance coverage. Insurance companies issuing such policies shall having rating classifications of “A” or better and financial category ratings of “VII” or better according to the latest edition of the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide. All insurance companies issuing such policies shall be licensed to do business in the state where the Building is located. Any deductible amount under such insurance shall not exceed $5,000. Tenant shall provide to Landlord, upon request, evidence that the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 8, including any endorsement affecting the additional insured status, is in full force and effect and that premiums therefor have been paid.

 

8.3 Adjustments to Insurance Program . Tenant shall increase the amounts of insurance as required by any mortgagee, and, not more frequently than once every three (3) years, as recommended by Landlord’s insurance broker, if, in the opinion of either of them, the amount of insurance then required under this Lease is not adequate. Any limits set forth in this Lease on the amount or type of coverage required by Tenant’s insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

 

8.4 Liability Insurance Requirements . Each policy of commercial general liability insurance required by this Lease shall (i) contain a cross-liability endorsement or separation of insureds clause; (ii) provide that any waiver of subrogation rights or release prior to a loss do not void coverage; (iii) provide that it is primary to and not contributing with, any policy of insurance carried by Landlord covering the same loss; (iv) name Landlord, its partners, any property manager of the Building, and such other parties in interest as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate to Tenant in writing, as additional insureds. Such additional insureds shall be provided the same extent of coverage as provided to Tenant under such policies. All endorsements effecting such additional insured status shall be acceptable to Landlord and shall be at least as broad as additional insured endorsement form number CG 20 11 11 85 promulgated by the Insurance Services Office.

 

8.5 Certificates of Insurance . Prior to occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, and not less than thirty (30) days prior to expiration of any policy thereafter, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a certificate of insurance reflecting

 

8


that the insurance required by this Lease is in force, accompanied by endorsements showing the required additional insureds satisfactory to Landlord in substance and form. Notwithstanding the requirements of this paragraph, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, provide to Landlord a certified copy of each insurance policy required to be in force at any time pursuant to the requirements of this Lease.

 

8.6 Landlord to Insure Building . During the Term, Landlord shall maintain “All Risk” or “Special Form” property insurance on the Building, excluding coverage for all Tenant’s Trade Fixtures, personal property, Alterations and equipment located on or in the Premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Landlord’s annual cost of such insurance pursuant to Section 4.1.2 - Direct Expenses , except that if there is an insurance premium increase due to Tenant’s use of the Premises, Tenant shall pay the full amount of the increase.

 

8.7 Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives any and all rights of recovery against the other or against the officers, partners, and authorized representatives of the other party for loss or damage that is covered by any policy of property insurance maintained by either party (or required by this Lease to be maintained) with respect to the Premises or the Property or any operation therein. If any such policy of insurance relating to this Lease or to the Premises or the Building does not permit the foregoing waiver, or if the coverage under any such policy would be invalidated as a result of such waiver, the party maintaining such policy shall obtain from the insurer under such policy a waiver of all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either party in connection with any claim, loss or damage covered by such policy.

 

8.8 Indemnification . Tenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its partners, members, representatives, employees and agents from and against any and all claims, damage, loss, liability or expense, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and legal costs arising from (a) the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s legal representatives in or about the Building; (b) any construction or other work undertaken by Tenant on the Building (including any design defects); (c) any breach or default under this Lease by Tenant; and (d) any accident, injury or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, occurring in or about the Premises during the Term, excepting only such claims for any accident, injury or damage to the extent they are caused by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Landlord or its authorized representatives. This provision shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

8.9 Landlord’s Disclaimer . Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss, injury or other damage to any person or property (including Tenant or Tenant’s property), in or about the Premises or the Building from any cause (including defects in the Building or in any equipment in the Premises). Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for such damage and the cost and expense of defending against claims relating to such damage, except that Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any actions, claims, liabilities, damages, cost or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same for such damages, to the extent the same are caused by the willful or grossly negligent acts or omissions of Landlord or its authorized representatives. In no event, however, shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any punitive or consequential damages or damages for loss of business by Tenant.

 

9. REPAIRS AND RESTORATION .

 

9.1 Insubstantial Insured Damage . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.3 - Damage Near End of Term , if at any time during the Term the Premises are damaged and such damage is not “Substantial” as that term is defined in Paragraph 9.6 - “Substantial” Defined , and insurance proceeds net of costs of recovery (“Net Insurance Proceeds”) are available to cover the cost of restoration, then Landlord shall promptly repair such damage at Landlord’s expense and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

 

9.2 Substantial or Uninsured Damage . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.3 - Damage Near End of Term , if at any time during the Term the Premises are damaged and (a) if such damage is “Substantial” as defined in Paragraph 9.6 - “Substantial” Defined , or (b) if such damage was caused by a casualty for which no insurance proceeds are available or the Net Insurance Proceeds are insufficient to meet the cost of restoration, then Landlord may at its option either (i) promptly repair such damage at Landlord’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full

 

9


force and effect, or (ii) cancel and terminate this Lease, by giving Tenant written notice of its election to do so within sixty (60) days after the date of occurrence of such damage.

 

9.3 Damage Near End of Term . If the Premises are damaged during the last nine (9) months of the Term, and the estimated cost of repair exceeds ten percent (10%) of the Base Rent then remaining to be paid by Tenant for the balance of the Term, Landlord may at its option cancel and terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to so terminate this Lease, the repair of such damage shall be governed by Paragraph 9.1 - Insubstantial Insured Damage , or Paragraph 9.2 - Substantial or Uninsured Damage , as the case may be.

 

9.4 Rent Abatement . If the Premises are damaged and Landlord repairs or restores them pursuant to the provisions of this Article, Tenant shall continue the operation of its business in the Premises to the extent reasonably practicable from the standpoint of prudent business management, and the Base Rent payable hereunder for the period during which such damage, repair or restoration continues shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired as reasonably determined by Landlord. There shall be no abatement of other Rent payable hereunder and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any damage suffered by Tenant by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration. Upon completion of such repair or restoration Tenant shall promptly refixture the Premises to the condition prior to the casualty and shall reopen for business if closed by the casualty.

 

9.5 Tenant’s Option to Cancel . If Landlord is obligated to repair or restore the Premises under the provisions of this Article and does not commence such repair or restoration within sixty (60) days after such obligation accrues, Tenant may at its option cancel and terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of its election to do so at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, which termination shall be effective on the date such notice is received by Landlord.

 

9.6 “Substantial” Defined . For the purpose of this article, “Substantial” damage to the Premises shall mean damage to the Premises, or to the Building whether or not the Premises is damaged, that cannot be substantially repaired and restored under applicable Laws within one year of the date of the casualty or the estimated cost of repairs of which exceeds one-fifth (1/5) of the then estimated replacement cost of the same. The determination in good faith by Landlord of the estimated time and cost of repair of any damage and/or of the estimated replacement costs shall be conclusive for the purpose of this Article. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to repair or restore any Alterations made by tenant or equipment, trade fixtures, inventory, fixtures or personal property in or about the Premises. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932 and 1933(4) and any similar law now or hereafter in effect.

 

10. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

 

10.1 Landlord’s Consent Required . Tenant shall not, either voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law (i) assign, sell, or otherwise transfer all or any part of the Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises, or (ii) permit any part of the Premises to be sublet, occupied or used by anyone other than Tenant, or (iii) permit any person to succeed to any interest in this Lease or the Premises, (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as a “Transfer”), without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any Transfer shall be subject in each instance to the recapture option of Landlord set forth in Paragraph 10.3 - Landlord’s Option below. In making its determination as to a proposed Transfer, it shall be deemed reasonable to consider the following factors: (a) if the occupancy resulting therefrom will violate any rights given to any other tenant of the Building; (b) the financial soundness of ownership, experience and management of the assignee, subtenant, permittee or transferee (collectively, “Transferee”); (c) the proposed Transferee does not intend itself to occupy the entire portion of the Premises assigned or sublet; (d) the Transferee is a governmental agency or unit or an existing tenant in the Building; (e) the rental and other consideration payable by the Transferee is less than that currently being paid by tenants under new leases of comparable space in the Building, or (f) Landlord otherwise determines that the proposed Transfer would have the effect of decreasing the value of the Building or increasing the expenses associated with operating, maintaining and repairing the Building. In no event shall Landlord be required to give its consent to a Transfer if a use different from the use allowed by Paragraph 6.1 - Use of the Premises is proposed. Consent by Landlord to one or more Transfers shall not operate to exhaust Landlord’s rights under this Article to receive consent to subsequent Transfers. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual cancellation hereof shall not work a merger and Landlord shall have the option of terminating all or any existing subtenancies or Transfers or shall operate as an

 

10


assignment to Landlord of all or any such subtenancies or Transfers. If Tenant is a corporation which, under the then current guidelines published by the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California, is not deemed a public corporation, any dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of Tenant, the transfer, assignment of hypothecation of any stock or interest in such corporation in the aggregate in excess of twenty-five percent (25%), or the sale (cumulatively) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of Tenant’s assets shall be deemed a Transfer. If Tenant is a partnership, a withdrawal or substitution of any partner(s) owning twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the partnership (cumulatively), any assignment(s) of twenty-five percent (25%) or more (cumulatively) of any interest in the capital or profits of the partnership, the sale (cumulatively) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of Tenant’s assets, or the dissolution of the partnership shall be deemed a Transfer. Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable costs and attorney’s fees incurred in conjunction with the processing and documentation of any requested Transfer, whether or not consent is granted. In no event shall Tenant hypothecate, mortgage, pledge or encumber Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises or otherwise use the Lease as a security device in any manner, nor shall Tenant transfer any right appurtenant to this Lease or the Premises separate from a permitted Transfer, without the consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion. Tenant expressly agrees that the provisions of this Article are not unreasonable standards or conditions for purposes of Section 1951.4(b)(2) of the California Civil Code, as amended from time to time, under the federal Bankruptcy Code, or for any other purpose.

 

10.2 Notice to Landlord . If Tenant desires at any time to effect a Transfer, it shall first notify Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord: (a) the name of the proposed Transferee; (b) the nature of the proposed Transferee’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (c) the terms and provisions of the proposed Transfer; (d) such reasonable financial information, including financial statements, and information regarding the Transferee’s experience as Landlord may request concerning the proposed Transferee; and (e) such other information as Landlord may reasonably request to evaluate the Transfer and Transferee.

 

10.3 Landlord’s Option . At any time within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of all of the information described in Paragraph 10.2 - Notice to Landlord above, Landlord may by written notice to Tenant elect to either: (a) consent to the Transfer; (b) deny its consent on reasonable grounds; or (c) terminate this Lease as to the portion (including all) of the Premises so proposed to be Transferred, with a proportionate abatement in the Base Rent and Direct Expenses payable hereunder and lease the Premises or the portion thereof as shall be specified in Tenant’s notice to Tenant’s proposed Transferee or to a third party. If for any proposed Transfer, Tenant receives rent or any other consideration, either initially or over the term of the Transfer in excess of the Rent called for hereunder, or, in case of the sublease of a portion of the Premises, in excess of such Rent fairly allocable to such portion, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder one-half (1/2) of the excess of each such payment of rent or other consideration received by Tenant promptly after its receipt. If Landlord consents to the Transfer within such fifteen (15) day period, Tenant may thereafter within ninety (90) days after the expiration of such fifteen (15) day period enter into a valid Transfer, upon the terms and conditions described in the information required to be furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 10.2 - Notice to Landlord .

 

10.4 Collection of Rent . Tenant irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all Rent and other consideration payable by a Transferee and not otherwise payable to Landlord by reason of any Transfer. Landlord, as assignee of Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such Rent and other consideration and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until the occurrence of any default by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such Rent and other consideration.

 

10.5 Tenant Not Released . No Transfer, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay Rent and perform all of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder, whether occurring before or after such consent, assignment, subletting or other Transfer. Each Transferee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant (and Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable with each Transferee) for the payment of Rent (or, in the case of a sublease, rent in the amount set forth in the sublease) and for the performance of all other terms and provisions of this Lease. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any Transfer.

 

11


11. EMINENT DOMAIN .

 

11.1 Automatic Termination . If the entire Premises or the Building, or so much of either as to make the Premises not reasonably adequate for the conduct of Tenant’s business in Landlord’s reasonable judgment notwithstanding restoration by Landlord as hereinafter provided, shall be taken under the power of eminent domain, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date on which the condemning authority takes possession.

 

11.2 Rent Abatement . Upon any taking of the Premises under the power of eminent domain which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be equitably reduced, effective as of the date on which the condemning authority takes possession, in the same proportion which the rentable area of the portion of the Premises taken bears to the rentable area of the entire Premises prior to the taking. Landlord shall promptly restore the portion of the Premises not taken to as near its former condition as is reasonably possible, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, provided however, that Landlord’s obligation to restore the Premises shall be limited to the amount of any Award (as defined below) received by Landlord for such restoration and not required to be paid to any Mortgagee.

 

11.3 Condemnation Award . Any award for any taking of all or any part of the Premises or the Building under the power of eminent domain (“Award”) shall be the property of Landlord, whether such Award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold or for taking of the fee. Nothing contained herein, however, shall be deemed to preclude Tenant from obtaining, or to give Landlord any interest in, any award to Tenant for loss of or damage to Tenant’s Trade Fixtures and removal of personal property and Tenant’s loss of goodwill and moving expenses.

 

11.4 Sale Under Threat of Condemnation . A sale by Landlord to any authority having the power of eminent domain, either under threat of condemnation or while condemnation proceedings are pending, shall be deemed a taking under the power of eminent domain for all purposes under this Article. Each party waives the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Lease in the event of a taking.

 

12. UTILITIES AND SERVICES . Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises during generally recognized business days and during hours determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, (i) normal water, gas, electricity, sewage and HVAC as required in the reasonable judgment of Landlord for the comfortable use and occupation of the Premises, subject to any regulations imposed by any governmental authority or utility provider; and (ii) janitorial and cleaning services to Common Areas deemed proper by Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for any failure or interruption of any utility or service being furnished to the Premises, and no such failure or interruption shall entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or shall otherwise affect Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord shall be entitled to cooperate voluntarily and Tenant agrees to cooperate, with the efforts of governmental authorities or utility suppliers in reducing energy or other resource consumption. Tenant shall be responsible for janitorial and cleaning services within the Premises.

 

If Tenant uses heat generating machines or equipment in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the HVAC system, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air-conditioning units in the Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance and the cost of cooling energy to the Premises in excess of that required for normal office use, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord.

 

Tenant shall not, without the written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in the Premises, including without limitation, electronic data processing machines, or machines using in excess of 120 volts, which consumes more electricity than is usually furnished or supplied for the use of Premises as general office space, as determined by Landlord. Tenant shall not connect any apparatus with electric current except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises. Tenant shall not consume water, gas or electric current in excess of that usually furnished or supplied for the use of Premises as general office space (as determined by Landlord), without first procuring the written consent of Landlord, which Landlord may refuse, and in the event of consent, Landlord shall have the right to install a water, gas or electrical current meter in the Premises to measure the amount of water, gas or electric current consumed.

 

12


The cost of any such meter and of its installation, maintenance and repair shall be paid for by the Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord promptly upon demand for all such water, gas and electric current consumed as shown by said meters, at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility plus any additional expense incurred in keeping account of such consumption. If a separate meter is not installed, the excess cost for such water, gas and electric current shall be established by an estimate made by a utility company or electrical engineer hired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense.

 

Normal hours of operations for the Building are shown in the attached Rules and Regulations. Landlord reserves the right to reasonably charge Tenant for the operation of lights and HVAC outside of such normal hours.

 

13. DEFAULTS, REMEDIES .

 

13.1 Defaults . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant:

 

13.1.1 The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Base Rent or other Rent as and when due.

 

13.1.2 The failure by Tenant to timely observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in Paragraph 13.1.1 above.

 

13.1.3 (a) The making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (c) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days.

 

13.2 Remedies . Upon a default, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by law or otherwise provided in this Lease, to which Landlord may resort cumulatively or in the alternative:

 

13.2.1 Landlord may continue this Lease in full force and effect, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as long as Landlord does not terminate this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right to collect Rent when due. No act by Landlord other than giving written notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession.

 

13


13.2.2 Landlord may terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time if (i) such default is in the payment of Rent and it is not cured within three (3) days after written notice from Landlord, or, (ii) with respect to the defaults referred to in Paragraphs 13.1.1, or 13.1.2 such default is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than ten (10) days are reasonably required for its cure, if Tenant does not commence to cure the default within the ten (10) day period or does not diligently and in good faith prosecute the cure to completion within a reasonable time thereafter, but in all events within ninety (90) days of such notice or (iii) with respect to the default specified in Paragraph 13.1.3, such default is not cured within the respective time specified in that Paragraph. The parties agree that any notice given by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph shall be sufficient notice for purposes of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding. On termination, Landlord has the right to remove all Tenant’s personal property, signs and trade fixtures and store same at Tenant’s cost and to recover from Tenant as damages:

 

13.2.2.1 The worth at the time of award of unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which had been earned at the time of termination; plus

 

13.2.2.2 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which would have been payable after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

13.2.2.3 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

 

13.2.2.4 Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord: (a) in retaking possession of the Premises; (b) in maintaining, repairing, preserving, restoring, replacing, cleaning, altering or rehabilitating the Premises or any portion thereof, including such acts for reletting to a new tenant or tenants; (c) for leasing commissions; or (d) for any other costs necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises; plus

 

13.2.2.5 Such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time-to-time by the laws of the State of California.

 

The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in Paragraphs 13.2.2.1 and 13.2.2.2 is computed by allowing interest at the Stipulated Rate. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in Paragraph 13.2.2.3 is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

 

13.2.3 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).

 

13.2.4 Landlord may cure the default at Tenant’s expense. If Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense in curing the default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment or expense with interest at the Stipulated Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant.

 

13.2.5 Landlord may remove all Tenant’s property from the Premises, and such property may be stored by Landlord in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the sole cost and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to store any or all of Tenant’s property left in the Premises, Landlord may consider such property to be abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord may thereupon dispose of such property in any manner deemed appropriate by Landlord. Any proceeds realized by Landlord on the disposal of any such property shall be applied first to offset all expenses of storage and sale, then credited against Tenant’s outstanding obligations to Landlord under this Lease, and any balance remaining after satisfaction of all obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be delivered to Tenant.

 

13.2.6 Tenant hereby waives any right of redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 or 1179, or under any other present or future similar law, if Tenant is evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any default by Tenant hereunder.

 

13.2.7 No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or remedy shall be construed as a waiver of any such right or remedy or of any default by Tenant hereunder.

 

13.3 Chronic Delinquency . “Chronic Delinquency” means failure by Tenant to pay or submit when due any Rent due under this Lease three (3) times (consecutive or nonconsecutive) during any twelve (12) month period. In the event of a Chronic Delinquency Landlord shall have the right, without waiving any other rights and remedies Landlord may have, to require that Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata share of Increases in Direct Expenses be paid by Tenant quarterly, in advance.

 

14


14. COMMON AREA .

 

14.1 Right of Use . Tenant, Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors shall be entitled to use those portions of the Common Areas which are open to the public, in common with Landlord and with other persons authorized by Landlord from time-to-time to use such area, subject to such reasonable rules and regulations relating to such use as Landlord may from time-to-time establish.

 

14.2 Landlord to Operate . Landlord shall operate, manage, equip, light, repair, clean and maintain and replace the Common Areas in such manner as Landlord may in its sole discretion determine to be appropriate. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of such costs pursuant to Paragraph 4.1.2 - Direct Expenses . Landlord may temporarily close any Common Areas, including parking areas, for repairs or alterations, to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of prescriptive rights therein, or for any other reason deemed sufficient by Landlord.

 

14.3 Control in Landlord . Landlord shall at all times during the Term have the sole exclusive control of the automobile parking areas, driveways, entrances and exits and the sidewalks and pedestrian passageways and other Common Areas, and may at any time from time-to-time during the Term restrain any use or occupancy thereof except as authorized by the rules and regulations for the use of such areas established by Landlord from time-to-time. The rights of Tenant in and to the Common Areas shall at all times be subject to the rights of Landlord, other tenants of Landlord and other authorized users designated by Landlord to use the same in common with Tenant, and Tenant shall keep the Common Areas free and clear of any obstructions created or permitted by Tenant or resulting from Tenant’s operation. If, in the opinion of Landlord, unauthorized persons are using any of the Common Areas by reason of the presence of Tenant in the Building, Tenant, upon demand of Landlord, shall restrain such unauthorized use by appropriate proceedings. Nothing herein shall affect the right of Landlord at any time to remove any such unauthorized person from the Common Areas nor to prohibit the use of any said areas by unauthorized persons.

 

15. SECURITY SERVICES . Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, implement security measures for the Property, such as the registration or search of all persons entering or leaving the Building, requiring identification for access to the Building, evacuation of the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes, the issuance of magnetic pass cards or keys for Building or elevator access and other actions that Landlord deems necessary or appropriate to prevent any threat of property loss or damage, bodily injury or business interruption. Landlord shall at all times have the right to change, alter or reduce any such security services or measures. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with, and cause Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors to cooperate and comply with, such security measures. Landlord, its agents and employees shall have no liability to Tenant or its Representatives or Visitors for the implementation or exercise of, or the failure to implement or exercise, any such security measures or for any resulting disturbance of Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises.

 

If those tenants on the first and second floors of the Building request Landlord (by majority vote based upon the total Rental Area of the first and second floors) to contract for third-party security guard services for the Building and Landlord approves, Landlord shall make reasonable efforts to contract for the services, and the costs of the services will be charged as Rent to each tenant of the first and second floors in proportion to the Rental Area occupied by tenants on said floors from time to time. In accommodating said tenants’ request for security services, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, appoint a committee of such tenants to assist Landlord in the selection and administration of any such services. In no event shall Landlord have any responsibility or liability for the selection of such security services provider, or for any acts, errors or omissions of any such security service provider, and Tenants agree to look solely to the provider of such services for any claims arising thereunder.

 

16. SIGNS . Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion), install or affix to any portion of the Building any exterior or interior window, door or other signs, lettering, placards or the like (collectively “Signs”). If Landlord consents to the erection of any Signs, such Signs shall comply with any sign criteria imposed by Landlord and all Laws. Tenant may use as its advertised business address the name of the Building as it appears in the Basic Lease Information. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, and Tenant shall not acquire any property right in or to any name which contains such name or a part thereof. Any permitted use by Tenant of the name of the Building during the Term shall not permit Tenant to use, and Tenant shall not use, such words either

 

15


after the expiration or termination of the Lease or at any other location. Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Building at any time.

 

17. ENCUMBRANCES .

 

17.1 Subordination . This Lease is expressly made subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, underlying lease or like encumbrance affecting any part of the Building or any interest of Landlord therein which is now existing or hereafter executed or recorded (“Encumbrance”); provided, however, that such subordination shall only be effective, as to future Encumbrances, if the holder of the Encumbrance agrees that this Lease shall survive the termination of the Encumbrance by lapse of time, foreclosure or otherwise so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease. Provided the conditions of the preceding sentence are satisfied, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after written request therefor by Landlord and in a form reasonably requested by Landlord, any additional documents evidencing the subordination of this Lease with respect to any such Encumbrance and the nondisturbance agreement of the holder of any such Encumbrance. If the interest of Landlord in the Building is transferred pursuant to or in lieu of proceedings for enforcement of any Encumbrance, Tenant shall immediately and automatically attorn to the new owner, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the transferee and Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease.

 

17.2 Mortgagee Protection . Tenant agrees to give any holder of any Encumbrance covering any part of the Building (“Mortgagee”), by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord by Tenant, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee. If Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within thirty (30) days from the effective date of such notice of default, then the Mortgagee shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default (including the time necessary to foreclose or otherwise terminate its Encumbrance, if necessary to effect such cure), and this Lease shall not be terminated so long as such remedies are being diligently pursued.

 

18. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .

 

18.1 Estoppel Certificates . Within ten (10) days after written request therefor, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in a form provided by or satisfactory to Landlord, a certificate stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, describing any amendments or modifications hereto, acknowledging that this Lease is subordinate or prior, as the case may be, to any Encumbrance and stating any other information Landlord may reasonably request, including the Term, the monthly Base Rent, the date to which Rent has been paid, the amount of any Security Deposit or prepaid Rent, whether either party hereto is in default under the terms of the Lease, and whether Landlord has completed its construction obligations hereunder (if any). Tenant irrevocably constitutes, appoints and authorizes Landlord as Tenant’s special attorney-in-fact for such purpose to complete, execute and deliver such certificate if Tenant fails timely to execute and deliver such certificate as provided above. Any person or entity purchasing, acquiring an interest in or extending financing with respect to the Building shall be entitled to rely upon any such certificate. If Tenant fails to deliver such certificate within ten (10) days after Landlord’s second written request therefor, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damages incurred by Landlord including any profits or other benefits from any financing of the Building or any interest therein which are lost or made unavailable as a result, directly or indirectly, of Tenant’s failure or refusal to timely execute or deliver such estoppel certificate.

 

18.2 Financial Statements . Upon request by Landlord, not more than once a year, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the financial statements (including at least a year end balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss) of Tenant (and of each guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) for each of the three most recently completed years, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (and, if such is Tenant’s normal practice, audited by an independent certified public accountant), all then available subsequent interim statements, and such other financial information as may reasonably be requested by Landlord or required by any Mortgagee.

 

19. RIGHT OF ENTRY . Landlord and its agents shall have free access to the Premises during all reasonable hours for the purpose of examining the same to ascertain if they are in good repair, making repairs or installations which Landlord

 

16


may be required or permitted to make hereunder, performing Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, protecting the Premises, posting notices of nonresponsibility, and exhibiting the same to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants.

 

20. ATTORNEYS’ FEES . In the event of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant in any way related to this Lease, the non-prevailing party shall pay to the prevailing party all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and expenses of any type incurred by the prevailing party in connection with any action or proceeding (including any appeal and the enforcement of any judgment or award), whether or not the dispute is litigated or prosecuted to final judgment. The “prevailing party” shall be determined based upon an assessment of which party’s major arguments or positions taken in the action or proceeding could fairly be said to have prevailed (whether by compromise, settlement, abandonment by the other party of its claim or defense, final decision, after any appeals, or otherwise) over the other party’s major arguments or positions on major disputed issues.

 

21. SECURITY DEPOSIT . Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant will deposit with Landlord the security deposit described in the Basic Lease Information (“Security Deposit”) as security for the full and faithful performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, Landlord may use, apply or retain all or any part of this Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent in default, or for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of such deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall within five (5) days after written demand therefor deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Landlord is not a trustee of the Security Deposit, and shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds. Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. If Tenant fully and faithfully performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the remaining balance of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within the time required by law.

 

22. INTEREST . In addition to the late charges referred to in Paragraph 4.4 - Late Charges , which are intended to defray Landlord’s costs resulting from late payments, any payment from Tenant to Landlord not paid when due (including Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata share of Increases in Base Rent) shall at Landlord’s option bear interest from the date due until paid to Landlord by Tenant at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the date due plus ten percent (10%) or the maximum lawful rate that Landlord may charge to Tenant under applicable laws, whichever is less (the “Stipulated Rate”). Acceptance of any interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue sum or prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease.

 

23. GUARANTY . If so shown on the Basic Lease Information, this Lease shall be guaranteed by the referenced Guarantor pursuant to terms of the Guaranty attached as EXHIBIT D .

 

17


24. RELOCATION . If Landlord, in its sole discretion, requires the Premises for use in conjunction with another suite or for other reasons connected with Landlord’s intended use of the Building, upon notifying Tenant in writing, Landlord shall have the right to either relocate Tenant to other space in the Building, provided that Landlord shall pay the reasonable cost (to the extent such costs are submitted in writing to Landlord and approved in writing by Landlord prior to such move) of moving Tenant’s Trade Fixtures and personal property to the new space and of providing comparable Tenant Improvements in the new space, and the terms and conditions of the original Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that a revised EXHIBIT A shall become part of this Lease and shall reflect the location of the new space. However, if the new space does not meet with the Tenant’s approval, Tenant shall have the right to cancel this lease upon giving Landlord sixty (60) days notice within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord’s notification. If Tenant does not approve of the new space in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s notification, Landlord shall have the right to withdraw its relocation notice, in which event this Lease shall terminate effective as of the date the relocation was to be effective.

 

25. MISCELLANEOUS .

 

25.1 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease (except delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant).

 

25.2 Captions . The article and paragraph captions contained in this Lease are for convenience only and shall not be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof.

 

25.3 Entire Agreement and Amendments . This Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto, and the documents referred to herein, if any, constitute the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the leasing of space by Tenant in the Building, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Building or this Lease except as expressly set forth herein, and no rights, easements or licenses shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein. The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute an option for the Premises and this Lease shall become effective as a binding agreement only upon execution and delivery thereof by Landlord to Tenant. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

 

25.4 Notice . All notices and any other communications permitted or required under this Lease must be in writing and will be effective (i) immediately upon delivery in person or by facsimile, provided delivery is made during regular business hours or receipt is acknowledged by a person reasonably believed by the delivering party to be employed by the recipient; (ii) 24 hours after deposit with a commercial courier or delivery service for overnight delivery, provided delivery is made during regular business hours or receipt is acknowledged by a person reasonably believed by the delivering party to be employed by the recipient; or (iii) three days after deposit with the United States Postal Service, certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices must be properly addressed and delivered to the parties at the addresses for notices set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Either party may change its address for notices hereunder by a notice to the other party complying with this Paragraph.

 

25.5 Holdover . This Lease shall terminate without further notice at the expiration of the Term. Any holding over after the expiration or termination of the Lease without the consent of Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month, at two hundred percent (200%) of the Base Rent for the month immediately preceding the expiration or termination of the Lease in addition to all other Rent payable hereunder, and shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions herein specified insofar as applicable. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of the Lease without Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and partners harmless from and against any claim, loss, damage, expense or liability resulting from Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises, including without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant based upon delay in the availability of the Premises.

 

25.6 Brokers . Except for the brokers listed in the Basic Lease Information (“Brokers”), Tenant warrants and represents that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent acting on Tenant’s behalf in connection with

 

18


this Lease. Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and partners harmless from and against any and all liabilities or expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with any broker, other than Brokers, or individual claiming to be acting on Tenant’s behalf.

 

25.7 Acceptance . Delivery of this Lease, duly executed by Tenant, constitutes an offer to lease the Premises, and under no circumstances shall such delivery be deemed to create an option or reservation to lease the Premises for the benefit of Tenant. This lease shall only become effective and binding upon full execution hereof by Landlord and delivery of a signed copy to Tenant.

 

25.8 Waiver . The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any term, condition or covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, condition or covenant of this Lease. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such payment. No covenant, term or condition of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord.

 

25.9 Separability . If one or more of the provisions contained herein, except for the payment of Rent, is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Lease, but this Lease shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been contained herein.

 

25.10 Joint and Several Liability . If Tenant consists of more than one person or entity, the obligations of each Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

 

25.11 Recording . Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum thereof.

 

25.12 Force Majeure . If Landlord is delayed, interrupted or prevented from performing any of its obligations under this Lease, and such delay, interruption or prevention is due to fire, act of God, governmental act or failure to act, labor dispute, unavailability of materials or any cause outside the reasonable control of Landlord, then the time for performance of the affected obligations of Landlord shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay, interruption or prevention.

 

25.13 Landlord’s Liability . The term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall mean only the owner or owners of the Building at the time in question. In the event of any conveyance of title to the Building, then from and after the date of such conveyance, the transferor Landlord shall be relieved of all liability with respect to Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease after the date of such conveyance. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Lease, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease is limited solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building as the same may from time to time be encumbered, and no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against any other assets of Landlord or against Landlord’s partners or members or its or their respective partners, shareholders, members, directors, officers or managers on account of any of Landlord’s obligations or actions under this Lease.

 

25.14 Exhibits . The Basic Lease Information, and all exhibits, amendments, riders and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

 

25.15 Tenant Improvements . The construction of any initial improvements to the interior of the Premises shall be subject to the terms of Exhibit F .

 

25.16 Conditions . All agreements of Tenant contained in this Lease, whether expressed as conditions or covenants, shall be construed to be both conditions and covenants, conferring upon Landlord, in the event of a breach thereof, the right to terminate this Lease.

 

25.17 No Partnership or Joint Venture . Nothing in this Lease shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint venture between Landlord, Tenant, or any other party, or cause Landlord to be responsible for the debts or obligations of Tenant or any other party.

 

19


25.18 Construction . This Lease shall not be construed either for or against Tenant or Landlord, but shall be construed in accordance with the general tenor of the language. This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

25.19 Binding Effect . Subject to the provisions of Article 17 - Encumbrances and Article 10 - Assignment and Subletting , all of the provisions hereof shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

25.20 Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of business entity, each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Lease. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

TENANT:
By:  

Dolby Laboratories Inc.

Its:   /s/    M ARTIN A. J AFFE        
    Martin Jaffe, Vice President Business Affairs
By:    
Its:    
LANDLORD:
By:  

Dolby Properties, LLC

Its:   /s/    J ANET L. D ALY        
    Janet Daly, Managing Member

 

20


 

EXHIBIT A

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MAY 5, 2003

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES INC., AS TENANT

 

PREMISES

 

EXHIBIT A - Page 1


 

EXHIBIT B

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MAY 5, 2003

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES INC., AS TENANT

 

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS -NONE

 

EXHIBIT B - Page 1


EXHIBIT C

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MAY 5, 2003

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES INC., AS TENANT

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

(a) Tenant and Tenant’s employees shall not in any way obstruct the sidewalks, entry passages, pedestrian passageways, driveways, entrances and exits to the Building, and they shall use the same only as passageways to and from their respective work areas.

 

(b) Any sash doors, sashes, windows, glass doors, lights and skylights that reflect or admit light into the Common Areas of Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant. Water closets, urinals and wash basins shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no rubbish, newspapers, food or other substance of any kind shall be thrown into them. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into, paint or in any way deface the exterior walls, roof, foundations, bearing walls or pillars without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. The expense of repairing any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from a violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.

 

(c) No awning or shade shall be affixed or installed over or in the windows or the exterior of the Premises except with the consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s discretion.

 

(d) No boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed, except with the consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

(e) Tenant shall not do anything in the Premises, or bring or keep anything therein, which will in any way increase or tend to increase the risk of fire or the rate of fire insurance or which shall conflict with the regulations of the fire department or the law or with any insurance policy on the Premises or any part thereof, or with any rules or regulations established by any administrative body or official having jurisdiction, and it shall not use any machinery therein, even though its installation may have been permitted, which may cause any unreasonable noise, jar, or tremor to the floors or walls, or which by its weight might injure the floors of the Premises.

 

(f) Landlord may limit weight, size and position of all safes, fixtures and other equipment used in the Premises. If Tenant shall require extra heavy equipment, Tenant shall notify Landlord of such fact and shall pay the cost of structural bracing to accommodate it. All damage done to the Premises or Building by installing, removing, or maintaining extra heavy equipment shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

(g) Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors shall not make nor permit any loud, unusual or improper noises nor interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business with them, nor bring into or keep within the Building any animal, or any bicycle or other vehicle, except such vehicle as Landlord may from time to time permit. Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors shall not throw refuse or other substances or litter of any kind in or about the Building, except in receptacles placed therein for such purposes by Landlord or government authorities.

 

(h) No machinery of any kind will be allowed in the Premises without the written consent of Landlord. This shall not apply, however, to customary office equipment or trade fixtures.

 

(i) All freight must be moved into, within and out of the Premises only during such hours and according to such regulations as may be posted from time to time by Landlord.

 

EXHIBIT C - Page 1


(j) No aerial shall be erected on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises, or on the grounds, without in each instance, the written consent of Landlord. Any aerial so installed without such written consent shall be subject to removal without notice at any time. Landlord may withhold consent in its sole discretion.

 

(k) All garbage, including wet garbage, refuse or trash shall be placed by the Tenant in the receptacles provided by the Landlord for that purpose and only during those times prescribed by the Landlord.

 

(l) Tenant shall not burn any trash or garbage at any time in or about the Premises or any area of the Building.

 

(m) Tenant shall observe all security regulations issued by the Landlord and comply with instructions and/or directions of the duly authorized security personnel for the protection of the Building and all tenants therein.

 

(n) Any requirements of Tenant will be considered only upon written application to Landlord at Landlord’s address set forth in the Lease.

 

(o) No waiver of any rule or regulation by Landlord shall be effective unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord or its authorized agent.

 

(p) Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Law or the rules and regulations of the Building.

 

(q) Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these rules or regulations or to make such other and further reasonable rules and regulations as, in Landlord’s judgment, may from time to time be necessary for the operation, management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Building and the Premises, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants of the Building. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for the non-observance or violation of the rules and regulations by any other tenant or other person. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these rules and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition to its occupancy of the Premises.

 

(r) Tenant shall abide by any additional rules or regulations which are ordered or requested by any governmental or military authority.

 

(s) In the event of any conflict between these rules and regulations or any further or modified rules and regulations from time to time issued by Landlord and the Lease provisions, the Lease provisions shall govern and control.

 

(t) Landlord specifically reserves to itself or to any person or firm it selects, (i) the right to place in and upon the Building, coin-operated machines for the sale of cigarettes, candy and other merchandise or service, and (ii) the revenue resulting therefrom. Neither party shall place or permit vending machines in the Premises.

 

(u) Normal business hours for the Building shall be from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding holidays.

 

EXHIBIT C - Page 2


EXHIBIT D

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MAY 5, 2003

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES INC., AS TENANT

 

LEASE GUARANTY

 

GUARANTOR: NONE

 

EXHIBIT D - Page 1


EXHIBIT E

 

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MAY 5, 2003

BETWEEN DOLBY PROPERTIES, LLC AS LANDLORD

AND

DOLBY LABORATORIES INC., AS TENANT

 

CONSTRUCTION RIDER

 

1. Tenant Improvements . Landlord shall, at its own cost and expense, through a contractor designated by the Landlord, demolish the existing interior walls. Landlord shall proceed with reasonable diligence to cause the Tenant Improvements to be Substantially Completed on or prior to the Scheduled Commencement Date. The Tenant Improvement shall be deemed to be “Substantially Completed” when the interior walls have been demolished and the Premise is in a clean condition. (The definition of Substantially Completed shall also define the terms “Substantial Completion” and “Substantially Complete.”)

 

2. Delivery of Premises . Upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant. If Landlord has not Substantially Completed the Tenant Improvements and tendered possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Scheduled Commencement Date specified in Paragraph 3 of the Lease, or if Landlord is unable for any other reason to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before such date, neither Landlord nor its Representatives shall be liable to Tenant for any damage resulting from the delay in completing such construction obligations and/or delivering possession to Tenant and the Lease shall remain in full force and effect unless and until it is terminated under the express provisions of this Paragraph. If any delays in Substantially Completing the Tenant Improvements are attributable to Tenant Delays, then the Premises shall be deemed to have been Substantially Completed and delivered to Tenant on the date on which Landlord could have Substantially Completed the Premises and tendered the Premises to Tenant but for such Tenant Delays.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Commencement Date has not occurred or been deemed to have occurred within six (6) months after the Scheduled Commencement Date, either party, by written notice to the other party given within ten (10) days after the expiration of such six (6) month period, may terminate this Lease without any liability to the other party; provided, however, that if the delay in the Commencement Date is caused by delays of the type described in Paragraph 25.12 - Force Majeure of the Lease, and if Tenant elects to terminate as provided above, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days after receipt of notification from Landlord of the amounts due, for any amounts expended or incurred by Landlord for the design, construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements and for brokerage commissions and legal fees in connection with the preparation and negotiation of the Lease. If Tenant fails to perform any of Tenant’s obligations under this Construction Rider within the time periods specified herein, Landlord may, in lieu of terminating the Lease under the foregoing provisions, treat such failure of performance as an event of default under the Lease.

 

3. Access to Premises . Landlord shall allow Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date to permit Tenant to make the Premises ready for its use and occupancy; provided, however, that prior to such entry of the Premises, Tenant shall provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant’s insurance, as described in Article 8 - Insurance and Indemnity of the Lease, shall be in effect as of the time of such entry. Such permission may be revoked at any time upon twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, and Tenant and its Representatives shall not interfere with Landlord or Landlord’s contractor in completing the Building or the Tenant Improvements.

 

Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s property placed upon or installed in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the same being at Tenant’s sole risk, and Tenant shall be liable for all injury, loss or damage to persons or property arising as a result of such entry into the Premises by Tenant or its Representatives.

 

EXHIBIT E - Page 1


4. Ownership of Tenant Improvements . All Tenant Improvements, whether installed by Landlord or Tenant, shall become a part of the Premises, shall be the property of Landlord and, subject to the provisions of the Lease, shall be surrendered by Tenant with the Premises, without any compensation to Tenant, at the expiration or termination of the Lease in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.

 

EXHIBIT E - Page 2

Exhibit 10.10

 

[LOGO] AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

 

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE — NET

(DO NOT USE THIS FORM FOR MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS)

 

1. Basic Provisions ( “Basic Provisions”).

 

1.1 Parties: This Lease ( “Lease” ), dated for reference purposes only, February 15 , 2000 , is made by and between Dolby Properties Brisbane, LLC ( “Lessor” ) and Dolby Laboratories, Inc. ( “Lessee” ), (collectively the “Parties,” or individually a “Party” ).

 

1.2 Premises: That certain real property, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, and commonly known as 175 South Hill Drive, Brisbane , located in the County of San Mateo , State of California , and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the property and, if applicable, the “Project” , if the property is located within a Project) all of those certain parcels of land together with the one and part two-story concrete building and other improvements thereon, being Assessor’s parcels 05-290-070 and 05-290-100 ( “Premises” ). (See also Paragraph 2)

 

1.3 Term: 15 years and 0 months ( “Original Term” ) commencing December 23, 1999 ( “Commencement Date” ) and ending December 31, 2014 ( “Expiration Date” ). (See also Paragraph 3)

 

1.4 Early Possession: N/A ( “Early Possession Date” ). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

 

1.5 Base Rent: $ 38,000 per month ( “Base Rent” ), payable on the first day of each month commencing March 1, 2000 . (See also Paragraph 4)

 

¨ if this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted.

 

1.6 Base Rent Paid Upon Execution: $ 87,032.00 as Base Rent for the period December 23, 1999 through February 29, 2000 .

 

1.7 Security Deposit: $ None – 0 ( “Security Deposit” ). (See also Paragraph 5)

 

1.8 Agreed Use: Office, light manufacturing, warehousing and related uses . (See also Paragraph 6)

 

1.9 Insuring Party: Lessor is the “Insuring Party” unless otherwise stated herein. (See also Paragraph 8)

 

1.10 Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15)

 

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (collectively, the “Brokers” ) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

 

¨ None represents Lessor exclusively ( “Lessor’s Broker” );

 

¨                  represents Lessee exclusively ( “Lessee’s Broker” ); or

 

¨                  represents both Lessor and Lessee ( “Dual Agency” ).

 

(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Broker the fee agreed to in their separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of N/A 0 % of the total Base Rent for the brokerage services rendered by said Broker).

 

1.11 Guarantor: The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by None ( “Guarantor” ). (See also Paragraph 37)

 

1.12 Addenda and Exhibits. Attached hereto is an Addendum or Addenda consisting of Paragraphs          through          and Exhibits None , all of which constitute a part of this Lease.

 

2. Premises.

 

2.1 Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of size set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating rental, is an approximation which the Parties agree is reasonable and the rental based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual size is more or less.

 

2.2 Condition. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs ( “Start Date” ), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee within thirty (30) days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ( “HVAC” ), loading doors, if any, and all other such elements in the Premises, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date and that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of any buildings on the Premises (the “Building” ) shall be free of material defects. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Start Date, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. If, after the Start Date, Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of any non-compliance with this warranty within: (i) one year as to the surface of the roof and the structural portions of the roof, foundations and bearing walls, (ii) six (6) months as to the HVAC systems, (iii) thirty (30) days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Building, correction of such non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense.

 

2.3 Compliance. Lessor warrants that the Improvements on the Premises comply with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, building codes, regulations and ordinances ( “Applicable Requirements” ) in effect on the Start Date. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning is appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within six (6) months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed (as opposed to being in existence at the Start Date, which is addressed in Paragraph 6.2(e) below) so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Building ( “Capital Expenditure” ), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

 

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises

 

Page 1 of 11


by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last two (2) years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds six (6) months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to six (6) months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least ninety (90) days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

 

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the obligation to pay for such costs pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 7.1(c); provided, however, that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last two years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days written notice to Lessor.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, and Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

 

2.4 Acknowledgements. Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use; (b) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises; and (c) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor any Broker has made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (a) Broker has made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises; and (b) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

 

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

 

3. Term.

 

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

 

3.2 Early Possession . If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such early possession. All other terms of this Lease (including, but not limited to, the obligations to pay Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall, however, be in effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

 

3.3 Delay in Possession. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession as agreed, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until it receives possession of the Premises. If possession is not delivered within sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within ten (10) days after the end of such sixty (60) day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said ten (10) day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. Except as otherwise provided, if possession is not tendered to Lessee by the Start Date and Lessee does not terminate this Lease, as aforesaid, any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within four (4) months after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

 

3.4 Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

 

4. Rent.

 

4.1 Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent ( “Rent” ).

 

4.2 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one (1) full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating.

 

5. Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said Security Deposit, Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on said change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within fourteen (14) days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, if Lessor elects to apply the Security Deposit only to unpaid Rent and otherwise within thirty (30) days after the Premises have been vacated pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(c) below, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

 

6. Use.

 

6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to neighboring properties. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within five (5) business days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in use.

 

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

 

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the

 

Page 2 of 11


Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

 

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

 

(c) Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

 

(d) Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from adjacent properties). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

 

(e) Lessor Indemnification. Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which existed as a result of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Start Date or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

(f) Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Start Date, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

 

(g) Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within ten (10) days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

 

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

 

6.4 Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor’s “Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30 below) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a contamination is found to exist or be imminent or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspections, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination.

 

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

 

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations.

 

(a) In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations, and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fire protection system, fixtures, walls (interior and exterior), foundations, ceilings, roofs, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences, retaining walls, signs, sidewalks and parkways located in, on, or adjacent to the Premises. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair. Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, keep the exterior appearance of the Building in a first-class condition consistent with the exterior appearance of other similar facilities of comparable age and size in the vicinity, including, when necessary, the exterior repainting of the Building.

 

(b) [paragraph deleted]

 

Page 3 of 11


(c) Replacement. Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if the Basic Elements described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such Basic Elements, then such Basic Elements shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is the number of months of the useful life of such replacement as such useful life is specified pursuant to Federal income tax regulations or guidelines for depreciation thereof (including interest on the unamortized balance as is then commercially reasonable in the judgment of Lessor’s accountants), with Lessee reserving the right to prepay its obligation at any time.

 

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), it is intended by the Parties hereto that Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain the Premises, or the equipment therein, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the Lessee. It is the intention of the Parties that the terms of this Lease govern the respective obligations of the Parties as to maintenance and repair of the Premises, and they expressly waive the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

 

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

 

(a) Definitions; Consent Required. The term “Utility Installations” refers to all floor and window coverings, air lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and lira protection systems, communication systems, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing and fencing in or on the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a). Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed $50,000 in the aggregate or $10,000 in any one year.

 

(b) Consent. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent, or $10,000, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

 

(c) Indemnification. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’ attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender, and Restoration.

 

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per Paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

 

(b) Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than ninety (90) and not later than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

 

(c) Surrender/Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee, and the removal, replacement, or remediation of any soil, material or groundwater contaminated by Lessee. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

 

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

 

8.1 Payment For Insurance. Lessee shall pay for all insurance required under Paragraph 8. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to or extending beyond the Lease term shall be prorated to correspond to the Lease term. Payment shall be made by Lessee to Lessor within ten (10) days following receipt of an invoice.

 

8.2 Liability Insurance.

 

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability Policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence with an “ Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises Endorsement” and contain the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion Endorsement” for damage caused by heat smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The Policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an ‘insured contract’ for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. All insurance carried by Lessee shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

 

8.3 Property Insurance-Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

 

(a) Building and Improvements. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any groundlessor, and to any Lender(s) insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lenders, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. If Lessor is the Insuring Party, however, Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee under Paragraph 8.4 rather than by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance

 

Page 4 of 11


coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence, and Lessee shall be liable or such deductible amount in the event of an Insured Loss.

 

(b) [paragraph deleted]

 

(c) Adjacent Premises. If the Premises are part of a larger building, or of a group of buildings owned by Lessor which are adjacent to the Premises, the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premium for the property insurance of such building or buildings if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

8.4 Lessee’s Property/Business Interruption Insurance.

 

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

 

(b) Business Interruption . Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

 

(c) No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

 

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies duly licensed or admitted to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least B+, V, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to lessor. Lessee shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fall to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

 

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

 

8.7 Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

 

8.8 Exemption of Lessor from Liability. Lessor shall not be liable for injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building of which the Premises are a part, or from other sources or places. Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor. Notwithstanding Lessor’s negligence or breach of this Lease, Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

 

9. Damage or Destruction.

 

9.1 Definitions.

 

(a) “ Premises Partial Damage ” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in six (6) months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within thirty (30) days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(b) “ Premises Total Destruction ” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in six (6) months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within thirty (30) days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(c) “ Insured Loss ” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which were caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

 

(d) “ Replacement Cost ” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

 

(e) “ Hazardous Substance Condition ” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises.

 

9.2 Partial Damage – Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installation) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible which is Lessee’s responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within ten (10) days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. It Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said ten (10) day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within ten (10) days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as to commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in fun force and effect or have this Lease terminate thirty (30) days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either party.

 

9.3 Partial Damage – Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective sixty (60) days following

 

Page 5 of 11


the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

 

9.4 Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

 

9.5 Damage Near End of Term. lf at any time during the last six (6) months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one (1) month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective sixty (60) days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is ten days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

 

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

 

(a) Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

 

(b) Remedies. If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than sixty (60) days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within thirty (30) days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within said thirty (30) days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

 

9.7 Termination - Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

 

9.8 Waive Statutes. Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

 

10. Real Property Taxes.

 

10.1 Definition of “Real Property Taxes.” As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Building address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Premises are located. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein, imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Premises.

 

10.2

 

(a) Payment of Taxes. Lessee shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Premises during the term of this Lease. Subject to Paragraph 10.2(b), all such payments shall be made at least ten (10) days prior to any delinquency date. Lessee shall promptly furnish Lessor with satisfactory evidence that such taxes have been paid. If any such taxes shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessee’s share of such taxes shall be prorated to cover only that portion of the tax bill applicable to the period that this Lease is in effect, and Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for any overpayment. If Lessee shall fail to pay any required Real Property Taxes, Lessor shall have the right to pay the same, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor therefor upon demand.

 

(b) Advance Payment. In the event Lessee incurs a late charge on any Rent payment, Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, estimate the current Real Property Taxes, and require that such taxes be paid in advance to Lessor by Lessee, either (i) in a lump sum amount equal to the installment due, at least twenty (20) days prior to the applicable delinquency date, or (ii) monthly in advance with the payment of the Base Rent. If Lessor elects to require payment monthly in advance, the monthly payment shall be an amount equal to the amount of the estimated installment of taxes divided by the number of months remaining before the month in which said statement becomes delinquent. When the actual amount of the applicable tax bill is known, the amount of such equal monthly advance payments shall be adjusted as required to provide the funds needed to pay the applicable taxes. If the amount collected by Lessor is insufficient to pay such Real Property Taxes when due, Lessee shall pay Lessor, upon demand, such additional sums as are necessary to pay such obligations. All monies paid to Lessor under this Paragraph may be intermingled with other monies of Lessor and shall not bear interest. In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, then any balance of funds paid to Lessor under the provisions of this Paragraph may, at the option of Lessor, be treated as an additional Security Deposit.

 

10.3 Joint Assessment. If the Premises are not separately assessed, Lessee’s liability shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be conclusively determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned to the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available.

 

10.4 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee. When possible, Lessee shall cause such property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said personal property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement.

 

11. Utilities. Lessee than pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not separately metered to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion, to be determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered.

 

12. Assignment end Subletting.

 

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required.

 

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment” ) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

(b) A change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

 

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than twenty-five percent (25%) of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable

 

Page 6 of 11


Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon thirty (30) days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to One Hundred Ten Percent (110%) of the scheduled adjusted rent.

 

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

 

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

 

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, any assignment or subletting shall not: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease; (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder; or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

 

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

 

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

 

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

 

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $1,000 or ten percent (10%) of the current monthly Base Rent applicable to the portion of the Premises which is the subject of the proposed assignment or sublease, whichever is greater, as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested.

 

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

 

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

 

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

 

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of each option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

 

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

 

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

 

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

 

13.1 Default; Breach. A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or rules under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

 

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

 

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor, or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of three (3) business days following written notice to Lessee.

 

(c) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) a Tenancy Statement, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 42 (easements), or (viii) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days following written notice to Lessee.

 

(d) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof other than those described in subparagraph 13.1(a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

 

(e) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph 13.1 (e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

 

(f) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

 

(g) If the performance of Lessee’s obligation under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor; (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty; (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing; (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty; or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within sixty (60) days following written notice of any such event to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

 

13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within ten (10) days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by Lessor shall be due and payable by Lessee upon receipt of invoice therefor. If any check given to Lessor by Lessee shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn, Lessor, at its option, may require all future payments to be made by Lessee to be by cashier’s check. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

 

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall

 

Page 7 of 11


immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of the rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent (1%). Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

 

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

 

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

 

13.3 Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions,” shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of Rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

 

13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within five (5) days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of each such overdue amount. The Parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

 

13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within thirty (30) days following the data on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the thirty-first (31st) day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments. The interest ( “Interest” ) charged shall be equal to the prime rate reported in the Wall Street Journal as published closest prior to the date when due plus four percent (4%), but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

 

13.6 Breach by Lessor .

 

(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

 

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, and to pay an excess of such expense under protest, reserving Lessee’s right to reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

 

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation” ), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of any building portion of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the land area portion of the Premises not occupied by any building, is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

 

15. Brokers’ Fee.

 

15.1 Additional Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee acquires any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the same Project, if any, within which the Premises is located, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the schedule of said Brokers in effect at the time of the execution of this Lease.

 

15.2 Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Each Broker shall be a third party beneficiary of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to a Broker any amounts due as and for commissions pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor falls to pay such amounts within ten (10) days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker.

 

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named

 

Page 8 of 11


Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, and/or attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

 

16. Estoppel Certificates.

 

(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party” ) shall within ten (10) days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party” ) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “Estoppel Certificate” form published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

 

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such ten day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s Rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

 

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including, but not limited to, Lessee’s financial statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

 

17. Definition of Lessor. The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Except as provided in Paragraph 15, upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined. Notwithstanding the above, and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 20 below, the original Lessor under this Lease, and all subsequent holders of the Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall remain liable and responsible with regard to the potential duties and liabilities of Lessor pertaining to Hazardous Substances as outlined in Paragraph 6 above.

 

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

 

19. Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

 

20. Limitation on Liability. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 17 above, the obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor, the individual partners of Lessor or its or their individual partners, directors, officers, or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against the individual partners of Lessor, or its or their individual partners, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

 

21. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

 

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The liability (including court costs and Attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to negotiation, execution, delivery or performance by either Lessor or Lessee under this Lease or any amendment or modification hereto shall be limited to an amount up to the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

 

23. Notices.

 

23.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

 

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery data is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantee next day delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt, provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

 

24. Waivers. No waiver by Lessor of Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of monies or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or affect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

 

25. Recording. Either Lessor or Lessee shall, upon request of the other, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a short form memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes. The Party requesting recordation shall be responsible for payment of any fees applicable thereto.

 

26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the month immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

 

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

 

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

 

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

 

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

 

30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device” ), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lessor’s Lender”) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

 

30.2 Attornment. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, Lessee agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i)

 

Page 9 of 11


be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor; or (iii) be bound by prepayment of more than one (1) month’s rent.

 

30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement” ) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within sixty (60) days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said sixty (60) days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lessor’s lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

 

30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

 

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises to enforce the terms hereof or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach.

 

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs . Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee. Lessor may at any time place on the Premises any ordinary “For Sale” signs and Lessor may during the last six (6) months of the term hereof place on the Premises any ordinary “For Lease” signs. Lessee may at any time place on or about the Premises any ordinary “For Sublease” sign.

 

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

 

34. Signs. Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

 

35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within ten (10) days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such tenant interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

 

36. Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including, but not limited to, consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within ten (10) business days following such request.

 

37. Guarantor.

 

37.1 Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

 

37.2 Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) a Tenancy Statement, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

 

38. Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

 

39. Options.

 

39.1 Definition. “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

 

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee. Each Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

 

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

 

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

 

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given three (3) or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the twelve (12) month period Immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

 

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

 

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of thirty (30) days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), (ii) Lessor gives to Lessee three (3) or more notices of separate Default during any twelve (12) month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (iii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

 

40. Multiple Buildings. If the Premises are a part of a group of buildings controlled by Lessor, Lessee agrees that it will observe all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, and care or said properties, including the care and cleanliness of the grounds and including the parking, loading and unloading of vehicles, and that Lessee will pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

41. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

 

42. Reservations. Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

 

Page 10 of 11


43. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay.

 

44. Authority. If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and delivery this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within thirty (30) days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

 

45. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

 

46. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either Party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

 

47. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

 

48. Multiple Parties. If more than one person or entity is named herein as either Lessor or Lessee, such multiple Parties shall have joint and several responsibility to comply with the terms of this Lease.

 

49. Mediation and Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Mediation and/or the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease ¨ is x is not attached to this Lease.

 

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

 

ATTENTION : NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

 

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

 

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

 

WARNING : If THE PREMISES IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES IS LOCATED.

 

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at: San Francisco, CA

      Executed at: San Francisco, CA
on:           on:    

By LESSOR:

     

By LESSEE:

Dolby Properties Brisbane, LLC

       

Managing Member – Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

     

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

By:   /s/    N.W. J ASPER , J R .               By:  

/s/    J ANET D ALY        

Name Printed:  

N.W. Jasper, Jr.

      Name Printed:  

Janet L. Daly

Title:  

President

      Title:   Vice President, Finance & Administration
By:               By:    

Name

Printed:

          Name
Printed:
   
Title:           Title:    
Address:           Address:    
Telephone:   (          )           Telephone:   (          )    
Facsimile:   (          )           Facsimile:   (          )    
Federal ID No.           Federal ID No.    

 

NOTE:  Those forms are often modified to meet the chancing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the moat current form: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 700 So. Flower Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, California 90017. (213) 687-8777. Fax No. (213) 687-8616

 

Page 11 of 11

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

[LOGO] AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

 

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE — NET

(DO NOT USE THIS FORM FOR MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS)

 

1. Basic Provisions ( “Basic Provisions”).

 

1.1 Parties: This Lease ( “Lease” ), dated for reference purposes only, February 15, 2000, is made by and between Dolby Properties Burbank, LLC ( “Lessor” ) and Dolby Laboratories, Inc. ( “Lessee” ), (collectively the “Parties,” or individually a “Party” ).

 

1.2 Premises: That certain real property, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, and commonly known as 3601 West Alameda Avenue, Burbank, located in the County of Los Angeles, State of California, and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the property and, if applicable, the “Project” , if the property is located within a Project) Lots 25, 26, 27, 28, and 29 of tract No. 10134 as per map recorded in Book 143 Pages 1 and 2 of Maps in the office of the County Recorder ( “Premises” ). (See also Paragraph 2)

 

1.3 Term: 15 years and 0 months ( “Original Term” ) commencing December 2, 1999 ( “Commencement Date” ) and ending December 31, 2014 ( “Expiration Date” ). (See also Paragraph 3)

 

1.4 Early Possession: N/A ( “Early Possession Date” ). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

 

1.5 Base Rent: $ 40,500 per month ( “Base Rent” ), payable on the first day of each month commencing March 1, 2000. (See also Paragraph 4)

 

¨ if this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted.

 

1.6 Base Rent Paid Upon Execution: $120,193.55 as Base Rent for the period December 2, 1999 through February 29, 2000.

 

1.7 Security Deposit: $ None – 0 ( “Security Deposit” ). (See also Paragraph 5)

 

1.8 Agreed Use: Office, screening room, light manufacturing, warehousing and related uses. (See also Paragraph 6)

 

1.9 Insuring Party: Lessor is the “Insuring Party” unless otherwise stated herein. (See also Paragraph 8)

 

1.10 Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15)

 

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (collectively, the “Brokers” ) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

 

¨ None represents Lessor exclusively ( “Lessor’s Broker” );

 

¨ ___________ represents Lessee exclusively ( “Lessee’s Broker” ); or

 

¨ ___________ represents both Lessor and Lessee ( “Dual Agency” ).

 

(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Broker the fee agreed to in their separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of N/A - 0% of the total Base Rent for the brokerage services rendered by said Broker).

 

1.11 Guarantor: The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by None ( “Guarantor” ). (See also Paragraph 37)

 

1.12 Addenda and Exhibits. Attached hereto is an Addendum or Addenda consisting of Paragraphs              through              and Exhibits None, all of which constitute a part of this Lease.

 

2. Premises.

 

2.1 Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of size set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating rental, is an approximation which the Parties agree is reasonable and the rental based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual size is more or less.

 

2.2 Condition. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs ( “Start Date” ), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee within thirty (30) days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ( “HVAC” ), loading doors, if any, and all other such elements in the Premises, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date and that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of any buildings on the Premises (the “Building” ) shall be free of material defects. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Start Date, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. If, after the Start Date, Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of any non-compliance with this warranty within: (i) one year as to the surface of the roof and the structural portions of the roof, foundations and bearing walls, (ii) six (6) months as to the HVAC systems, (iii) thirty (30) days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Building, correction of such non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense.

 

2.3 Compliance. Lessor warrants that the Improvements on the Premises comply with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, building codes, regulations and ordinances ( “Applicable Requirements” ) in effect on the Start Date. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning is appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within six (6) months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed (as opposed to being in existence at the Start Date, which is addressed in Paragraph 6.2(e) below) so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Building ( “Capital Expenditure” ), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

 

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises

 

Page 1 of 11


by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last two (2) years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds six (6) months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to six (6) months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least ninety (90) days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

 

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the obligation to pay for such costs pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 7.1(c); provided, however, that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last two years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days written notice to Lessor.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, and Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

 

2.4 Acknowledgements. Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use; (b) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises; and (c) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor any Broker has made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (a) Broker has made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises; and (b) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

 

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

 

3. Term.

 

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

 

3.2 Early Possession . If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such early possession. All other terms of this Lease (including, but not limited to, the obligations to pay Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall, however, be in effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

 

3.3 Delay in Possession. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession as agreed, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until it receives possession of the Premises. If possession is not delivered within sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within ten (10) days after the end of such sixty (60) day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said ten (10) day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. Except as otherwise provided, if possession is not tendered to Lessee by the Start Date and Lessee does not terminate this Lease, as aforesaid, any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within four (4) months after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

 

3.4 Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

 

4. Rent.

 

4.1 Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent ( “Rent” ).

 

4.2 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one (1) full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating.

 

5. Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said Security Deposit, Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on said change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within fourteen (14) days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, if Lessor elects to apply the Security Deposit only to unpaid Rent and otherwise within thirty (30) days after the Premises have been vacated pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(c) below, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

 

6. Use.

 

6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to neighboring properties. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within five (5) business days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in use.

 

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

 

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the

 

Page 2 of 11


Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

 

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

 

(c) Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

 

(d) Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from adjacent properties). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

 

(e) Lessor Indemnification. Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which existed as a result of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Start Date or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

(f) Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Start Date, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

 

(g) Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within ten (10) days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

 

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

 

6.4 Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor’s “Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30 below) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a contamination is found to exist or be imminent or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspections, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination.

 

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

 

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations.

 

(a) In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations, and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fire protection system, fixtures, walls (interior and exterior), foundations, ceilings, roofs, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences, retaining walls, signs, sidewalks and parkways located in, on, or adjacent to the Premises. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair. Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, keep the exterior appearance of the Building in a first-class condition consistent with the exterior appearance of other similar facilities of comparable age and size in the vicinity, including, when necessary, the exterior repainting of the Building.

 

Page 3 of 11


(b) [paragraph deleted]

 

(c) Replacement. Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if the Basic Elements described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such Basic Elements, then such Basic Elements shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is the number of months of the useful life of such replacement as such useful life is specified pursuant to Federal income tax regulations or guidelines for depreciation thereof (including interest on the unamortized balance as is then commercially reasonable in the judgment of Lessor’s accountants), with Lessee reserving the right to prepay its obligation at any time.

 

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), it is intended by the Parties hereto that Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain the Premises, or the equipment therein, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the Lessee. It is the intention of the Parties that the terms of this Lease govern the respective obligations of the Parties as to maintenance and repair of the Premises, and they expressly waive the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

 

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

 

(a) Definitions; Consent Required. The term “Utility Installations” refers to all floor and window coverings, air lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and lira protection systems, communication systems, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing and fencing in or on the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a). Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed $50,000 in the aggregate or $10,000 in any one year.

 

(b) Consent. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent, or $10,000, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

 

(c) Indemnification. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’ attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender, and Restoration.

 

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per Paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

 

(b) Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than ninety (90) and not later than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

 

(c) Surrender/Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee, and the removal, replacement, or remediation of any soil, material or groundwater contaminated by Lessee. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

 

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

 

8.1 Payment For Insurance. Lessee shall pay for all insurance required under Paragraph 8. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to or extending beyond the Lease term shall be prorated to correspond to the Lease term. Payment shall be made by Lessee to Lessor within ten (10) days following receipt of an invoice.

 

8.2 Liability Insurance.

 

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability Policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence with an Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises Endorsement” and contain the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion Endorsement” for damage caused by heat smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The Policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an ‘insured contract’ for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. All insurance carried by Lessee shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

 

8.3 Property Insurance-Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

 

(a) Building and Improvements. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any groundlessor, and to any Lender(s) insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lenders, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. If Lessor is the Insuring Party, however, Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee under Paragraph 8.4 rather than by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance

 

Page 4 of 11


coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence, and Lessee shall be liable or such deductible amount in the event of an Insured Loss.

 

(b) [paragraph deleted]

 

(c) Adjacent Premises. If the Premises are part of a larger building, or of a group of buildings owned by Lessor which are adjacent to the Premises, the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premium for the property insurance of such building or buildings if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

8.4 Lessee’s Property/Business Interruption Insurance.

 

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

 

(b) Business Interruption . Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

 

(c) No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

 

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies duly licensed or admitted to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least B+, V, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to lessor. Lessee shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fall to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

 

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

 

8.7 Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

 

8.8 Exemption of Lessor from Liability. Lessor shall not be liable for injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building of which the Premises are a part, or from other sources or places. Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor. Notwithstanding Lessor’s negligence or breach of this Lease, Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

 

9. Damage or Destruction.

 

9.1 Definitions.

 

(a) “ Premises Partial Damage ” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in six (6) months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within thirty (30) days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(b) “ Premises Total Destruction ” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in six (6) months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within thirty (30) days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(c) “ Insured Loss ” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which were caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

 

(d) “ Replacement Cost ” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

 

(e) “ Hazardous Substance Condition ” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises.

 

9.2 Partial Damage – Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installation) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible which is Lessee’s responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within ten (10) days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. It Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said ten (10) day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within ten (10) days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as to commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in fun force and effect or have this Lease terminate thirty (30) days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either party.

 

9.3 Partial Damage – Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective sixty (60) days following

 

Page 5 of 11


the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

 

9.4 Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

 

9.5 Damage Near End of Term. lf at any time during the last six (6) months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one (1) month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective sixty (60) days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is ten days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

 

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

 

(a) Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

 

(b) Remedies. If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than sixty (60) days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within thirty (30) days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within said thirty (30) days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

 

9.7 Termination - Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

 

9.8 Waive Statutes. Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

 

10. Real Property Taxes.

 

10.1 Definition of “Real Property Taxes.” As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Building address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Premises are located. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein, imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Premises.

 

10.2

 

(a) Payment of Taxes. Lessee shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Premises during the term of this Lease. Subject to Paragraph 10.2(b), all such payments shall be made at least ten (10) days prior to any delinquency date. Lessee shall promptly furnish Lessor with satisfactory evidence that such taxes have been paid. If any such taxes shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessee’s share of such taxes shall be prorated to cover only that portion of the tax bill applicable to the period that this Lease is in effect, and Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for any overpayment. If Lessee shall fail to pay any required Real Property Taxes, Lessor shall have the right to pay the same, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor therefor upon demand.

 

(b) Advance Payment. In the event Lessee incurs a late charge on any Rent payment, Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, estimate the current Real Property Taxes, and require that such taxes be paid in advance to Lessor by Lessee, either (i) in a lump sum amount equal to the installment due, at least twenty (20) days prior to the applicable delinquency date, or (ii) monthly in advance with the payment of the Base Rent. If Lessor elects to require payment monthly in advance, the monthly payment shall be an amount equal to the amount of the estimated installment of taxes divided by the number of months remaining before the month in which said statement becomes delinquent. When the actual amount of the applicable tax bill is known, the amount of such equal monthly advance payments shall be adjusted as required to provide the funds needed to pay the applicable taxes. If the amount collected by Lessor is insufficient to pay such Real Property Taxes when due, Lessee shall pay Lessor, upon demand, such additional sums as are necessary to pay such obligations. All monies paid to Lessor under this Paragraph may be intermingled with other monies of Lessor and shall not bear interest. In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, then any balance of funds paid to Lessor under the provisions of this Paragraph may, at the option of Lessor, be treated as an additional Security Deposit.

 

10.3 Joint Assessment. If the Premises are not separately assessed, Lessee’s liability shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be conclusively determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned to the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available.

 

10.4 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee. When possible, Lessee shall cause such property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said personal property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement.

 

11. Utilities. Lessee than pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not separately metered to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion, to be determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered.

 

12. Assignment and Subletting.

 

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required.

 

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment” ) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

(b) A change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

 

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than twenty-five percent (25%) of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable

 

Page 6 of 11


Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon thirty (30) days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to One Hundred Ten Percent (110%) of the scheduled adjusted rent.

 

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

 

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

 

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, any assignment or subletting shall not: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease; (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder; or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

 

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

 

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

 

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

 

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $1,000 or ten percent (10%) of the current monthly Base Rent applicable to the portion of the Premises which is the subject of the proposed assignment or sublease, whichever is greater, as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested.

 

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

 

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

 

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

 

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of each option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

 

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

 

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

 

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

 

13.1 Default; Breach. A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or rules under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

 

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

 

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor, or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of three (3) business days following written notice to Lessee.

 

(c) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) a Tenancy Statement, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 42 (easements), or (viii) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days following written notice to Lessee.

 

(d) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof other than those described in subparagraph 13.1(a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

 

(e) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph 13.1 (e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

 

(f) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

 

(g) If the performance of Lessee’s obligation under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor; (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty; (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing; (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty; or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within sixty (60) days following written notice of any such event to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

 

13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within ten (10) days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by Lessor shall be due and payable by Lessee upon receipt of invoice therefor. If any check given to Lessor by Lessee shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn, Lessor, at its option, may require all future payments to be made by Lessee to be by cashier’s check. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

 

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall

 

Page 7 of 11


immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of the rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent (1%). Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

 

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

 

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

 

13.3 Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions,” shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of Rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

 

13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within five (5) days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of each such overdue amount. The Parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

 

13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within thirty (30) days following the data on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the thirty-first (31st) day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments. The interest ( “Interest” ) charged shall be equal to the prime rate reported in the Wall Street Journal as published closest prior to the date when due plus four percent (4%), but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

 

13.6 Breach by Lessor .

 

(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

 

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, and to pay an excess of such expense under protest, reserving Lessee’s right to reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

 

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation” ), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of any building portion of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the land area portion of the Premises not occupied by any building, is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

 

15. Brokers’ Fee.

 

15.1 Additional Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee acquires any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the same Project, if any, within which the Premises is located, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the schedule of said Brokers in effect at the time of the execution of this Lease.

 

15.2 Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Each Broker shall be a third party beneficiary of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to a Broker any amounts due as and for commissions pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor falls to pay such amounts within ten (10) days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker.

 

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named

 

Page 8 of 11


Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, and/or attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

 

16. Estoppel Certificates.

 

(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party” ) shall within ten (10) days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party” ) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “Estoppel Certificate” form published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

 

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such ten day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s Rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

 

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including, but not limited to, Lessee’s financial statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

 

17. Definition of Lessor. The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Except as provided in Paragraph 15, upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined. Notwithstanding the above, and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 20 below, the original Lessor under this Lease, and all subsequent holders of the Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall remain liable and responsible with regard to the potential duties and liabilities of Lessor pertaining to Hazardous Substances as outlined in Paragraph 6 above.

 

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

 

19. Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

 

20. Limitation on Liability. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 17 above, the obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor, the individual partners of Lessor or its or their individual partners, directors, officers, or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against the individual partners of Lessor, or its or their individual partners, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

 

21. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

 

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The liability (including court costs and Attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to negotiation, execution, delivery or performance by either Lessor or Lessee under this Lease or any amendment or modification hereto shall be limited to an amount up to the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

 

23. Notices.

 

23.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

 

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery data is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantee next day delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt, provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

 

24. Waivers. No waiver by Lessor of Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of monies or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or affect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

 

25. Recording. Either Lessor or Lessee shall, upon request of the other, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a short form memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes. The Party requesting recordation shall be responsible for payment of any fees applicable thereto.

 

26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the month immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

 

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

 

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

 

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

 

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

 

30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device” ), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lessor’s Lender”) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

 

30.2 Attornment. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, Lessee agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i)

 

Page 9 of 11


be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor; or (iii) be bound by prepayment of more than one (1) month’s rent.

 

30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement” ) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within sixty (60) days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said sixty (60) days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lessor’s lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

 

30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

 

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises to enforce the terms hereof or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach.

 

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs . Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee. Lessor may at any time place on the Premises any ordinary “For Sale” signs and Lessor may during the last six (6) months of the term hereof place on the Premises any ordinary “For Lease” signs. Lessee may at any time place on or about the Premises any ordinary “For Sublease” sign.

 

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

 

34. Signs. Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

 

35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within ten (10) days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such tenant interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

 

36. Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including, but not limited to, consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within ten (10) business days following such request.

 

37. Guarantor.

 

37.1 Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

 

37.2 Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) a Tenancy Statement, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

 

38. Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

 

39. Options.

 

39.1 Definition. “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

 

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee. Each Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

 

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

 

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

 

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given three (3) or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the twelve (12) month period Immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

 

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

 

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of thirty (30) days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), (ii) Lessor gives to Lessee three (3) or more notices of separate Default during any twelve (12) month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (iii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

 

40. Multiple Buildings. If the Premises are a part of a group of buildings controlled by Lessor, Lessee agrees that it will observe all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, and care or said properties, including the care and cleanliness of the grounds and including the parking, loading and unloading of vehicles, and that Lessee will pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

41. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

 

42. Reservations. Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

 

Page 10 of 11


43. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay.

 

44. Authority. If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and delivery this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within thirty (30) days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

 

45. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

 

46. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either Party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

 

47. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

 

48. Multiple Parties. If more than one person or entity is named herein as either Lessor or Lessee, such multiple Parties shall have joint and several responsibility to comply with the terms of this Lease.

 

49. Mediation and Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Mediation and/or the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease ¨ is x is not attached to this Lease.

 

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

 

ATTENTION : NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

 

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

 

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

 

WARNING : If THE PREMISES IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES IS LOCATED.

 

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at: San Francisco, CA

     

Executed at: San Francisco, CA

on:

         

on:

   

By LESSOR:

     

By LESSEE:

Dolby Properties Burbank, LLC

       

 

Managing Member – Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

     

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

By:       /s/    N.W. J ASPER , J R .               By:       /s/    J ANET L. D ALY        

Name Printed:

  N.W. Jasper, Jr.      

Name Printed:

  Janet L. Daly

Title:

  President      

Title:

  Vice President, Finance & Administration
By:               By:        

Name Printed:

         

Name Printed:

   

Title:

         

Title:

   

Address:

         

Address:

   

 

Telephone:

 

(              )

         

Telephone:

 

(              )

   

Facsimile:

 

(              )

         

Facsimile:

 

(              )

   

Federal ID No.

         

Federal ID No.

   

 

NOTE: Those forms are often modified to meet the chancing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the moat current form: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 700 So. Flower Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, California 90017. (213) 687-8777. Fax No. (213) 687-8616

 

Page 11 of 11

Exhibit 10.12

 

DATED

  Seventh June   1993

 

R.M. DOLBY ESQ and    (1)
DOLBY LABORATORIES LICENSING     
CORPORATION     
- to -     
DOLBY LABORATORIES INC    (2)

 

L E A S E

    
- of -     
Plot 4 Interface     
Wootton Bassett Wiltshire     

    

 

TERM:   

15 YEARS (subject to earlier termination)

FROM:   

1st January 1993

RENT:   

£500,000 (subject to review)

 

BRISTOWS COOKE & CARPMAEL

10 Lincoln’s Inn Fields

LONDON WC2A 3BP


THIS LEASE made the Seventh day of June 1993

 

BETWEEN

 

(1) RAY MILTON DOLBY and DOLBY LABORATORIES LICENSING CORPORATION both [illegible] 100 Potrero Avenue San Francisco California USA (“the Landlords”).

 

AND

 

(2) DOLBY LABORATORIES INC. a Company incorporated in the State of California USA and having its principal place of business in United Kingdom at Interface Wootton Bassett Wiltshire (“the Tenant”)

 

WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS:-

 

1. In this Lease unless the context otherwise requires:-

 

“the Landlords” includes the person or persons for the time being entitled to the reversion immediately expectant on the determination of the Term.

 

“the Tenant” includes the Tenant’s successors in title and permitted assigns.

 

“the Development” means the Development situate at Bincknoll Lane Wootton Bassett Wiltshire and known as Interface the boundaries whereof are shown for identification purposes only edged black on plan number 1 annexed hereto and each and every part.

 

1


“the Premises” means the land forming part of the Development and more particularly described in the First Schedule hereto.

 

“the Estate Road” means the road (including the verges and footpaths) forming part of the Development and shown for the purpose of identification only edged brown on plan number 2 annexed hereto.

 

“the Landscaped Strips” means the areas of land forming part of the Premises shown for the purpose of identification only coloured yellow on plan number 2 annexed hereto.

 

“the Landscaped Areas” means the landscaped areas (excluding for the avoidance of doubt the Landscaped Strips) forming part of the Development.

 

“the Service Media” means the pipes conduits wires cables channels ducts mains sewers and other media or apparatus which are required for conducting controlling or measuring water soil gas electricity telephone telex and other electrical impulses air smoke and fumes and other things of a like nature and which serve jointly the Premises and other parts of the Development.

 

“the Common Parts” means all parts of the Development not demised or intended to be demised to any lessee or lessees or sold or intended to be sold freehold (except to a management company) and (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) including in particular (but only in so far as the same shall not be adopted as maintainable at the public’s expense) the Estate Road the Landscaped Areas and the Service Media.

 

2


[DIAGRAM OF PLAN NO. 1]


“the Company” means the Management Company known as Interface (Wootton Bassett) Management Company Limited having Company Number 2281555.

 

“the Transferor” means Trafalgar House Business Park Limited whose registered office is at Devonshire House Mayfair Place London W1A 3AG and includes its successors in title owners and occupiers for the time being of the Development and any part thereof.

 

“the Term” means the term granted by this Lease and shall include any extension holding over or continuation whether by statute agreement or otherwise howsoever and references to “the determination of the Term” shall mean the end of the Term by effluxion of time or determination by re-entry surrender merger or otherwise howsoever.

 

“the Planning Acts” means the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 the Town and Country Planning (Listed Building and Conservation Areas) Act 1990 the Planning (Hazardous Substances) Act 1990 and the Planning (Consequential Provisions) Act 1990 and references to the Planning Acts or to any Act of Parliament (whether general or specific) are deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment for the time being in force and also to include any statutory instruments orders rules or regulations for the time being in force or having effect thereunder.

 

“Rent” means the rents respectively reserved by this Lease (and any increase therein) and in addition the Service Charge.

 

“the Service Charge” means the expenditure specified in the Eighth Schedule.

 

-3-


“the Insured Risks” means such risks as are for the time being covered by any Policy of Insurance effected under the terms of this Lease by the Landlords which (without prejudice to that generality) shall include fire storm lightning explosion riot civil commotion malicious damage impact flood burst pipes aircraft and other aerial devices or articles dropped therefrom (other than war risks) public liability and liability under the Defective Premises Act 1972 and such other risks as the Landlords may from time to time require to be covered in the Landlords’ absolute discretion subject in all cases to any excess exclusion or limitation imposed by the insurers.

 

“the Landlords’ Agent” means such professional Surveyor Accountant or other person or persons as may from time to time be appointed by the Landlords for the purpose of performing any relevant function under the provisions of this Lease.

 

“the Prescribed Rate” means four per centum above the Base Rate from time to time of Barclays Bank Plc or where there is no such Base Rate then such equivalent rate of interest as the Landlords shall reasonably from time to time specify by notice in writing served on the Tenant and where and wherever interest is payable at the Prescribed Rate the same shall be calculated on a day to day basis and compounded quarterly (and proportionately for any fraction of a quarter) on any relevant usual quarter day.

 

“Schedule” means the relevant schedule to this Lease.

 

“Insolvency Event” means in relation to the Tenant any of the following events being

 

4


(1) in relation to a Company that:-

 

  (a) it is deemed unable to pay its debts as defined in Section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986 (referred to as “the Act” in the remainder of this definition); or

 

  (b) a proposal is made for a voluntary arrangement under Part 1 of the Act; or

 

  (c) a receiver or manager is appointed whether under Part III of the Act (including an administrative receiver) or otherwise; or

 

  (d) it goes into liquidation as defined in Section 247(2) of the Act (other than a voluntary winding up solely for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction while solvent); or

 

  (e) a provisional liquidator is appointed under Section 135 of the Act; or

 

  (f) a proposal is made for a scheme of arrangement under Section 425 of the Companies Act 1985; and

 

(2) in relation to an individual that:-

 

  (a) an application is made for an interim order or a proposal is made for a voluntary arrangement under part VIII of the Act; or

 

5


  (b) a bankruptcy petition is presented to the court or his circumstances are such that a bankruptcy petition could be presented under part IC of the Act; or

 

  (c) he enters into a deed of arrangement.

 

References to Value Added Tax in this Lease include any imposition or levy of a like nature in substitution therefor and for the purposes of this Lease Value Added Tax is “recoverable” by a person if (but only if) that person is entitled to credit for it under Sections 14 and 15 of the Value Added Tax 1983 or any relevant regulations or under any equivalent legislation.

 

Words importing the masculine gender shall where appropriate include the feminine gender and the neuter gender or vice versa as the case may be and words importing the singular number shall where appropriate include the plural number and vice versa and words importing persons shall include corporations and vice versa.

 

2. In consideration of the Rent and covenants on the part of the Tenant hereinafter reserved and contained the Landlords HEREBY DEMISE to the Tenant ALL THOSE the Premises TOGETHER with the rights set out in the Second Schedule BUT EXCEPT AND RESERVING the rights set out in the Third Schedule AND SUBJECT to the matters specified in the Fourth Schedule and to all subsisting easements and quasi-easements affecting the whole or any part of the Premises TO HOLD the same unto the Tenant on and from the First day of January 1993 for the term of FIFTEEN (15) YEARS (subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided) YIELDING AND PAYING during the Term FIRST the yearly rent set out in the Fifth Schedule (and in proportion for

 

6


any less time than a year) such rent to be paid to the Landlords or the Landlords’ Agent as the Landlords shall from time to time by notice in writing require without any set-off or deduction whatsoever (save such as the Tenant may by law be required to make notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary) by equal quarterly payments in advance on the four usual quarter days in each year the first payment to be made on the execution of this Lease for the period from the First day of January 1993 until the next ensuing quarter day SECONDLY by way of further rent the Service Charge and THIRDLY by way of further rent on demand all sums which the Landlords may from time to time pay for insuring and keeping insured the Premises against the Insured Risks in accordance with the Landlords’ covenant hereinafter contained.

 

3. THE Tenant COVENANTS with the Landlords to observe and perform throughout the Term the covenants set out in the Sixth Schedule.

 

4. THE Landlords COVENANT with the Tenant that subject to the Tenant paying the Rent and observing and performing the covenants set out in the Sixth Schedule the Landlords will observe and perform the covenants set out in the Seventh Schedule.

 

5. PROVIDED ALWAYS AND IT IS AGREED AND DECLARED as follows:-

 

5.1 If the Rent or any part of it shall be in arrear for fourteen days after becoming due (whether demanded or not) or in the event of any breach of any of the covenants on the part of the Tenant in this Lease contained or if the Tenant shall permit any execution or distress to be levied on any goods for the time being in the Premises or if in relation to the Tenant there occurs an Insolvency Event then

 

7


and in any such case it shall be lawful for the Landlords to re-enter upon the Premises or any part of them in the name of the whole whereupon this Lease shall absolutely determine but without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Landlords in respect of the non-payment of any of the Rent or any other breach of any of the covenants contained in this Lease.

 

5.2 Save to the extent that the same may be payable by law notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary the Tenant shall not upon quitting or giving up the Premises be entitled to any compensation under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954.

 

5.3 Save to the extent that the Landlords may be liable either by virtue of the covenants on the Landlords’ part contained in the Seventh Schedule or by law notwithstanding any agreement or disclaimer to the contrary the Landlords shall not be liable in any way whatsoever to the Tenant or any undertenant or to any other person by reason of any act neglect default or omission on the part of any of the tenants or owners or occupiers of any adjoining or neighbouring premises or of any agent representative or employee of the Landlords (unless acting within the scope of the express or implied authority of the Landlords) or by reason of the defective working stoppage or breakage of or leakage or overflow from the Service Media or other plant apparatus or appliances of any kind whatsoever or by reason of the state or condition of the Estate Road or the Common Parts or the Premises and shall be indemnified by the Tenant against all liability in respect of all or any such matters.

 

8


5.4 Nothing herein shall render the Landlords or the Tenant liable in respect of any of the covenants conditions or provisions hereinbefore contained if and so far only as the performance or observance of such covenants conditions and provisions or any one or more of them shall hereafter become a contravention of or otherwise impossible or illegal under or by virtue of the Planning Acts but subject as aforesaid the Term and the Rent shall not determine by reason only of any changes modifications or restrictions of user of the Premises or obligations or requirements (if any) hereafter to be made or imposed under or by virtue of the said Acts.

 

5.5 Nothing herein contained shall by implication of law or otherwise operate or be deemed to confer upon the Tenant any easement right or privilege whatsoever over or against any adjoining or neighbouring property which now belongs or hereafter shall belong to the Landlords either for an estate in fee simple or for a term of years which would or might restrict or prejudicially affect the future rebuilding alteration or development of such adjoining or neighbouring property and the Landlords shall have the right at any time to make such alterations to or to pull down and rebuild or redevelop any adjoining or neighbouring property as the Landlords may deem fit without obtaining any consent from or making any compensation to the Tenant on account thereof.

 

5.6 The Landlords shall have power at all times without obtaining any consent from or making any arrangement with the Tenant to deal as the Landlords may think fit with any property belonging to the Landlords adjoining or near to the Premises and to erect or suffer to be erected on such property any buildings whatsoever whether or not such

 

9


buildings shall affect or diminish the light or air which may now or at any time or times during the term be enjoyed by the Tenant or any sub-tenant or occupier of the Premises or any part thereof.

 

5.7 In case the Premises or any part thereof or the means of access thereto shall at any time during the term be destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks so as to be unfit for occupation and use and the policy or policies of insurance shall not have been vitiated or payment of the policy monies refused in whole or in part in consequence of some act or default of the Tenant its servants or agents the rent hereby first reserved or a fair proportion thereof according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained shall cease and be suspended until the Premises shall be again rendered fit for occupation and use (or for a period of three years from the date of such destruction or damage whichever shall be the shorter period) and any dispute as to the amount or extent of such cesser of rent shall be referred to the award of a single arbitrator if the Landlords and the Tenant can agree on one and otherwise to an arbitrator appointed on the application of either party by the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors and in either case in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration Acts 1950 and 1975 or any statutory modification thereof for the time being in force.

 

5.8 If after the Tenant has vacated the Premises after the determination of the Term either by effluxion of time or otherwise any property of the Tenant shall remain in or upon the Premises and if the Tenant shall fail to remove the same within seven days after being requested by the Landlords so to do by notice in writing then the Landlords may

 

10


sell such property and shall then hold the proceeds of sale after deducting the costs and expenses of removal storage and sale reasonably and properly incurred by the Landlords to the order of the Tenant and the Tenant hereby appoints the Landlord its agent to act in accordance with the provisions of this Clause.

 

5.9 If the Rent or any part of it or any other sum of any kind whatsoever which shall or may from time to time become payable to the Landlords under this Lease shall remain unpaid for seven days after becoming due (whether or not demanded except where a demand is prescribed by the terms of this Lease when the due date shall be deemed to be the date of demand) the same shall carry interest at the Prescribed Rate for the period from the date on which it became due until the date of actual payment and such interest shall be paid by the Tenant on demand.

 

6. IF the Tenant shall desire to determine the Term on the 31st day of December 2002 and of such desire shall give to the Landlords or to the Landlords’ Agent not less than twelve months’ prior notice in writing then this Lease shall on the 31st day of December 2002 cease and determine but without prejudice to any claim by either party against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of covenant.

 

7. SECTION 196 of the Law of Property Act 1925 (as amended by the Recorded Delivery Service Act 1962) shall apply to all notices which may need to be served under the terms of this Lease.

 

IN WITNESS of which each party has executed this Lease as a Deed on the date first above written

 

11


THE FIRST SCHEDULE

 

The Premises

 

ALL THAT piece or parcel of freehold land situate on the south side of Bincknoll Lane Wootton Bassett shown edged red on the plan number 2 annexed hereto being the land comprised in Title Number WT103699 and comprising in area 3.073 acres or thereabouts TOGETHER WITH

 

  (i) each and every part of all buildings erected thereon or on some part thereof and all additions thereto;

 

  (ii) all car parking loading and hard standing areas within the Premises and all boundary walls and fences enclosing the Premises; and

 

  (iii) all Service Media exclusively serving the Premises up to the point of connection with the common or public systems.

 

THE SECOND SCHEDULE

 

Rights Granted in Common

 

In common with the Landlords and all others for the time being authorised by the Landlords or otherwise entitled:-

 

(a) a right of way with or without vehicles at all times and for all purposes over and along the Estate Road for the purpose of access to and egress from the Premises;

 

12


(b) the right to the free and uninterrupted passage and running of water soil gas electricity telephone and other services (if any) through the Service Media which may now or during the Term be laid in under or upon the Development;

 

(c) the right upon giving reasonable notice to the owner or occupier thereof to enter upon such part of the Development as may be necessary or practicable for the purpose of connecting to the Service Media in under or upon the Development and for the purpose of repairing maintaining inspecting or cleaning all such connections to the Service Media as aforesaid the person so entering causing as little inconvenience or damage as reasonably practicable and making good any damage so caused with all due despatch;

 

PROVIDED ALWAYS that none of the rights hereby granted shall apply or be exercised over any land transferred to or vested in any of the supply authorities or covered or proposed to be covered by a building.

 

THE THIRD SCHEDULE

 

Exceptions and Reservations

 

1. Unto the Landlords and all others for the time being authorised by the Landlords or otherwise entitled:-

 

(a) the free and uninterrupted passage of water soil electricity and gas through the Service Media which are now or may at any time during the Term be in or under or passing through or over the Premises and which serve the Development or any part thereof with the right to repair

 

13


maintain inspect and renew such Service Media and the right at any time but (except in an emergency) after giving reasonable written notice to enter the Premises (but except in the case of the Landlords or the Landlords’ Agent and persons expressly authorised by the Landlords not any buildings thereon) in the exercise of such rights the person exercising such right causing a minimum of interference and making good any damage caused as quickly as practicable to the Tenant’s reasonable satisfaction;

 

(b) such rights of entry on the Premises as may be necessary in connection with the construction and/or maintenance of the Estate Road and the Service Media the person exercising such rights causing a minimum of interference and making good any damage caused as quickly as practicable to the Tenant’s reasonable satisfaction;

 

(c) the right to enter on to the Premises (but except as aforesaid not into or under any buildings thereon) and to lay thereunder additional Service Media of a type and in a manner approved by the Tenant (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and thereafter of the free passage and running of water soil electricity and gas through the same with the right to enter upon the said land to maintain repair inspect and renew the said Service Media the person exercising such right causing the minimum of interference and making good damage so caused with all due despatch;

 

(d) such reasonable rights of access as are required by the Company and the Transferor over the paths roads and parking areas constructed or to be constructed within the Property for the purpose of access to and egress from the Common Parts as are required by the Company and the Transferor to enable it to carry out their respective management responsibilities in respect of the Development;

 

14


(e) a right of support for the Development from the Premises.

 

PROVIDED ALWAYS that save as otherwise expressly provided none of the rights hereby excepted and reserved (other than that contained in clause l(e) of this Schedule) shall apply to or be exercised over any land covered or intended to be covered by a building.

 

2. There is excepted and reserved to the Transferor and the Company the right to enter on to the Premises with such men and machinery as shall reasonably be required for the purpose of tending maintaining and renewing the Landscaped Strips and the area of land shown for identification purposes only hatched blue on plan number 3 annexed hereto and installing thereon name signs the persons exercising such rights causing the minimum of interference and making good damage so caused with due despatch.

 

THE FOURTH SCHEDULE

 

Matters referred to in Clause 1

 

1. Those matters (save for financial charges) referred to in the Property or Charges Register of Title Number WT 103699 as are subsisting and are capable of affecting the Premises.

 

2. The covenants conditions or other matters contained or referred to in a Transfer (“the Transfer”) dated 20th June 1991 and made between the Transferor (1) the Landlord (2) and the Tenant (3) and a Deed of Covenant (“the Deed of Covenant”) dated 20th June 1991 and made between the Transferor (1) the Company (2) the Landlord (3) and the Tenant (4).

 

15


THE FIFTH SCHEDULE

 

1. On and from the date of commencement of the Term until and including the date immediately before the first Review Date (as defined below) the net yearly rent of FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND POUNDS (£500,000).

 

2. During each successive Review Period (as defined below) a net yearly rent equal to that payable immediately prior to the relevant Review Date (as defined below) or such reviewed rent as may be agreed or determined as provided below (whichever shall be the greater).

 

3.1 It is expressly declared that notwithstanding anything to the contrary which may be contained in or implied by this Lease time shall not be deemed to be of the essence in respect of any step provided for in this paragraph 3.

 

3.2 In this Schedule the following expressions have the following meanings:

 

Expression


  

Meaning


“Review Date”    the date of expiration of every period of five (5) years of the Term (computed in every case from and including the date of commencement of the Term) and the expression “relevant Review Date” shall be construed accordingly;

 

16


“Review Period”   each period on and from a Review Date to and including the date immediately before the next succeeding Review Date or (as the case may be) on and from the relevant Review Date to and including the date of the expiry of the Term;
“Market Rent”   the best yearly rent at which the whole of the Premises might reasonably be expected to be let in the open market on the relevant Review Date by a willing landlord to a willing tenant with vacant possession and without taking any fine or premium for a term equal to the Term and upon the terms of this Lease (other than as to the amount of the Rent under this part of the Schedule but including these provisions for rent review) and upon the assumptions that:
    (i)    no reduction or allowance is to be made on account of any rent free period rent concession or other inducement which in a new letting might be granted to the incoming tenant;

 

17


    (ii)   that no work has been carried out on the Premises by the Tenant or any predecessor in title of the Tenant during the Term which has diminished the rental value of the Premises;
    (iii)   that the covenants on the part of the Landlords and the Tenant contained in this Lease or any document supplemental thereto and the covenants on the part of the Company contained in the Transfer and the Deed of Covenant have been complied with in all respects;
    (iv)   that the willing tenant is a taxable person for the purposes of the legislation relating to Value Added Tax and is able to recover all input tax paid by it as a credit against output tax or otherwise;
    but disregarding:
    (a)   any effect on rent of the fact that the Tenant has been or is in occupation of the whole or any part of the Premises;

 

18


    (b)   any goodwill attached to the Premises by reason of the carrying on at the Premises of the business of the Tenant;
    (c)   any effect on rent of any improvements (shown to be such by the Tenant) carried out during the Term by the Tenant at the Tenant’s expense with the consent of and otherwise than in pursuance of an obligation to the Landlords;
    (d)   the destruction of or damage to the Premises or any part thereof by the Insured Risks;
    (e)   any restraint or restriction on the right to recover or increase rent imposed by or by virtue of any Act of Parliament;
    (f)   any inability of the Tenant to recover Value Added Tax.

 

3.3 As at every Review Date the rent under this Schedule shall be reviewed and increased (if appropriate) to an amount which shall represent the Market Rent at the commencement of the relevant Review Period.

 

19


3.4 In the first instance the Landlords and the Tenant shall endeavour to agree the amount of the Market Rent to be paid on and from the commencement of the relevant Review Period but if for any reason they shall not have agreed the same by such date as shall be one month before the relevant Review Date then at any time thereafter the same may be referred to and determined by a valuer (who unless the Landlords and the Tenant shall have otherwise agreed before the valuer shall have been appointed shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator but who shall afford to each of the Landlords and the Tenant a reasonable opportunity to make representations to him and take any such representations into account before he makes his determination) agreed upon between the Landlords and the Tenant or in the absence of such agreement prior to such date as shall be one month before the Relevant Review Date to be nominated on the application of either the Landlords or the Tenant or both of them jointly by the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors or the person for the time being authorised to act on his behalf and the determination of any such valuer shall be binding on the parties and the costs of the reference to him and of his determination shall be borne and paid by the Landlords or the Tenant or shared between them in such manner as he shall determine. In the event that any such valuer shall die or become unwilling to act or become incapable of acting or if for any other reason the said President or other person mentioned above shall in his absolute discretion think fit the said President or such other person may upon the application of either the Landlords or the Tenant or both of them jointly discharge him and appoint another valuer to act in his place and in the same capacity and this shall be repeated as many times as the circumstances may require.

 

20


3.5 If for any reason the Market Rent is not agreed or determined until after the relevant Review Date the Tenant shall continue to pay Rent under this Schedule at the rate applicable immediately before such date and on the date on which the Market Rent shall have been agreed or determined there shall be due as arrears of such Rent and the Tenant shall pay the amount of any increase for the period on and from the commencement of the relevant Review Period up to the quarter day next after such agreement or determination together with interest on the same at 4 per centum below the Prescribed Rate for the period on and from the commencement of the relevant Review Period up to the date of actual payment.

 

3.6 Within twenty-eight days of the Market Rent being agreed or determined a memorandum recording such agreement or determination shall be signed by or on behalf of the parties and be annexed to this Lease and the Counterpart respectively but such memorandum shall be regarded as evidential only and the absence of such shall not affect the liability of the Tenant to pay any increased Rent under this Schedule which has been agreed or determined.

 

4. For the avoidance of any doubt it is declared that the Rent payable under this Schedule for any Review Period shall not be less than that payable immediately before such period.

 

THE SIXTH SCHEDULE

 

Tenant’s Covenants

 

1.1 To pay the Rent and any other sums payable under this Lease at the

 

21


times and in the manner respectively provided by this Lease and also to pay and discharge all rates taxes charges duties assessments impositions and outgoings whatsoever whether parliamentary local or any other description which now are or which may at any time during the Term be payable either by the owner or occupier in respect of the Premises and whether the same are existing at the present time or are imposed during the Term (excluding any (other than Value Added Tax) payable by the Landlords occasioned by receipt of the Rent or by any disposition or dealing with or ownership of any interest reversionary to the interest created by the Lease).

 

1.2 Without prejudice to any other provisions herein from time to time and at all times during the Term to pay Value Added Tax or any tax or imposition in the nature of Value Added Tax which now or at any time during the term shall be payable by the Tenant and to indemnify and keep indemnified the Landlords from and against all claims and demands in respect thereof and so that the Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Value Added Tax upon any sum payable under this Lease in respect of sums paid to the Landlords for services supplied by the Landlords.

 

2. To permit the Landlords or the Landlords’ Agent and all other persons authorised by the Landlords or otherwise entitled with or without workmen and others at all times upon reasonable written notice being given by the Landlords (except in case of emergency) to enter into and upon the Premises for the purposes of exercising the rights specified in the Third Schedule and examining the state and condition of the Premises.

 

22


3. To pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including Solicitors’ costs and Surveyors’ fees) incurred by the Landlords for the purpose of or incidental to the preparation and service of any notice under Section 146 of the Law of Property Act 1925 notwithstanding that forfeiture may be avoided otherwise than by relief granted by the Court.

 

4. To observe and perform all the requirements of and to carry out all works required under all Acts or Parliament for the time being in force including all requirements and works as have been or may be made or required by any local or other competent authority insofar as the same are in respect of or relate to the Premises or any part of them and to indemnify the Landlords against all notices claims demands expenses and liability in respect of all matters the subject of this sub-paragraph.

 

5. To pay to the Landlords on demand (together with interest at the Prescribed Rate on all payments made by the Landlords for the period from the date of payment until repayment by the Tenant) the reasonable cost and incidental fees and expenses of all works which the Landlords may be required to do under any Act or Parliament (including without prejudice to that generality the Offices Shops and Railway Premises Act 1963 and/or the Fire Precautions Act 1971 and/or the Health and Safety at Work etc. Act 1974 and/or any like Act of Parliament) or in the case of works required to be done in respect of or for the benefit of both the Premises and other premises and proper proportion of such cost and incidental fees and expenses attributable to the Premises such proportion to be reasonably determined by the Landlords’ Agent acting as an expert and whose decision shall be final and a fair proportion (to be determined in like manner) of whose charges shall also be paid by the Tenant on demand.

 

23


6. Except to the extent that the Landlords may include the same in the Service Charge to pay on demand (together with interest as specified in sub-paragraph 5 above) a fair proportion of the cost and incidental fees and expenses of reconstructing rebuilding maintaining repairing and cleaning all party and other walls Conducting Media and other conveniences belonging or which shall belong to the Premises or any other premises and which shall benefit or be used or be capable of benefitting or being used by or for the Premises in common with such other premises such proportion to be determined by the Landlords’ Agent acting as an expert whose decision shall be final and a fair proportion (to be determined in like manner) of whose charges shall also be paid by the Tenant on demand.

 

7.1 To keep the whole of the Premises including all sanitary and water apparatus plant and machinery therein and thereon and all fixtures additions and improvements from time to time affixed or made to them and the appurtenances thereof in good and substantial repair condition and decoration (damages by the Insured Risks always excepted save where the policy or policies of insurance have been vitiated by any act or omission of the Tenant) and from time to time when necessary to rebuild reinstate or replace the same and at the determination of the Term to deliver up the Premises to the Landlords with vacant possession together with all additions and improvements made in the meantime and all fixtures of any kind which may during the Term be affixed by the Tenant (save Tenant’s trade fixtures and fittings) in such repair condition and decoration in accordance with the covenants on the Tenant’s part contained in this Lease.

 

24


7.2 To clean the glass of all windows comprised in the Premises as often as shall be reasonably necessary but in any event at least once in every month.

 

7.3 To keep the Premises in a clean and tidy condition.

 

7.4 To paint with two coats at least of good quality paint or otherwise treat as appropriate in a proper and workmanlike manner all the internal and external wood iron and other work in or upon the Premises previously or usually painted or otherwise treated as to the exterior in every third year and as to the interior in every fifth year of the Term and also in the case of both the interior and the exterior in the period of three months immediately preceding the determination of the Term.

 

7.5 Not to commit any waste spoil or destruction in or upon the Premises.

 

7.6 Not at any time during the term to make any alteration or addition to the Premises or to erect any new buildings thereon without the prior written consent of the Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

7.7 Well and substantially to repair and make good all defects and wants of reparation of which notice in writing shall be given to or left on the Premises for the Tenant and for which the Tenant is liable hereunder within two months after the giving or leaving of such notice or sooner if requisite and if the Tenant fails to comply with any such notice it shall be lawful for (but not obligatory upon) the Landlords (but without prejudice to the right of re-entry under the

 

25


Clase in that behalf in this Lease contained and to any other rights of the Landlords) to enter upon the Premises and repair and decorate the same in accordance with the said covenants and the reasonable cost and incidental fees and expenses (to be certified by the Landlords’ Agent acting as an expert) shall be a debt due from the Tenant to the Landlords and shall be repaid by the Tenant to the Landlords on demand together with interest at the Prescribed Rate on all payments made by the Landlords for the period from the date of payment until repayment by the Tenant.

 

7.8 To permit the Landlords and the Landlords’ Agent and all persons authorised by it at all reasonable times with or without workmen on giving reasonable notice (except in cases of emergency) to the Tenant to enter and remain upon the Premises with all necessary appliances for the purpose of executing repairs and alterations painting redecoration or other works to adjoining or neighbouring premises and for the purpose of repairing cleaning or maintaining any sewers water courses drains gutters water pipes electric wires or gas pipes or other conveniences in or under the Premises or other part of the Development in connection with or for the accommodation of any adjoining or neighbouring property the Landlords or such persons as aforesaid making good all damage caused thereby to the Premises.

 

8.1 To comply in all respects with the Planning Acts and all consents (if any) granted under them or under any Act or Parliament repealed by them so far as the same respectively relate to or affect the Premises or any part of them or any operations works acts or things already or later to be carried out executed done or omitted on the Premises or the use of them for any purpose.

 

26


8.2 If and when required free of expanse to the Landlords to obtain from (as the case may be) the local planning authority or the appropriate Minister all such consents as may be requisite for carrying out any permitted alterations or additions to the Premises or the institution or change of any use of them and which may constitute development within the meaning of the Planning Acts.

 

8.3 Forthwith after the service on the Tenant or other occupier of the Premises or part of them to the Landlords or any notice order or proposal under the Planning Acts to supply to the Landlords a copy of the same and if so requested by the Landlord to make or join in making such objection or representation in respect of such notice order or proposal as the Landlords may reasonably require.

 

8.4 Subject to any request pursuant to sub-paragraph 8.03 above to comply at the Tenant’s cost with any notice or order mentioned in that sub-paragraph and to indemnify the Landlords against all liability in respect of the same.

 

8.5 Unless the Landlords shall otherwise direct to carry out before the determination of the Term any works stipulated to be carried out to the Premises by a date subsequent to such determination as a condition of any planning consent which may have been implemented or commenced to be implemented.

 

8.6 If and when called upon so to do to produce to the Landlords all such plans documents and other evidence as the Landlord may require in order to satisfy himself that the provisions of the foregoing covenants have been complied with.

 

27


9.1 Not to use the Premises or any part of them for any of the following:-

 

9.1.1 any illegal or immoral purpose;

 

9.1.2 any noisy noxious dangerous or offensive trade manufacture business or purpose whatsoever;

 

9.1.3 any act matter or thing which shall or might be a nuisance damage or annoyance to the Landlords or the tenants owners occupiers of any adjoining or neighbouring property or to any public local or other authority or the neighbourhood or which would in any way be injurious to the Premises or the Building;

 

9.1.4 any sale by auction.

 

9.2 Not to bring or permit to be brought into the Premises or to place or store or permit to be placed or stored or to remain in or about the Premises any article or thing which is or may be or become dangerous offensive combustible inflammable radio-active or explosive and not to carry on or do or permit to be carried on or done thereon any hazardous trade or act in consequence of which the Landlords would or might be prevented from insuring the Premises at the ordinary rate of premium or whereby any insurance effected in respect of the Premises or any other property would or might be vitiated or prejudiced and not without the written consent of the Landlords to do or allow anything to be done whereby any additional premium may become payable for the insurance of the Premises or any other property and to repay to the Landlords all sums paid by way of increased premiums and all

 

28


expenses incurred by the Landlords in or about the renewal of such policy or policies made necessary by a breach of this covenant together with interest at the Prescribed Rate thereon from the date of payment by the Landlords to the actual date of repayment by the Tenant (as well after as before any judgment).

 

Subject to the foregoing not to use the Premises otherwise than for purposes within Class B1 of the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987.

 

10.1 Not to assign or part with or share possession or occupation of or grant any licence in respect of or underlet or agree to underlet a part only of the Premises.

 

10.2.1 Not at any time to assign underlet agree to underlet part with or share possession or occupation of or grant licences in respect of the whole of the Premises except with the previous written consent of the Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall in any event be subject to the provisions hereinafter set out).

 

10.2.2 The provisions referred to in paragraph 10.2.1 are:-

 

(a) Every assignee shall first enter into a covenant with the Landlords to pay the Rent hereby reserved and perform the covenants on the part of the Tenant and observe the conditions herein contained during the residue of the Term;

 

(b) Every underlessee shall first enter into a covenant with the Landlords and with the Tenant that the underlessee will observe and

 

29


perform the covenants herein contained so far as applicable to the area underlet (except the covenant for payment of Rent) and will not assign underlet or part with or share possession or occupation of or grant any licence in respect of part only of the Premises and will not without obtaining the previous written consents of the Landlords and of the Tenant which shall not be unreasonably witheld assign underlet or part with possession of the whole of the Premises and that every assignee of the underlessee and every sub-underlessee of the underlessee whether mediate or immediate shall enter into a similar direct covenant with the Landlords and the Tenant before any assignment or sub-underlease is made to them;

 

(c) Every underlease shall be at a rent (payable quarterly in advance) of not less than the full market rent of the premises (obtainable without taking a fine or premium or granting any rent free period) the amount of each such rent to be first approved in writing by the Landlords (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and the Tenant shall not at any Time permit the reduction of the rent payable by any person in whom any underlease of the Premises shall for the time being be vested;

 

(d) Without prejudice to the foregoing the Tenant shall not underlet part with or share the possession or occupation of or grant any licence in respect of the whole of the Premises for a term which shall extend beyond any date on which the Rent hereby reserved is to be varied as hereinbefore provided (hereinafter called “the Review Date”) unless such underletting or parting or sharing possession or occupation or licence shall include provisions approved by the Landlord to the effect that the rent thereby reserved shall be

 

30


subject to review on the Review Date to the intent that the rent reserved on and after the Review Date until any subsequent Review Date shall be not less than the full market rent obtainable (without taking a fine or premium or granting any rent free period) in respect of the Premises calculated as at the Review Date;

 

(e) If any intended assignee or underlessee of the Premises shall be a limited liability company (other than a public company the shares of which are quoted on a recognised Stock Exchange) upon the Landlords’ demand in that behalf at least two (or more if the Landlords shall reasonably so require) of its Directors of satisfactory standing or some other guarantor acceptable to the Landlords acting in a reasonable manner shall join in such deed as sureties or surety for such company in order (jointly and severally if more than one) to covenant with the Landlords that such company will pay the rents reserved by this Lease or any permitted Underlease and will perform and observe the covenants on the part of the Tenant to be performed and observed and to indemnify and save harmless the Landlords against all loss damage costs and expenses arising by reason of any default by the assignee or underlessee company and such covenants shall further provide in the usual form that any neglect or forebearance on the part of the Landlords shall not release or exonerate the sureties or surety and shall further provide for the sureties or surety to accept a new Lease of the Premises upon disclaimer of these presents by any assignee company or on its behalf if so required by the Landlords within three months of such disclaimer such new Lease to be for the residue then unexpired of the Term and at the rents payable and subject to the same Tenant’s covenants and to the same provisos and conditions as those in force

 

31


immediately before such disclaimer and to be granted at the cost of the sureties or surety in exchange for a counterpart duly executed by the sureties or surety.

 

10.3 Within twenty one days after the date of any assignment of these presents or the grant of any underlease or sub-underlease of the Premises or any assignment of such an under-lease or sub-underlease or the execution of any mortgage or charge affecting these presents or any such underlease or sub-underlease as aforesaid or any transfer or discharge of any mortgage or charge or any devolution of term or of any such underlease or sub-underlease as aforesaid by will or intestacy assent or operation of law produce or cause to be produced (without any demand by any person) to the Solicitor of the Landlords the original deed document or instrument effecting such disposition as aforesaid and leave or cause to be left a certified copy thereof with the Landlords’ Solicitor and pay the Landlord’s Solicitor a reasonable fee not being less than £25 in respect of each deed document or instrument for the registration thereof.

 

11. Within 21 days mortgage charge or discharge of mortgage or charge or other disposition of the Premises or any part of them to give to the Solicitors for the time being of the Landlords notice in triplicate specifying the basic particulars of the same and at the same time to supply to them two certified copies of the instrument making or evidencing the same and pay to them a registration fee of £25 or such higher sum as shall be reasonable at the time.

 

12. Not to allow to pass into the Conducting Media serving the Premises or the Building or the Estate or any adjoining or neighbouring premises any

 

32


noxious or deleterious effluent or any other substance which may cause an obstruction in or injure the same and in the event of any such obstruction or injury forthwith to remove or remedy the same and to make good all damage caused.

 

13. Not to place fix or exhibit in or on the Premises so that they can be viewed from outside the Premises any hoarding showcase aerial sign signboard bill plate board fascia placard poster advertisement or other notification of any kind whatsoever save such as shall have been previously consented to in writing by the Landlords but the Tenant may exhibit on and from the entrance door to the Premises one usual unobjectionale non-illuminated notice specifying only the name of the Tenant or any permitted under-tenant or occupier and the business carried on at the Premsies PROVIDED THAT notwithstanding the foregoing or any consent given as beforementioned if in the opinion of the Landlords any such sign or other matter which may be placed affixed or exhibited shall be or become offensive or unsightly.

 

14. To permit the Landlords at any time during the last six months prior to the determination of the Term to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of erecting a notice board stating that the Premises are to let or for sale and not to remove interfere with or obscure the same and throughout the Term to permit all persons with the written authority of the Landlords or the Landlords’ Agent to view the Premises at all reasonable times without interuption provided that the Landlords shall erect any such notice board in such a position as shall not interfere with the Tenant’s business.

 

15. To maintain to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlords adequate fire prevention apparatus upon the Premises and from time to time to remove as speedily as possible from the Premises all waste and like inflammable material.

 

33


16. To pay on demand all reasonable legal costs surveyors’ fees and other reasonable expenses of any kind incurred or expended by the Landlords in respect of all applications made by or on behalf of the Tenant or any occupier or undertenant (whether actual or prospective) for the consent of the Landlords to or in respect of any act matter or thing for which consent is required under the terms of this Lease and whether or not consent is required under the terms of this Lease and whether or not consent is refused or the application is withdrawn or not proceeded with for any reason.

 

17. To pay on the execution of this Lease the reasonable charges of the Landlords’ Solicitors of and incidental to the preparation and completion of this Lease and the stamp duty on the counterpart and all other proper disbursements.

 

18. In addition to the moneys which are or become payable by the Tenant under the terms of this Lease to pay all Value Added Tax thereon at the rate of such tax from time to time applicable.

 

THE SEVENTH SCHEDULE

 

Landlords’ Covenants

 

1. That the Tenant may peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term without any lawful interruption or disturbance from or by the Landlords or any person lawfully claiming through under or in trust for the Landlords

 

34


2. That the Landlords will use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Transferor and/or the Company provide services to the Development in accordance with the covenants on the part of the Transferor and the Company contained in the Transfer dated 20th June 1991 of the Property to the Landlords and a Deed of Covenant of the same date made between the Transferor (1) the Landlords (2) and the Tenant (3)

 

3. To insure and to keep insured the Premises in the full reinstatement value thereof from time to time in the joint names of the Landlords and the Tenant (with or without other names) against loss or damage by the Insured Risks and of the cost of site clearance and of all architects’ surveyors’ and other professional fees and incidental expenses in connection with reinstatement and against not less than three years’ loss of the rent hereby first described (due allowance being made for any anticipated excess therein) and to produce to the Tenant on request a copy of the policy or policies of insurance and any endorsement or amendment thereon or thereto and in the case of destruction or damage by the Insured Risks then (unless the insurance monies shall be or become in whole or in part irrecoverable through any act or default of the Tenant) subject to the Landlords obtaining all necessary consents and the Tenant paying out of the Tenant’s own monies the amount of any excess under the policy attributable to the damage or destruction in question to apply the policy moneys received by virtue of such insurance (except for those in respect of architects’ and surveyors’ and other professional fees or in respect of loss of rent) in reinstating the Building or the part so destroyed or damaged with all reasonable speed making up any difference between the cost of rebuilding and reinstating and the moneys received out of the Landlords’ own moneys.

 

35


THE EIGHTH SCHEDULE

 

The Service Charge

 

All costs and payments (including any Value Added Tax not recoverable by the Landlords) made expended or incurred by or on behalf of the Landlords in discharging the Landlords’ obligations under the Fifth and Sixth Schedules of the said Transfer and the said Deed of Covenant dated 21st June 1991.

 

SIGNED by the said RAY MILTON

   )   

/s/ Ray Dolby

DOLBY as a Deed in the presence

   )     

of:-

   )     

/s/ Joy H. Tartar [Notary Public]

 

THE COMMON SEAL of DOLBY

   )     

LABORATORIES LICENSING

   )     

CORPORATION was hereunto

   )     

affixed in the presence of:-

   )   

/s/ N.W. Jasper, Jr.

         

/s/ Janet Daly

         

Vice President

 

36


DATED

   7 th April    2000

 

DOLBY PROPERTIES UK LLC

 

— to —

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES INC

 

LEASE

- of -

 

St Ivel House Interface

Wootton Bassett Wiltshire SN4 8QE

 

TERM: 15 YEARS (subject to earlier termination)

 

FROM: 7 th April 2000

 

RENT: £442,000 (subject to Review)

 

BRISTOWS

3 Lincoln’s Inn Fields

LONDON WC2A 3AA

 

1


THIS LEASE made the day of 7 th April

 

BETWEEN

 

(1) DOLBY PROPERTIES UK LLC of [100 Potrero Avenue San Francisco California USA] (“the Landlords”)

 

AND

 

(2) DOLBY LABORATORIES INC. a Company incorporated in the State of California USA and having its principal place of business in the United Kingdom at Interface Wootton Bassett Wiltshire (“the Tenant”)

 

WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. In this Lease unless the context otherwise requires:-

 

“the Landlords” includes the person or persons for the time being entitled to the reversion immediately expectant on the determination of the Term.

 

“the Tenant” includes the Tenant’s successors in title and permitted assigns.

 

2


“the Development” means the Development situate at Bincknoll Lane Wootton Bassett Wiltshire and known as Interface the boundaries whereof are shown for identification purposes only edged black on plan number 1 annexed hereto and each and every part

 

“the Premises” means the land forming part of the Development and more particularly described in the First Schedule hereto.

 

“the Estate Road” means the road (including the verges and footpaths) forming part of the Development and shown for the purpose of identification only edged brown on plan number 1 annexed hereto.

 

“the Landscaped Strips” means the areas of land forming part of the Premises

 

“the Landscaped Areas” means the landscaped areas (excluding for the avoidance of doubt the Landscaped Strips) forming part of the Development.

 

“the Service Media” means the pipes conduits wires cables channels ducts mains sewers and other media or apparatus which are required for conducting controlling or measuring water soil gas electricity telephone telex and other electrical impulses air smoke and fumes and other things of a like nature and which serve jointly the Premises and other parts of the Development.

 

“the Common Parts” means all parts of the Development not demised or intended to be demised to any lessee or lessees or sold or intended to be sold freehold (except to a management company) and (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) including in

 

3


particular (but only in so far as the same shall not be adopted as maintainable at the public’s expense) the Estate Road the Landscaped Areas and the Service Media.

 

“the Company” means the Management Company known as Interface (Wootton Bassett) Management Company Limited having Company Number 2281555.

 

“the Transferor” means Trafalgar House Business Park Limited whose registered office is at Devonshire House Mayfair Place London W1A 3AG and includes its successors in title owners and occupiers for the time being of the Development and any part thereof.

 

“the Term” means the term granted by this Lease and shall include any extension holding over or continuation whether by statute agreement or otherwise howsoever and references to “the determination of the Term” shall mean the end of the Term by effluxion of time or determination by re-entry surrender merger or otherwise howsoever.

 

“the Planning Acts” means the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 the Town and Country Planning (Listed Building and Conservation Areas) Act 1990 the Planning (Hazardous Substances) Act 1990 and the Planning (Consequential Provisions) Act 1990 and references to the Planning Acts or to any Act of Parliament (whether general or specific) are deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment for the time being in force and also to include any statutory instruments orders rules or regulations for the time being in force or having effect thereunder.

 

“Rent” means the rents respectively reserved by this Lease (and any increase therein) and in addition the Service Charge.

 

4


“the Service Charge” means the expenditure specified in the Eighth Schedule.

 

“the Insured Risks” means such risks as are for the time being covered by any Policy of Insurance effected under the terms of this Lease by the Landlords which (without prejudice to that generality) shall include fire storm lightning explosion riot civil commotion malicious damage impact flood burst pipes aircraft and other aerial devices or articles dropped therefrom (other than war risks) public liability and liability under the Defective Premises Act 1972 and such other risks as the Landlords may from time to time require to be covered in the Landlords’ absolute discretion subject in all cases to any excess exclusion or limitation imposed by the insurers.

 

“the Landlords’ Agent” means such professional Surveyor Accountant or other person or persons as may from time to time be appointed by the Landlords for the purpose of performing any relevant function under the provisions of this Lease.

 

“the Prescribed Rate” means four per centum above the Base Rate from time to time of Barclays Bank Plc or where there is no such Base Rate then such equivalent rate of interest as the Landlords shall reasonably from time to time specify by notice in writing served on the Tenant and where and wherever interest is payable at the Prescribed Rate the same shall be calculated on a day to day basis and compounded quarterly (and proportionately for any fraction of a quarter) on any relevant usual quarter day.

 

“Schedule” means the relevant schedule to this Lease.

 

5


“Insolvency Event” means in relation to the Tenant any of the following events being

 

  (a) it is deemed unable to pay its debts as defined in Section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986 (referred to as “the Act” in the remainder of this definition); or

 

  (b) a proposal is made for a voluntary arrangement under Part 1 of the Act; or

 

  (c) a receiver or manager is appointed whether under Part III of the Act (including an administrative receiver) or otherwise; or

 

  (d) it goes into liquidation as defined in Section 247(2) of the Act (other than a voluntary winding up solely for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction while solvent); or

 

  (e) a provisional liquidator is appointed under Section 135 of the Act; or

 

  (f) a proposal is made for a scheme of arrangement under Section 425 of the Companies Act 1985; and

 

(2) in relation to an individual that:—

 

  (a) an application is made for an interim order or a proposal is made for a voluntary arrangement under part VIII of the Act; or

 

6


  (b) a bankruptcy petition is presented to the court or his circumstances are such that a bankruptcy petition could be presented under part IC of the Act; or

 

  (c) he enters into a deed of arrangement.

 

Words importing the masculine gender shall where appropriate include the feminine gender and the neuter gender or vice versa as the case may be and words importing the singular number shall where appropriate include the plural number and vice versa and words importing persons shall include corporations and vice versa.

 

2. In consideration of the Rent and covenants on the part of the Tenant hereinafter reserved and contained the Landlords HEREBY DEMISE to the Tenant ALL THOSE the Premises TOGETHER with the rights set out in the Second Schedule BUT EXCEPT AND RESERVING the rights set out in the Third Schedule AND SUBJECT to the matters specified in the Fourth Schedule and to all subsisting easements and quasi-easements affecting the whole or any part of the Premises TO HOLD the same unto the Tenant on and from the 7th day of April 2000 for the term FIFTEEN (15) YEARS (subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided) YIELDING AND PAYING during the Term FIRST the yearly rent set out in the Fifth Schedule (and in proportion for any less time than a year) such rent to be paid to the Landlords or the Landlords’ Agent as the Landlords shall from time to time by notice in writing require without any set-off or deduction whatsoever (save such as the Tenant may by law be required to make notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary) by equal quarterly payments in advance on the four usual quarter days in each year the first payment to be made on the execution of this Lease for the period

 

7


from the 7th day of April 2000 until the next ensuing quarter day SECONDLY by way of further rent the Service Charge and THIRDLY by way of further rent on demand all sums which the Landlords may from time to time pay for insuring and keeping insured the Premises against the Insured Risks in accordance with the Landlords’ covenant hereinafter contained.

 

3. THE Tenant COVENANTS with the Landlords to observe and perform the covenants set out in the Sixth Schedule.

 

4. THE Landlords COVENANT with the Tenant that subject to the Tenant paying the Rent and observing and performing the covenants set out in the Sixth Schedule the Landlords will observe and perform the covenants set out in the Seventh Schedule.

 

5 PROVIDED ALWAYS AND IT IS AGREED AND DECLARED as follows:

 

5.1 If the Rent or any part of it shall be in arrear for fourteen days after becoming due (whether demanded or not) or in the event of any breach of any of the covenants on the part of the Tenant in this Lease contained or if the Tenant shall permit any execution or distress to be levied on any goods for the time being in the Premises or if in relation to the Tenant there occurs an Insolvency Event then and in any such case it shall be lawful for the Landlords to re-enter upon the Premises or any part of them in the name of the whole whereupon this Lease shall absolutely determine but without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Landlords in respect of the non-payment of any of the Rent or any other breach of any of the covenants contained in this Lease.

 

8


5.2 Save to the extent that the same may be payable by law notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary the Tenant shall not upon quitting or giving up the Premises be entitled to any compensation under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954.

 

5.3 Save to the extent that the Landlords may be liable either by virtue of the covenants on the Landlords’ part contained in the Seventh Schedule or by law notwithstanding any agreement or disclaimer to the contrary the Landlords shall not be liable in any way whatsoever to the Tenant or any undertenant or to any other person by reason of any act neglect default or omission on the part of any of the tenants or owners or occupiers of any adjoining or neighbouring premises or of any agent representative or employee of the Landlords (unless acting within the scope of the express or implied authority of the Landlords) or by reason of the defective working stoppage or breakage of or leakage or overflow from the Service Media or other plant apparatus or appliances of any kind whatsoever or by reason of the state or condition of the Estate Road or the Common Parts or the Premises and shall be indemnified by the Tenant against all liability in respect of all or any such matters.

 

5.4 Nothing herein shall render the Landlords or the Tenant liable in respect of any of the covenants conditions or provisions hereinbefore contained if and so far only as the performance or observance of such covenants conditions and provisions or any one or more of them shall hereafter become a contravention of or otherwise impossible or illegal under or by virtue of the Planning Acts but subject as aforesaid the Term and the Rent shall not determine by reason only of any changes modifications or restrictions of user of the Premises or obligations or requirements (if any) hereafter to be made or imposed under or by virtue of the said Acts

 

9


5.5 Nothing herein contained shall by implication of law or otherwise operate or be deemed to confer upon the Tenant any easement right or privilege whatsoever over or against any adjoining or neighbouring property which now belongs or hereafter shall belong to the Landlords either for an estate in fee simple or for a term of years which would or might restrict or prejudicially affect the future rebuilding alteration or development of such adjoining or neighbouring property and the Landlords shall have the right at any time to make such alterations to or to pull down and rebuild or redevelop any adjoining or neighbouring property as the Landlords may deem fit without obtaining any consent from or making any compensation to the Tenant on account thereof.

 

5.6 The Landlords shall have power at all times without obtaining any consent from or making any arrangement with the Tenant to deal as the Landlords may think fit with any property belonging to the Landlords adjoining or near to the Premises and to erect or suffer to be erected on such property any buildings whatsoever whether or not such buildings shall affect or diminish the light or air which may now or at any time or times during the term be enjoyed by the Tenant or any sub-tenant or occupier of the Premises or any part thereof.

 

5.7

In case the Premises or any part thereof or the means of access thereto shall at any time during the term be destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks so as to be unfit for occupation and use and the policy or policies of insurance shall not have been vitiated or payment of the policy monies refused in whole or in part in consequence of some act of default of the Tenant its servants or agents the rent hereby

 

10


 

first reserved or a fair proportion thereof according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained shall cease and be suspended until the Premises shall be again rendered fit for occupation and use (or for a period of three years from the date of such destruction or damage whichever shall be the shorter period) and any dispute as to the amount or extent of such cesser of rent shall be referred to the award of a single arbitrator if the Landlords and the Tenant can agree on one and otherwise to an arbitrator appointed on the application of either party by the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors and in either case in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification thereof for the time being in force.

 

5.8 If after the Tenant has vacated the Premises after the determination of the Term either by effluxion of time or otherwise any property of the Tenant shall remain in or upon the Premises and if the Tenant shall fail to remove the same within seven days after being requested by the Landlords so to do by notice in writing then the Landlords may sell such property and shall then hold the proceeds of sale after deducting the costs and expenses of removal storage and sale reasonably and properly incurred by the Landlords to the order of the Tenant and the Tenant hereby appoints the Landlord its agent to act in accordance with the provisions of this Clause.

 

5.9

If the Rent or any part of it or any other sum of any kind whatsoever which shall or may from time to time become payable to the Landlords under this Lease shall remain unpaid for seven days after becoming due (whether or not demanded except where a demand is prescribed by the terms of this Lease when the due date shall be deemed to be the date of demand) the same shall carry interest at the Prescribed Rate for the

 

11


period from the date on which it became due until the date of actual payment and such interest shall be paid by the Tenant on demand.

 

6. SECTION 196 of the Law of Property Act 1925 (as amended by the Recorded Delivery Service Act 1962) shall apply to all notices which may need to be served under the terms of this Lease

 

7. It is hereby certified that:-

 

7.1 This is a new lease for the purposes of the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995

 

IN WITNESS of which each party has executed this Lease as a Deed on the date first above written

 

12


 

THE FIRST SCHEDULE

 

The Premises

 

ALL THAT piece or parcel of land situate on the south side of Bincknoll Lane Wootton Bassett shown edged red on the plan number 2 annexed hereto being the land comprised in Title Number WT83336

 

TOGETHER WITH

 

  (i) each and every part of all buildings erected thereon or on some part thereof and all additions thereto;

 

  (ii) all car parking loading and hard standing areas within the Premises and all boundary walls and fences enclosing the Premises; and

 

  (iii) all Service Media exclusively serving the Premises up to the point of connection with the common or public systems.

 

13


 

THE SECOND SCHEDULE

 

Rights Granted in Common

 

In common with the Landlords and all others for the time being authorised by the Landlords or otherwise entitled:

 

(a) a right of way with or without vehicles at all times and for all purposes over and along the Estate Road for the purpose of access to and egress from the Premises;

 

(b) the right to the free and uninterrupted passage and running of water soil gas electricity telephone and other services (if any) through the Service Media which may now or during the Term be laid in under or upon the Development;

 

(c) the right upon giving reasonable notice to the owner or occupier thereof to enter upon such part of the Development as may be necessary or practicable for the purpose of connecting to the Service Media in under or upon the Development and for the purpose of repairing maintaining inspecting or cleaning all such connections to the Service Media as aforesaid the person so entering causing as little inconvenience or damage as reasonably practicable and making good any damage so caused with all due despatch;

 

PROVIDED ALWAYS that none of the rights hereby granted shall apply or be exercised over any land transferred to or vested in any of the supply authorities or covered or proposed

 

14


to be covered by a building.

 

15


 

THE THIRD SCHEDULE

 

Exceptions and Reservations

 

1. Unto the Landlords and all others for the time being authorised by the Landlords or otherwise entitled:—

 

(a) the free and uninterrupted passage of water soil electricity and gas through the Service Media which are now or may at any time during the Term be in or under or passing through or over the Premises and which serve the Development or any part thereof with the right to repair maintain inspect and renew such Service Media and the right at any time but (except in an emergency) after giving reasonable written notice to enter the Premises (but except in the case of the Landlords or the Landlords’ Agent and persons expressly authorised by the Landlords not any buildings thereon) in the exercise of such rights the person exercising such right causing a minimum of interference and making good any damage caused as quickly as practicable to the Tenant’s reasonable satisfaction

 

(b) such rights of entry on the Premises as may be necessary in connection with the construction and/or maintenance of the Estate Road and the Service Media the person exercising such rights causing a minimum of interference and making good any damage caused as quickly as practicable to the Tenant’s reasonable satisfaction;

 

(c)

the right to enter on to the Premises (but except as aforesaid not into or under any buildings thereon) and to lay thereunder additional Service Media of a type and in a

 

16


 

manner approved by the Tenant (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and thereafter of the free passage and running of water soil electricity and gas through the same with the right to enter upon the said land to maintain repair inspect and renew the said Service Media the person exercising such right causing the minimum of interference and making good damage so caused with all due despatch;

 

(d) such reasonable rights of access as are required by the Company and over the paths roads and parking areas constructed or to be constructed within the Property for the purpose of access to and egress from the Common Parts as are required by the Company to enable it to carry out its management responsibilities in respect of the Development;

 

(e) a right of support for the Development from the Premises.

 

PROVIDED ALWAYS that save as otherwise expressly provided none of the rights hereby excepted and reserved (other than that contained in clause l(e) of this Schedule) shall apply to or be exercised over any land covered or intended to be covered by a building.

 

2. There is excepted and reserved to the Company the right to enter on to the Premises with such men and machinery as shall reasonably be required for the purpose of tending maintaining and renewing the Landscaped Strips and installing thereon name signs the persons exercising such rights causing the minimum of interference and making good damage so caused with due despatch.

 

17


 

THE FOURTH SCHEDULE

 

Matters referred to in Clause 1

 

1. Those matters (save for financial charges) referred to in the Property or Charges Register of Title Number WT 83336 as are subsisting and are capable of affecting the Premises.

 

2. The covenants conditions or other matters contained or referred to in Transfers (“the Transfer”) dated 30 th September 1988, 31 st May 1989 and 6 th September 1995 in each case made between the Transferor (1) Unigate (UK) Limited (2) and Deeds of Covenant (“the Deed of Covenant”) dated 7 th August 1990 and 6 th September 1995 made between the Transferor (1) the Company (2) Unigate (UK) Limited (3) in each case.

 

18


 

THE FIFTH SCHEDULE

 

1. On and from the date of commencement of the Term until and including the date immediately before the first Review Date (as defined below) the net yearly rent of FOUR HUNDRED AND FORTY TWO THOUSAND POUNDS (£442,000.00)

 

2. During each successive Review Period (as defined below) a net yearly rent equal to that payable immediately prior to the relevant Review Date (as defined below) or such reviewed rent as may be agreed or determined as provided below (whichever shall be the greater).

 

3.1 It is expressly declared that notwithstanding anything to the contrary which may be contained in or implied by this Lease time shall not be deemed to be of the essence in respect of any step provided for in this paragraph 3.

 

3.2 In this Schedule the following expressions have the following meanings:

 

Expression    Meaning
“Review Date”    the date of expiration of every period of five (5) years of the Term (computed in every case from and including the date of commencement of the Term) and the expression “relevant Review Date” shall be construed accordingly;

 

19


“Review Period”    each period on and from a Review Date to and including the date immediately before the next succeeding Review Date or (as the case may be) on and from the relevant Review Date to and including the date of the expiry of the Term;
“Market Rent”    the best yearly rent at which the whole of the Premises might reasonably be expected to be let in the open market on the relevant Review Date by a willing landlord to a willing tenant with vacant possession and without taking any fine or premium for a term equal to the Term and upon the terms of this Lease (other than as to the amount of the Rent under this part of the Schedule but including these provisions for rent review) and upon the assumptions that:
    

(i)      no reduction or allowance is to be made on account of any rent free period rent concession or other inducement which in a new letting might be granted to the incoming tenant;

 

20


    

(ii)     that no work has been carried out on the Premises by the Tenant or any predecessor in title of the Tenant during the Term which has diminished the rental value of the Premises;

    

(iii)   that the covenants on the part of the Landlords and the Tenant contained in this Lease or any document supplemental thereto and the covenants on the part of the Company contained in the Transfer and the Deed of Covenant have been complied with in all respects;

    

(iv)    that the willing tenant is a taxable person for the purposes of the legislation relating to Value Added Tax and is able to recover all input tax paid by it as a credit against output tax or otherwise;

     but disregarding:
    

(a)     any effect on rent of the fact that the Tenant has been or is in occupation of the whole or any part of the Premises;

    

(b)     any goodwill attached to the Premises by reason of the carrying on at the Premises of the business of the Tenant;

 

21


    

(c)     any effect on rent of any improvements (shown to be such by the Tenant) carried out during the Term by the Tenant at the Tenants expense with the consent of and otherwise than in pursuance of an obligation to the Landlords;

    

(d)     the destruction of or damage to the Premises or any part thereof by the Insured Risks;

    

(e)     any restraint or restriction on the right to recover or increase rent imposed by or by virtue of any Act of Parliament;

    

(f)      any inability of the Tenant to recover Value Added Tax.

 

3.3 As at every Review Date the rent under this Schedule shall be reviewed and increased (if appropriate) to an amount which shall represent the Market Rent at the commencement of the relevant Review Period.

 

3.4

In the first instance the Landlords and the Tenant shall endeavour to agree the amount of the Market Rent to be paid on and from the commencement of the relevant Review Period but if for any reason they shall not have agreed the same by

 

22


 

such date as shall be one month before the relevant Review Date then at any time thereafter the same may be referred to and determined by a valuer (who unless the Landlords and the Tenant shall have otherwise agreed before the valuer shall have been appointed shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator but who shall afford to each of the Landlords and the Tenant a reasonable opportunity to make representations to him and take any such representations into account before he makes his determination) agreed upon between the Landlords and the Tenant or in the absence of such agreement prior to such date as shall be one month before the Relevant Review Date to be nominated on the application of either the Landlords or the Tenant or both of them jointly by the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors or the person for the time being authorised to act on his behalf and the determination of any such valuer shall be binding on the parties and the costs of the reference to him and of his determination shall be borne and paid by the Landlords or the Tenant or shared between them in such manner as he shall determine. In the event that any such valuer shall die or become unwilling to act or become incapable of acting or if for any other reason the said President or other person mentioned above shall in his absolute discretion think fit the said President or such other person may upon the application of either the Landlords or the Tenant or both of them jointly discharge him and appoint another valuer to act in his place and in the same capacity and this shall be repeated as many times as the circumstances may require.

 

3.5

If for any reason the Market Rent is not agreed or determined until after the relevant Review Date the Tenant shall continue to pay Rent under this Schedule at the rate applicable immediately before such date and on the date on which the Market Rent

 

23


 

shall have been agreed or determined there shall be due as arrears of such Rent and the Tenant shall pay the amount of any increase for the period on and from the commencement of the relevant Review Period up to the quarter day next after such agreement or determination together with interest on the same at 4 per centum below the Prescribed Rate for the period on and from the commencement of the relevant Review Period up to the date of actual payment.

 

3.6 Within twenty-eight days of the Market Rent being agreed or determined a memorandum recording such agreement or determination shall be signed by or on behalf of the parties and be annexed to this Lease and the Counterpart respectively but such memorandum shall be regarded as evidential only and the absence of such shall not affect the liability of the Tenant to pay any increased Rent under this Schedule which has been agreed or determined.

 

4. For the avoidance of any doubt it is declared that the Rent payable under this Schedule for any Review Period shall not be less than that payable immediately before such period.

 

24


 

THE SIXTH SCHEDULE

 

Tenant’s Covenants

 

1.1 To pay the Rent and any other sums payable under this Lease at the times and in the manner respectively provided by this Lease and also to pay and discharge all rates taxes charges duties assessments impositions and outgoings whatsoever whether parliamentary local or any other description which now are or which may at any time during the Term be payable either by the owner or occupier in respect of the Premises and whether the same are existing at the present time or are imposed during the Term (excluding any (other than Value Added Tax) payable by the Landlords occasioned by receipt of the Rent or by any disposition or dealing with or ownership of any interest reversionary to the interest created by the Lease).

 

1.2 Without prejudice to any other provisions herein from time to time and at all times during the Term to pay Value Added Tax or any tax or imposition in the nature of Value Added Tax which now or at any time during the Term shall be payable by the Tenant and to indemnify and keep indemnified the Landlords from and against all claims and demands in respect thereof and so that the Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Value Added Tax upon any sum payable under this Lease in respect of sums paid to the Landlords for services supplied by the Landlords.

 

2.

To permit the Landlords or the Landlords’ Agent and all other persons authorised by the Landlords or otherwise entitled with or without workmen and others at all times

 

25


 

upon reasonable written notice being given by the Landlords (except in case of emergency) to enter into and upon the Premises for the purposes of exercising the rights specified in the Third Schedule and examining the state and condition of the Premises.

 

3. To pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including Solicitors’ costs and, Surveyors’ fees) incurred by the Landlords for the purpose of or incidental to the preparation and service of any notice under Section 146 of the Law of Property Act 1925 notwithstanding that forfeiture may be avoided otherwise than by relief granted by the Court.

 

4. To observe and perform all the requirements of and to carry out all works required under all Acts or Parliament for the time being in force including all requirements and works as have been or may be made or required by any local or other competent authority insofar as the same are in respect of or relate to the Premises or any part of them and to indemnify the Landlords against all notices claims demands expenses and liability in respect of all matters the subject of this sub-paragraph.

 

5.

To pay to the Landlords on demand (together with interest at the Prescribed Rate on all payments made by the Landlords for the period from the date of payment until repayment by the Tenant) the reasonable cost and incidental fees and expenses of all works which the Landlords may be required to do under any Act or Parliament (including without prejudice to that generality the Offices Shops and Railway Premises Act 1963 and/or the Fire Precautions Act 1971 and/or the Health and Safety at Work etc. Act 1974 and/or any like Act of Parliament) or in the case of works

 

26


 

required to be done in respect of or for the benefit of both the Premises and other premises the proper proportion of such cost and incidental fees and expenses attributable to the Premises such proportion to be reasonably determined by the Landlords’ Agent acting as an expert and whose decision shall be final and a fair proportion (to be determined in like manner) of whose charges shall also be paid by the Tenant on demand.

 

6. Except to the extent that the Landlords may include the same in the Service Charge to pay on demand (together with interest as specified in sub-paragraph 5 above) a fair proportion of the cost and incidental fees and expenses of reconstructing rebuilding maintaining repairing and cleaning all party and other walls Conducting Media and other conveniences belonging or which shall belong to the Premises or any other premises and which shall benefit or be used or be capable of benefiting or being used by or for the Premises in common with such other premises such proportion to be determined by the Landlords’ Agent acting as an expert whose decision shall be final and a fair proportion (to be determined in like manner) of whose charges shall also be paid by the Tenant on demand.

 

7.1

To keep the whole of the Premises including all sanitary and water apparatus plant and machinery therein and thereon and all fixtures additions and improvements from time to time affixed or made to them and the appurtenances thereof in good and substantial repair condition and decoration (damage by the Insured Risks always excepted save where the policy or policies of insurance have been vitiated by any act or omission of the Tenant) and from time to time when necessary to rebuild reinstate or replace the same and at the determination of the Term to deliver up the Premises to

 

27


 

the Landlords with vacant possession together with all additions and improvements made in the meantime and all fixtures of any kind which may during the Term be affixed by the Tenant (save Tenant’s trade fixtures and fittings) in such repair condition and decoration in accordance with the covenants on the Tenant’s part contained in this Lease.

 

7.2 To clean the glass of all windows comprised in the Premises as often as shall be reasonably necessary but in any event at least once in every month.

 

7.3 To keep the Premises in a clean and tidy condition.

 

7.4 To paint with two coats at least of good quality paint or otherwise treat as appropriate in a proper and workmanlike manner all the internal and external wood iron and other work in or upon the Premises previously or usually painted or otherwise treated as to the exterior in every third year and as to the interior in every fifth year of the Term and also in the case of both the interior and the exterior in the period of three months immediately preceding the determination of the Term.

 

7.5 Not to commit any waste spoil or destruction in or upon the Premises.

 

7.6 Not at any time during the term to make any alteration or addition to the Premises or to erect any new buildings thereon without the prior written consent of the Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

7.7

Well and substantially to repair and make good all defects and wants of reparation of

 

28


 

which notice in writing shall be given to or left on the Premises for the Tenant and for which the Tenant is liable hereunder within two months after the giving or leaving of such notice or sooner if requisite and if the Tenant fails to comply with any such notice it shall be lawful for (but not obligatory upon) the Landlords (but without prejudice to the right of re-entry under the Clause in that behalf in this Lease contained and to any other rights of the Landlords) to enter upon the Premises and repair and decorate the same in accordance with the said covenants and the reasonable cost and incidental fees and expenses (to be certified by the Landlords’ Agent acting as an expert) shall be a debt due from the Tenant to the Landlords and shall be repaid by the Tenant to the Landlords on demand together with interest at the Prescribed Rate on all payments made by the Landlords for the period from the date of payment until repayment by the Tenant.

 

7.8 To permit the Landlords and the Landlords’ Agent and all persons authorised by it at all reasonable times with or without workmen on giving reasonable notice (except in cases of emergency) to the Tenant to enter and remain upon the Premises with all necessary appliances for the purpose of executing repairs and alterations painting redecoration or other works to adjoining or neighbouring premises and for the purpose of repairing cleaning or maintaining any sewers water courses drains gutters water pipes electric wires or gas pipes or other conveniences in or under the Premises or other part of the Development in connection with or for the accommodation of any adjoining or neighbouring property the Landlords or such persons as aforesaid making good all damage caused thereby to the Premises.

 

8.1

To comply in all respects with the Planning Acts and all consents (if any) granted

 

29


 

under them or under any Act or Parliament repealed by them so far as the same respectively relate to or affect the Premises or any part of them or any operations works acts or things already or later to be carried out executed done or omitted on the Premises or the use of them for any purpose.

 

8.2 If and when required free of expense to the Landlords to obtain from (as the case may be) the local planning authority or the appropriate Minister all such consents as may be requisite for carrying out any permitted alterations or additions to the Premises or the institution or change of any use of them and which may constitute development within the meaning of the Planning Acts.

 

8.3 Forthwith after the service on the Tenant or other occupier of the Premises or part of them of any notice order or proposal under the Planning Acts to supply to the Landlords a copy of the same and if so requested by the Landlord to make or join in making such objection or representation in respect of such notice order or proposal as the Landlords may reasonably require.

 

8.4 Subject to any request pursuant to sub-paragraph 8.3 above to comply at the Tenant’s cost with any notice or order mentioned in that sub-paragraph and to indemnify the Landlords against all liability in respect of the same.

 

8.5 Unless the Landlords shall otherwise direct to carry out before the determination of the Term any works stipulated to be carried out to the Premises by a date subsequent to such determination as a condition of any planning consent which may have been implemented or commenced to be implemented.

 

30


8.6 If and when called upon so to do to produce to the Landlords all such plans documents and other evidence as the Landlord may require in order to satisfy himself that the provisions of the foregoing covenants have been complied with.

 

9.1 Not to use the Premises or any part of them for any of the following: —

 

9.1.1  any illegal or immoral purpose;

 

9.1.2  any noisy noxious dangerous or offensive trade manufacture business or purpose whatsoever;

 

9.1.3  any act matter or thing which shall or might be a nuisance damage or annoyance to the Landlords or the tenants owners occupiers of any adjoining or neighbouring property or to any public local or other authority or the neighbourhood or which would in any way be injurious to the Premises or any building upon it;

 

9.1.4  any sale by auction.

 

9.2

Not to bring or permit to be brought into the Premises or to place or store or permit to be placed or stored or to remain in or about the Premises any article or thing which is or may be or become dangerous offensive combustible inflammable radio-active or explosive and not to carry on or do or permit to be carried on or done thereon any hazardous trade or act in consequence of which the Landlords would or might be prevented from insuring the Premises at the ordinary rate of premium or whereby any

 

31


 

insurance effected in respect of the Premises or any other property would or might be vitiated or prejudiced and not without the written consent of the Landlords to do or allow anything to be done whereby any additional premium may become payable for the insurance of the Premises or any other property and to repay to the Landlords all sums paid by way of increased premiums and all expenses incurred by the Landlords in or about the renewal of such policy or policies made necessary by a breach of this covenant together with interest at the Prescribed Rate thereon from the date of payment by the Landlords to the actual date of repayment by the Tenant (as well after as before any judgment).

 

9.3 Subject to the foregoing not to use the Premises otherwise than for purposes within Class BI of the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987.

 

10.l Not to assign part only of the Premises.

 

10.2.1  Not at any time to assign the whole or part with or share possession or occupation of or grant licences in respect of the whole or part only of the Premises except with the previous written consent of the Landlord which (subject to the provisions of clause 10.2.2 in the case of an assignment) consent shall not be unreasonably withheld

 

10.2.2  The Landlord may impose any or all of the following conditions (which are specified for the purpose of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 Section 19(1A)) on giving any licence for an assignment by the Tenant of the whole of the Premises and any such licence shall be treated as being subject to each of the following conditions:

 

(a) that upon or before any assignment and before giving occupation to the proposed assignee the Tenant making the application for the licence to assign shall covenant by way of indemnity and guarantee with the Landlord in the terms of the authorised guarantee agreement in the ninth schedule to this Lease;

 

32


(b) that if so reasonably required by the Landlord the proposed assignee shall upon or before any assignment and before taking occupation:-

 

(i) obtain guarantors reasonably acceptable to the Landlord who shall covenant by way of indemnity and guarantee (if more than one jointly and severally) with the Landlord in the terms set out in the Tenth Schedule of this Lease or;

 

(ii) enter into a rent deposit agreement with the Landlord in a form reasonably required by the Landlord and pay to the Landlord a deposit equal to at least 6 months rent then reserved by the Lease or such other sums as the Landlord shall reasonably require

 

10.2.3  Not to underlet or agree to underlet the whole or part only of the premises without the previous written consent of the Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) provided that:-

 

  (a)

Every underlessee shall first enter into a covenant with the Landlords and with the Tenant that the underlessee will observe and perform the covenants herein contained so far as applicable to the area underlet (except the covenant for payment of Rent) and will not assign underlet or part with or share possession or occupation of or grant any licence in respect of part only of the Premises

 

33


 

and will not without obtaining the previous written consents of the Landlords and of the Tenant (which subject to compliance with provisions corresponding with the provisions of clause 10.2.2 and this clause 10.2.3 shall not be unreasonably withheld) assign underlet or part with possession of the whole of the Premises

 

  b) Every underlease shall be at a rent (payable quarterly in advance) of not less than the full market rent of the premises underlet (obtainable without taking a fine or premium or granting any rent free period) the amount of each such rent to be first approved in writing by the Landlords (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and the Tenant shall not at any time permit the reduction of the rent payable by any person in whom any underlease of the Premises or part thereof shall for the time being be vested;

 

  (c)

Without prejudice to the foregoing and save for the lease referred to in clause 10.3 of an Agreement of even date herewith made between Unigate (UK) Limited (1) the Landlords (2) the Tenant shall not underlet part with or share the possession or occupation of or grant any licence in respect of the whole or any part of the Premises for a term which shall extend beyond any date on which the Rent hereby reserved is to be varied as hereinbefore provided (hereinafter called “the Review Date”) unless such underletting or parting or sharing possession or occupation or licence shall include provisions approved by the Landlord to the effect that the rent thereby reserved shall be subject to review on the Review Date to the intent that the rent reserved on and after the Review Date until any subsequent Review Date shall be not less than

 

34


 

the full market rent obtainable (without taking a fine or premium or granting any rent free period) in respect of the Premises or part thereof as appropriate calculated as at the Review Date;

 

  d) If any intended underlessee of the Premises or any part thereof shall be a limited liability company (other than a public company the shares of which are quoted on a recognised Stock Exchange) upon the Landlords’ demand in that behalf at least two (or more if the Landlords shall reasonably so require) of its Directors of satisfactory standing or some other guarantor acceptable to the Landlords acting in a reasonable manner shall join in such deed as sureties or surety for such company in order (jointly and severally if more than one) to covenant with the Landlords in the form set out in the Tenth Schedule hereto mutatis matandis

 

10.3 Within twenty one days after the date of any assignment of these presents or the grant of any underlease or sub-underlease of the Premises or any assignment of such an under-lease or sub-underlease or the execution of any mortgage or charge affecting these presents or any such underlease or sub-underlease as aforesaid or any transfer or discharge of any mortgage or charge or any devolution of term or of any such underlease or sub-underlease as aforesaid by will or intestacy assent or operation of law produce or cause to be produced (without any demand by any person) to the Solicitor of the Landlords the original deed document or instrument effecting such disposition as aforesaid and leave or cause to be left a certified copy thereof with the Landlords’ Solicitor and pay the Landlord’s Solicitor a reasonable fee not being less than £25 in respect of each deed document or instrument for the registration thereof.

 

35


11. Within 21 days of any mortgage charge or discharge of mortgage or charge or other disposition of the Premises or any part of them to give to the Solicitors for the time being of the Landlords notice in triplicate specifying the basic particulars of the same and at the same time to supply to them two certified copies of the instrument making or evidencing the same and pay to them a registration fee of £25 or such higher sum as shall be reasonable at the time.

 

12. Not to allow to pass into the Conducting Media serving the Premises or the Estate or any adjoining or neighbouring premises any noxious or deleterious effluent or any other substance which may cause an obstruction in or injure the same and in the event of any such obstruction or injury forthwith to remove or remedy the same and to make good all damage caused.

 

13.

Not to place fix or exhibit in or on the Premises so that they can be viewed from outside the Premises any hoarding showcase aerial sign signboard bill plate board fascia placard poster advertisement or other notification of any kind whatsoever save such as shall have been previously consented to in writing by the Landlords and save for such signage as is authorised by the leases referred to in clauses 10.2 and 10.3 of an agreement of even date herewith made between Unigate (UK) Limited (1) the Landlord (2) but the Tenant may exhibit on and from the entrance door to the Premises one usual unobjectionable non-illuminated notice specifying only the name of the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or occupier and the business carried on at the Premises PROVIDED THAT notwithstanding the foregoing or any consent given as before mentioned if in the opinion of the Landlords any such sign or other matter

 

36


 

which may be placed affixed or exhibited shall be or become offensive or unsightly the Tenant shall forthwith remove the same on notice being given by the Landlords so to do.

 

14. To permit the Landlords at any time during the last six months prior to the determination of the Term to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of erecting a notice board stating that the Premises are to let or for sale and not to remove interfere with or obscure the same and throughout the Term to permit all persons with the written authority of the Landlords or the Landlords’ Agent to view the Premises at all reasonable times without interuption provided that the Landlords shall erect any such notice board in such a position as shall not interfere with the Tenant’s business.

 

15. To maintain to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlords adequate fire prevention apparatus upon the Premises and from time to time to remove as speedily as possible from the Premises all waste and like inflammable material.

 

16. To pay on demand all reasonable legal costs surveyors’ fees and other reasonable expenses of any kind incurred or expended by the Landlords in respect of all applications made by or on behalf of the Tenant or any occupier or undertenant (whether actual or prospective) for the consent of the Landlords to or in respect of any act matter or thing for which consent is required under the terms of this Lease and whether or not consent is required under the terms of this Lease and whether or not consent is refused or the application is withdrawn or not proceeded with for any reason.

 

37


17. To pay on the execution of this Lease the reasonable charges of the Landlords’ Solicitors of and incidental to the preparation and completion of this Lease and the stamp duty on the counterpart and all other proper disbursements.

 

18. In addition to the moneys which are or become payable by the Tenant under the terms of this Lease to pay all Value Added Tax thereon at the rate of such tax from time to time applicable.

 

38


 

THE SEVENTH SCHEDULE

 

Landlords’ Covenants

 

1. That the Tenant may peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term without any lawful interruption or disturbance from or by the Landlords or any person lawfully claiming through under or in trust for the Landlords

 

2. That the Landlords will use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Company provide services to the Development in accordance with the covenants on the part of the Transferor and the Company contained in Transfers dated 30 th September 1988 31 st May 1989 and 6 th September 1995 of the Property made between the Transferor (1) Unigate (UK) Limited (2) and Deeds of Covenant dated 7 th August 1990 and 6 th September 1995 made between the Transferor (1) Interface (Wootton Bassett) Management Company Limited (2) Unigate (UK) Limited (together “the Transfers and Deeds of Covenant”) (3)

 

3. To insure and to keep insured the Premises in the full reinstatement value thereof from time to time in the joint names of the Landlords and the Tenant (with or without other names) against loss or damage by the Insured Risks and of the cost of site clearance and of all architects’ surveyors and other professional fees and incidental expenses in connection with reinstatement and against not less than three years’ loss of the rent hereby first described (due allowance being made for any anticipated excess therein) and to produce to the Tenant on request a copy of the policy or policies of insurance and any endorsement or amendment thereon or thereto and in the case of destruction or damage by the Insured Risks then (unless the insurance monies shall be or become in whole or in part irrecoverable through any act or

 

39


default of the Tenant) subject to the Landlords obtaining all necessary consents and the Tenant paying out of the Tenant’s own monies the amount of any excess under the policy attributable to the damage or destruction in question to apply the policy moneys received by virtue of such insurance (except for those in respect of architects’ and surveyors and other professional fees or in respect of loss of rent) in reinstating the Building or the part so destroyed or damaged with all reasonable speed making up any difference between the cost of rebuilding and reinstating and the moneys received out of the Landlords’ own moneys.

 

40


 

THE EIGHTH SCHEDULE

 

The Service Charge

 

All costs and payments (including any Value Added Tax not recoverable by the Landlords) made expended or incurred by or on behalf of the Landlords in discharging the Landlords’ obligations under the Fifth and Sixth Schedules of the Transfers and Deeds of Covenant

 

41


 

NINTH SCHEDULE

 

Authorised Guarantee Agreement

 

THIS GUARANTEE is made the         day of

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) [ name of Guarantor ] of [ address ] (“the Guarantor”); and

 

(2) [ name of Landlord ] of [ address ] (“the Landlord”)

 

NOW IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. Definitions and interpretation

 

In this guarantee the following expressions shall (where the context permits) have the following meanings respectively:

 

1.1 “the Assignee” means [ insert name of incoming tenant ]

 

1.2 “the Lease” means the lease dated [             ] 2000 and made between Dolby Properties UK LLC and Dolby Laboratories Inc for a term of 15 years from [                     ] and includes all deeds and documents supplemental to it

 

1.3 “the Premises” means the premises demised by the Lease

 

42


1.4 “the Liability Period” means the period during which the Assignee is bound by the tenant covenants of the Lease and any additional period during which the Assignee is liable under an authorised guarantee agreement

 

1.5 the expressions “authorised guarantee agreement” and “tenant covenants” shall have the same meaning in this guarantee as in the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995 Section 28(1)

 

2. Recitals

 

2.1 By paragraph 10 of the Sixth Schedule to of the Lease the Landlord’s consent is required to the assignment of the Lease

 

2.2 [The Guarantor holds the Premises under the Lease and wishes to assign the Lease to the Assignee] The Landlord has agreed to give consent to the assignment to the Assignee on condition that the Guarantor enters into this guarantee

 

2.3 This guarantee takes effect only when the Lease is assigned to the Assignee

 

43


3. Covenants

 

In consideration of the Landlord’s consent to the assignment the Guarantor covenants with the Landlord and without the need for any express assignment with all its successors in title that:

 

3.1 To pay observe and perform

 

The Assignee shall punctually pay the rents and observe and perform the covenants and other terms of the Lease throughout the Liability Period and if at any time during the Liability Period the Assignee shall make any default in payment of the rents or in observing or performing any of the covenants or other terms of the Lease the Guarantor as primary obligor will pay the rents and observe or perform the covenants or terms in respect of which the Assignee shall be in default and make good to the Landlord on demand and indemnify the Landlord against all losses damages costs and expenses arising or incurred by the Landlord as a result of such non-payment non-performance or non-observance notwithstanding:

 

3.1.1  that the terms of the Lease may have been varied by agreement between the parties

 

3.1.2  any time or indulgence granted by the Landlord to the Assignee

 

3.1.3  any neglect or forbearance of the Landlord in enforcing the payment of the rents or the observance or performance of the covenants or other terms of the Lease

 

3.1.4  any other act omission matter or thing by which but for this provision the Guarantor would have been released in whole or in part or which would or might have afforded the Guarantor any legal or equitable defence.

 

3.1.5 

any legal limitation disability incapacity irregularity defect or informality or any fact or circumstance (whether known to the Landlord or not) which would or might render

 

44


any sum or sums of money irrecoverable from the Assignee or the performance of the obligations under the Lease unenforceable

 

3.1.6  the existence or validity of any other security taken by the Landlord or any enforcement or failure to enforce or the release of any such security or any part thereof

 

3.1.7  the death of the Assignee (if an individual) the dissolution of the Assignee (if a company) or the Assignee ceasing to exist or its liabilities under the Lease being disclaimed or any change in constitution or corporate identity or loss of corporate identity by the Assignee or the Guarantor.

 

3.1.8  any refusal by the Landlord to accept rents tendered by or on behalf of the Assignee at a time when the Landlord was entitled (or would after the service of a notice under the Law of Property Act 1925 Section 146 have been entitled) to re-enter the Premises

 

3.1.9  that the Assignee shall have surrendered part of the Premises in which event the liability of the Guarantor under the Lease shall continue in respect of the part of the Premises not so surrendered after making any necessary apportionments under the Law of Property Act 1925 Section 140 and

 

3.2 To take lease following disclaimer

 

If during the Liability Period the Assignee (being an individual) shall become bankrupt or (being a company) shall enter into liquidation and the trustee in bankruptcy or liquidator or

 

45


the Crown shall disclaim the Lease or if the Lease is forfeited (“the terminating event”) the Guarantor shall if the Landlord shall by notice within 6 months after such terminating event so require take from the Landlord a lease of the Premises for the residue of the contractual term of the Lease which would have remained had there been no terminating event at the rent then being paid under the Lease and subject to the same covenants and terms as in the Lease such new lease to take effect from the date of such terminating event and in such case the Guarantor shall pay the costs of such new lease and execute and deliver to the Landlord a counterpart of it

 

3.3 To make payments following disclaimer

 

If for any reason the Landlord does not require the Guarantor to accept a new lease of the Premises in accordance with clause 3.2 above the Guarantor shall pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to the rents payable under the Lease but for the terminating event for the period commencing with the date of such terminating event and ending on whichever is the earlier of the following dates:

 

3.3.1  the date 1 year after such terminating event and

 

3.3.2  the date (if any) upon which the Premises are relet

 

4. Landlord’s covenants

 

The Landlord covenants with the Guarantor that it will notify the Guarantor in writing within 14 days of being informed of the facts bringing the Liability Period to an end

 

46


5. The Guarantor hereby further agrees with the Landlord

 

  5.1 That so long as moneys remain owing by the Guarantor under this Deed the Guarantor shall

 

  5.1.1  not claim or seek to enforce repayment or subrogation or otherwise of any sums for the time being due to the Guarantor by the Assignee

 

  5.1.2  not in the event of liquidation of the Assignee prove in competition with the Landlord in respect of any moneys owing to the Guarantor by the Assignee but will give to the Landlord the benefit of any such proof and all moneys to be received in respect thereof until all moneys owing by the Assignee to the Landlord shall have been paid in full

 

  5.1.3  hold for the benefit of the Landlord all security and rights the Guarantor may have over assets of the Assignee whilst any liabilities of the Assignee or the Guarantor to the Landlord remain outstanding

 

  5.1.4  not be entitled to participate in any security held by the Landlord in respect of the Assignee’s obligations to the Landlord under this Lease or to stand in place of the Landlord in respect of any such security

 

  5.2

As a separate and independent stipulation that without prejudice to the rights of the Landlord against the Assignee as principal any liability mentioned

 

47


above which may not be recoverable on the footing of a guarantee whether by reason of any legal limitation on or disability or incapacity of the Assignee or any other fact or circumstance and whether known to the Landlord or not shall nevertheless be recoverable from the Guarantor as though the same had been incurred by the Guarantor and the Guarantor was the sole or principal debtor in respect thereof and shall be paid by the Guarantor on demand together with interest (as well before as after any judgement)

 

  5.3 That the provisions of this Deed shall be in addition to and not in substitution for any other rights which the Landlord may have and may be enforced against the Guarantor without first having recourse to any such rights and without taking any steps or proceedings against the Assignee

 

  5.4 That no assurance security or payment which may be avoided under any provision or enactment relating to liquidation or insolvency for the time being in force (including but not limited to Sections 615 and 617 of the Companies Act 1985 and Sections 238 239 339 and 340 of the Insolvency Act) and no release settlement or discharge of the Guarantor which may have been given or made on the faith of any such assurance security or payment shall prejudice or affect the right of the Landlord to recover from the Guarantor to the full extent of this Deed as if such release settlement or discharge had not occurred.

 

  5.5 This guarantee shall ensure for the benefit of the Landlord’s successors in title without the necessity for any assignment

 

48


  5.6 That the Landlord in the enforcement of its rights under this Deed may proceed against the Guarantor as if the Guarantor were the sole or principal debtor in respect of the tenant covenant in question

 

6. For the avoidance of doubt:-

 

  6.1 Notwithstanding the termination of the Liability Period the Guarantor shall remain liable under this Deed in respect of any liabilities which may have occurred prior to termination thereof

 

  6.2 The Guarantor shall be liable under this Deed for any proper and reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in enforcing the Guarantor obligation hereunder

 

7. Each provision contained in this Guarantee or implies herein is separate and independent so that if any such provision shall become invalid unlawful or unenforceable the validity and enforceability of all other provisions shall not be prejudicially affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect

 

IN WITNESS whereof the Landlord and the Tenant have caused their respective common seals to be affixed to this deed the day and year first before written

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by

 

49


EXECUTED as a DEED by

 

50


 

THE TENTH SCHEDULE

 

The Surety Covenant

 

(In this covenant the reference to the Tenant means the Tenant for the time being under this Lease)

 

1. That the Tenant shall at all times whilst the Tenant is liable under the tenant covenants of this Lease pay the rents and observe and perform the covenants conditions and stipulations herein contained in default of which the Surety as primary obliger shall pay the rents at the times herein fixed for payment and shall observe and perform the covenants and conditions in respect of which the Tenant is in default and will indemnify the Landlord against all actions proceedings costs claims and demands arising by reason of the non-payment of rent or the Tenant’s failure to observe and perform the covenants hereunder notwithstanding in each case

 

  1.1. any variation to this Lease agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant with or without the consent of the Surety

 

  1.2. any time or indulgence granted by the Landlord to the Tenant

 

  1.3 any delay omission neglect or forbearance on the part of the Landlord to enforce any of its rights against the Tenant the Surety or any third party

 

51


  1.4 any act omission matter or thing whatsoever whereby the Surety as guarantor only would or might have been released (in whole or in part) or which would or might have afforded the Surety any legal or equitable defence

 

  1.5 any legal limitation disability incapacity irregularity defect or informality or any fact or circumstance (whether known to the Landlord or not) which would or might render any sum or sums of money irrecoverable from the Tenant or the performance of the obligations under the Lease unenforceable

 

  1.6 the existence or validity of any other security taken by the Landlord or any enforcement or failure to enforce or the release of any such security or any part thereof

 

  1.7 the Tenant ceasing to exist or the liabilities of the Tenant hereunder being disclaimed or any change in constitution or corporate identity or loss of corporate identity by the Tenant or the Surety

 

  1.8 any refusal by the Landlord to accept rent tendered by or on behalf of the Tenant at a time when the Landlord was entitled (or would after the service of notice under section 146 of the Law of Property Act 1925 have been entitled) to re-enter the demised premises

 

52


  1.9 that the Tenant shall have surrendered part of the demised premises in which event the liability of the Surety hereunder shall continue in respect of the demised premises not so surrendered after making any necessary apportionments under section 140 of the Law of Property Act 1925

 

2. That if a liquidator trustee in bankruptcy or the crown shall disclaim this Lease or if this Lease shall be forfeited or if the Tenant shall be wound up or cease to exist (the “terminating event”) the Surety will if the Landlord shall by notice in writing within six months after such terminating event so require take from the Landlord a lease of the demised premises for the residue of the contractual term which would have remained had there been no terminating event at the rent then being paid and subject to the same covenants and conditions as are reserved by and contained in these presents such new lease to take effect from the date of the terminating event and in such case the Surety shall pay the costs of such new lease and execute and deliver to the Landlord a counterpart thereof

 

3. That if the Landlord shall not require the Surety to take a lease of the Premises pursuant to clause 2 above the Surety shall pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to the rent that would have been payable under this Lease but for the terminating event in respect of the period from the date of the terminating event until whichever is the earlier of the following dated:-

 

  3.1 the date one year after such terminating event and

 

53


  3.2 the date (if any) upon which the demised premises are relet

 

4. That so long as any moneys remain owing by the Surety under the foregoing provisions the Surety shall not:-

 

  4.1 claim or seek to enforce repayment or subrogation or otherwise of any sums for the time being due to the Surety by the Tenant

 

  4.2 in the event of liquidation of the Tenant prove in competition with the Landlord in respect of any moneys owing to the Surety by the Tenant but will give to the Landlord the benefit of any such proof and of all moneys to be received in respect thereof until all moneys owing by the Tenant to the Landlord shall have been paid in full.

 

5. As a separate and independent stipulation that without prejudice to the rights of the Landlord against the Tenant as principal any liability mentioned above which may not be recoverable on the footing of a guarantee whether by reason of any legal limitation on or disability or incapacity of the Tenant or any other fact or circumstance and whether known to the Landlord or not shall nevertheless be recoverable from the Surety as though the same had been incurred by the Surety and the Surety was the sole or principal debtor in respect thereof and shall be paid by the Surety on demand together with Interest (as well before as after any judgement)

 

6.

That the provisions of this Schedule shall be in addition to and not in substitution for

 

54


 

any other rights which the Landlord may have and may be enforced against the Surety without first having recourse to any such rights and without taking any steps or proceedings against the Tenant.

 

7. That no assurance security or payment which may be avoided under any provision or enactment relating to liquidation or insolvency for the time being in force (including but not limited to Sections 615 and 617 of the Companies Act 1985 and Sections 238 239 339 and 340 of the Insolvency Act) and no release settlement or discharge of the Surety which may have been given or made on the faith of any such assurance security or payment shall prejudice or affect the right of the Landlord to recover from the Surety to the full extent of this Clause as if such release settlement or discharge had not occurred.

 

EXECUTED as a Deed by DOLBY

 

PROPERTIES UK LLC acting by

 

/ S / J.B. N OTTAGE

 

55


any other rights which the Landlord may have and may be enforced against the Surety without first having recourse to any such rights and without taking any steps or proceedings against the Tenant.

 

7. That no assurance security or payment which may be avoided under any provision or enactment relating to liquidation or insolvency for the time being in force (including but not limited to Sections 615 and 617 of the Companies Act 1985 and Sections 238 239 339 and 340 of the Insolvency Act) and no release settlement or discharge of the Surety which may have been given or made on the faith of any such assurance security or payment shall prejudice or affect the right of the Landlord to recover from the Surety to the full extent of this Clause as if such release settlement or discharge had not occurred.

 

EXECUTED as a Deed by DOLBY

 

LABORATORIES INC acting by

 

/ S / J.B. N OTTAGE

 

55

Exhibit 10.14

 

[Dolby Laboratories, Inc. Letterhead]

 

October 4, 2000

 

Mr. Martin A. Jaffe

5960 Margarido Drive

Oakland, CA 94618

 

Dear Marty:

 

Per our conversation today, I’m please to modify my offer letter of September 28 as follows:

 

You will receive 200 hours of Personal Time Off (PTO) per year.

 

Effective April 2001 your base salary will be increased to $300,000, and your next review with respect to a possible salary adjustment will be October of 2002.

 

Your factor for purposes of the bonus calculation will be 4 for the year ended September 2001, 5 for the year ended September 2002, and 6 for the years ended September 2003 and later.

 

In the event that you are terminated for other than cause (due to transactions such as the sale of the company, a merger with another company, etc.), you will be paid 12 months current salary at such time of termination.

 

To acknowledge your acceptance of the original offer as modified by the above terms, please sign below a copy of this letter and fax to me at 415-558-0123.

 

Again, we look forward to having you join our team and making a significant contribution to the growth and future of Dolby.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Bill Jasper


   

N. W. (Bill) Jasper, Jr.

   

President

   

/s/ Martin A. Jaffe


 

10-9-00

Martin A. Jaffe

 

Date

 


September 28, 2000

 

Mr. Martin A. Jaffe

5960 Margarido Drive

Oakland, CA 94618

 

Dear Marty:

 

Thanks for coming in today. I hope we can work out a satisfactory package for you to join us as I think you can make a significant contribution that will benefit both the Company and you. What follows is Karen’s standard offer letter with some modifications for what we discussed this morning, so if some of it reads abrupt or cold please accept my apologies in advance!

 

I am pleased to confirm our offer to you to join Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (“Dolby”) as Vice President, Business Affairs, reporting to me. Your annual salary will be $275,000. You will receive 160 hours of Personal Time Off (PTO) per year. PTO is accrued on a monthly basis. Additionally you will receive 40 hours per year in a Reserve Illness Account (RIA) on January 1 st . A pro-rated number of hours will be added for calendar 2000 upon hire. We will assume your date of hire to be November 1, 2000. Please contact us if you wish to adjust your start date.

 

This offer includes a sign-on bonus of $25,000, payable at the end of the first pay period of your employment with Dolby. This sign-on bonus will be repayable to Dolby should you voluntarily end your employment within twelve (12) months from your hire date. In thus event, you agree that Dolby may reconcile the entire amount paid to you by deducting it from any monies owed to you. Also, please be advised that your sign-on bonus will be subject to federal and state taxation. For specific tax information, please refer to the IRS website or contact your tax advisor.

 

You will receive those benefits normally provided to employees as reflected in our Employee Handbook which Karen gave you today. Your benefits will be reviewed with you on your first day of employment.

 

Performance reviews are completed annually in September. Effective October 2001 your base salary will be increased to $300,000.

 

As a regular, full-time employee of Dolby, you will be eligible to participate in our discretionary Company Bonus Plan (based on pretax income). You will be eligible for participation starting with the new fiscal year that begins October 1, 2000. Subject to your continued employment with the Company, your first bonus payment (if any) would be in January 2002 for the year ended September 2001. Your factor for purposes of the bonus calculation will be 3 for the year ended September 2001, 4 for the year ended September 2002, and 5 for the years ended September 2003 and later.


In addition to the bonus plan outlined in the preceding paragraph, there may be an additional discretionary bonus paid at the same time each year. Any such amounts are determined by me based on my determination as to whether or not objectives agreed between us have been met during the year. These amounts might range between 10% and 25% of base salary but there is no guarantee that any amounts will be paid.

 

You will be granted, under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, an option to purchase 5,000 shares of Company stock at a price of $6.29 per share. Vesting is over 4 years and all terms and conditions will be outlined in the plan documents to be provided when you join.

 

Your employment with Dolby will be on an at-will basis. This means that you are free to terminate your employment at any time for any reason. Similarly, Dolby is also free to end the employment relationship at any time for any reason; with or without notice or cause.

 

This offer of employment is contingent upon three factors:

 

That you execute a Proprietary Rights and Non-Disclosure Agreement upon acceptance of our offer of employment. Please bring an executed copy of the enclosed Agreement with you on your first day of employment.

 

That you produce documentation that verifies your eligibility to be employed in the United States. This documentation generally consists of any combination of documents listed on true enclosed Employment Eligibility Verification Form. This documentation must be presented to us on your first working day.

 

The satisfactory completion of a background check that Karen will contact you about if you accept.

 

To acknowledge your acceptance, please sign below and fax to me at 415-558-0123. Please bring the original to your first day’s orientation with the signed Proprietary Rights and Non-Disclosure Agreement. Please retain the other original for your records. This offer letter expires October 6, 2000.

 

We look forward to having you join our team and making a significant contribution to the growth and future of Dolby;

 

Sincerely,

 

N. W. (Bill) Jasper, Jr.    
President    
     
     

Exhibit 10.15

 

[Dolby Laboratories, Inc. Letterhead]

 

October 23, 2003

 

Mark S. Anderson

256 La Salle Avenue

Piedmont, CA 94610

 

Dear Mark,

 

It is my distinct pleasure to confirm to you our offer to join Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (“Dolby”) as Vice President, General Counsel, reporting to me. Your annualized starting base salary will be $285,000, payable bi-weekly (in accordance with our alternate 9/80 work schedule). We will assume your date of hire to be Thursday, November 20, 2003. Please contact us as soon as possible if you would like to adjust your start date.

 

You are eligible to participate in the Dolby Annual Incentive Plan (“DAIP”) for the fiscal year that began October 1, 2003. You are eligible to receive a total DAIP target award of forty-five percent (45%) of your annual base salary. This total is comprised of a five percent (5%) discretionary profit sharing component target and a forty percent (40%) performance reward component target. Further, seventy-five percent (75%) of the performance reward component is calculated based on company performance and twenty-five percent (25%) is tied to your individual performance. Subject to your continued employment with Dolby, your first incentive target payout (if any) would be in January 2005 for the fiscal year ended September 2004.

 

This offer also includes a sign-on bonus of $50,000, payable at the end of the first pay period of your employment with Dolby. The above-aforementioned monies will be repayable to Dolby should you voluntarily end your employment within twelve (12) months from your hire date. Also, please be advised that your sign-on bonus will be subject to federal and state taxation. For specific tax information, please refer to the IRS website or contact your tax advisor.

 

The option for you to purchase 7,500 shares of Dolby’s common stock under the Dolby Laboratories, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will be recommended to Dolby’s Board of Directors. Once approved, your options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock as of the date of the award, as determined by the Board. Options may be awarded only by the Board and are subject to the standard terms and conditions of the Plan and the execution of the award agreement. You will also be entitled to participate in future option grants commiserate with your position as Vice President, General Counsel, including without limitation, future annual grants and any grants made generally to executives of Dolby to increase the option holdings of Dolby’s management team.

 

Performance and Development Evaluations are completed annually by December. You will first be eligible for a merit increase in January 2005 after your focal review.

 

As a full-time employee of Dolby, you will be eligible to participate in our comprehensive benefits package. You will receive 180 hours of Personal Time Off (PTO) per year beginning with your first full calendar month of employment. PTO is accrued on a monthly basis. Additionally you will receive 40 hours per year in a Reserve Illness Account (RIA) on January 1 st (a pro-rated number of hours will be added for calendar 2003 upon hire) and another 120 hours per year in the Dolby Short-term Disability Plan. You will also be eligible for Dolby’s designated paid holidays (10.5 days per year), two days of which are observed during the full week of our annual office closure between Christmas and New Year’s Day.


You will be eligible to enroll in Dolby’s health plan(s) on the first day of the month on or following your date of hire. In addition to Dolby’s health plan(s) benefits, you will also be eligible to participate in our 401(k) Plan (the “Dolby Laboratories, Inc. Retirement Plan”) on the first day of the quarter on or following your date of hire. Enclosed with this letter is our general benefits information packet but more specific plan information will be reviewed with you during the orientation on your first day of employment.

 

The employment relationship between you and Dolby is one of employment “at-will” with either party having the right to terminate the relationship at any time, with or without cause. Our employment at-will relationship can only be modified by a written agreement signed by Dolby’s President.

 

In the event that you are terminated for other than cause, including without limitation, due to transactions such as sale of the company, a merger with another company, etc., you will be paid twelve (12) months current salary at such time of termination and your options will vest in full.

 

By signing this offer of employment as set forth below you acknowledge that this offer of employment is contingent upon three factors:

 

1. That you execute a Proprietary Rights and Non-Disclosure Agreement upon acceptance of our offer of employment (please bring an executed copy of the enclosed Agreement with you on your first day of employment).

 

2. That you produce documentation that verifies your eligibility to be legally employed in the United States. This documentation generally consists of any combination of documents listed on the enclosed Employment Eligibility Verification (I-9) Form. This documentation must be presented to us on your first working day.

 

3. That a background check is completed to our satisfaction.

 

This offer of employment supersedes all prior offers, both verbal and written and is the complete understanding of our offer of employment to you. To acknowledge your acceptance, please sign below and fax no later than 5 p.m. (PST) on Friday, November 14th to Cynthia Rabun’s attention at 415.645.4175. In addition, please bring this original, signed letter to your first day’s orientation with the signed Proprietary Rights and Non-Disclosure Agreement and retain the other original for your records.

 

We feel that you can make a significant contribution to the growth and future of Dolby and we look forward to welcoming you to our team!

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Marty


Martin A. Jaffe

Vice President, Business Affairs


***************************************************************************************

 

I have read, understand, and accept the offer of employment as stated above:

 

/s/ Mark S. Anderson


  

11-12-03

Mark S. Anderson

  

Date

Exhibit 10.16

 

Date   29/9     2000

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES INC

Wootton Bassett Wiltshire SN4 8QJ

 

THE WATTS FUNDED UNAPPROVED RETIREMENT

BENEFITS SCHEME (“the Scheme”)

 

ANNOUNCEMENT TO MR D. K. WATTS

 

1. INTRODUCTION

 

We hereby invite you to become a Member of the above Scheme on the terms and conditions outlined in the Trust Deed and Rules governing the Scheme and in this Announcement. This Announcement is only a guide to your benefits in the Scheme and it will always be overridden by the Trust Deed and Rules if there is any difference between the two.

 

The Scheme is established under the Trust.

 

The trustees of the Scheme are yourself and your Wife Christine Margaret Watts (“the Trustees”).

 

You are not required to make contributions to the Scheme. The basis of Dolby Laboratories Inc’s contributions to provide you with benefits under the Scheme is explained in point 3 below. The legal costs and expenses of establishing the scheme are also paid by Dolby Laboratories Inc (“the Employer”). The Scheme is not contracted-out of the state earnings related pension scheme.

 

Your Normal Retirement Date under the Scheme is age 65.

 

2. BENEFITS

 

Benefits on Retirement

 

The value of your benefits under the Scheme are represented by a “Member’s Credit” (as defined in the Trust Deed) representing the contributions made to the Scheme on your behalf by the Employer together with the investment return thereon (together with any contributions made by you personally, although under current legislation such personal contributions do not attract tax relief). At your Normal Retirement Date (as defined in this Trust Deed) the Trustees will realise your Member’s Credit and use it in full to provide benefits for you. Alternatively you may request that all or part of your Member’s Credit is applied to provide you with benefits at a later date or dates. The Trustees will discuss the precise nature of these benefits with you near to the time your benefits are to be taken. The benefits can take the form of a lump sum, a life policy assigned to you or an annuity paid to you in retirement.


The Trustees will also be pleased to discuss with you the possibility of you drawing your benefits under the Scheme earlier than on retiring before your Normal Retirement Date (but not before your 50th birthday except in the event of Incapacity) or after Normal Retirement Date.

 

Benefits on death

 

In the event of your death prior to you receiving your benefits the Trustees will realise your Member’s Credit and use the proceeds thereof to provide benefits for your family, dependants or persons indicated by you as possible recipients. (In this connection you should complete and return the expression of wishes form forming part of this Application for Membership). In the provision of such benefits the Trustees will have regard to your wishes but will not be bound by them.

 

Benefits on leaving employment with the Employer

 

No benefits are payable whilst you remain employed by the Employer and below Normal Retirement Date. In the event of your leaving employment with the Employer before Normal Retirement Date the Trustees will use your Member’s Credit to provide benefits for you payable at Normal Retirement Date or earlier (but not earlier than your 50th birthday except in the case of Incapacity) or after Normal Retirement Date if permitted by pension legislation. The Trustees will discuss the nature of these benefits with you. If your Member’s Credit comprises in whole or part a policy of assurance, in some circumstances the Trustees may assign that policy to you in satisfaction of your vested right to it.

 

This Scheme meets the UK legislative requirements relating to the preservation of the benefit rights for members who leave service before Normal Retirement Date.

 

Transfers

 

As a result of statutory requirements there are restrictions on the extent to which you can transfer benefits into the Scheme from other pension schemes. Similarly there are restrictions on your ability to transfer scheme benefits out to other schemes.

 

3. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

 

The amount of contributions payable by the Employer to the Scheme will be decided from time to time by the Employer at its sole discretion. Without in any way binding itself to do so, the Employer presently envisages that, in addition to a sum of £5 to establish the Scheme, it may pay contributions in the amounts set out in the attached schedule and subject to the terms of the schedule.

 

- 2 -


Contributions are on a money purchase basis. That is to say, the Employer does not promise or guarantee the level of benefits under the Scheme. The level of benefits depends entirely on the value of the funds built up in the Scheme on your behalf.

 

4 GENERALLY

 

The Trustees reserve the right at any time to amend the Scheme (with the agreement of the Employer). The Employer also reserves the right to terminate the Scheme. If the Scheme is terminated the Trustees will use the assets of the Scheme to provide benefits in the way set out in the Trust Deed.

 

The undernoted address is where you should write with enquiries about the Scheme generally or about your entitlement to benefits:

 

Dolby Laboratories Inc

Wootton Bassett

Wiltshire SN4 8QJ

 

For and on behalf of

Dolby Laboratories Inc

 

/ S / J.B. N OTTAGE


   J.B. NOTTAGE
26/09/00     

 

- 3 -


D. K. WATTS

SCHEDULE TO ANNOUNCEMENT

CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(1) The purpose of this schedule is to inform you of the contributions the Employer may at its sole discretion and from time to time decide to pay and to explain the rationale and calculations which, underlie them.

 

(2) The contributions are calculated using certain actuarial assumptions so as to generate a fund at which at age 65 is estimated to be sufficient to produce a pension equivalent to a percentage of the average of your assumed final three years’ salary. However, the Employer gives no promise or warranty as to the amount of benefits which may result form any contributions or the investment return thereon.

 

(3) At any time prior to 14 days before the end of each relevant Scheme Year, you may express the wish that all or part of the Employer’s contribution which may otherwise be payable to the Scheme shall instead be paid to one or more Personal Pension Schemes established by yourself. For these purposes, a Personal Pension Scheme means a Personal Pension Scheme approved or provisionally approved under Chapter IV of Part XIV of the 1988 Taxes Act.

 

(4) To the extent that the Employer makes contributions to the Scheme (as distinct from a Personal Pension Scheme) the Employer will enter into grossing arrangements with the UK Inland Revenue in respect of these sums, and only the net amount shown below will be paid to the Scheme. The Employer will pay the difference between the net and the gross amount to the UK Inland Revenue in respect of your Schedule E tax liability on the contribution. The tax payment (but not the contribution itself) will be subject to National Insurance contributions which will be paid by the Employer.

 

(5) A contribution may be paid for a Scheme Year (being a period of 12 months ending on each 30 September) only if you are contracted to work for the Employer for at least 1000 hours during the Scheme Year, and remain so contracted on the last day of the Scheme Year. A l/12th pro rata contribution may also be paid by the Employer, to the nearest complete calendar month of such service, in the Scheme Year in which you die or suffer a Disability provided that the Scheme Year in question precedes the Scheme Year in which you attain the age of 65 years. “Disability” for these purposes means a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or to be of long and indefinite duration and which keeps you from engaging in any substantial gainful employment. The determination of any Disability for the above purposes shall be made by a medical practitioner chosen by the Employer.

 

(6) The gross and net amounts of the contributions are as set out below. This assumes that the entire contribution is directed to the Scheme (as distinct from a


Personal Pension scheme) and that your marginal rate of tax is 40% at the time the contribution is made:

 

Payable: at Employer’s discretion


   Gross

   Taxation

   Net

On Sept 30 2000 and on each Sept 30 thereafter

   £ 16,070    £ 6,428    £ 9,642

 

(7) The gross amount of the contribution will not be adjusted as a consequence of any changes in the rate of taxation or National Insurance Contributions. Accordingly if, for instance, the rate of taxation increases, the net payment to the Scheme will be reduced.

 

Rationale behind contributions

 

Contributions have been calculated so as to generate a fund estimated to be sufficient to produce a pension related to salary and length of service at age 65.

 

Specifically, the fund is estimated to be sufficient to produce a pension of 2% of the average of the projected final three years’ salary for each year of service, subject to a maximum of 30 years. Note that for the purposes of these calculations, the effect of taxation (ie; Schedule E tax as deducted from the gross contribution, tax payable on salary, and tax levied on the investment return of the fund) has been ignored. Furthermore, as noted above the level of benefits arising from contributions and the investment return is not guaranteed in any way. Nor is the Employer under any legal obligation to pay the contributions.

 

There are three actuarial assumptions used in the calculations:

 

(a) That for the purposes of projecting future salaries, an annual increase of 5% per annum is used;

 

(b) That for the purposes of projecting fund accumulation and determining present values of future funds, an investment return of 8% per annum is used;

 

(c) That for the purposes of determining fund sizes necessary to finance future pensions an annuity rate of 9.81413 is used. This is based on a 50% Joint and Survivor rate taken from the United States 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table, assuming your spouse is three years younger than yourself.

 

- 5 -


Your pension arrangements with the Company relate to two basic components: that relating to your Service with the Company up to September 1999 (“Past Service Component”) and that related to your future service with the Company until the end of the scheme year immediately preceding your 65th birthday ( “Future Service Component”). The first contribution to the Scheme in relation to your Future Service Component shall be paid on 30 September 2000.

 

The Past Service Component can be expressed as the present value at September 30th 1999. of a fund which at age 65 is estimated to be sufficient to provide a pension equivalent to 2% for each year of service completed at October 1st 1999, based on your salary as at June 30th 1995. The Past Service Component will be provided under the Employer’s US Plan known as the Dolby Laboratories, Inc. Senior Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan.

 

The Future Service Component can be expressed as a contribution which if paid annually in arrears is estimated to be sufficient to generate a fund which, with the inclusion of the Past Service Component, is estimated to be sufficient to provide a pension equivalent to 2% for each year of service completed at the September 30th immediately preceding your 65th birthday, based on the average of the preceding three years’ salary at that date. This component will be paid by way of annual contribution(s) at the end of the Scheme year to which they relate. To extent that the payment date(s) are either later or earlier than this date, the contribution will be adjusted at a rate determined by the Employer.

 

The attached schedule shows in detail how your contributions are calculated, based on the current marginal income tax rate of 40%. As explained above, the amount of subsequent contributions will be affected by any future changes in tax rate.

 

- 6 -


[SCHEDULE OF CONTRIBUTIONS CALCULATIONS]


DATED SEPTEMBER 29TH, 2000

 

 

(1) DOLBY LABORATORIES INC

 

-and-

 

(2) DAVID KENNETH WATTS

CHRISTINE MARGARET WATTS

 


 

DEFINITIVE TRUST DEED and RULES

relating to THE WATTS FUNDED UNAPPROVED

RETIREMENT BENEFITS SCHEME

 


 

Wedlake Bell

16 Bedford Street

Covent Garden

London WC2E9HF

 

DX: 40009 Covent Garden

 

Tel: 020 7395 3000

Fax: 020 7395 3000

 

Ref: PF/59168//WB1-43758


INDEX TO TRUST DEED

 

No.


  

Clause


   Page

     Parties    1
     Recitals    1

1

   Definitions    1

2

   Establishment and Trust Declaration    2

3

   Purposes    2

4

   Contributions    2

5

   Conversion    2

6

   Investment    2

7

   Proceedings of the Trustees    4

8

   General powers of the Trustees    6

9

   Provisions relating to Trustees    7

10

   Accounts    9

11

   Administration expenses    9

12

   Alterations    10

13

   Change of Principal Employer    10

14

   Closure - Events and Effect    11

15

   Closure - Priority    12

16

   Contract of Employment    12

17

   Disputes    13

18

   Perpetuity    13

19

   Employers’ Powers    13

20

   Governing Law    13

21

   Status of Scheme    13


THIS TRUST DEED is made the 29 th day of September 2000

 

BETWEEN:

 

1. DOLBY LABORATORIES INC. incorporated in the State of California and whose United Kingdom branch is at Wootton Bassett Wiltshire SN4 8QJ (hereinafter called “the Principal Employer”) and

 

2. DAVID KENNETH WATTS and CHRISTINE MARGARET WATTS both of Meadowside, Kingsway View, Corston, Wiltshire SN16 OHG (hereinafter together called “the Trustees” which expression shall mean and include the trustee or trustees for the tune being hereof)

 

WHEREAS :

 

(1) The Principal Employer desires to establish an occupational pension scheme to be known as The Watts Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (hereinafter called “the Scheme”) and to invite the said DAVID KENNETH WATTS (hereinafter called “the Executive”) to become a Member of the Scheme

 

(2) The Trustees above named are the present trustees of the Scheme

 

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS:

 

(1) The following words and expressions shall where the context admits have the following respective meanings both in this Deed and in the Rules:

 

“the Trust Deed”    means this Deed
“the Rules”    means the rules annexed hereto and any amendments variations and additions thereto
“Trust Deeds”    means this Deed and any subsequent Deeds expressed to be supplemental to the Trust Deed
“the Trust Fund”    the sum of £5 (FIVE POUNDS) paid on the date hereof and such further monies and real and personal property of whatsoever nature and wheresoever situate as are for the time being held for the purposes of the Scheme and the investments and income for the time being representing the same including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing all contributions and other sums arising under the provisions of Clause 4 below


(2) Subject as aforesaid words and expressions in this Deed shall where the context admits have the meanings respectively ascribed to them in the Rules and the provisions as to interpretation contained in the Rules shall apply to the provisions of this Deed as well as to the provisions of the Rules

 

2. ESTABLISHMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

 

The Scheme is hereby established from the date hereof AND the Trust Fund shall be held by the Trustees upon irrevocable trusts for the purposes and in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set out and the Principal Employer hereby covenants with the Trustees to observe and perform the provisions of the Trust Deeds and the Rules

 

3. PURPOSES

 

The sole purpose of the Scheme shall be the provision of Relevant Benefits in relation to the Executive’s membership of the Scheme

 

4. CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(1) The Principal Employer shall pay such contributions to the Scheme as are specified in Rule 3 of the Rules

 

(2) The Executive may pay such contributions (if any) to the Scheme as may be agreed between the Executive and the Trustees from time to time

 

5. CONVERSION

 

The Trustees may in their absolute discretion either sell or otherwise realise or may retain in their unrealised form any assets or investments forming part of the Trust Fund without being liable for loss

 

6. INVESTMENT

 

(1) The Trustees may invest any monies forming part of the Trust Fund and not immediately required for the objects of the Scheme in their sole names or under their sole control or jointly with any other person or persons in the purchase or on the security of any real or personal property whatsoever and whether situate in the United Kingdom or abroad whether or not producing income or involving liability or being wasting assets and whether or not authorised by law for the investment of trust monies OR on such personal credit with or without security or interest AS the Trustees shall in their absolute discretion think fit without being liable for loss to the intent that the Trustees shall have the same full and unrestricted powers of making and changing investments in all respects as if they were absolute owners beneficially entitled and in particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing they may:

 

(a) Invest in or upon the security of stocks shares debentures and debenture stock bearer securities and warrants to subscribe for any one or more of the foregoing (including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shares stock debenture stock bearer securities of the Principal Employer and warrants to subscribe for any one or more of the same)

 

- 2 -


(b) Invest monies on the personal credit of any person (excluding Members of the Scheme and any other individuals having a contingent interest under the Scheme) or body (including the Principal Employer), with or without security

 

(c) Place monies on deposit or current account with any local authority bank corporation or finance company or with the Principal Employer at such reasonable commercial rate of interest and on such terms as the Trustees in their absolute discretion think fit

 

(d) Underwrite sub-underwrite or guarantee the subscription of any stocks shares debentures or debenture stock or other investments

 

(e) Purchase deferred or immediate annuities with any Insurance Company or to participate in any scheme of deposit administration

 

(f) Invest monies in currencies traded options, share warrants, financial futures, commodities or commodity futures of whatever nature

 

(g) Invest any monies in exempt funds managed funds mutual funds or unit trusts

 

(2) Any real property acquired by the Trustees shall so far as the lex situs allows and unless the Trustees otherwise decide be held upon trust for sale with power at their absolute discretion to postpone sale without being liable for loss

 

(3) DELEGATED INVESTMENT

 

Without prejudice to the generality of the power of delegation conferred by Clause 8(5) below the Trustees may, with the prior written consent of the Principal Employer whilst the Executive is in Service, delegate to any bank merchant bank stockbroker or firm of stockbrokers or other financial and investment advisers or managers on such terms and conditions, with the prior written consent of the Principal Employer whilst the Executive is in Service, as they shall in their absolute discretion think fit all or any of the powers of making and changing investments as are conferred on the Trustees hereby AND the Trustees shall not be responsible for the acts or defaults of any person or body to whom such delegation as aforesaid shall have been made nor for any loss

 

- 3 -


arising directly or indirectly by reason of such delegation howsoever caused PROVIDED that the Trustees shall take reasonable care in selecting such advisers and continue to exercise a reasonable degree of supervision over any such advisers

 

(4) APPOINTMENT OF NOMINEE

 

The Trustees shall have power to vest any monies or assets held as part of the Trust Fund in the name of any corporate body as nominee for the Trustees and for this purpose the Trustees may enter into any agreement with such corporate body as to its fees or remuneration or by way of indemnity or otherwise

 

(5) RECEIPTS AND PAYMENTS

 

The Trustees may make such arrangements as they shall think fit for dealing with monies under the Scheme and may authorise any person to receive and give a receipt or discharge for any monies payable to the Scheme and may authorise any person to make any periodical or other payments on their behalf for the purposes of the Scheme and in particular may authorise any person or persons to draw cheques on any banking account or to endorse any cheques and may vary or revoke any such authority AND any person giving any receipt or discharge shall be sufficiently protected by the written authority of the Trustees unless such person shall have received written notice of the revocation of such authority and such authority shall remain in force notwithstanding any change in the Trustees

 

(6) EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS

 

Where the Trustees are individual persons any documents other than deeds requiring to be executed by the Trustees may be executed by any two of the Trustees on behalf of them all in which case those Trustees shall see that such documents are executed in accordance with a resolution of the Trustees, but any person dealing with the Trustees shall not be concerned to see whether or not the Trustees have acted within the powers conferred on them hereby or in accordance with a resolution of the Trustees or otherwise validly

 

7. PROCEEDINGS OF THE TRUSTEES

 

(1) Unless a corporation or company is for the time being sole trustee hereof the following provisions shall apply

 

- 4 -


(a) SECRETARY AND MEETINGS

 

The Trustees may appoint a Secretary (who may be one of their number) and shall meet together for the despatch of business at such times and at such places as they may from time to time think fit but not less than once in each calendar year and notice of each meeting shall be given to each Trustee provided that the non-receipt of any notice by or the accidental omission to give the same to any one or more of the Trustees shall not invalidate any proceedings at a quorate meeting of the Trustees or any decision taken at such meeting. A meeting may be called by any one of the Trustees and shall be called by the Secretary (if appointed) at the direction of the Trustees or any one of them

 

(b) CHAIRMAN

 

The Trustees may in each year or at such other intervals as they may from time to time determine elect one of their number as Chairman of the Trustees and where such Chairman has been elected he shall take the chair at all meetings of the Trustees but if he be not present at any meeting within ten minutes of the time appointed for the same the Trustees then present shall elect one other of their number to take the chair at that meeting

 

(c) QUORUM

 

The quorum for transacting the business of the Trustees shall be two or such number as the Trustees and the Principal Employer may from time to time determine not being less than two save in relation to any matter arising under Clause 9(4) below

 

If a quorum is not present at any meeting of Trustees within thirty minutes of the time appointed for the same the meeting shall be dissolved. The business brought before a quorate meeting of Trustees shall be decided on a show of hands by a majority of Trustees present and voting thereon provided that if there is an equality of votes cast the chairman of the meeting shall have a second or casting vote

 

(d) WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS

 

A resolution in writing and signed by all the Trustees shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Trustees duly convened and held for the purpose of passing the same and such a resolution may consist of more than one document in similar form each signed by one or more of the Trustees.

 

- 5 -


(2) RECORDS

 

The Trustees shall keep or cause to be kept proper minutes and other written records of all proceedings and resolutions of the Trustees and shall keep or cause to be kept such written records and registers of all matters necessary for the proper working of the Scheme and proper books of account recording all receipts transfers payments and other transactions affecting the monies and assets of the Trust Fund

 

(3) FURTHER PROVISIONS

 

The Trustees may make regulations not inconsistent with the Trust Deed and Rules relating to any matter or thing concerning the administration of the Trust Fund for which no other provision has been made and may from time to time extend modify vary or supplement the same

 

8. GENERAL POWERS OF THE TRUSTEES

 

IN addition and without prejudice to the powers conferred on the Trustees hereby or by law or statute the Trustees shall have the following powers exercisable at any time or times at their absolute discretion:

 

(1) To borrow money in any currency on such security (if any) and on such terms and subject to such conditions as they shall in their absolute discretion think fit and may use it for any of the purposes (including that of investment) for which the Trust Fund may be used or in connection with the exercise of any power conferred on the Trustees under the Scheme and so that any interest payable in respect of any such borrowing shall be paid out of the income or capital of the Trust Fund as the Trustees shall in their absolute discretion think fit

 

(2) To lease mortgage exchange sell or otherwise deal with any interest in land forming part of the Trust Fund in like manner as if they were absolutely and beneficially entitled thereto.

 

(3) To effect any policies of insurance which in the opinion of the Trustees are suited for the sole purpose of the Scheme and to maintain (out of capital or income) surrender exchange convert exercise any option under or otherwise deal with the same as if they were absolute owners beneficially entitled but so that every annuity effected pursuant to this provision shall be with an Insurance Company.

 

(4) To commence carry on or defend proceedings relating in any way to the Scheme including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the determination of any rights of persons affected by the Scheme AND to settle compromise or submit to arbitration any such matter.

 

- 6 -


(5) To delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person or persons or committee (whether or not being or including a trustee hereof) all or any of the powers duties and discretions vested in them hereunder and such delegation shall be on such terms and conditions as the Trustees in their absolute discretion think fit and may include the power to sub-delegate AND the Trustees shall not be obliged to supervise the proceedings of any delegate or sub-delegate and none of the Trustees not being personally fraudulent or wilfully and knowingly in default shall be in any way responsible for any loss incurred as a result of such delegation or sub-delegation howsoever caused.

 

(6)

(a) With the prior written consent of the Principal Employer whilst the Executive is in Service, to appoint at any time a Secretary or Secretaries of the Scheme and to employ such agents and staff and on such terms and conditions as to remuneration and otherwise as they think fit.

 

(b) With the prior written consent of the Principal Employer whilst the Executive is in Service, to appoint on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as they think fit an actuary auditor or other qualified professional person to carry out such duties or render such advice in relation to the Scheme as the Trustees shall from time to time see fit.

 

(7) Generally to do all such things and perform all such acts as they may consider necessary desirable or convenient for the protection and conservation of the Trust Fund and of the rights of persons affected by the Scheme.

 

9. PROVISIONS RELATING TO TRUSTEES

 

(1) The minimum number of Trustees of the Scheme shall if individuals be two or if a body corporate one and the maximum number of Trustees shall be seven. The Executive shall have power to appoint new or additional Trustees which Trustees’ power shall be exercisable by deed at any time or times in the Executive’s absolute discretion PROVIDED that whilst the Executive remains in Service such power shall not be exercised without the prior written consent of the Principal Employer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

(2) During his life the Executive shall have power, whilst the Executive remains in Service subject to the prior written consent of the Principal Employer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), to remove any Trustee as a Trustee of the Scheme by written notice sent to the Trustee requiring him to relinquish his office without the need to specify a reason therefor and whether or not the Trustee concerned shall have received such notice he shall be deemed to have retired from his office on the date specified for that purpose in the notice, or if no date is specified, as from the date of the notice. The Executive during his life, the continuing Trustees and any Trustee so

 

- 7 -


removed shall as soon as possible do all such acts and things and execute all such instruments and documents (if any) as may be necessary and convenient for vesting the Trust Fund in the continuing Trustees and any new Trustee or Trustees. A statement contained in any instrument to the effect that a Trustee has been removed, either under the power contained herein or any statutory power, shall be conclusive evidence of the matter stated.

 

(3) Any Trustee may retire from the Trusts hereof under the powers conferred by Section 39 of the Trustee Act 1925.

 

(4) In the event that the number of Trustees of the Scheme falls below two then (except where the sole Trustee is a Corporate Trustee) no power or discretion hereby or by law or statute conferred on the Trustees shall be exercisable other than the power of investment herein contained and the power of appointing a new additional Trustee or new or additional Trustees which last said power shall be exercised by the Trustees as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

(5) Any corporate body may be appointed a Trustee hereof either to act jointly with individual Trustees of the Scheme or as sole Trustee AND on appointment the corporate body shall be entitled to charge from time to time such remuneration (if any) as may from time to time be agreed in writing between the corporate body and the Principal Employer IN the event of a corporate body being appointed the provisions of PART III of the Trustee Act 1925 shall be construed so far as permitted by law as if references to a Trust Corporation were references to a corporate body acting as Trustee.

 

(6) Any of the Trustees or any Director or other duly authorised officer of any body corporate being a Trustee hereof or any duly authorised officer servant or agent of the Trustees may exercise or join in exercising any power or discretion hereby or by law or statute conferred on them notwithstanding that he or she as a beneficiary under the Scheme or for any other reason may have a personal or other interest in the result or manner of exercising such power or discretion

 

(7) Any of the Trustees or any Director or officer of a body corporate being a Trustee hereof who is or has been a Member shall be entitled to retain for himself any benefit to which he is entitled by virtue of such office and shall be entitled to retain any benefit payable to or in respect of him under the provisions of the Scheme.

 

(8) Every discretion or power hereby conferred on the Trustees or any Director or other officer of any body corporate being a Trustee hereof shall be an absolute and uncontrolled discretion or power.

 

(9) In the absence of fraud or knowing and wilful breach of trust (or negligence in the case of professional trustees) on the part of the Trustee sought to be made liable

 

- 8 -


(or Director or other officer of a body corporate being a Trustee hereof sought to be made liable) no Trustee hereof nor Director or other officer as aforesaid shall be liable in any manner whatsoever for any loss or damage to or depreciation of the Trust Fund or any loss or destruction of any securities or documents of title in respect of the Trust Fund.

 

(10) In the absence of fraud, knowing and wilful breach of trust or professional negligence in the case of a professional trustee, no Trustee hereof whether being an individual or Corporate Trustee or Director or other officer thereof shall be liable in any manner whatsoever for:

 

(a) Any actual or prospective loss to the Trust Fund in consequence of any failure or delay which may occur for any reason whatsoever in the collection of contributions due to the Trust Fund or any delay in the investment of any monies of the Trust Fund

 

(b) Any loss or damage to the Trust Fund in consequence of the bona fide exercise or omission to exercise any discretion or power conferred by the Trust Deeds or the Rules

 

(c) The consequences of any act or omission in accordance with the advice or opinion of any lawyer broker actuary or accountant or other professional person.

 

(11) Any of the Trustees who is engaged in a profession or business shall be entitled to be paid fees for work done by him or his firm (including work done which might have been done by a Trustee personally) on the same basis as if he were not one of the Trustees but employed to act on behalf of the Trustees AND in the event of a corporate body being Trustee of the Scheme any Director or any other proper officer thereof being engaged in a profession or business shall likewise be entitled to be paid fees for work done by him or his firm, and any such fees payable pursuant to this sub-Clause shall be paid out of the Trust Fund insofar as they relate to fees merely for acting as Trustee.

 

10. ACCOUNTS

 

The accounts of the Scheme shall be prepared annually by a qualified professional person who shall have access to all books papers vouchers accounts and documents connected with the Scheme. The accounts of the Scheme shall be in such form as the Trustees shall from time to time decide and need not be audited.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES

 

(1) The costs of establishing the Scheme shall be met by the Principal Employer

 

- 9 -


(2) The costs of managing and administering the Scheme (other than in relation to the making and changing of investments which shall be payable out of the Trust Fund) shall be met by the Principal Employer whilst the Executive is in Service and after he has left Service shall be paid out of the Trust Fund.

 

(3) The Trustees may pay out of the Trust Fund any expenses not recovered from the Principal Employer.

 

12. ALTERATIONS

 

The Trustees may with the consent of the Principal Employer (unless the Principal Employer has ceased permanently to carry on business and no new undertaking succeeds to the office of Principal Employer in accordance with Clause 13 below, in which case it shall be unnecessary to obtain the same) at any time and from time to time alter, extend or replace all or any of the provisions of the Trust Deeds and the Rules PROVIDED THAT:

 

(1) Any such alteration, extension or replacement if to the Trust Deeds shall be effected by Deed to which the Principal Employer and the Trustees are parties and if to the Rules shall be effected by Deed or in writing under the hand of the Trustees and the Principal Employer and such alteration, extension or replacement may be expressed to be effective from a date earlier or later than the date of the instrument effecting the same.

 

(2) No such alteration, extension or replacement shall vary the sole purpose of the Scheme as set out in Clause 3 of the Trust Deed

 

(3) No amendment shall operate so as to reduce the value of Member’s Credit immediately prior to the effective date of alteration

 

13. CHANGE OF PRINCIPAL EMPLOYER

 

(1) Where the Principal Employer transfers its engagements and undertakings to any other company or body or is reconstructed or amalgamated and the new undertaking becomes entitled and obliged under the provisions of any agreement Court Order or howsoever to exercise the powers and discretions and to discharge the obligations of the Principal Employer under the Trust Deeds and the Rules then (unless the Scheme shall have been closed as provided for in this Deed) the new undertaking shall be substituted as the Principal Employer for all purposes in connection with the Scheme upon entering into a Deed of Substitution to that effect and the former Principal Employer shall thereupon be released and discharged from its duties and obligations under the Trust Deeds and the Rules

 

- 10 -


(2) Where another Employer (“the Other Employer”) desires to exercise the powers and discretions and to discharge the obligations of the Principal Employer under the Trust Deeds and the Rules and subject to the prior written agreement of the then Principal Employer and the Trustees the Other Employer shall be substituted as the Principal Employer for all purposes in connection with the Scheme upon the Principal Employer the Other Employer and the Trustees entering into a Deed to that effect and the former Principal Employer shall thereupon be released and discharged from its duties and obligations under the Trust Deeds and the Rules as Principal Employer

 

14. CLOSURE - EVENTS AND EFFECTS

 

(1) CLOSING EVENTS

 

On the happening of any one or more of the following and subject to sub-clause (2) below the Trustees shall wind up the Scheme:

 

(a) On the expiry of written notice given by the Principal Employer in writing under Rule 3(4) of the Rules terminating its liability to pay contributions

 

(b) The Principal Employer fails to pay to the Trustees any expenses within thirty days of a written demand therefor by the Trustees or fails to remedy any breach of any of its other obligations under the Trust Deed within thirty days of receipt of written notice from the Trustees of such breach or in either case within such longer period as the Trustees may allow

 

(c) The Principal Employer ceases permanently to carry on business on account of liquidation or otherwise and no new undertaking succeeds to the office of Principal Employer under the provisions of Clause 13 above.

 

(d) The perpetuity period referred to in Clause 18 below expires

 

(e) The Trustees resolve to terminate the Scheme

 

(2) EFFECT OF CLOSING EVENTS

 

On the happening of any one or more of the events referred to in sub-clause (1) immediately above, and with the prior written consent of the Executive, the Trustees may in their absolute discretion and by unanimous decision take any of the following steps:

 

(a) Except in the event of the expiry of the perpetuity period, waive irrevocably the right to wind up the Scheme or postpone the winding up of the Scheme for such period as they think fit (but not beyond the perpetuity period

 

- 11 -


specified in Clause 18 below) AND during any such period of postponement the Scheme shall otherwise continue in accordance with the provisions of this Deed and the Rules SAVE that if event (1)(c) above has occurred the administrative expenses shall be payable out of the Trust Fund

 

(b) Transfer the whole or part of the Trust Fund in accordance with Rule 9 of the Rules

 

(c) Generally to make such arrangements and agreements relating to the Scheme and to that end to exercise the power of alteration contained in Cause 12 above so far as necessary as the Trustees shall in their absolute discretion think fit

 

15. CLOSURE-PRIORITY

 

(1) On the winding up of the Scheme the Trustees shall give written notice to the Executive of the Scheme and shall apply the Trust Fund in meeting or reserving for all fees costs and charges or expenses of or incidental to the administration and management and winding up of the Scheme which in the opinion of the Trustees may not be recoverable from the Principal Employer and in paying or reserving for any tax for which the Trustees may be liable or accountable and in paying any benefits payable in accordance with Rule 7 (lump sum death benefits) in the event of the Executive having died prior to the date of winding up of the Scheme (hereinafter called “the Closure Date”) and SUBJECT thereto the Trustees shall apply the Trust Fund by paying a sum equal to the Member’s Credit to or for the benefit of the Executive or his dependents in such manner as the Trustees in their absolute discretion think fit PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT no actual payment shall be made to the Executive until such time as he ceases both to be in Service and under the terms of the Rules he could, on leaving service, have requested immediate payment of the Member’s Credit. Alternatively, the Trustees may apply the Member’s Credit in whole or in part and so far as appropriate by purchasing Paid-Up Policies or effecting Transfer Payments in accordance with Rule 9

 

(2) The determination of the Trustees as regards the allocation and application of the Fund shall be absolute and final and the Executive and any other person in respect of the Executive shall accept the amount (if any) which shall be allotted to or in respect of him as aforesaid in full discharge of all claims in respect of the Scheme and shall have no further claim whatsoever in respect of any rights to benefit under the Scheme or otherwise

 

16. CONTRACTS OF EMPLOYMENT

 

(1) Nothing in this Deed shall in any way restrict the right of the Principal Employer to terminate the employment of the Executive, and further, if the Executive

 

- 12 -


ceases to be employed by the Principal Employer for any reason he shall not be entitled by way of compensation for loss of office or otherwise howsoever to any sum or benefit to compensate him for the loss of any rights or benefits he has accrued or would have accrued under the Scheme had his employment continued

 

(2) Nothing in this Deed shall be construed as imposing on the Principal Employer a contractual obligation as between Principal Employer and the Executive to contribute or to continue to contribute to the Trust Fund

 

17. DISPUTES

 

Any dispute as to the operation or construction of the Trust Deeds or the Rules shall be determined by the Trustees and such determination shall be conclusive and binding as far as the law may allow on the Trustees. The Principal Employer and all persons with an interest in the Scheme whether vested or contingent and no person whomsoever shall be liable for the consequences of any act or omission done or omitted to be done in pursuance of any such determination notwithstanding that the same shall subsequently be held to have been wrongly made

 

18. PERPETUITY

 

The trusts hereof shall not in any event continue beyond the expiration of eighty years from the date of this Deed (or such longer period as may be lawful by reason of the Scheme qualifying or continuing to qualify for exemption from the operation of the rules of law relating to perpetuities) and at the end of such period the trusts of the Scheme shall determine and the Scheme wound up in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Deeds

 

19. EMPLOYERS’ POWERS

 

The powers and discretions vested in the Principal Employer under the Trust Deeds and the Rules (including powers to give or withhold consent) shall be exercisable by the Principal Employer without the need to consider any interests other than its own and shall not be construed as fiduciary powers

 

20. GOVERNING LAW

 

The Trust Deeds and the Rules shall in all respects be governed by and interpreted according to the laws of England

 

21. STATUS OF SCHEME

 

The Principal Employer and the Trustees shall amend the Trust Deed and the Rules with effect from the Commencement Date insofar as it may be necessary to do so to ensure that the Scheme is a Retirement Benefits Scheme solely for the provision of Relevant Benefits

 

- 13 -


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have executed this instrument as their Deed the date first before written

 

THE COMMON SEAL of

   )       

DOLBY LABORATORIES INC. was

   )       

hereunto affixed in the presence of:-

   )       

SIGNED and DELIVERED as his

   )       

Deed by the said DAVID KENNETH

   )     

/s/    D AVID W ATTS

WATTS in the presence of

   )       

Witness:

         

/s/    J OHN C HARLES B LUNDEN

Name:

         

John Charles Blunden

Address:

         

51 Priory Road

           

Kew Richmond

           

Surrey TW9 3DQ

Occupation:

         

Production Director

SIGNED and DELIVERED as her

   )       

Deed by the said CHRISTINE

   )     

/s/    C HRISTINE W ATTS

MARGARET WATTS  in the presence of:

   )       

Witness:

         

/s/    J OHN C HARLES B LUNDEN

Name:

         

John Charles Blunden

Address:

         

51 Priory Road

           

Kew Richmond

           

Surrey TW9 3DQ

Occupation:

         

Production Director

 

- 14 -


RULES

 

of

 

THE WATTS FUNDED UNAPPROVED PENSION SCHEME

 

- 15 -


INDEX

 

Rule No.


  

Clause


   Page

1

  

INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION: DEFINITIONS

   17

2

  

MEMBERSHIP

   21

3

  

CONTRIBUTIONS

   21

4

  

RELEVANT BENEFITS ON RETIREMENT

   22

5

  

WITHDRAWAL OF EXECUTIVE

   22

6

  

RETIREMENT AFTER NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE

   23

7

  

DEATH BENEFITS

   23

8

  

LUMP SUM GUARANTEE

   24

9

  

MAKING OF TRANSFERS

   25

10

  

ACCEPTANCE OF TRANSFERS

   25

11

  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

(Incapacity, notices, information, tax and national insurance, payment of Relevant Benefits, non-assignment)

   25

 

- 16 -


RULES OF THE WATTS FUNDED

UNAPPROVED RETIREMENT BENEFITS SCHEME

 

1. INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION: DEFINITIONS

 

(1) In these Rules except where they expressly provide otherwise words importing the masculine gender except “man” “male” “husband” or “widower” shall be construed as including the feminine and words importing the feminine gender except “woman” “female” “wife” or “widow” shall be construed as including the masculine

 

(2) The Interpretation Act 1978 shall apply to the Trust Deeds and the Rules as it does to an Act of Parliament

 

(3) Any reference in the Trust Deeds and the Rules to any enactment is a reference to that enactment as for the time being amended or re-enacted

 

(4) The headings in the Trust Deeds and the Rules are for convenience only and shall not be used as an aid to the construction of these provisions

 

(5) General Definitions:

 

“1988 Taxes Act”    means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988
“1993 Act”    means the Pension Schemes Act 1993
“Announcement”    means the announcement issued by the Principal Employer to the Executive entitling him to become a Member of the Scheme
“Beneficiary”    means a person or persons having an actual vested right to receive an immediate or deferred benefit from the Scheme and includes a personal representative of a deceased Member or deceased Beneficiary
“Commencement Date”    means the date of the Trust Deed
“Employer”    means the Principal Employer
“Employee”    means a permanent employee of the Employer (including a salaried Director), provided that the individual’s contract of employment or service agreement with the Employer stipulates that he must work for at least 1000 hours per annum for the Employer

 

- 17 -


“Executive”    means David Kenneth Watts
“Incapacity”    means physical or mental deterioration which in the opinion of the Trustees prevents the Member following his normal employment or which seriously impairs his earning capacity
“Insurance Company”    means any Insurance Company to which Part II of the Insurance Companies Act 1982 applies and which is authorised by or under Section 3 or 4 of that Act to carry on ordinary long term business as defined in the Act
“Member’s Life Assurance Benefit”    means the amount of the proceeds of any insurance policy effected by the Trustees in relation to the Member
“Member”    means an Employee or former Employee who is a member of the Scheme and who has not ceased to be a member in accordance with any of the provisions hereof
“Member’s Credit”    means in respect of the Executive at any date such amount as represents the Executive’s interest in the Trust Fund having regard to:
    

(a)    the value of the total contributions paid by the Executive and by the Employer in respect of the Executive to the Scheme (taking into account any increase or decrease in the value of such contributions)

    

(b)    any payments or provision for payments already made in respect of benefits for and in respect of the Executive under the Scheme

    

(c)    the expenses of the Scheme including any tax or other amounts which the Trustees may be liable to pay

“Normal Retirement Date”    means age 65
“Paid Up Policy”    means a policy purchased from one or more Insurance Companies or other body authorised by Pension Legislation

 

- 18 -


“Past Member”    means a former Member
“Pensioner”    means any person to whom a pension is immediately payable in accordance with the Rules
“Pension Legislation”    means the provisions of Statute (and Regulations made thereunder) from time to time relating to Retirement Benefits Schemes, Paid Up Policies and Personal Pension Schemes including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) the enactments and Regulations made thereunder referred to in Rule 1(5) above
“Preservation Legislation”    means that part of the 1993 Act and all Regulations from time to time in force pursuant thereto relating to preservation
“Principal Employer”    means Dolby Laboratories Inc. or any successor thereto becoming entitled by virtue of Clause 13 of the Trust Deed to exercise the rights and powers and liable to discharge the obligations of the Principal Employer under the Trust Deeds and the Rules
“Relevant Benefits” and “Retirement Benefits Scheme”    have the meanings respectively assigned to them in the 1988 Taxes Act
“Service”    means employment as an Employee with the Principal Employer or any Participating Employer
“Scheme”    means The Watts Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme
“Scheme Year”    means the 12 month period beginning on 1 October and ending on 30 September in each year save that the first Scheme year shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the next following 30 September:
“Specified Class”    means in relation to the Executive:
     (1) the Executive’s spouse or any of the Executive’s or such spouse’s ancestors or descendants (however remote) or the spouse of any such ancestor or descendant or any former spouse of the deceased

 

- 19 -


     (2) any of the Executive’s brothers or sisters uncles or aunts (whether of the whole or half blood) or any spouse or descendant of any such person
     (3) any individual or individuals whose name and particulars have been notified in writing to the Trustees in the prescribed form by the Executive as being a person whom the Executive wishes the Trustees to consider as a possible recipient of any benefit payable on the Executive’s death
     (4) any trustees (as trustees) of any settlement or trust made by the Executive during his life where during his lifetime the Executive has expressed the wish in writing to the Trustees that they should consider the beneficiaries of such trust as possible recipients of any benefit on the Executive’s death
     (5) any other person or persons who in the opinion of the Trustees was wholly or partly financially dependant on the Executive or for whose maintenance and support the Executive was liable immediately before his death
     For the purpose of paragraphs (1) - (5) above a relationship acquired by process of legal adoption shall be as valid as a blood relationship and stepchild shall be deemed to be a descendant
“Surviving Spouse”    means the person to whom the deceased was married at the date of his death
“Surviving Spouse’s Pension”    means a pension payable by the Scheme to a Surviving Spouse
“Transferor Scheme”    means any other Retirement Benefits Scheme or policy from which a Transfer Payment is paid
“Transferee Scheme”    means any other Retirement Benefits Scheme or policy to which a Transfer Payment may be paid
“Transfer Payment”    means as the context requires a payment of cash or assets made to the Trustees by the Administrator or other authorised person of a Transferor Scheme in

 

- 20 -


     respect of a Transferring Member or a payment made by the Trustees to the Administrator or other authorised person of a Transferee Scheme in respect of a Past Member
“Transferring Member”    means a Member in respect of whom a Transfer Payment has been or is to be received by the Trustees from the Transferor Scheme

 

(6) The expressions “the Rules” “the Trust Deeds” “the Trust Fund” and “the Trustees” shall bear the meaning respectively ascribed to them in the Trust Deed

 

2. MEMBERSHIP

 

(1) The Principal Employer may invite the Executive to join the Scheme on the terms contained in the Announcement PROVIDING the Executive is an Employee of the Principal Employer on the Commencement Date

 

(2) Whether or not he shall remain a Beneficiary a Member shall cease to be a Member if he shall cease to be an Employee

 

3. CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(1) Subject to the provisions of Clause 3(4) below, during the Executive’s Service prior to Normal Retirement Date the Principal Employer shall pay out of its own monies to the Trustees contributions of such amounts and at such time or times as it shall in its sole and absolute discretion think fit in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Announcement. Any contributions paid shall be paid to the Trustees or as they may direct and at such times as may be agreed by the Trustees

 

(2) The Trustees may accept donations or bequests as part of the Trust Fund

 

(3) The Principal Employer may, in addition to the above contributions, at any time and from time to time pay any single or periodical sum or sums into the Trust Fund by way of special contribution PROVIDED ALWAYS that the Scheme remains a Retirement Benefits Scheme for the provision of Relevant Benefits for or in respect of the Executive

 

(4) At any time or times the Principal Employer may terminate its contributions to the Scheme by written notice to that effect to the Trustees and on the expiration of such notice all liability (if any) of the Principal Employer to contribute to the Scheme shall cease but without prejudice to the Principal Employer’s liability to pay contributions (if any) which have fallen due for payment prior to the expiry of such notice.

 

- 21 -


4. RELEVANT BENEFITS AT NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE

 

(1) On retirement from Service at Normal Retirement Date the Executive shall be entitled to any one or more of the following Relevant Benefits

 

(a) a lump sum benefit

 

(b) an annual pension payable for the remainder of his life

 

(c) a lump sum guarantee on death in retirement

 

(d) dependants’ pensions payable on his death after Retirement

 

(e) any other pension or benefit which constitutes Relevant Benefits for or in respect of the Executive

 

The benefits described above shall in aggregate be of such amounts as assets equal in value to the Member’s Credit will provide as determined by the Actuary.

 

(2) The assets equal in value to the Member’s Credit as determined under sub-Rule (1) above shall be applied in providing all or such one or more of the Relevant Benefits referred to in Rule 4(1) above as the Executive shall choose by notice in writing to the Trustees or in the absence of such selection as the Trustees shall decide

 

(3) At the request of the Executive the Trustees may defer the application of the whole or part of the Member’s Credit to the intent that all or the relevant part of the Relevant Benefits referred to in Rule 4(1) above shall be provided at a date or dates later than the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date

 

(4) For the avoidance of doubt any allocation of assets described in this Rule or elsewhere in the provisions of the Scheme is for benefit calculation purposes only. No Beneficiary is entitled to any specific assets comprised in the Trust Fund and his entitlement lies against the Trust Fund as a whole

 

5. WITHDRAWAL OF EXECUTIVE PRIOR TO NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE

 

If the Executive leaves the Service of the Employer or otherwise ceases to be a Member of the Scheme whether voluntarily or involuntarily before Normal Retirement Date and otherwise on death he shall be entitled to the following withdrawal benefits:

 

(1) Assets equivalent in value to his Member’s Credit shall continue to be held as part of the Trust Fund and on the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date shall be applied by the Trustees in providing Relevant Benefits for the Executive in accordance with Rule 4 above PROVIDED that at any time prior to his Normal Retirement Date

 

- 22 -


but on or after age 50, or at any time prior to Normal Retirement Date in the event of the Executive’s Incapacity, the Executive may elect by notice in writing to the Trustees to have assets equivalent to the value of his Member’s Credit so applied or may prior to his Normal Retirement Date elect by notice in writing to the Trustees to have assets equivalent to the value of his Member’s Credit so applied after his Normal Retirement Date at a date (or dates) after his Normal Retirement Date as specified by the Executive in his written election

 

(2) Where Relevant Benefits fall to be provided under sub-Rule (1) above the Executive may at any time prior to the Relevant Benefits coming into payment and if so permitted by Pension Legislation (and in particular by Preservation Legislation), and by the Trustees, elect for the actual assets representing the Relevant Benefits to be paid or transferred to the Executive or at his direction or for a Transfer Payment to be paid in respect of him in accordance with the provisions of Rule 9 below

 

(3) The amount of the Member’s Credit shall be adjusted between the date of the Executive leaving Service and the date of his benefit commencing to be paid insofar as any adjustment is necessary to comply with the revaluation provisions for money purchase benefits contained in Pension Legislation

 

6. RETIREMENT AFTER NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE

 

If the Executive remains in Service after Normal Retirement Date then on subsequently ceasing to be in Service the Executive may by notice in writing to the Trustees require assets to the value of his Member’s Credit to be applied in providing Relevant Benefits for the Executive in accordance with Rule 4 above

 

7. DEATH BENEFITS

 

(1) LUMP SUM

 

(a) If the Executive shall die prior to receiving all of his benefits under the Scheme there shall be payable under the Scheme an amount equal to the aggregate value of the Member’s Life Assurance Benefit (if any) and the Member’s Credit AND the Trustees shall pay such amount to or for the benefit of (either outright or by way of settlement in accordance with paragraph (b) below) any one or more of the Specified Class in such shares and proportions as the Trustees shall in their absolute discretion think fit

 

(b) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the Trustees may appoint that the lump sum death benefit under paragraph (a) above or any part thereof be held on trust for such one or more of the Specified Class with such powers of advancement benefit and otherwise in favour of one or more of them and with such administrative and other powers and discretions including conferring power on themselves (or on others who may become

 

- 23 -


trustees under paragraph (c) below (“Special Trustees”)) to charge for their services and generally in such manner in all respects as the Trustees shall by deed at anytime during the period of two years following the deceased’s death appoint but not so as infringe the rule against perpetuities AND any trust so appointed may be mandatory protective or discretionary and may whether vested or contingent and whether in possession or in reversion and any discretionary trust or power may by such appointment be conferred on any person or persons (not limited to the Trustees) and any trust or power so conferred may authorise the delegation of any discretion or power AND the costs of making any such appointment shall be paid out of the amount available to be held on such trusts

 

(c) In connection with any trusts appointed under paragraph (b) above the Trustees, instead of themselves continuing to be the trustees of the appointed funds, may at any time or times pay or transfer the whole or any part or parts of such funds to other persons (“the Special Trustees”) to hold such funds on the appointed trusts and to act as trustees thereof and on the same occurring the Trustees shall be discharged from the trusts of all the funds or the part or parts so transferred and shall no longer be concerned as to their application or use

 

(2) SPOUSE/DEPENDANTS PENSION

 

As an alternative to a lamp sum benefit under sub-Rule (1) above the Trustees may, or shall if the Executive shall have so requested during his lifetime, apply all or part of the aggregate value of the Member’s Life Assurance Benefit (if any) and the Member’s Credit in providing a pension or pensions for the Executive’s Surviving Spouse or other Dependants payable in accordance with the provisions of Rule 11(5) below and the amount required to provide any such Surviving Spouse or other Dependants pension shall be deducted from the amount of the lump sum payable under sub-Rule (1) above

 

8. LUMP SUM GUARANTEE

 

If the Executive dies within sixty months of the commencement of any pension under the Scheme having chosen a lump sum guarantee on death in retirement as part of his Retirement Benefits there shall be payable under the Scheme a lump sum equal to the amount of the further instalments of pension which would have been paid if the Executive had survived the said sixty months and died immediately thereafter, and such lump sum shall be payable by the Trustees in accordance with Rule 7(1) above as if it was a lump sum arising under that sub-Rule

 

- 24 -


9. MAKING OF TRANSFERS

 

(1) If the Executive ceases to be a Member (otherwise than on death) prior to Normal Retirement Date and at the date of leaving has accrued rights to benefit under the Scheme the Executive shall be entitled to have a sum equal to the Member’s Credit paid to a Transferee Scheme as a Transfer Payment

 

EXPRESS DISCHARGE

 

(2) Without prejudice to any statutory discharge but in addition thereto a Member in respect of whom a Transfer Payment is made pursuant to the above provisions shall not be entitled to any other benefit under the Scheme except insofar as the Trustees and the Member shall otherwise agree and the receipt of the Administrator or manager of the Transferee Scheme or of his Insurance Company or Insurance Companies concerned shall be a complete discharge to the Trustees and the Trustees shall be under no further obligation to the Member or to any other person or persons in consequence of the Member’s membership of the Scheme and the Trustees shall be entitled to request the Member his spouse and children over 18 years to complete a form of discharge and indemnity in favour of the Trustees in such form as the Trustees shall from time to time prescribe

 

10. ACCEPTANCE OF TRANSFERS

 

The Trustees may accept for inclusion in the Trust Fund a Transfer Payment in respect of the whole or part of a Member’s interest in a Transferor Scheme

 

11. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

(1) INCAPACITY (DISCRETION OF TRUSTEES)

 

Whenever a Beneficiary is permitted or required by the Rules to choose between two or more alternative forms of benefit available to him from the Scheme but is unable to make such election by reason of mental or physical incapacity then without prejudice to the other provisions of these Rules the Trustees may make such election on his behalf and the Beneficiary shall be bound thereby except to the extent that the Trustees and the Beneficiary may subsequently agree to alter the same

 

(2) NOTICES

 

Whenever the Trustees are expressly or impliedly required by the Trust Deeds or the Rules to give any notice to a Member or Beneficiary it shall be sufficient to send any such notice by pre-paid post to the last know address of the person concerned and no such notice need be given to any person who is reasonably believed by the Trustees to have left such last known address

 

- 25 -


(3) INFORMATION

 

(a) The Trustees may at any time require the Employer and any Member or any Beneficiary to furnish such information and evidence as they may from time to time think relevant for the purposes of the Scheme and they may institute a system for establishing proof of identity and continued survival of any person entitled to receive any benefits therefrom. If any Beneficiary fails to furnish any information or evidence required from him by the Trustees the Trustees may withhold payment of all or any benefits due to him until such information or evidence is furnished to their satisfaction

 

(b) The Trustees may without further enquiry accept and act on any information supplied by the Employers concerning the personal circumstances of any person entitled to benefit under the Rules or concerning any other matter relating to the administration of the Scheme and in the absence of any information from the Employers to the contrary may without further enquiry accept and act on a statement by any person entitled to benefit under the Rules as to the nature of his relationship to other persons

 

(4) PROVISIONS RELATING TO TAX and NATIONAL INSURANCE

 

(a) Whenever the Trustees are responsible for the payment of any national insurance contributions, or any tax on the income or gains of the Trust Fund, or in respect of any payments made by them out of the Trust Fund, from the Trust Fund the Trustees shall be entitled to deduct and pay the same from the Trust Fund

 

(b) The Trustees shall indemnify the Principal Employer in respect of any national insurance contribution payable by the Principal Employer in respect of any payments by the Trustee out of the Trust Fund to or in respect of the Executive

 

(5) PROVISIONS RELATING TO PAYMENT OF RELEVANT BENEFITS

 

Unless otherwise provided by these Rules:

 

(a) A pension shall be payable for the life of the recipient

 

(b) All pensions shall accrue from day to day but shall be paid up at the end of the month in which the entitlement to each such pension shall cease

 

(c) All pensions shall be payable in advance for the period from the date of commencement thereof until the end of the month then current and monthly in advance thereafter

 

(d) If it appears to the Trustees that any person entitled to receive payment of any lump sum or pension is unable on account of physical or mental

 

- 26 -


disability to make proper arrangements for the administration of his own affairs the Trustees may in their absolute discretion make such arrangements in regard to the payment thereof as they think fit including payments to any spouse or child of the recipient for the benefit thereof or any other person having the physical care of the recipient

 

(e) The Trustees may pay a pension directly out of the Scheme or may secure the same with an Insurance Company. In the event of the Trustees deciding to secure the same, the Executive may select the Insurance Company concerned

 

(6) NON-ASSIGNMENT

 

(a) The benefits provided for under the Scheme shall be incapable of alienation and accordingly any attempt to anticipate alienate assign charge or pledge any of such benefits shall be void and of no effect

 

(b) If any Member or other person who for the time being may be entitled or contingently entitled to any pension or other benefit under the Scheme shall assign or charge or attempt to assign or charge the same or any part thereof in any manner whatever or becomes bankrupt or enters into any composition or arrangement with his creditors or if any execution be levied or attempted to be levied by way of the appointment of a receiver of any such benefit or any part thereof or any other event shall happen or have happened whereby such Member or other person would be deprived of the right to receive any particular benefit or any part thereof under the Scheme then as from the happening of any such event the rights of such Member or other person to receive such benefit or the relevant part thereof under the Scheme shall terminate and thereafter the relevant pension or other benefit or part thereof may be applied by the Trustees for the maintenance personal support or benefit of all or any of such Member and his Dependants in such shares if more than one and in such manner as the Trustees shall in their absolute discretion determine PROVIDED THAT:-

 

  1. no payment shall be made to any assignee or purported assignee by virtue of any such event;

 

  2. no such termination shall affect the payment or amount of any other pension or benefit under the Scheme and in relation thereto shall be deemed not to have occurred;

 

  3. the Trustees shall not be under any liability whatsoever in respect of any payments made to any Member or other person before the Trustees have received notice of such relevant event

 

- 27 -

Exhibit 21.1

 

PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARIES OF DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

Name


  

Jurisdiction of
Incorporation/Organization


Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

   California

Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation

   New York

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.:

 

We consent to the use of our form of report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/    KPMG LLP

 

San Francisco, California

November 18, 2004